User manual | Prospectus

Undergraduate
Prospectus
2013
Realise your ambition
SIAN LOVATT
Journalism
BA (Hons)
SHI Luo
Alisha Gandhi
Accounting
and Finance
BA (Hons)
Pharmacy
MPharm (Hons)
CHRIS SMITH
Radio Production
and Technology
BSc (Hons)
stephen
matthews
Computer Science
PhD
See our story at dmu.ac.uk/ug2013
REALISE YOUR AMBITION
With inspirational teaching,
fantastic facilities and a lively,
welcoming atmosphere, you’ll find
it easy to realise your ambition at
De Montfort University (DMU).
dmu.ac.uk/ug2013
Welcome from the Vice-Chancellor6
10 reasons to choose DMU7
Our student experience8
Inspirational teaching12
World-class facilities14
Influential partnerships16
Employability18
Graduate success20
Fees and funding22
Research that matters24
Global relationships26
Courses
Art, Design and Architecture30
Business and Management
60
Computing Sciences96
Creative Technologies and Media
110
Engineering
126
Health, Society and Community
136
Humanities
164
Law
174
Life Sciences
182
Music
200
Performance Arts and 208
Arts and Festivals Management
key information
Joint honours combinations
218
How to apply
220
UCAS tariff points
222
Study support
226
Student support
228
Accommodation230
Mature students
234
Disability support
236
International students
English language courses
How to apply
Visa advice
International scholarships and fees
Arriving at DMU
238
240
242
244
246
index and location
How to find us
Campus map
Courses by alphabetical index
Courses by cluster index
Small print
Open days
Hugh Aston and PACE Buildings
248
250
252
255
258
259
CONTENTS
About dmu
Welcome
“Our initiatives
make our students
more prepared
than ever before
to enter the world
of work.”
These are exciting times at De Montfort University (DMU).
In the last year, we have seized opportunities to invest in
life-changing research, such as Professor Joan Taylor
who has invented an artificial pancreas, innovative ways
of teaching, including training our midwives to use sign
language, and exciting partnerships with industry, such as
our pioneering collaboration with HP, the world’s leading
technology company.
Our initiatives make our students more prepared than ever
before to enter the world of work.
We have built fantastic facilities for our students, including
a state-of-the-art learning zone, laboratories and lecture
theatres equipped with all the latest technologies and an
£8 million sports centre, which boasts a swimming pool,
gym, indoor courts, fitness studios and climbing wall.
6
We are a truly international university, building influential
global relationships with political, industrial and educational
leaders in countries such as China, Japan, Russia and the
USA, opening up further opportunities for our students and
adding to the diversity and vibrancy of our campus.
All of this is happening just a short walk away from the
heart of the cosmopolitan city of Leicester.
It all goes to explain why we have a growing reputation,
both nationally and internationally, as a university of quality
and distinctiveness.
But this does not mean that we are not continuing to work
to achieve new successes. We have many more ambitious
plans for the coming years and I hope this prospectus will
help you see for yourselves the passion, commitment and
spirit of innovation which continues to drive DMU onwards
and upwards.
Thank you for your interest in De Montfort University and I
look forward to welcoming you in 2013 so that you too can
play a vital part in the DMU success story.
Professor Dominic Shellard
Vice-Chancellor
dmu.ac.uk/ug2013
Whether you hope to change the world or simply find your
niche in life, choosing a degree from De Montfort University
is your first step on an exciting journey. Our students tell
us they have the time of their life at DMU, and we’re sure
you will too.
You’ll find a wealth of information about what you can
expect from us over the next few pages, but here’s a quick
summary of why DMU is a great choice:
1Innovative teaching
6Vital research
2Relevant COURSES
7Cultural
A supportive learning environment awaits you, with lecturers
who are passionate about what they do and who embrace
innovative ways of teaching to help you achieve more than
you thought possible. See Inspirational Teaching on page 12
for more information.
Our courses are designed to meet the needs of modern
employers, with content that is relevant to industry. By
working with well-known companies such as HP, the BBC,
Orange, Codemasters, Next, Selfridges and the Royal Mail,
we ensure you have the skills and experience you will need
to flourish in your future career. See Employability on page
18 for more information.
3MODERN FACILITIES
Industry-standard equipment in many of our laboratories
and studios will make learning a real-world experience. See
World-Class Facilities on page 14 for more information.
4Generous Bursaries
and Scholarships
With a package of more than £20 million in financial and
student support over three years, we are committed to
ensuring talented students have the opportunity to study
at DMU. For examples of the types of scholarships and
bursaries that will be available to help support you in your
study see Fees and Funding on page 22.
5Placements
and accredited
courses
Make the most of our placement opportunities and enhance
your employability. Many of our courses are accredited
by leading industry bodies, including the Association of
Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA), the Law Society
and the National Council for the Training of Journalists
(NCTJ). See Influential Partnerships (page 16) and
Inspirational Teaching (page 12) for more information.
The research that takes place at DMU every day informs our
teaching. Academics work at the cutting edge of their fields
of expertise and pass this knowledge on to their students in
our classrooms and lecture halls. See Research that Matters
on page 24 for more information.
10 REASONS
10 reasons for you to
choose DMU
partnerships
Our cultural links enrich the lives of our students and open
up invaluable opportunities for them. We have partnerships
with organisations such as the British Library, Curve,
Leicester City Football Club, Leicester Comedy Festival
and Leicestershire County Cricket Club. See Influential
Partnerships on page 16 for more information.
8Global
relationships
We are a truly international university that benefits from the
many nationalities and cultures of our students and staff
and our teaching is enhanced by our links with partners
worldwide. See Global Relationships on page 26 for
more information.
9Entrepreneurial
flair
We foster entrepreneurial flair in our students and graduates,
and support their fledgling businesses with advice, funding
and workspace. See Graduate Success on page 20 for
more information.
10 Remarkable
alumni
Our graduates work for some of the best-known companies
in the world. They launch successful businesses and hold
influential positions in the media. They are elected to the
Houses of Parliament and design iconic buildings like
London’s Gherkin. See Graduate Success on page 20 for
more information.
7
Our student experience
1
Choosing the perfect university is a balancing
act: selecting the right education for you is
crucial, but it’s still only a part of the decision.
2
Leicester
3
4
London
5
Major UK Airports
1Manchester
2 East Midlands Airport
3 Birmingham International
4Luton
5 London Heathrow
6 London Gatwick
A
B
8
6
A Cinema De Lux, Highcross Shopping Centre
B Oasis Café in Hugh Aston Building, DMU
CCarluccio’s café/restaurant
Highcross, Shopping Centre
D Market Street, Leicester
E John Lewis, Highcross Shopping Centre
C
dmu.ac.uk/ug2013
Hundreds of millions of pounds have been invested in
Leicester over the last five years. With an iconic theatre, a
shopping centre housing hundreds of stores and a
Shopping
Leicester’s bustling city centre includes Highcross
Leicester, a shopping centre which is just a 10-minute walk
from the campus and boasts a flagship John Lewis store
and some of the biggest names in retail, as well as upand-coming shops that might become your new favourites.
Leicester Lanes, nestled in a picturesque area just off
the High Street, is a collection of independent shops and
boutiques offering everything from designer fashion to
unique gift ideas.
If you fancy something different, Fosse Park, one of
Britain’s biggest out-of-town shopping parks, is only a bus
ride away and is home to many of the UK’s best-known
retailers, including Boots and Marks & Spencer.
Eating out
You will be spoilt for choice at Leicester’s own restaurant
quarter, based at Highcross Leicester. Sushi, curries,
burgers, French cuisine, classic Italian dishes and British
pub grub with a modern twist are all available.
D
thoroughly modernised centre, the city has been
transformed into a must-visit destination for people all over
the Midlands.
If you are moving away from home to study, then finding
a place where you will feel comfortable and secure is
essential.
DMU has a friendly campus where students can study,
relax and have fun. Our Campus Centre is the social hub of
the university where you can meet friends for a coffee or
a bite to eat, but when you feel like venturing further afield
you’ll find an abundance of choice on your doorstep. All
of our halls of residence are just a short walk away from
the main campus buildings so everything you require is
contained in a tightly knit community.
There are dozens of pubs, bars and cafés all within walking
distance of the campus, so you’ll never be short of ideas
for where to go.
OUR STUDENT EXPERIENCE
At DMU, you’ll be part of a thriving student community, in
a multicultural city that is vibrant, welcoming and full of
things to do.
E
The city is also known for its tremendous Indian
restaurants. In particular, the Belgrave area of the city
and London Road have a vast amount to choose from,
but there are many wonderful restaurants to be found
throughout the city, including several close to the
DMU campus.
Belgrave, known locally as the Golden Mile, is also a great
place to find Indian supermarkets and sweet shops while
Leicester’s central market has more than 300 stalls with
food from all over the world and is a great place to buy
fresh produce.
9
OUR STUDENT EXPERIENCE
Nightlife
Leicester has a large student population that is well
served by a variety of clubs, bars and pubs. You’ll find
most tastes are catered for, and there are also some
great venues for watching live music. Many clubs have
student nights, with discounts on drinks and entry.
A
B
C
D
Sport
With Leicester City Football Club, Leicester Tigers
Rugby Football Club and Leicestershire County Cricket
Club all based in the city, it’s a great place to be if you’re
a sports fan. The university is also home to the DMU
Leicester Riders basketball team.
Annual events
Entertainment
Curve, Leicester’s state-of-the-art theatre, regularly
hosts big name productions, and several DMU students
and graduates have trod its boards since it opened just
a few years ago. The theatre is a talking point in itself,
with an ‘inside out’ design that allows people walking
past to see into much of the building and it is the new
venue for DMU graduations.
10
Film lovers are spoilt for choice with the 12-screen
Cinema de Lux, and the unique Phoenix Square, a
cinema and gallery, which offers something different
from the usual multiplex fare. Leicester also has an
Odeon and a Vue cinema.
Catch some of the many shows that take place as part
of the Leicester Comedy Festival – the longest-running
comedy festival in Europe and host to big name acts
and up-and-coming new faces. The comedy festival
began 18 years ago as a DMU student project.
Leicester is also home to the Summer Sundae festival
at De Montfort Hall, which has hosted acts including
Kasabian, Tinchy Stryder and Mumford and Sons.
Leicester is also known for the spectacular Diwali
celebrations that take place each autumn. Said to be
the biggest outside of the Asian subcontinent, they are
a sight to behold.
For more information visit dmu.ac.uk/aboutleicester
AGreg Davies, comedian, Dave’s Leicester
Comedy Festival
B Curve theatre
C Summer Sundae music festival
D Leicester Tigers RFC
dmu.ac.uk/ug2013
The DSU is based on the first floor of the
Campus Centre and is there to support you
throughout your time at DMU, as well as
being the social centre of the campus.
A place to relax
The Students’ Union is the place to come to catch up with
friends, to grab some food or a coffee, or to just chill out.
With themed nights throughout the week, special guests and
quiz nights, we offer something for everyone.
A place to find friends
There are more than 80 clubs and societies through which
you can find people who share your interests. If you want
to play a sport we offer a huge range, from aikido, rowing,
badminton and capoeira, through to football and rugby
whose Varsity matches against Leicester University are held
at Leicester City’s King Power Stadium and Leicester Tigers’
Welford Road ground.
The societies allow you to get involved, and meet like-minded
people. From rock music and gaming through to debating
and a number of religious societies, you can meet people
who are on your wavelength.
A place to get involved
While at DMU we give you the chance to make a real
difference in the local community with DSU Volunteering.
It will also help your CV, as volunteering work is looked on
very favourably by potential employers, and we always have
OUR STUDENT EXPERIENCE
De Montfort
Students’ Union (DSU)
organisations and charities looking for students who can
help. You can also run for, or elect, 30 student executive
positions, from President to Student Representatives.
This is your chance to have a say in how the University is run.
A place to come for help
If you have any welfare or education issues we can help,
whether it’s housing, making ends meet or legal advice.
We also offer courses from the Institute of Leadership and
Management, a great thing to add to your CV.
A place to broadcast
Get a start in the media world with Demon Media, our
own media brand which has a growing national reputation.
It includes The Demon newspaper, our award-winning
radio station Demon FM (available on 107.5FM), which now
broadcasts throughout the year, and a TV station broadcast
online and in our halls of residence.
A place for you
Don’t forget to come to the Freshers’ Fair at the start of
term to join a club or society, or start one yourself!
For more information visit demontfortstudents.com
11
12
dmu.ac.uk/ug2013
At DMU you will learn in a supportive
environment and benefit from inspirational
teaching by dedicated professionals who
are passionate about what they do.
DMU boasts 13 National Teacher Fellows, higher
education’s most prestigious teaching awards. This is
the second highest number awarded to any university
in the UK.
National Teacher Fellows undergo a tough selection
process before they are granted their awards. They
have to demonstrate their teaching excellence and
receive substantial funding from the Higher Education
Academy to further develop their skills.
More than 170 of our courses are professionally
accredited by bodies including the Association of
Chartered Certified Accountants (ACCA), the Chartered
Institute of Marketing (CIM), the Institute of Engineering
and Technology (IET), the Forensic Science Society and
the National Council for the Training of Journalists (NCTJ).
Students undertake work placements at some of the
biggest companies in the world, and many return to
work permanently for these companies after graduation.
Placements are one of the best ways that you can
boost your employability, and you bring back invaluable
knowledge to enhance your final year studies once the
placement has ended. For more about work placements
see Influential Partnerships on page 16.
Innovative methods
Education is constantly evolving and you will benefit
from innovative teaching methods that make use of the
latest technologies.
INSPIRATIONAL TEACHING
Inspirational teaching
Podcasts, wikis, videos, blogs and file sharing are just
some of the ways that we are opening up learning
beyond the boundaries of the classroom.
You can listen again to lectures, refresh your memory
with ‘how to’ videos and get support and feedback from
your tutors.
A
B
Many of our academics are also actively involved in
research and bring a wealth of up-to-date knowledge
to their classrooms and lecture halls, meaning students
benefit from the latest developments at the cutting
edge of their chosen fields.
Real-world skills
We equip our students with real-world skills through
industry-standard equipment and facilities, work
placements and our exceptional links with industry,
which ensure our courses are shaped to give you the
skills and experience that modern employers need.
A number of leading figures, including iconic shoe
designer Jimmy Choo, novelist Adele Parks and fashion
guru Kate Bostock have all passed on their wisdom to
our students during guest lectures, and many projects
are set and graded by top employers.
A Adele Parks - Women’s fiction author from the UK
B Professor Jimmy Choo - M
alaysian fashion and
women’s shoe designer
Our Centre for Enhanced Learning through Technology
(CELT) works with staff and students to transform
learning and teaching with the latest technologies and
you will find many university figures, including the ViceChancellor, using Twitter to keep in touch with you.
But technology isn’t the only way in which our students
are benefiting from innovative ideas.
An award-winning DMU initiative, thought to be the
first of its kind in the UK, saw midwifery students being
taught sign language in order to better assist deaf
women during pregnancy and labour.
Bernadette Gregory, senior lecturer in midwifery, ran the
sessions so that midwives know how to communicate
basic information until an interpreter arrives.
Charity Deaf Parenting UK awarded DMU its Best
Practice of Working with Deaf Parents Award as a
result, and the initiative was featured on the BBC’s
See Hear programme.
13
World-class facilities
At De Montfort University,
we continually invest in our
facilities so that you have the
best possible surroundings
in which to learn.
Whether your course will see
you working at the cutting
edge of technology, in areas
such as computing and
engineering, or unleashing
your creativity through
photography, dance or
fashion, you will benefit
from state-of-the-art
equipment and specially
designed workspaces.
A
14
In our superb libraries, you
will find quiet study spots for
when you need to concentrate
and breakout rooms for those
times when you want to debate
the work at hand with other
students on your course. When
you need a break, you can retire
to one of several coffee shops
on campus, or grab a drink in the
Students’ Union bar for some
well-deserved relaxation.
B
A Hugh Aston Building
B PACE Building
CKimberlin Library
DQueens Building
C
dmu.ac.uk/ug2013
Edith Murphy House is a new, multi-million pound healthcare teaching facility, with
lecture theatres that are equipped with the latest technologies. You will also get valuable
experience in our own dispensing pharmacy and our forensics facilities include a crime
scene house, allowing you to practice your skills in a realistic environment.
The award-winning Hugh Aston Building was purpose built for Business and Law students
and contains a mock courtroom, computer labs, lecture theatres, and an integrated law
library, one of only a few in the UK.
DMU is home to one of four of the UK’s Centres for Excellence in Performance Arts, and
dance and drama students can let their creative flair loose in studios and rehearsal spaces
equipped with state-of-the-art sound systems, full lighting rigs and sprung floors.
Journalism students experience the fast-paced environment of a newspaper office in their
own newsroom, where they learn how to deal with the hectic demands of breaking news.
We also have extensive fine art and photographic studios, along with workshops for
our fashion courses that are stocked with all the equipment you need to create
tomorrow’s trends.
Learn the latest radio production, television broadcasting and video editing techniques in
our Creative Technology Studios. Equipped with green screen technology, HD cameras
and powerful computers, the studios’ industry-standard facilities ensure graduates starting
their careers are able to hit the ground running.
WORLD-CLASS FACILITIES
Study facilities
Our Game Development Studios are packed with powerful games computers that allow
you to design challenging video games. The 3D industry is booming and you can test 3D
games using our HD projector.
The Kimberlin Library is at the heart of learning on campus and is open 24 hours a
day. Three learning zones provide space for group and individual work, along with DVD,
presentation and video facilities.
Relaxation and leisure
Keep fit, have fun and get competitive with your friends in our new £8 million leisure
centre, which is due to open July 2012. It boasts a 25-metre, six-lane swimming pool, eight
courts for sports such as basketball, badminton, netball and five-a-side football, a fitness
gym, multi-purpose studios for Pilates, aerobics and yoga, a climbing wall and a café.
If you fancy a drink or a bite to eat, you will be spoilt for choice in the Campus Centre,
where there are cafés, hot food and the Students’ Union bar, the perfect place to meet
your friends after a long day of studying.
Sustainability
We take sustainability very seriously, but that doesn’t mean it has to be dull. We believe
that inspiring our students to play their part towards environmental sustainability should
be fun.
DMU’s Go Green Week was attended by Green Stig, who challenged attendees to
race a Scalextric car using pedal power, while our experts in the Institute of Energy and
Sustainable Development visit music festivals to help people learn more about living
sustainable lives.
We are currently ranked 14th out of all universities in the People and Planet Green League
and a Fairtrade university, meaning that we support and use Fairtrade products.
D
Find out more at dmu.ac.uk/sustainability
15
Influential partnerships
From the British Library to Hewlett-Packard, we
work with some of the biggest names in many
fields, forging industrial and cultural partnerships
that make a real difference to our students.
A
Square Mile project
16
The Square Mile project is DMU’s flagship community
initiative that is unlike any other in the UK.
• T
aught 200 school children about finance
management
The project aims to demonstrate how the skills,
knowledge and expertise of DMU can assist and sustain
the development of a community and improve the
wellbeing and prospects of its residents.
• Provided English language classes to 27 members
of the Polish community to help them into work
• Started a robot club for teenagers to learn more
about technology and engineering
Every student at DMU is given the opportunity to become
involved in the Square Mile. The project offers internships,
project management experience and wide range of
volunteering opportunities.
• Involved eight local pharmacies in a health
programme
It will provide you with opportunities to engage with the
local community using the skills you acquire from your
academic study. The project was conceived by our ViceChancellor, Professor Dominic Shellard, who passionately
believes that universities are a ‘public-good’.
• Served up hundreds of cups of tea in our popular
community cafés
20 individual projects made up Phase 1 of Square Mile
and were supported and delivered by the research and
teaching expertise of the university, matched to the local
needs of the community.
The project has already made a significant impact. To
date, more than 250 staff and students have volunteered
to help out and it is through their dedication that we have:
• Organised free hearing tests, with follow up
consultations with our audiology experts
Phase 2 of the Square Mile project will be launching
soon and new projects will be coming on board with
a focus on employability; sport and the Olympics; and
collaborations with business.
The Square Mile project has already received very
positive feedback both in the UK and overseas including
endorsement from the Prime Minister. Professor
Shellard was named by the Observer newspaper as one
of Britain’s top 50 ‘New Radicals’ in recognition of the
original idea and the continuing success of Square Mile.
Industrial partnerships
With courses run in collaboration with companies such
as the BBC and the NHS, you will work at the cutting
edge of your chosen field. Input from industry leaders to
the course content ensures it is always up-to-date and
that you gain relevant skills and knowledge.
A number of exciting initiatives have been launched as
part of an innovative agreement between DMU and the
world’s largest technology company, Hewlett-Packard.
A sector-leading business informatics degree and work
placements with the company are just two of the ways
in which we are working together to transform lives
through technology and education.
Many industry leaders also sponsor facilities or provide
equipment for use on our courses. The Orange Mobile
Telematics Laboratory trains the communications
technologists of the future in an advanced facility,
preparing them for exciting careers with leading
technology companies.
Electronics giant Panasonic has provided stateof-the-art 3D equipment to DMU’s Holographic
Research Centre. The team are developing the latest
cinematography equipment and auto-stereoscopic
televisions, which provide a 3D effect without the need
for glasses.
According to graduate
careers website
prospects.ac.uk,
more than a third
of students who
undertake a placement
are later employed by
the company, so it’s
the ideal opportunity
to show off your
talents.
INFLUENTIAL PARTNERSHIPS
dmu.ac.uk/ug2013
Working with industry in this way ensures the education
we offer you remains focused on what really matters:
giving you the skills and experience your future
employers will be looking for.
Cultural partnerships
Knowledge transfer partnerships
Just as crucial as our links with industry are our cultural
partnerships, which enrich life at DMU and provide a
wealth of opportunities for our students.
Knowledge transfer partnerships (KTPs) create vital links
with businesses and are an ideal way for graduates to
start their career. They allow you to undertake a specific
project within a company, helping them to improve
competitiveness, productivity and performance. You will
receive a salary and will be supported by an academic
expert in your field.
We believe that cultural activities have the power to
transform individual lives as well as helping to bring
members of the community together.
We work with organisations including the British Library,
Leicester’s Curve theatre, Leicestershire County Cricket
Club, Leicester City Football Club and the Leicester
Comedy Festival.
Placements
It could even lead to a job within the company once the
KTP is complete.
Current projects include partnerships with Leicester Arts
Centre Limited, Leicester City Council and CCL Forensics
Limited, to name a few.
One of the best ways to boost your prospects is by
undertaking a work placement. We have a number
of dedicated placement units to ensure you get the
placement that is right for you.
You will receive support from a dedicated tutor
throughout your placement and will get valuable
feedback from your employer, as well as gaining
impressive experience for your CV.
A Students from Tohoku University helped to
transform Tudor Gardens in Leicester as part
of the Square Mile project
17
Employability
18
Designed in conjunction
with leading employers,
DMU courses will equip
you with the skills and
experience needed
in today’s competitive
job market.
Guest lectures, work placements and projects set by
industry leaders are just some of the ways we ensure
you are all set for your future career.
Learn more about the companies you would like
to work for at one of our employment fairs. Taking
place throughout the year, with events that focus on
particular fields, you will discover essential information
about what the top employers want from you and you
might even be offered an interview.
Events cover science, enterprise and entrepreneurship,
business and law, technology, and the creative industries.
There’s even a job fair is that is dedicated to part-time,
vacation and voluntary work.
dmu.ac.uk/ug2013
Placements and work
opportunities
Students can now benefit from a number of paid
placement opportunities within DMU, as part of the
Frontrunners scheme. Designed to give you new
skills, as well as the experience of working in a
large organisation, Frontrunners is a campus-based
placement scheme that helps you put what you’ve
learned on your course into practice.
You will be working alongside DMU employees on real
tasks and boosting your employability at the same time.
For more information visit dmu.ac.uk/frontrunners
For students who are keen for temporary work, DMU
has also launched Unitemps – a new initiative helping
students find short-term work opportunities within
the university.
For information about placements in industry,
see Influential Partnerships on page 16.
Practical experience
Business and management students propose their
ideas to real entrepreneurs and business people in the
Fox’s Lair, an initiative inspired by the BBC programme
Dragons’ Den. The students hear feedback about their
ideas from professionals and get the chance to win
prizes.
Students on the arts and festivals management degree
gain essential experience in the field by organising
Leicester’s most exciting annual cultural festival,
Cultural Exchanges.
Cultural Exchanges attracts more than 4,000 visitors
and has featured well-known names including Trevor
Nelson, Ken Loach, Josie Long, Alistair Campbell, Alan
Moore and Sue Townsend. Students organise every part
of the event, which is widely publicised every year.
Visit dmu.ac.uk/culturalexchanges for more information.
EMPLOYABILITY
We also offer a comprehensive careers service, where
you can learn how to polish your CV and practise your
interview technique. For more about our careers service,
see Student Support on page 228.
Students on fashion courses also have the chance
to showcase their work at Graduate Fashion Week in
London, the premier showcase for young designers.
It is an invaluable opportunity to get your work seen by
people working in the business and is one of the most
exciting events in fashion.
Volunteering
Volunteering during your time at DMU is a great way to
help people in need while meeting fellow students and
gaining important experience that will round out your
CV and impress future employers.
The university has an active volunteering community,
with students regularly winning national awards for
their efforts.
De Montfort Students’ Union Volunteering organises
regular initiatives, including collecting and wrapping
Christmas presents for children who would otherwise
go without on Christmas Day.
19
20
dmu.ac.uk/ug2013
With a degree from DMU and our comprehensive
careers service at your disposal, a bright future
is yours for the taking. Our graduates are
highly valued by employers and they work for
companies and organisations such as the BBC,
Rolls-Royce and Sky TV.
Making the transition from full-time education to the
world of work can be daunting, which is why we offer
advice and support to make the process as easy
as possible.
DMU graduate salaries
We will help you to write effective CVs, offer advice on
how to shine in interviews and give you tips on tracking
down the best job opportunities. We also have our own
jobs website featuring graduate and part-time positions.
Here are just a few examples of course-specific
salaries from our latest Destination of Leavers from
Higher Education survey.
Our UK graduates earn an average salary of £22,400*
six months after completing their course.
Environmental Protection
£37,500
Housing
£31,650
From lingerie design to festival taxis, hard work and
dedication means hundreds of their innovative ideas
have flourished into successful businesses.
Clinical Technology
£31,000
Post-registration Pursuant
£30,000
DMU graduates are responsible for more than 100
start-ups each year, which DMU helps to foster with
support, advice and workspace from our Innovation
Centre. We also provide funding, awards and
incubation services to give fledgling businesses the
best possible start.
Social Care with Adults
£30,000
Health Studies
£29,666
Specialist Nursing Practice
£28,742
Health and Professional Practice
£28,185
Community and Criminal Justice
£28,029
Specialist Nursing Practice (Critical care)
£27,000
DMU graduates have entrepreneurial spirit in
abundance, and this is evident in the successful
businesses that have been started by DMU alumni.
GRADUATE SUCCESS
Graduate success
*Source: Destination of Leavers from Higher Education report
for 2009/10 (based on the results of the most recent graduate
survey, at the time of going to print, conducted six months
after course completion). The average salary quoted is taken
from both undergraduate and postgraduate salaries combined.
This data is intended to be used as a guide only and does
not guarantee the stated salary for students undertaking the
course. The report is compiled based on data received from
graduates. Therefore, salary information may not be available
for all courses.
21
Fees and funding
If you’re thinking about studying at university,
we know that money will be on your mind.
We are committed to ensuring talented students
have the opportunity to study at DMU, and
this is demonstrated by our package of more
than £20 million in financial and student
support over three years, and an investment
of £8.75 million in student experience.
Tuition fees for Home/EU students
Scholarships and bursaries
The government has significantly cut higher education
funding, and because of this, universities now have to
charge students for the full cost of their courses.
Scholarships, bursaries and other forms of funding
support will be available from De Montfort University
and the government for many of our students.
At the time of going to print we are still considering our
tuition fees for 2013, however for 2012 entry we set
our undergraduate tuition fees for UK and EU students
as follows:
For 2012, we offered a number of scholarships and
bursaries to help our students finance their studies:
• BA/BSc (Hons) degree – £9,000 per year
• Foundation Degree and HND (at DMU)
– £6,000 per year
• Part-time – £5,925 per year for a four year
course and £3,950 per year for a six year course
• Placement year – £650 per year
We set our fees in order to continue to provide our
students with degrees that are both high quality and
distinctive, state-of-the-art facilities and an overall firstrate student experience. Our tuition fees for
2013 will be located on our website as soon as
they are confirmed, visit dmu.ac.uk/funding2013
for more information.
Academic Scholarship – £1,000 cash per year
Available if students applied to DMU and entered with
340 UCAS points or more from three A Levels (grades
AAB) or A2 equivalents e.g. BTEC National Diploma.
Tuition fee loans
22
Remember, you don’t have to pay your fees up-front;
tuition is paid for by a government loan, which you will
only begin to re-pay once you’ve graduated. The amount
you pay back depends on the amount you earn and
in many cases you will pay back less per month than
students graduating in previous years. This is likely to be
9% of your income above £21,000, so for example, if
you earn £21,500, you’ll pay back £4 per month (2012
entry figures).
We will also offer a range of financial support for many
of our students.
Academic scholarships
Students will continue to receive their scholarship in
their second and third year by achieving an average
pass mark for the year of at least 65 per cent.
Scholarships are not paid during placement years.
Access to Higher Education Scholarship
– £1,000 cash per year
Available if students were accepted onto a course with
an Access to HE qualification (where this was the entry
requirement for the course).
Means-tested
National Scholarship Programme (NSP)
– £1,000 cash and £2,000 fee/accommodation
waiver in the first year. Plus a £1,500 fee waiver
in each of the following two years.
Available to 480 full-time undergraduate students
living in England, initially awarded to students with
no household income (identified by Student Finance
England (SFE)).
DMU Bursary – £1,000 cash per year
This is available to students whose family income is
less than £25,000 and who have not received an award
from the NSP.
The amount of living cost grant received also effects
how much of the maintenance loan students are entitled
to; please see direct.gov.uk/studentfinance for further
information.
Personal circumstances
Part-time students
Care Leaver Bursary – £1,000 cash per year
This is available to eligible students who come to the
university directly from care.
The part-time funding package is yet to be announced
for 2013/14 however in 2012/13 all eligible part-time
undergraduates who study for at least 25 per cent of
their time will be able to apply for a loan to cover the
costs of their tuition which means you no longer have
to pay up front. Part-time students will not, however, be
eligible for maintenance support.
Estranged Student Bursary – £1,000 cash per year
This is available to eligible students who are estranged
from their family (as identified by Student Finance
England (SFE)).
If you meet the relevant criteria it is possible to receive
one of each of the academic, means-tested or personal
circumstances award.
The details of our bursaries and scholarships
for 2013 will be available on our website
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 once they have been
confirmed.
NHS funding
If you are looking to study an NHS funded course, and
wish to find out if you are eligible for an NHS bursary,
visit nhsbsa.nhs.uk/students. NHS funded courses may
not be eligible for some of the other financial packages,
please contact us for further information.
Loans and grants – living costs
The government provides extra support for students
through the living cost loan and living cost grant. This
funding is to help you with living costs and provide you
with additional support during your studies. The support
available is yet to be confirmed by the government;
however for 2012 entry it was as following:
2012 Maintenance (living cost) loan
This loan is in addition to the tuition fee loan and the
amount you are entitled to depends on your household
income and is operated on a sliding scale.
As with the tuition fee loan, students will only start
to repay the loan after they have graduated and are
earning at least £21,000.
2012 Maintenance (living cost) grant
You don’t have to pay this grant back, and it is based on
your household income. For 2012 entry, if a student’s
family income was less than £25,000 they received a
full grant of £3,250. If their family income was between
£25,000 and £42,600 they received a partial grant on
a sliding scale.
Tuition fees for overseas students
Fees for overseas students are also subject to change
for 2013. Please see page 244 to find out more, and
visit dmu.ac.uk/international for the latest details.
FEES AND FUNDING
dmu.ac.uk/ug2013
Earning while you study
We recognise that many of our students, home and
international, want or need to work part-time while at
university. Some of our courses include paid placements
(see p19 for details), others allow time within your
weekly schedule for part-time work on and off campus.
We even employ a team of around 100 student
ambassadors each year on campus to help with events
and activities such as open days.
Useful websites
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013
DMU’s own undergraduate fees and funding information
which will be updated as soon as we have confirmed the
information for 2013/14.
direct.gov.uk/studentfinance
Detailed information on the government’s student
funding package and where you apply for your funding
when you are ready to.
ucas.com/students/studentfinance
General information including help with managing your
student budget.
De Montfort University reserves the right to revise,
review or withdraw any of the scholarships, bursaries
and other funding listed at any time without prior notice.
For more information, visit dmu.ac.uk/funding2013
or call +44 (0)116 257 7513
23
Research that matters
24
Groundbreaking
discoveries and vital
research take place at
DMU every day, and the
people at the forefront
are the people who will
be teaching you.
From saving millions of lives each year by tackling
diseases such as cancer, diabetes and heart disease, to
helping the Government crack down on cyber crimes that
threaten national security, DMU is at the centre of some
of the most significant innovation in the UK.
Research at the university is so highly regarded that
three key DMU studies have been listed among the
top 100 projects in the UK that will have a profound
impact on our future*, these were – the development
of an artificial pancreas, proposals to create floating
human settlements and advances in additive technology.
Additionally, in the latest Government Research
Assessment Exercise almost half of our research was
rated as world-leading or internationally excellent.
Medical breakthroughs
Technological triumphs
DMU researchers are at the forefront of the battle to
diagnose and control conditions that have a devastating
impact on people’s lives.
Technology is transforming the world around us and DMU
experts in disciplines from design to computing to life
sciences, are leading the charge.
Professor Joan Taylor’s work into creating an artificial
pancreas aims to transform the lives of diabetes
sufferers by doing away with the need for daily
injections.
Dr Geoff Smith and Dr Huseyin Seker are carrying out
pioneering work into improving the early detection of
skin cancer by developing a probe that will assist in
diagnosis and treatment.
Academics in DMU’s Retail Lab are helping to crack down
on counterfeit alcohol – which can cause devastating
health problems and even death – by developing a
handheld device that detects fake whisky and wine
through the bottle. DMU’s groundbreaking Cyber Security
Centre is helping to stop cyber attacks before they are
activated. We are one of only a handful of universities with
distinctive expertise in the field taking part in the initiative
for the government’s intelligence agency GCHQ.
The risk of potentially fatal complications for patients
with cardiovascular disease has been reduced thanks
to a test developed by DMU researchers. A single spot
of blood is used in Dr Sangeeta Tanna and Dr Graham
Lawson’s test, to assess the level of medication in
patients, therefore helping doctors to make informed
clinical decisions concerning levels of prescribed
medication.
Sympathetic computers and intelligent shops are just
some of the technologies of tomorrow that have been
studied by a DMU team, working in collaboration with
partners across Europe. The project predicted future
technologies and their drawbacks so that future ethical
problems, such as invasion of privacy and inequality, can
be taken into consideration and hopefully avoided at the
development stage.
A
RESEARCH THAT MATTERS
dmu.ac.uk/ug2013
B
Focus on people
DMU research is tackling issues that affect people on
a global level, as well as closer to home. A DMU report
found that parents are being forced to go abroad for
fertility treatment because of a shortage of egg and sperm
donors and the cost of IVF. It has led to calls for action to
be taken to address the situation.
C
A Joan Taylor’s artificial pancreas
B DMU’s Retail Lab
C Dr Sangeeta Tanna and Dr Graham Lawson
A warning about the dangers of an ancient tradition has
been issued to pregnant women around the world thanks
to a DMU researcher. Dr Parvez Haris found that eating a
baked clay known as sikor, a custom which is widespread
in Asia and is also practised in the UK, exposes the
women and their unborn babies to arsenic, cadmium
and lead.
Sports and Olympics Minister Hugh Robertson praised
the first ever comprehensive study of the impact of the
Special Olympic Games, which was carried out
by DMU. The report calls for radical new thinking on
future games.
* Big Ideas for the Future Report 2011, published by Research Councils UK and Universities UK.
See dmu.ac.uk/research for more information.
25
Global relationships
With a network of partners spread across the
globe and students and staff who represent
many different nationalities and cultures,
DMU is a truly international institution.
A
Our links with organisations around the world mean
you have an invaluable opportunity to sample life in
other countries and gain important experience for
your future career.
Our partnerships with some of Asia’s most innovative
universities in Japan, Hong Kong, China, Taiwan and
India enrich the lives of our staff and students.
26
We also join forces with universities and organisations
worldwide to carry out research that matters on issues
affecting people all over the globe.
Supporting the global community
As a university, DMU’s role is not just to educate, but
to share its knowledge and expertise for the greater
good. Helping to solve crimes in Iraq and supporting
students affected by the 2011 Japanese earthquake are
just two of the many ways we have reached out to the
international community. Working with Karbala University,
100km from Baghdad, DMU is helping to develop a new
forensic science curriculum and train academics in the
subject in a bid to combat a rise in crime that has taken
place since the beginning of the war in 2003.
dmu.ac.uk/ug2013
In April 2012, DMU and the British Library
will lead an event in Japan as part of the UK
government’s Great! festival to celebrate the 2012
Cultural Olympiad. This will see Shakespeare’s
First Folio and Conan Doyle’s text The Adventures
of the Missing Three-Quarter showcased in the
British Embassy in Tokyo, alongside workshops
and talks by experts from both institutions. In
addition, DMU will host a symposium on higher
education at the University of Tokyo for the
British and Japanese Governments. DMU will
also accompany the Prime Minister on his visit to
Tokyo for the overall launch of Great!
The world is yours to explore when it comes to your
career, and many DMU students look abroad for
placements and work opportunities to enhance their CVs.
Laura Hutton, a game art design student, secured a
six-month internship with Ubisoft, creators of best-selling
video games including Assassin’s Creed, Rayman and
Prince of Persia. Laura worked on new adaptations of
the company’s famous games at their Indian studio in
Pune, Maharashtra.
International exchanges
Spending time in another country as part of your course
will expand your horizons and improve your employability.
Our new exchange programme with Maharaja Sayajirao
University of Baroda gives DMU students a fantastic
opportunity to spend six weeks in India.
Tohoku University visit
Fourteen students affected by the Japanese
earthquake visited DMU for a week’s holiday
as they continued to rebuild their lives following
the disaster. The students, from Tohoku
University, saw a Leicester City football match,
visited the National Space Centre and watched
a show in London’s West End.
Nine students from DMU were selected from more than
2,000 applications for the Study China programme – a
three-week government funded trip giving undergraduate
students across the UK an introduction to the country.
GLOBAL RELATIONSHIPS
International opportunities
Great! festival
As part of their trip, the students received lessons in
Mandarin and learned about Chinese culture.
If you long to experience life in another country, the
Erasmus scheme is the perfect opportunity to see more
of the world. You will spend time at one of our partner
institutions in Europe where you’ll be able to learn a new
language while continuing your education and adding
impressive experience to your CV.
International students
We have a thriving international community,
a democratically elected international student
representative in the Students’ Union and a variety
of clubs and societies set up and run by our
international students.
B
International academics
From international visiting professors to resident
academics, DMU attracts a wealth of expertise from
around the globe, opening up new ways of thinking to
the university.
Photography academic Lala Meredith-Vula, who was
born in Sarajevo, had her work exhibited at the Embassy
of Bosnia and Herzegovina in London. The event
showcased work by Bosnian and Slovenian artists.
Lala’s collection, entitled ‘Bathers’, featured women in
a 500-year-old Turkish bath.
Ghanaian student Thomas Karikari hopes his education
at DMU will help him to design life-saving therapies for
his country. Thomas was selected for the Department for
International Development’s Shared Scholarship scheme
after a rigorous application process.
Our international graduates are also making an impact.
An annual football project bringing together children from
Israel and Palestine to aid the peace building process
was devised by Ophir Zardok, from Israel. Ophir came
up with the idea of the Football Village of Hope while
studying DMU’s pioneering FIFA master’s course.
A Ghanaian student Thomas Karikari
B Japanese earthquake victims visit DMU
27
Courses
Art, Design and Architecture
30
60
Business and Management
Computing Sciences
96
Creative Technologies and Media
110
Engineering126
136
Health, Society and Community
Humanities164
Law174
182
Life Sciences
Music200
Performance Arts, and Arts
208
and Festivals Management
218
Joint Honours combinations
A guide to our course pages
In this section you will find all of our courses for 2013 entry, split into ‘clusters’ that should
make it easy to explore different subject areas and find a course you are interested in.
Opposite you can see an example of how the course pages are laid out, with an explanation of
what the various icons and sections are.
Partner Colleges
The majority of our courses are taught on the DMU Leicester campus but we also offer a range of HNC/D and
Foundation Degree courses via educational partnerships with selected regional colleges. All the DMU courses
available at colleges are listed in this prospectus, or you can request a prospectus from any of the individual colleges.
Find out more at dmu.ac.uk/colleges
28
*Please note: any courses listed as ‘New for 2013’ are subject to formal approval processes.
There is no guarantee that these courses will be ready for the 2013 academic sessions.
For the most up-to-date information, see our website at dmu.ac.uk
dmu.ac.uk/ug2013
Courses are clustered
together by subject
area and colour coded
for easy navigation
New course
for 2012/2013
Course title
Partner college
or industry
accreditation
Accredited by:
Creative Technologies and Media
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time,
four years with placement
Location:
Queens Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: HP63
Entry and admissions criteria:
– Normally 260 UCAS Points
from at least two A Levels or
equivalent, plus five GCSEs
at grade C or above, including
Maths and English
– Typical A Level offers: At least
one B and one C with additional
qualifications contributing
towards the points score such as
a third A level or AS Levels
– International Baccalaureate:
28+ points.
Interview required:
No
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Please visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See pxx for details or visit dmu.ac.uk/
funding2013 for the latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Media Production, Music Technology
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7456
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/technology
Twitter: @DMUTECH
UK
EU
About the course
This course examines the context
and the way in which people use
digital media products and services
and is ideal if you want to learn how
to produce digital media content in
accordance with industry methods
and techniques. The course also
specialises in the study and practice
of social media technology and
production for the creation and sharing
of online and network media.
You will develop an understanding of
the science and technology behind
media production, digital distribution
and electronic audio-visual distribution
systems, and will learn how to use
these effectively in the development,
production and distribution of
broadcast and multimedia content.
The course teaches you to think
independently, innovate, explore
and assess competing forms of
media production and digital media
technology. It acknowledges and
explores the convergent nature of
traditional media, the synergy of
different media forms, the way in
which these emergent forms of media
interact, and the deployment and use
of new-media technology.
You will consider the consequences
of media production and consumption
and leave university with the ability
to characterise and evaluate the
performance capabilities and
limitations of a range of electronic
and digital media forms and apply
and assess competing production
processes.
Learning and teaching
The course has extensive practical
components that supplement teaching
by lectures, tutorials, laboratories,
workshops, presentations, screenings,
demonstrations and independent
study. Assessment is by coursework,
an industrial experience report and
exams.
Suitable for applicants from:
14
BSc (Hons)
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
Key information
such as UCAS code
and entry criteria
You will normally attend around
12–16 hours of timetabled taught
sessions each week, and are expected
to undertake at least 14–16 further
hours of directed independent study
and assignments as required.
1st year modules
– Social Media Technology
– Technology I: Fundamentals
– Media Capture and
Processing
– Multimedia Animation
Production I
Facilities
The film studios located in the Queens
building makes available multi-camera,
blue screen and green screen studios
for all students on our media courses.
The green screen and blue screen
facilities enable students to create
videos that take advantage of colour
keying to merge video with computer
graphics, stock video and still images.
The multi-camera studio replicates the
most common setup for TV studios
and enables students to practice
techniques covering all of the areas
of studio work including presenting,
camera work, direction, lighting and
sound. The film studios also includes a
full lighting setup and a viewing gallery
so that cameras and presenters can
receive direction from the students
taking the role of a producer. Using
live graphic overlays students can
successfully replicate news, shopping
channel and chat show environments.
COURSES
Media Technology
The creative technology studios
includes two video production
labs, these fully equipped labs are
designed for High-Definition (HD)
video extraction, HD editing, effect
processing, CGI, DVD creation and
mastering. Machines feature dual
screens, a standard HD display and
reference quality HD display essential
for colour critical applications such as
video editing.
There is facility to receive input from
a wide range of cameras, devices,
streams or live from the studio. With
access to a large amount of storage
and our high-speed network, HD
quality video can be transferred across
labs, studios and the green screens
suite.
Graduate careers
Recent graduates are working as radio
producers, freelance photographers
and media assistants, for companies
including Heart Radio and MATV.
Technology graduates have an
average salary of £21,852 just six
months after graduating (DLHE
2008/09).
2nd year modules
– Social Media Production
– Technology II: Electronic
Sound and Vision
Suitable for applicants
from UK/EU/
International
3rd year modules
– Technology Project
– Advanced Social Media
Production
Typical modules
within the course
QR Codes
1. Download a QR code reader to your smart phone
Throughout this prospectus we have included a number
of QR codes; linking to videos showing lots of our great
facilities to give you an insight into what it’s like to study
at DMU. To watch the videos on your smart phone simply:
2. Use the QR code reader to scan the code
3. The QR code reader will then take you to the video
through your mobile browser
Alternatively you can view the videos by going to the
web address found next to each QR code.
29
Art, Design and Architecture
Benefit from our extensive range of specialist
facilities including professionally equipped workshops,
designated studios, Computer Aided Design (CAD) and
digital editing suites, and our state-of-the-art Retail Lab.
Become one of our award-winning students by
entering national and international competitions, such
as The Clothes Show Live Designer of the Year Award,
British Fashion Council Illustration Award, MODA
Footwear ‘History in the Making’ and the prestigious RSA
Student Design Awards.
Showcase your work at major events such as the
Degree Show, Contour Fashion Catwalk, New Designers
Show and Graduate Fashion Week.
Engage with our research-active teaching staff, and
make links with employers, industry professionals, design
consultants and artists through regular guest lectures.
Our accredited courses from the Royal Institute of
British Architects (RIBA), and Institute of Engineering
Designers will equip you with all you need to give your
career a kick-start after graduation.
Our Game Art Design BA (Hons) is the only Skillset
approved course of its kind in England.
What to do next:
Come to an open day to talk to the team.
Apply from September 2012, to find out how
go to page 220.
videos
dmu.ac.uk/ada2013
Animation Design BA (Hons)
32
Architecture BA (Hons)
33
Art and Design (Foundation Studies) BTEC Diploma
34
Contour Fashion BA (Hons)
35
Design Crafts BA (Hons)
36
Design Products MDes
37
Fashion Buying with Design BA (Hons)
Fashion Buying with Marketing BA (Hons)
38
Fashion Design BA (Hons)
40
Fashion Fabrics and Accessories BA (Hons)
41
Fine Art BA (Hons)
43
Footwear Foundation Degree (FdA)
44
Footwear Design BA (Hons)
45
Furniture Design BA (Hons)
46
Game Art Design BA (Hons)
47
Graphic Design BA (Hons)
48
Graphic Design and Illustration BA (Hons)
49
Graphic Design and e-Media Foundation Degree (FdA)
50
Interior Design BA (Hons)
51
Interior Design MDes
52
Interior Design Foundation Degree (FdA)
53
Photography and Video Foundation Degree (FdA)
54
Photography and Video BA (Hons)
55
Product and Furniture Design BA (Hons)
56
Product Design BA (Hons)
57
Product Design BSc (Hons)
58
Textile Design BA (Hons) (pathways in Constructed, Mixed Media, Printed Textiles)
59
ART, DESIGN AND ARCHITECTURE
For instructions of how to use this code
to watch our Art, Design and Architecture
video on your smart phone, see p29
31
Animation Design
ART, DESIGN AND ARCHITECTURE
Key information
About the course
–– One of the most popular UK
animation design degrees
Duration:
Three years full-time,
six years part-time
Location:
Fletcher Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: W615
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– A good portfolio and normally:
–– Art and Design Foundation or
–– 260 UCAS points from at least
two full A levels, including a grade
C or above in Art and Design or
–– National Diploma MMM or
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points
–– Five GCSEs grades A* - C
including English Language or
Literature at grade C or above.
We also accept the BTEC
First Diploma plus two GCSEs
including English at grade C or
above
Interview required:
Yes, if UK based
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tours dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Game Art Design, Graphic Design
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7555
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/adhug
Suitable for applicants from:
32
UK
EU
BA (Hons)
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
–– Leads to a successful career.
Our graduates work for companies
including the BBC, Double
Negative, Ubisoft International
Shanghai, Jagex, MPC, The Mill,
Blue Zoo, Ragdoll Productions, and
Artificial Life Inc. Hong Kong
–– We have links to the largest VFX
company in Europe and our industry
partners includes CITV
–– Work on live client briefs and there
are opportunities to participate
in national and international
competitions
–– You will be shown how to build a
showreel by industry professionals
A challenging and exciting course
with expert tuition from leading
professionals. There is every
opportunity to go on placements
through our strong ties with industry.
We use cutting-edge technology and
you experience real pipeline and actual
production materials. You graduate
with a showreel of work which
demonstrates your skills. You are
encouraged to participate in festivals,
awards and also enter national and
international competitions such as
Annecy, AURORA, MESH, BAF,
RSA, Animex, Hiroshima and Puchon
International Animation Festivals.
Learning and teaching
The course has a vibrant studio
culture that encourages you to
achieve your full potential. Teaching
is delivered primarily through lectures
and seminars supported by industry
guest speakers, and practical classes
providing hands-on experience of
creating animation and manipulating
VFX tools. Extensive use is made of
web-based tools – including Facebook
– to support an enthusiastic course
community.
Assessments include regular
presentations of artwork and practical
projects and reports for peer, tutor
and industry critique. You will produce
your own showreel of professional
standard work, guided by professionals
1st year modules
–– Animation Design
–– Critical Studies 1
–– Animation Production 1
–– Visual Communication 1
from the animation industry and the
teaching team. We work closely with
leading companies such as CITV,
Autodesk, Double Negative and RJDM
Studios. Many students undertake
‘live’ project briefs with opportunities
to network and visit studios. Industry
representatives make regular visits to
give presentations, review showreels
and to hire our graduates.
You have contact with tutors through
lectures, tutorials and studios, and
you are also expected to engage
in independent study. Although the
balance of time will vary depending on
the course and level of study, you will
typically have 15 contact hours and
undertake 25 hours of independent
study each week.
Work experience/placements
There are opportunities to gain
industry experience and understand
professional practice by undertaking
placements and project briefs set by
industry. You will work on a live project
brief set by real clients in the second
and third years. You are encouraged
to seek work placements during
the summer vacation and there is
an option to undertake longer work
placements lasting up to a year.
Facilities
We have excellent specialist facilities
including digital animation, sound
and effects studios, editing suites,
dedicated graphics studios, computer
suites for lectures and practical
workshops, screening rooms for
viewing ‘dailies’ and presentations, and
VFX green screen and motion capture
facilities.
Graduate careers
Our graduates are working as
animators and as high-flying VFX
technical directors who have helped
create blockbuster films like
Iron Man 2, Prince of Persia: The
Sands of Time, The Green Zone, Fast
and Furious, The Sorcerer’s Apprentice,
Paul and many more.
2nd year modules –– Visual Effects Design
–– Critical Studies 2
–– Animation Production 2
–– Visual Communication 2
3rd year modules
–– Professional Brief
Optional modules:
–– Option 1: Placement
–– Option 2: Major Project
Accredited by:
Architecture
The course introduces you to the
complex world of architecture. It aims
to establish your identity as a designer
and the importance of fundamental
design knowledge and skills. You
will produce a coherent portfolio of
work and gain the ability to create
architectural designs which integrate
social, aesthetic and technical
requirements.
A strong feature of the school is the
studio culture, with the majority of the
course being taught as a series of
design projects in the design studio,
complemented by a complex series of
lectures, workshops and studio events.
In the first year you begin to develop
skills as an individual designer with
an understanding of human nature,
spatial experience and the integration
of technology. A series of design
projects of increasing scale allow for
exploration of creativity, space and
representation.
The second year allows you to further
develop your design processes and
critical thinking skills. These design
skills are tested in two term-long
building projects, one urban and based
on a site chosen on a foreign study
trip, and one in a rural context.
The third year has a strong identity
as an advanced level of study,
emphasising the relationship between
contemporary theory and the design
process. You will define your own
theoretical position and test it within a
building project of your choice located
in an urban setting.
1st year modules
–– Design Studio 1
–– History and Theory 1
–– Technology 1
Learning and teaching
Teaching is based around the design
studio and consists of:
–– Design process lectures covering
typologies and methodologies,
reflective making, precedents and
reflective thinking
–– Design studio
–– Studio skills workshops
–– Visualisation workshops
–– Technology lectures
–– History and theory lectures
–– Professional studies lectures (third
year only)
–– Event weeks
–– Foreign study trips
You have contact with tutors through
lectures, tutorials and studios, and you
also engage in independent study.
Although the balance of time will vary
depending on the course and level of
study, you will typically have 15 contact
hours and undertake 25 hours of
independent study each week.
Work experience/placements
After the course, most students who
want to become architects spend 12
months working for an architectural
practice before embarking on Part 2
of RIBA requirements. They also gain
design experience through workshops
offered in event weeks.
Facilities
Benefit from extensive multipurpose
studios and facilities, as well as your
own dedicated studio space, cuttingedge digital facilities and workshops.
Graduate careers
Most graduates go on to qualify as
professional architects. Many proceed
to the next step in the three-part
professional qualification. Graduates
readily find employment and many
work for leading practices. They also
work as architectural assistants or in
landscape, conservation, information
technology, education and journalism.
2nd year modules –– Design Studio 2
–– History and Theory 2
–– Technology 2
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time
Location:
Fletcher Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: K100
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– A good portfolio and normally:
–– Art and Design Foundation or
–– 280 UCAS points from at least
two full A levels or
–– National Diploma DMM or
–– International Baccalaureate:
30+ Points
–– Five GCSEs grades A* - C
including English Language or
Literature and Maths or Science
at grade C or above. We also
accept the BTEC First Diploma
plus two GCSEs including English
and Maths or Science at grade C
or above
Interview required:
Yes, if UK based
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
ART, DESIGN AND ARCHITECTURE
About the course
–– Accredited by the Royal Institute
of British Architects (RIBA)
–– Ideal for students with strong
academic and artistic skills who
want to become architects
–– Gain exemption from Part 1 of RIBA
and ARB professional qualifications
–– One of the oldest schools of
architecture in the UK with a strong
technical and design ethos that
recognises the interdependence
between academia and the
profession
–– Extensive studio, workshop and
digital facilities
BA (Hons)
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Interior Design
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7555
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/adhug
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
3rd year modules
–– Design Studio 3
–– History and Theory 3
–– Technology 3
–– Professional Studies
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
33
Art and Design (Foundation Studies)
ART, DESIGN AND ARCHITECTURE
Key information
About the course
–– Prepare for a degree or career in art
and design
Duration:
One year full-time,
two years part-time
–– Produce a strong portfolio covering
all aspects of art and design
Location:
Fletcher Building,
De Montfort University
–– Excellent facilities with individual
studio space from the beginning
of the course
UCAS course code:
Apply direct to DMU
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– A portfolio of work, or evidence
of recent experience in art and
design
–– Five GCSEs grades A* - C
including English Language or
Literature at grade C or above.
We also accept the BTEC
First Diploma plus two GCSEs
including English at grade C
or above
–– One A Level or equivalent, in an
art and design subject
–– International Baccalaureate:
24+ points
All equivalent qualifications are
welcome as are mature students
with alternative experience
Interview required:
Portfolio review
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Fine Art
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7555
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/adhug
The Art and Design (Foundation
Studies) BTEC Diploma prepares
you for progression to a variety of
specialist art and design courses,
including BA/BSc (Hons) degrees
and teacher training. You will study
in three stages:
–– Stage one: introduces and enables
you to explore basic art and design
skills. This includes working in
2D and 3D with a range of basic
material, media and methods. You
are introduced to drawing in its
broadest sense, developing visual
language skills and learning how to
develop ideas
–– Stage two: a programme of
specialist studio activities includes
pathways in fine art, graphic design,
2D and 3D multi-disciplinary design,
providing an opportunity for you
to identify your chosen specialist
subject
BTEC Diploma
Learning and teaching
The final exam comprises of an
assessment and exhibition of your
work. You are encouraged to develop
your own understanding of the subject
by visiting exhibitions and venues.
This complements our planned
programme of visits which includes
London, Birmingham, Oxford and an
international trip. During these visits
you will view major collections of art
and design as well as contemporary
exhibitions.
Facilities
You will have your own studio space
and additional rooms are used
for classes such as life drawing.
There is also access to fine art and
design degree facilities such as 3D
workshops and printmaking areas.
Graduate careers
Most graduates apply to higher
education art and design courses,
either at DMU or at other universities
and colleges across the UK. We will
provide the necessary support and
guidance, whichever route you choose.
–– Stage three: provides an opportunity
to confirm your direction in art
and design and maximise your
potential. You develop an individual
portfolio of work along with an
understanding of the contemporary
context in which artists and
designers work
Specialist subjects include: fine art
painting, sculpture, print, installation,
multimedia, graphic design, computer
graphics, illustration, surface
decoration, textiles, fashion, contour,
footwear, furniture, product, theatre
design, jewellery, spatial design,
contextual studies and lens-based
media. IT and workshop skills are
embedded into the qualification.
Suitable for applicants from:
34
UK
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
1st year modules
–– Researching, Recording and
–– Preparation and Progression
–– Extended Media Development
Responding in Art and Design
in Art and Design
in Art and Design
–– Media Experimentation in Art –– Information and Interpretation –– Final Major Project in Art and
and Design
in Art and Design
Design
–– Personal Experimental Studies
in Art and Design
Contour Fashion
–– Specialise in lingerie, underwear,
bodywear, swimwear, loungewear,
nightwear, sportswear and corsetry
–– Take advantage of our close links
with the UK and global intimate
apparel industry
Established in 1947 to support the
local corset industry, Contour Fashion
continues to nurture close links
with the intimate apparel industry. It
produces graduates who are specialist
designers and technical specialists
with defined skills in design, pattern
cutting, grading, fit methodologies
and technical excellence, for industry
roles both in the UK and worldwide.
Gain an introduction to the academic,
professional, industrial and commercial
challenges of design practice.
There are opportunities to work with
companies on live projects, work
placements and competition awards.
Typical subjects include visual
research, drawing and design
development, style and colour, contour
garment design, pattern cutting and
making for lingerie, swimwear and
nightwear, colour prediction, computer
aided design (CAD) for fashion
illustration, fit and grading, contour
garment technology, contextual
studies, designing for external clients,
professional practice.
New for 2012/13 is the introduction
of a final year option at Final Collection
to specialise in either an aesthetic or a
technical route of study.
Learning and teaching
Teaching includes formal
lectures, group seminars, tutorials,
presentations, practical workshops and
studio-based activities.
Assessment is generally at the end
of each term with verbal critiques at
appropriate times throughout the year
and occasionally formal presentations
to external clients. Learning through
making garments is a key component.
The course is directed by highly
experienced staff who advise contour
fashion companies globally.
1st year modules
–– Complete Contour Fashion
Studies
–– Integrated Contour Studies
You have contact with tutors through
lectures, tutorials and studios, and you
also engage in independent study.
Although the balance of time will vary
depending on the course and level of
study, you will typically have 15 contact
hours and undertake 25 hours of
independent study each week.
Work experience/placements
Students have previously worked
with Abercrombie & Fitch, Triumph,
Charnos, Gossard, Made by Niki,
Agent Provocateur, Bordelle,
Curvy Kate, Crystal Martin, Jenny
Packham, Tommy Hilfiger,
Marks & Spencer, Nicole de Carle,
Clover Hong Kong and more.
Facilities
Contour fashion studios include
full-size pattern cutting tables,
Lectra pattern generation system,
the latest computerised lockstitch
sewing machines and specialist
contour sewing machines.
Graduate careers
The course produces highly sought
after graduates, acclaimed for their
technical skills and design excellence,
who work for international brands
such as Marks & Spencer, Next,
Abercrombie and Fitch, Triumph
International, George at Asda,
Fleur T, Tommy Hilfiger, Ace Style,
Superdry, House of Fraser, Stretchline,
Ace Style, Heidi Klein, John Lewis,
Evedon, Ted Baker Intimates,
Agent Provocateur, Victoria’s Secret,
New Look, Stella McCartney,
Donna Karan and the Intimas
Group plc.
Recent graduates have taken up job
opportunities in the USA, Australia,
China, Sri Lanka, Holland and
Hong Kong. Others have set up their
own lingerie labels. Graduates may
also choose to progress to MA study
or teaching.
2nd year modules –– Progressive Contour Studies
–– Contour Design and
Technology
–– Corsets and Swimwear
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time,
six years part-time
Location:
Fletcher Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: W235
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– A good portfolio and normally:
–– Art and Design Foundation or
–– 260 UCAS points from at least
two full A levels, including a grade
C or above in Art and Design or
–– National Diploma MMM or
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points
–– Five GCSEs grades A* - C
including English Language or
Literature at grade C or above.
We also accept the BTEC
First Diploma plus two GCSEs
including English at grade C
or above
Interview required:
Yes, if UK based
ART, DESIGN AND ARCHITECTURE
About the course
–– A unique and internationally
renowned course
BA (Hons)
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Fashion Buying, Fashion Design,
Fashion Fabrics and Accessories,
Footwear Design
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7555
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/adhug
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
3rd year modules
–– Advanced Contour Studies
–– Major Project
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
35
Design Crafts
BA (Hons)
ART, DESIGN AND ARCHITECTURE
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time,
six years part-time
Location:
Fletcher Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: W200
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– A good portfolio and normally:
–– Art and Design Foundation or
–– 260 UCAS points from at least
two full A levels, including a grade
C or above in Art and Design or
–– National Diploma MMM or
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points
–– Five GCSEs grades A* - C
including English Language or
Literature at grade C or above.
We also accept the BTEC
First Diploma plus two GCSEs
including English at grade C
or above
Interview required:
Yes, if UK based
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Fashion Fabrics and Accessories,
Fine Art, Textile Design
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7555
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/adhug
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
You have contact with tutors through
lectures, tutorials and studios, and you
also engage in independent study.
You will typically have 15 contact
hours and undertake 25 hours of
independent study each week.
–– Your own dedicated studio space
Work experience/placements
Students have completed placements,
in the design studios of Next and
Sainsburys. They have worked for
individual designer craft makers as
well as in schools, and have won
places on the Goldsmiths’ summer
schools in their second year.
–– Take the opportunity to specialise
or combine areas of design crafts
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
36
About the course
–– Explore a wide range of materials
and processes including ceramics,
glass, metals, jewellery, plastics,
textiles, wood, printmaking and
paper
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
The course covers the professional
field of design crafts from one-off
creations for the gallery to commercial
production. It provides an opportunity
for creative expression in an exciting
range of materials and individual
choice of approach, from jewellery
and interior accessories to glass and
ceramics products.
In the first year, you are introduced
to the full range of materials and
processes in the area through
comprehensive workshop inductions
and hands-on experimentation.
You will be introduced to hand and
machine making processes, decorative
processes and safe studio practice in
all areas. You will also be working in
2D and 3D with methods of designing,
visual exploration, communication and
presentation.
In the second year you extend your
skills in techniques and processes,
as well as developing your individual
approach to design and making.
In the third year, you will negotiate and
develop your own individual practice
culminating in a professional portfolio
and show of your work.
The diverse nature of the creative
industries is reflected through specific
projects, visitiong lecturers, and visits
to exhibitions and trade fairs.
Learning and teaching
A variety of approaches include
inductions, practical demonstrations,
group work, individual studio and
workshop practice, lectures, tutorials,
seminars, presentations and critiques.
You are encouraged to enter national
competitions and to actively develop
opportunities and links beyond the
university environment.
1st year modules
–– Design Crafts Introduction 1
–– Design Crafts Introduction 2
Student achievements
Our student achievements have
included:
–– Winner of the Fashion/ Gallery one
off piece for Goldsmiths Hall
–– Joint 2nd prize at Young Designer
Silversmith of the Year
–– Commended Ceramics at the RSA
Student Design Awards
–– Winners of ‘Precious Metal
Bursaries’ awarded by Goldsmiths
Hall
–– Selected for the International
Libensky Glass Competition
Exhibition
Facilities
An excellent range of fully-equipped
workshops with expert technical
support staff. You are provided with
studio space and have access to
specialist areas staffed by highly
skilled technicians.
Graduate careers
The course prepares you for a range
of career paths, including selfemployed and employed options
as a studio maker or designer, and
opportunities in related fields such
as teaching, arts management and
art therapy. We offer careers advice
and guidance throughout the course
including information on postgraduate
study.
Past students have gone on to
become Designers for John Lewis,
Wedgewood and Next as well as
product development for Karen Millen.
Whilst others have furthered their
studies on for MAs and postgraduate
courses including the RCA.
2nd year modules –– Design Crafts Development 1
–– Design Crafts Development 2
3rd year modules
–– Design Crafts Major Project 1
–– Design Crafts Major Project 2
Design Products
–– Promotes creativity and innovation
in developing commercially viable
designs
–– A challenging course incorporating
a work placement
The course allows you to progress to
Master’s level within one integrated
course, with the benefit of a single
undergraduate fee structure.
You will study options from the first
two years of BA (Hons) Product and
Furniture Design, before beginning
to specialise in the third year through
a range of projects that develop your
skills and understanding of the design
process. Projects are undertaken
in a range of specialist areas
such as inclusive design, additive
manufacturing, sustainable design,
sports product design and ergonomics.
The course allows you to focus on
specialist areas, and take a work
placement during the summer of the
third year, reinforcing your commercial
awareness of design. The experience
is underpinned by access to the latest
rapid prototyping and manufacturing
techniques with support from an
assigned specialist tutor.
You have contact with tutors through
lectures, tutorials and studios, and
you are also expected to engage
in independent study. Although the
balance of time will vary depending on
the course and level of study, you will
typically have 15 contact hours and
undertake 25 hours of independent
study each week.
Work experience/placements
At the end of the third year you
will undertake a three month work
placement. This experience links your
chosen specialist final year project
with an industry placement. This
provides you not only with valuable
work experience but also an industry
link to support your project work.
Facilities
Lively studio facilities allow you to
interact with students, professional
designers and manufacturers. Your
computing skills are continuously
developed and you will work on various
PC-based 2D and 3D modelling
systems using specialist facilities.
Graduate careers
Graduates go on to work as specialist
professional designers within a range
of industries from designers through
to managers. Graduates have gone on
to work for design consultancies like
Seymour Powell and companies such
as Nokia, Dyson, Adidas and Philips.
Lively studio facilities allow you to
analyse design concepts with others,
and to make contact with professional
designers and manufacturers.
1st year modules
3rd year modules
–– Student Design Competitions
–– Personal Project
–– Research for Design
–– Product Communications
Duration:
Four years full-time,
seven years part-time
Location:
Fletcher Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: WH21
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– A good portfolio and normally:
–– Art and Design Foundation or
–– 280 UCAS points from at least
two full A levels, including a grade
C or above in Art and Design or
–– National Diploma DMM or
–– International Baccalaureate:
30+ Points
–– Five GCSEs grades A* - C
including English Language or
Literature at grade C or above.
We also accept the BTEC
First Diploma plus two GCSEs
including English at grade C
or above
Interview required:
Yes, if UK based
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
Learning and teaching
The course includes lectures and
practical tutorials in a broad range
of areas from manufacturing to
aesthetics and business practice.
Coursework is the main method of
learning and assessment, for which
you have continuous support from
staff across a range of professional
working practices.
–– The Principles of Three-Dimensional Design
–– Manufacturing Technology and
Material Culture
–– Visual Language
–– Technical Definition and Illustration
Key information
ART, DESIGN AND ARCHITECTURE
About the course
–– Puts you on a fast track to
becoming a senior designer, design
manager or consultant
MDes
You may also be interested in:
Furniture Design, Product and
Furniture Design, Product Design
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7555
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/adhug
2nd year modules
–– Innovation and Commercial Targeting
–– Advanced Manufacturing Technology
and Culture
–– Advanced Visual Communications
–– 3D CAD for Product Definition
4th year modules
–– Design Futures
–– Design Practice
–– Professional Practice
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
37
Fashion Buying with Design BA (Hons)
Fashion Buying with Marketing BA (Hons)
ART, DESIGN AND ARCHITECTURE
Key information
38
Duration:
Fashion Buying with Design: Three
years full-time or six years part-time
Fashion Buying with Marketing:
Three/four years full-time (with
optional one year placement) or
six years part-time
Location:
Fletcher Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code:
Fashion Buying
W224
with Design Fashion Buying
WN25
with Marketing Entry and admissions criteria:
–– A good portfolio for the Design
pathway and normally:
–– Art and Design Foundation or
–– 260 UCAS points from at least
two full A levels, including a grade
C or above (this needs to be in
Art and Design for the Design
pathway) or
–– National Diploma MMM or
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points
–– Five GCSEs grades A* - C
including English Language or
Literature at grade C or above.
We also accept the BTEC
First Diploma plus two GCSEs
including English at grade C
or above
Interview required:
Yes, if UK based
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Fashion Design
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7555
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/adhug
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
About the course
–– Choose to follow a creative design
route or a marketing route
–– Covers specialist areas of fashion
buying across womenswear,
childrenswear and menswear
–– Meet buying experts and work on
live projects with industry
This course has been created to meet
the needs of the highly dynamic, fastmoving and exciting sector of fashion
retail buying and merchandising. The
first year is mostly common across the
two pathways, where you will develop
knowledge in materials, commercial
garment production, and gain the skills
to produce professional presentations
through computer aided design (CAD).
You will also be introduced to the roles
and responsibilities within a typical
buying office. This experience is then
applied to your chosen pathway in the
second year.
The Design route focuses more on
product design, range planning and
trends, whereas the Marketing route
focuses on product development,
consumer behaviour, marketing and
promotion. Both courses develop
buying skills, and knowledge of the
buying cycle, sourcing and garment
technology.
Learning and teaching
Fashion Buying with Design –
encompasses design studio practice,
formal lectures, group seminars,
tutorials, lab work and practical
workshops. This route involves regular
tutorials and reviews, which allow you
to reflect and develop your work ready
for final presentation at the end of
the year.
Fashion Buying with Marketing –
learning is more theory-led with a
small element of design. It is mainly
based on formal lectures, seminars,
individual and group tutorials, lab and
group work. Assessments tend to be
written reports or assignments with
some practical content.
1st year modules
–– Buying Skills
–– Textile Technology
–– Fashion Communication
–– Pattern Technology*
–– Fashion Technology†
In the final year the major project
focus is a dissertation. You have
contact with tutors through lectures,
tutorials and studios, and you also
engage in independent study.
Although the balance of time will vary
depending on the course and level of
study, you will typically have across
both pathways 15 contact hours and
undertake 25 hours of independent
study each week.
Work experience/placements
There is the opportunity for students
on the Marketing route to do a year’s
industrial placement, to build their
practical knowledge of industry and
see everything in context. Previous
students have gained placements in
Reiss, Boden, Acardia, Swetty Betty,
Speedo, Bhs, George and Next.
Facilities
There are excellent fashion and
textiles facilities available to fashion
buying students. These include sewing
machine studios, textiles testing labs,
knitting and weaving facilities, CAD
labs and designated studio space. We
also use lecture theatres for formal
delivery.
Graduate careers
This course is designed to cater for
those looking to enter fashion buying
careers. Options also include fashion
merchandising, garment technology,
working for fashion suppliers and retail
fashion management.
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
2nd year modules –– Core Buying Module
–– Range Planning*
–– Style and Colour*
–– Fashion Marketing†
–– Product Development†
Modules are studied by both pathways, unless otherwise marked:
* Fashion Buying with Design
† Fashion Buying with Marketing
3rd year modules
–– Sourcing and Supply
–– Major Project*
–– Merchandising and Product
Development*
–– Project – Dissertation†
–– Fashion Management†
Fashion Design
ART, DESIGN AND ARCHITECTURE
Key information
About the course
–– A creative and dynamic course
moving with the constantly evolving
fashion world
Duration:
Three years full-time,
six years part-time
–– The opportunity to enter prestigious
national and international
competitions
Location:
Fletcher Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: W230
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– A good portfolio and normally:
–– Art and Design Foundation or
–– 260 UCAS points from at least
two full A levels, including a grade
C or above in Art and Design or
–– National Diploma MMM or
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points
–– Five GCSEs grades A* - C
including English Language or
Literature at grade C or above.
We also accept the BTEC
First Diploma plus two GCSEs
including English at grade C
or above
Interview required:
Yes, if UK based
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Contour Fashion, Fashion Buying,
Fashion Fabrics and Accessories
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7555
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/adhug
Suitable for applicants from:
40
UK
EU
BA (Hons)
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
–– Projects set by companies and
organisations such as British
Fashion Council, Burberry, Neil
Barrett, Warehouse and George to
name but a few
Fashion Design BA (Hons) develops
designers who are technically
accomplished, visually literate and
articulate. It encompasses a wide
range of projects which include briefs
set by designer labels through to the
high street. The course offers the
opportunity to specialise in project
work for womenswear, menswear or
fashion knitwear, gaining specialist
design and technical expertise
relevant to a range of fashion activities,
from initial design concept through to
the finished prototype.
The first year provides a grounding
in fashion and design through a
wide variety of practical, creative and
technical classes and projects. The
second year is more focused, with
the emphasis on experimentation,
more in-depth project research
and 3D development. New skills
are introduced such as tailoring
and fashion prediction, as well as
collaborative project work both with
industry and within the textile area.
You have contact with tutors through
lectures, tutorials and studios, and you
also engage in independent study.
Although the balance of time will vary
depending on the course and level
of study, you will typically have 15
contact hours and undertake 25 hours
of independent study each week.
Work experience/placements
Our students have completed work
placements with various companies
and designers, from Jonathan
Saunders and Alberta Feratti through
to high street retailers such as
Warehouse.
Facilities
The fashion area has dedicated
studio space, extensive pattern
tables, sewing, and knitting machine
workshop resources. You will also
have access to our extensive computer
aided design (CAD) suites (PC and
Mac), used for specific teaching, with
open access if you are completing
coursework.
Graduate careers
Graduates go on to work in a variety
of areas within the fashion and
textile industry as fashion designers,
illustrators, pattern cutters, stylists, and
trend forecasters, and often go on to
launch their own businesses. Recent
employers include companies such as
Burberry, River Island, Mark Fast, Cos,
Zara and Vivienne Westwood. Recent
graduates have also progressed onto
prestigious MA courses.
The major project in the third year
gives you the opportunity to set your
own briefs, and design and produce
a final collection, as well as to take
part in national and international
competitions.
Learning and teaching
Teaching encompasses design
studio practice, formal lectures, group
seminars, tutorials, exhibition and
store visits, presentations and practical
workshops. Assessment is at the end
of each semester with feedback and
evaluation critiques held at appropriate
times throughout the year.
1st year modules
–– Complete Fashion Studies
–– Integrated Fashion Studies
2nd year modules –– Practical Fashion Studies
–– Fashion Design Studies
3rd year modules
–– Advanced Fashion Studies
–– Major Project
Fashion Fabrics and Accessories
–– Combine textile design in a
contemporary fashion context, and
the interplay between textiles and
artefacts for the body
This course provides you with the
opportunity to design and realise
innovative textiles and fashion
artefacts. You explore image,
placement, colour and textile materials
in the broadest context possible
throughout the course.
You also explore knitted and woven
techniques, machine and hand-made
fabrics, stitch, CAD embellishment, 3D
development including textile jewellery,
construction and fashion illustration.
There is a strong emphasis on visual
research and interpretation. All design
work is underpinned by a diverse range
of textile and fashion-related skills,
which includes access to our CAD
suites, and digital and screen print
processes.
Work experience/placements
Live projects are a key part of the
course, as is professional practice
which includes securing work
placements and promotion. Students
have achieved work placements
and internships with internationally
renowned designer-makers, couture
embroiderers, London-based design
studios, well known high street brands
and in retail buying.
Facilities
A lively studio area, large print room
and extensive facilities for dyeing,
printing, weaving, knitting, sewing and
digital embroidery.
Graduate careers
Graduates go into careers in the
textile and fashion industry, to work
for design agencies as freelance or
in-house designers, or to develop their
own business as bespoke designers
and high-end designer-makers.
They can go on to work for major UK
fashion chains and design labels. They
have also gone on to Master’s level
study at the Royal College of Art.
Through this diverse skill base,
you are encouraged to produce
experimental and highly individual
work to adorn the body. You will work
to external and competition briefs
producing contemporary designs,
while developing groundbreaking work
through self-negotiated briefs.
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time,
six years part-time
Location:
Fletcher Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: WW2R
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– A good portfolio and normally:
–– Art and Design Foundation or
–– 260 UCAS points from at least
two full A levels, including a grade
C or above in Art and Design or
–– National Diploma MMM or
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ points
–– Five GCSEs grades A* - C
including English Language or
Literature at grade C or above.
We also accept the BTEC
First Diploma plus two GCSEs
including English at grade C
or above
Interview required:
Yes, if UK based
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Learning and teaching
Teaching includes formal
lectures, group seminars, tutorials,
presentations, practical workshops
and self-directed studio sessions.
Assessment is at the end of each
module with informal critiques
throughout the course to provide you
with formative feedback.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Design Crafts, Fashion Design,
Fashion Buying, Textile Design
You have contact with tutors through
lectures, tutorials and studios, and you
also engage in independent study.
Although the balance of time will vary
depending on the course and level of
study, you will typically have 15 contact
hours and undertake 25 hours of
independent study each week.
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7555
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/adhug
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
1st year modules
2nd year modules –– Textile Design Studies
–– Creative Fashion Fabrics
–– Observation and Interpretation –– Creative Design
–– Design Practice and
Communication
Accessory Design
–– Fashion artefacts
ART, DESIGN AND ARCHITECTURE
About the course
–– Design and create dynamic textiles
and products to be worn on and
around the body
BA (Hons)
3rd year modules
–– Portfolio Development
–– Major Project
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
41
Fine Art
Work experience/placements
Professional practice is an
important part of the course and
features opportunities to undertake
a placement or other type of
professional experience.
–– Excellent facilities and workshops,
with dedicated studio space
throughout the course
It is possible to study abroad in
Europe during part of the second year.
Exchanges in Europe are organised
through the Erasmus programme with
universities in France and Spain. In
addition, a short study visit to a major
European or US city normally forms
part of the second year.
–– You will be taught by a team of
research-active practising artists,
with recent exhibitions in Kyoto,
London, Sydney and Milan
The course offers flexibility, enabling
you to specialise in one discipline or
opt for a broad pattern of study in fine
art. It has been studied in Leicester
for over 100 years and today’s course
maintains the high profile education
established in 1897.
First year studies include options
in painting, sculpture, printmaking,
video, photography, electronic
media, drawing, and contextual and
professional studies.
The second year develops individual
studio practice in one or more of the
areas above. The course allows you to
tackle a range of approaches to Fine
Art via projects, workshops and self
directed study.
In the final year you will negotiate
and develop your individual creative
practice, culminating in an exhibition.
A professional project forms part
of the final year and typically might
involve an exhibition or placement.
Facilities
Individual studio space and well
equipped workshops cover the
practical aspects of printmaking,
sculpture, photography, video,
digital media techniques and the
skills associated with contemporary
approaches to painting. This is
supported by excellent technical staff
and a wide range of academic staff.
Graduate careers
Graduates are equipped for a wide
range of art and art-related careers.
Graduates pursue postgraduate
study and develop careers as
professional artists or enter a variety
of employment fields in the UK and
overseas. These include teaching,
arts administration, conservation
and restoration, art therapy, theatre,
design for performance, television
and the media.
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time,
six years part-time
Location:
Fletcher Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: W100
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– A good portfolio and normally:
–– Art and Design Foundation or
–– 260 UCAS points from at least
two full A levels, including a grade
C or above in Art and Design or
–– National Diploma MMM or
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points
–– Five GCSEs grades A* - C
including English Language or
Literature at grade C or above.
We also accept the BTEC
First Diploma plus two GCSEs
including English at grade C
or above
Interview required:
Yes, if UK based
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
Learning and teaching
Individual studio practice, group
projects, workshops, group criticisms,
lectures, seminars, study trips and oneto-one tutorials form the basis of this
studio-based taught course.
You may also be interested in:
Art and Design (Foundation Studies)
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7555
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/adhug
You have contact with tutors through
lectures, tutorials and studios, and you
also engage in independent study.
Although the balance of time will vary
depending on the course and level
of study, you will typically have 15
contact hours and undertake 25 hours
of independent study each week.
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
1st year modules
2nd year modules –– Introduction to Studio Practice –– Studio Practice Development
–– Contextual and Professional
–– Contextual and Professional
Studies
Studies 2
ART, DESIGN AND ARCHITECTURE
About the course
–– Study painting, sculpture,
installation, printmaking, drawing,
performance, video, photography
and electronic media, and specialise
in one or more areas
BA (Hons)
3rd year modules
–– Art Practice and Presentation
–– Contextual and Professional
Studies 3
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
43
In partnership with:
Footwear
Foundation Degree (FdA)
ART, DESIGN AND ARCHITECTURE
Key information
About the course
–– Strong links with industry include
placements and work-related
projects
Duration:
Two years full-time
Location:
Leicester College
–– You will cover a wide range of skills
needed for a career in footwear
design
UCAS course code: WJ74
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– A good portfolio and normally:
–– Art and Design Foundation or
–– 80 UCAS Points, including one
A Level or
–– National Diploma or Certificate or
–– International Baccalaureate:
24+ Points
–– Five GCSEs grades A* - C
including English Language or
Literature at grade C or above.
We also accept the BTEC
First Diploma plus two GCSEs
including English at grade C
or above
Interview required:
Yes, if UK based
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit leicestercollege.ac.uk/
openday for forthcoming open
day dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
Please contact Leicester College for
more information.
You may also be interested in:
Footwear Design
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 224 2240
E: [email protected]
W: leicestercollege.ac.uk
–– The chance to progress to the final
year of the Footwear Design BA
(Hons) Degree
Offering the expertise in footwear
technology required by the footwear
industry worldwide, this course
includes training supported by the
UK footwear industry. This is in
conjunction with specific requirements
in design, shoemaking, range building,
supply chain management, quality
control, footwear business studies and
production.
Areas of study include:
–– Footwear production and
technology
–– Footwear fashion and design
–– Quality testing
–– Society and theories of fashion
–– Product development, materials
testing, fitting and grading
–– Style and colour prediction, brand
and range building
–– CAD/Photoshop for fashion and
footwear
–– Footwear business studies,
warehousing and distribution
–– Supply chain management, costings
and production flow
You have contact with tutors through
lectures, tutorials and studios, and you
also engage in independent study.
Although the balance of time will vary
depending on the course and level of
study, you will typically have 15 hours
contact and undertake 25 hours of
independent study each week.
Work experience/placements
The course includes work placements
within the UK footwear industry,
employment or work-related projects
and assignments.
Facilities
State-of-the-art facilities at Leicester
College include a footwear-specific
CAD suite and workshops with
computerised machines.
Graduate careers
You can progress to Footwear Design
BA (Hons) at De Montfort University
or enter a career in the footwear and
peripheral footwear industry in the UK
or overseas.
Learning and teaching
All modules are assessed through
completion of either practical or
written assignments that are set within
a contemporary work-related context.
The final stages of the course involve
the production of a professional
portfolio. The work you carry out is fully
negotiable and reflects your individual
strengths and career aspirations.
Suitable for applicants from:
44
UK
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
1st year modules
–– Footwear Fashion and Design
–– Production Technology
–– Footwear Buying, Supply and Management
–– Quality Assurance
2nd year modules
–– Style Prediction and Marketing Strategies
–– Manufacturing Technology
–– Professional Development
–– Product Design and Development
Footwear Design
–– Excellent career opportunities
thanks to our worldwide links with
the footwear industry
–– Excellent specialist studio facilities
Shoe design and technical making
skills are developed throughout,
emphasising the crucial relationship
between design and manufacture and
the needs of the footwear industry.
Design research, drawing and
illustration skills, and the ability to
present and communicate ideas
and concepts to a high professional
standard are developed throughout
the first year. This includes a series
of shoe design projects focusing on
a comprehensive range of footwear
styles. You will learn technical modern
shoemaking skills and will make a
range of prototype shoes of your own.
Facilities
We have a large open-plan studio, with
individual desk space and storage.
Specialist shoemaking workshops are
attached to the studio, and technical
support and further workshops
are available for the production of
individual prototype components such
as soles, heels and trims.
Graduate careers
The course leads to successful
careers in footwear design, buying
and marketing, and teaches practical
skills and shoemaking knowledge for
production and technical areas of the
footwear industry. Recent graduates
are working as designers, buyers or
agents for companies such as Gucci,
Red or Dead, Gina, Morgan, Lacoste,
Kickers, Kurt Geiger, Adidas, Dune,
Levi’s, Office, Georgina Goodman
and Paul Smith, both in the UK and
overseas.
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time,
six years part-time
Location:
Fletcher Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: WWF7
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– A good portfolio and normally:
–– Art and Design Foundation or
–– 260 UCAS points from at least
two full A levels, including a grade
C or above in Art and Design or
–– National Diploma MMM or
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points
–– Five GCSEs grades A* - C
including English Language or
Literature at grade C or above.
We also accept the BTEC
First Diploma plus two GCSEs
including English at grade C
or above
Interview required:
Yes, if UK based
Learning and teaching
Teaching encompasses formal
lectures, group seminars, tutorials,
presentations, practical workshops
and studio-based activities. You have
contact with tutors through lectures,
tutorials and studios, and you also
engage in independent study. Although
the balance of time will vary depending
on the course and level of study, you
will typically have 15 contact hours and
undertake 25 hours of independent
study each week.
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
Work experience/placements
There are regular visits to factories,
tanneries and exhibitions such as
Micam in Milan, and work placements
within the footwear industry can be
undertaken during vacation periods.
These have included placements with
Alexander McQueen, Kurt Geiger and
Jimmy Choo.
You may also be interested in:
Fashion Design, Fashion Fabrics and
Accessories , Footwear Foundation
Degree (Leicester College)
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7555
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/adhug
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
1st year modules
–– Complete Footwear Studies
–– Integrated Footwear Studies
2nd year modules 3rd year modules
Core module:
–– Progressive Footwear Studies
–– Fashion Accessories
–– Advanced Footwear Studies
–– Major Project
Optional modules
–– Style and Colour Prediction
–– Technical Footwear Option
ART, DESIGN AND ARCHITECTURE
About the course
–– Opportunity to take part in
international design competitions
such as Lineapelle in Milan, and
award-winning success which
endorses our status as a world-class
footwear design course
BA (Hons)
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
45
Furniture Design
ART, DESIGN AND ARCHITECTURE
Key information
BA (Hons)
Duration:
Three years full-time,
six years part-time
About the course
–– Graduates are highly skilled
designers of mass-produced
furniture who shape the future of
the industry
Location:
Fletcher Building,
De Montfort University
–– Promotes creativity and innovation
in developing commercially viable
designs
UCAS course code: W261
–– A lively professional department
with excellent studio and workshop
facilities
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– A good portfolio and normally:
–– Art and Design Foundation or
–– 260 UCAS points from at least
two full A levels, including a grade
C or above in Art and Design or
–– National Diploma MMM or
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points
–– Five GCSEs grades A* - C
including English Language or
Literature at grade C or above.
We also accept the BTEC
First Diploma plus two GCSEs
including English at grade C
or above
Interview required:
Yes, if UK based
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Design Products MDes,
Product Design, Product and
Furniture Design
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7555
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/adhug
The course gives you the ability to
challenge conventional ideas and
innovate through creative thinking
and the advanced understanding
of material and manufacturing
technologies. You will design for a
variety of markets and environments
including domestic, corporate and
public spaces as well as taking
live briefs from industry. You can
also participate in international
competitions where this course has
had particular success (including
the Habitat Award and the British
Furniture Industry Awards).
The course creates a commercial
and ethical awareness of the UK
and worldwide furniture industry,
enabling students to design innovative,
commercially viable furniture for
contract and domestic markets.
Learning and teaching
Teaching includes modules in
design, materials and manufacturing
technologies, aesthetics and
graphic communication. Continuous
assessment and feedback throughout
design projects allows you to
effectively develop your design and
communication skills.
You have contact with tutors through
lectures, tutorials and studios, and
you are also expected to engage
in independent study. Although the
balance of time will vary depending on
the course and level of study, you will
typically have 15 hours contact and
undertake 25 hours of independent
study each week.
Work experience/placements
More and more students undertake
work placements either in vacations
or by undertaking the Industry
Year module. Tutors support these
initiatives and help you to find
placements using our strong links with
industry. At the end of the second year
as an alternative to a work placement
you are also able to undertake a year
‘exchange’ through the Erasmus
scheme with a European design
school.
Facilities
Benefit from dedicated studio spaces
and extensive Computer Aided Design
facilities which include interactive
drawing tablets within a dedicated
CAD suite. You also have access to a
new £500,000 product development
centre, as well as wood metal and
plastics workshops with specialist
furniture manufacturing equipment.
This includes laminators, large scale
vacuum-forming machines, veneer
presses, computer numerically
controlled routers and extensive rapid
prototyping facilities.
The design studio enables you to
develop your skills alongside students
from different year groups who are
involved in the design of a wide range
of products. Your computing skills are
continuously developed and you will
work on various PC-based 2D and 3D
modelling systems using specialist
facilities.
Graduate careers
Graduates have a diverse portfolio
suited to a range of careers in the
furniture design industry and beyond.
Previous students have become
in-house designers for companies
including Habitat, Howdens and MFI.
Others graduates, such as
Bethan Grey, have become design
consultants or freelance furniture
designers. They have also applied
their skills to marketing, design
management and procurement for
companies such as Marks & Spencer.
Suitable for applicants from:
46
UK
EU
World
1st year modules
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
–– The Principles of ThreeDimensional Design
–– Manufacturing Technology
and Material Culture
–– Visual Language
–– Technical Definition and
Illustration
2nd year modules 3rd year modules
–– Innovation and Commercial
–– Student Design Competitions
Targeting
–– Personal Project
–– Advanced Manufacturing
–– Product Communications
Technology and Culture
–– Advanced Visual
Communications
–– 3D CAD for Product Definition
Accredited by:
Game Art Design
–– The only industry accredited course
in England
–– Our graduates make the games you
play (including Grand Theft Auto,
Aliens vs Predator, Assassin’s Creed
2, Colin McRae Dirt, Dead Rising 2,
Guitar Hero, Infamous, Killzone 3,
Lost Planet 2, Operation Flashpoint
2, Rogue Warrior, Uncharted 2
and Warhawk)
–– Leads to successful careers in
games, creative visualisation and
CGI, including 3D modeller and
texture artist, technical artist, visual
effects artist, concept artist, GUI
artist, texture artist
–– Two-thirds of our graduates last
year got jobs in the games industry
within three months of graduating
The course is a distinctive mix of
creativity and talent with the very latest
technology, enabling our students to
produce work to the highest possible
standard. There are regular guest
lectures from professionals including
artists, producers, art directors, studio
heads and others. Our students are
regularly head-hunted by our guests
offering internships, providing you with
a head start in your career.
This is a unique opportunity to
experience first-hand what it takes
to design successful game content.
You will graduate with a portfolio
demonstrating your capabilities and
talents.
Learning and teaching
The course has a vibrant studio culture
that encourages you to achieve your
full potential. Teaching is delivered
primarily through practical workshops,
seminars and lectures. Extensive use
is made of web-based tools, including
Facebook, to support an enthusiastic
course community.
Assessments include regular
presentations of artwork and practical
projects for peer, tutor and industry
critique.
1st year modules
–– Critical Studies
–– Visual Design
–– Game Production
You will produce your own portfolio of
professional standard work, guided by
artists from the game industry and the
teaching team.
You have contact with tutors through
lectures, tutorials and studios, and
you are also expected to engage
in independent study. Although the
balance of time will vary depending on
the course and level of study, you will
typically have 15 contact hours and
undertake 25 hours of independent
study each week.
Students have successfully competed
in a variety of creative events, such
as Dominance War, Game Artisans
minicomps, Comicon, 3DTotal,
Photoreal challenges and so on. They
have also won places on Blitz Games’
studio tours.
Work experience/placements
There are a range of internships
and placements available. You are
encouraged to seek work placements
during the summer vacation and
there are opportunities for internships
ranging from three months up to a
year. Recent internships have included
Ubisoft, Crytek, BMW and the BBC.
We also have an American exchange
programme with the University of
Advancing Technology in Phoenix,
Arizona.
Facilities
Excellent facilities include a brand new
games studio with a range of software
and hardware for producing PC game
content, and for studying games on
PC, PS3, Xbox and next generation
hardware as it becomes available.
Benefit from a dedicated drawing
studio and well-equipped lecture/
seminar rooms.
Graduate careers
Our graduates work for companies
such as the BBC, Blitz Games, BMW,
Capcom, Codemasters, Code Monkeys,
Eurocom, Konami, Razorworks,
Rebellion Studios, Rock Star, SEGA,
Sony and other games and animation
companies. They have also produced
their own original games, including
Sodium, published by Sony.
2nd year modules –– Critical Studies
–– Visual Design
–– Game Production
3rd year modules
–– Game Production,
Professional Briefs
–– Game Production, Personal
Project
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time,
six years part-time
Location:
Fletcher Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: W291
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– A good portfolio and normally:
–– Art and Design Foundation or
–– 260 UCAS points from at least
two full A levels, including a grade
C or above in Art and Design or
–– National Diploma MMM or
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points
–– Five GCSEs grades A* - C
including English Language or
Literature at grade C or above.
We also accept the BTEC
First Diploma plus two GCSEs
including English at grade C
or above
Interview required:
Yes, if UK based
ART, DESIGN AND ARCHITECTURE
About the course
–– The most popular game art course
in the UK
BA (Hons)
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Animation Design, Graphic Design,
Graphic Design and Illustration
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7555
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/adhug
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
47
Graphic Design
ART, DESIGN AND ARCHITECTURE
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time,
six years part-time
Location:
Fletcher Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: W219
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– A good portfolio and normally:
–– Art and Design Foundation or
–– 260 UCAS points from at least
two full A levels, including a grade
C or above in Art and Design or
–– National Diploma MMM or
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points
–– Five GCSEs grades A* - C
including English Language or
Literature at grade C or above.
We also accept the BTEC
First Diploma plus two GCSEs
including English at grade C
or above
Interview required:
Yes, if UK based
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Animation Design, Game Art Design,
Graphic Design and e-Media
(Leicester College), Graphic Design
and Illustration, Photography
and Video
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7555
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/adhug
Suitable for applicants from:
48
UK
EU
BA (Hons)
About the course
–– One of the most popular UK
graphic design degrees
–– Our graduates work for
Net A Porter, Warner Music,
Bauer Media, Morse Studio,
Mammal, Commercial Art,
19 Grams and Six
–– Topics include advertising,
interactive media, editorial
typography, packaging,
photography, sustainable design,
creative book-making and TV
graphics
–– Close links with major graphics
companies
–– Work on live client briefs and
national and international
competitions
–– Build your own professional
portfolio
In the first year, you will explore
and establish your skills through
projects in graphic communication
with an emphasis on creativity,
visualisation, graphic literacy and
problem solving. In the second year,
you will develop an individual pathway
within graphic design. Negotiated
projects, competitions and industry
projects (for example Young Creatives
Network) alongside specialist options
help develop your personal creative,
academic and practical skills and
achieve your potential.
In the third year you will work on a
series of major personal projects
to build your portfolio, as well as
acquiring professional skills. You
will also undertake real live design
briefs from industry and participate
in international competitions,
including The International Society of
Typographic Designers. You will get a
unique opportunity to experience what
it takes to be a successful graphic
designer and graduate with a portfolio
demonstrating your capabilities and
talents.
Learning and teaching
The course has a vibrant studio
culture. Teaching is through
workshops, seminars, team and
individual tutorials, and interactive
lectures from leading practitioners and
experts. Choose from a wide range
of specialist topics in professional
graphic design and develop personal
critical skills through a series of
critiques and presentations of work to
tutors, peers and industry experts.
You have contact with tutors through
lectures, tutorials and studios, and
you are also expected to engage
in independent study. Although the
balance of time will vary depending on
the course and level of study, you will
typically have 15 contact hours and
undertake 25 hours of independent
study each week.
Work experience/placements
You will work on a live project brief,
set by real clients in the third year,
plus industry competition briefs in
the second year (Young Creatives
Network). You are encouraged to seek
work placements in graphic design
during the summer and there is an
option to undertake a longer work
placement lasting up to a year.
Facilities
Excellent specialist facilities include
Mac-equipped computer suites,
open access multi-purpose studios
with excellent natural lighting, digital
imaging equipment, dedicated
drawing and visualisation studios, and
large photography and printmaking
workshops.
Graduate careers
Our graduates work throughout the
graphic communication industry
as staff designers, consultants
or freelancers in areas such as
information design, advertising and
promotional design, and interactive
and multimedia design.
Graduates work for brands and
companies such as Net A Porter,
Warner Music, Bauer Media, Morse
Studio, Mammal, Commercial Art,
19 Grams and Six. There is also
the opportunity to proceed to
postgraduate study.
World
1st year modules
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
–– Graphic Studies: Context and
Communication
–– Image-Making for Graphic
Design
–– Media and Communication
Technology for Graphic
Design 1
2nd year modules –– Integrated Graphic Studies
–– Applied Graphic Studies
(options and electives)
–– Media and Communication
Technology for Graphic
Design 2
3rd year modules
–– Major Negotiated Pathway
Projects
–– Creative Competition Projects
–– Applied Professional Practice
Studies
Graphic Design and Illustration
–– Exceptionally high standards. Our
students consistently achieve well
above the national average number
of first class honours degrees
–– Different because it leads to a
wide range of careers covering
everything from animation to
illustration to graphic design,
working for household names such
as Orange, O2, Warner Music,
George and Next
–– Our teaching staff are practising
designers covering textiles,
children’s book illustration, creative
writing, editorial illustration,
photography, animation, mural
painting and printmaking
–– Work on live client briefs and
national and international
competitions
–– Build your own professional
portfolio
The course covers a wide range
of image-making closely related to
graphic design practice including
drawing, printmaking, visual problem
solving and digitally-produced imagery.
The first year of the course identifies
your personal image-making
preferences and strengths, while
at the same time enhancing and
developing your creativity.
The second and third years
concentrate increasingly on project
work, further developing your ability to
provide creative solutions to illustration
briefs, through self-initiated work
and international competitions run
by Young Creatives Network and
McMillan Children’s Books, along
with other industry and real client-set
projects.
Learning and teaching
The course has a vibrant studio
culture. Teaching is through
workshops, seminars, team and
individual tutorials and interactive
lectures from leading practitioners and
experts. You can choose from a wide
1st year modules
–– Graphic Studies: Context and
Communication
–– Image-Making for Illustration
–– Media and Communication
Technology for Illustration 1
range of specialist topics and develop
personal critical skills through a series
of critiques and presentations of work
to tutors, peers and industry experts.
Projects are supported by tutors,
either on a one-to-one or small group
basis. Assessment is continuous, with
specialist staff providing formative
feedback as your work develops.
You have contact with tutors through
lectures, tutorials and studios, and
you are also expected to engage
in independent study. Although the
balance of time will vary depending on
the course and level of study, you will
typically have 15 contact hours and
undertake 25 hours of independent
study each week.
Work experience/placements
You will work on a live project brief,
set by real clients in the third year,
plus industry competition briefs in
the second year (Young Creatives
Network). You are encouraged to seek
work placements during the summer
and there is an option to undertake a
longer work placement lasting up to
a year.
Facilities
Excellent specialist facilities include
Mac-equipped computer suites, open
access multi-purpose studios with
excellent natural light, dedicated
drawing and visualisation studios and
large photography and printmaking
workshops.
Graduate careers
Illustrators are much in demand
because of their individuality in
many fields of communication and
entertainment. Our graduates have
careers including freelance illustration,
animation, illustration for advertising,
editorial and publishing. They are
producing work for a range of media,
including digital media and the
internet. Recently our graduates
have worked for Orange, O2,
Warner Music, George and Next,
and one is a manager of a children’s
games company.
2nd year modules –– Integrated Graphic Studies
–– Applied Illustration Studies
(options and electives)
–– Media and Communication
Technology for Illustration 2
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time,
six years part-time
Location:
Fletcher Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: W221
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– A good portfolio and normally:
–– Art and Design Foundation or
–– 260 UCAS points from at least
two full A levels, including a grade
C or above in Art and Design or
–– National Diploma MMM or
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points
–– Five GCSEs grades A* - C
including English Language or
Literature at grade C or above.
We also accept the BTEC
First Diploma plus two GCSEs
including English at grade C
or above
Interview required:
Yes, if UK based
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Animation Design, Game Art Design,
Graphic Design
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7555
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/adhug
ART, DESIGN AND ARCHITECTURE
About the course
–– The most popular graphic design
and illustration course in the UK
BA (Hons)
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
3rd year modules
–– Major Negotiated Pathway
Projects
–– Creative Competition Projects
–– Applied Professional Practice
Studies
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
49
In Partnership with:
Graphic Design and e-Media
ART, DESIGN AND ARCHITECTURE
Key information
Foundation Degree (FdA)
About the course
–– Designed to lead to successful
careers in graphic design for print
or e-media
Duration:
Three years part-time
Location:
Leicester College
UCAS course code:
Please contact Leicester College
for details
–– Collaboration with leading
professionals and companies in the
creative industries
–– Focused on creativity and high
levels of technical design skills
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– A good portfolio and normally:
–– Art and Design Foundation or
–– 80 UCAS Points including one
A Level in an art or design
subject or
–– National Diploma or Certificate
in a relevant subject or
–– International Baccalaureate:
24+ Points
–– Five GCSEs grades A* - C
including English Language or
Literature at grade C or above.
We also accept the BTEC
First Diploma plus two GCSEs
including English at grade C
or above
–– Progression to Graphic Design
BA (Hons)
Interview required:
Yes, if UK based
Learning and teaching
Contact teaching is outside normal
business hours wherever possible,
making this course ideal if you are
in full-time employment. The course
has a firm basis in design history and
skill application, with option pathways
in Graphics and e-Media. In the first
two years you focus on the skills and
knowledge required for a successful
career in this dynamic sector. In the
third year you will be asked to display
more independent academic skills and
engage in professional media practice.
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit leicestercollege.ac.uk/
openday for forthcoming open day
dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
Please contact Leicester College for
more information.
You may also be interested in:
Graphic Design, Graphic Design and
Illustration
The course is made up of common
elements which combine studio
practice, CAD and contextual studies,
and subject specific pathways in
graphic design for print or e-media
design. Professional practice is an
important part of the second and third
years with input from industry partners.
You can then complete one further
year of full time study to ‘top up’ to a
Graphic Design BA (Hons) at DMU.
The course allows you to develop
the necessary skills for multimedia
formats including web and print, within
traditional and e-media applications.
You have contact with tutors through
lectures, tutorials and studios, and
you are also expected to engage
in independent study. Although the
balance of time will vary depending on
the course and level of study, you will
typically have 15 contact hours and
undertake 25 hours of independent
study each week.
Work experience/placements
You are required to set up a design
and e-media business with live client
industrial briefings. The roles and
responsibilities within the company
setting are decided upon, you will be
interviewed for a variety of posts and
given the most suitable according to
your strengths, weaknesses and how
you perform in an interview situation.
External clients are invited to give live
briefs; this will include design elements
for print and e-media. The company
produces quotations and costing for a
completed project and project leaders
present these to the client.
Facilities
We have excellent facilities for studio
practice, computer software studies,
practical workshops, lectures and
seminars.
Graduate careers
Graduates will find careers as graphic
designers and e-media designers in
the regional creative industries and
with national companies. The course is
supported by a wide range of design
companies in graphics, new media
design, television and electronic arts.
1st year modules
–– Contemporary Graphic Design Graphic Design option pathway:
–– Creative Applications and
–– Visual Graphic Concepts
Digital Imaging
Solutions and Design
–– Principles of Web Design
–– Introduction to Digital and
Traditional Printing Techniques
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 224 2240
E: [email protected]
W: leicestercollege.ac.uk
e-Media option pathway:
–– Introduction to Web Design
–– Principles of Graphic Design
–– Introduction to Multimedia
Suitable for applicants from:
50
UK
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
2nd year modules
–– Multimedia in the 21st
Century
Graphic Design option pathway:
–– Graphics in the Digital
Environment and Creative
Industries
–– Advanced Website Design
3rd year modules
–– Professional and Creative
Industries
–– Cross Media and Cultural
Communications
e-Media option pathway:
–– Advanced Web and
Multimedia Design
–– Advanced Graphic Design
Interior Design
You have contact with tutors through
lectures, tutorials and studios, and
you are also expected to engage
in independent study. Although the
balance of time will vary depending on
the course and level of study, you will
typically have 15 contact hours and
undertake 25 hours of independent
study each week.
The course develops your ability to
manipulate and divide volume and
space within interior environments,
while building your awareness
of community, social and global
issues. Some projects are based on
real buildings and sites, including
regeneration and adaptive reuse of
constructions. This includes converting
old warehouses and factories into
exciting new café-bars and living
spaces. Other projects focus on
flexible installations within existing
environments (such as retail centres),
transport hubs, exhibitions and TV
scenography design. You will develop
personal skills through drawing, 3D
modelling, computer aided design
(CAD) and the video-modelscope, and
the interaction of these.
Work experience/placements
More and more students undertake
work placements either in vacations
or by undertaking the Industry Year
module. Tutors support these initiatives
and help you to find placements using
our strong links with industry. As an
alternative to a work placement at
the end of the second year, you can
opt to go on a one year exchange
programme with a European design
school through the Erasmus scheme.
The first year encourages creativity
and experimentation and provides
basic knowledge, techniques and
skills. The second and third years
encourage diversification through
module projects and pathway
choices. Studies include investigative
and research methodology, and an
awareness of relevant technology and
legislation. In the third year, you will
pursue individual projects, develop an
awareness of professional practice
and have the opportunity to enter
national design competitions, which
are often won by DMU students.
Learning and teaching
Essentially studio based, supported
by lectures, seminars, tutorials and
site visits. Assessment is continuous
and project-orientated. The course is
delivered by experienced professional
designers and complementary experts.
1st year modules
–– Project Exploration
–– Culture, Context and Forum
–– Technology and Materials
–– Cross-media
3rd year modules
–– Interior Design in Practice
–– Advanced Cross-media
–– Project Realisation
Facilities
Projects are usually studio based
with specialist areas for computer
design, video and modelscope capture,
electronic imaging and printing. There
are also workshops for specialised
processes in wood, metal, glass and
plastics. The studios are open plan
and flexible to cater for presentations,
feedback sessions, seminars, tutorials
and work spaces.
Graduate careers
Graduates leave with a high level of
both design and technical skills and
diverse opportunities exist within
in-house and freelance design
for retail, public spaces, leisure
environments, contract interiors
and workspaces. There are also
opportunities in exhibition design, TV
and film scenography, lighting design,
visualisation, 3D modelling.
Recent employers include
Foster & Partners, Conran Design,
Kelly Hoppen, Tesco’s Design
Think Tank, Blueprint, Haley Sharpe,
Carey Jones, and Briggs Hillier.
2nd year modules
–– Specialised Pathways:
–– Design for Leisure
Environments
–– Design for Living and Working
Environments
–– Design for Retail
Environments
–– Design for Exhibition
Environments
–– Design for Performance
Environments
–– Design for Spiritual
Environments
–– Cross Media Techniques
–– Technology and Context
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time,
six years part-time
Location:
Fletcher Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: W250
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– A good portfolio and normally:
–– Art and Design Foundation or
–– 260 UCAS points from at least
two full A levels, including a grade
C or above in Art and Design or
–– National Diploma MMM or
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points
–– Five GCSEs grades A* - C
including English Language or
Literature at grade C or above.
We also accept the BTEC
First Diploma plus two GCSEs
including English at grade C
or above
Interview required:
Yes, if UK based
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Design Products, Interior Design
MDes, Interior Design (North
Warwickshire and Hinckley College),
Product and Furniture Design,
Product Design
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7555
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/adhug
ART, DESIGN AND ARCHITECTURE
About the course
–– Covers all aspects of interior
architecture and spatial design
–– An emphasis on individual
development and creativity
–– Vibrant cross-media approach to
communication, visualisation and
presentation
BA (Hons)
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
51
Interior Design
ART, DESIGN AND ARCHITECTURE
Key information
MDes
About the course
–– Promotes individuality and creativity
in a professional context
Duration:
Four years full-time,
seven years part-time
–– Gain a detailed understanding
of commercial realities and the
relationship to creative, innovative
thinking
Location:
Fletcher Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: W253
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– A good portfolio and normally:
–– Art and Design Foundation or
–– 280 UCAS points from at least
two full A levels, including a grade
C or above in Art and Design or
–– National Diploma DMM or
–– International Baccalaureate:
30+ Points
–– Five GCSEs grades A* - C
including English Language or
Literature at grade C or above.
We also accept the BTEC
First Diploma plus two GCSEs
including English at grade C
or above
Interview required:
Yes, if UK based
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
open days and campus tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Architecture, Design Products,
Interior Design, Furniture Design,
Product Design, Product and
Furniture Design
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7555
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/adhug
–– Be on track for posts as a senior
designer, design manager or
consultant
The principle of the course is to give
you the opportunity to progress to
Master’s level within one integrated
course for the cost of a single
undergraduate degree.
The initial two years share the same
modules as the Interior Design BA
(Hons). This provides a ‘shared’
experience for all Interior Design
students. In term two of the third year
you will begin to focus on advanced
research methods and at the end of
the third year will undertake a work
placement. You also investigate and
establish your specialist area of study.
The final year syllabus provides you
with an underpinning knowledge of
new technologies and materials as
applicable to interior environmental
design, upholding principles of
sustainable and inclusive design.
Learning and teaching
Coursework is the main method of
learning and assessment, for which
you have continuous support from
staff and technicians drawn from a
range of relevant professional working
backgrounds. Lectures, seminars
and practical tutorials support the
coursework, providing a broad
approach to the design process.
You have contact with tutors through
lectures, tutorials and studios,
1st year modules
–– Project Exploration
–– Culture, Context and Form
–– Technology and Materials
–– Cross-media
Suitable for applicants from:
52
UK
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
3rd year modules
You will undertake a live
competition brief such as D&AD
or RSA and a personal project.
You will also take the Research
for Design module and will
investigate a specialist area
for the final year. You will go
on a work placement over the
summer break.
and you are also expected to engage
in independent study. Although the
balance of time will vary depending on
the course and level of study, you will
typically have 15 contact hours and
undertake 25 hours of independent
study each week.
Work experience/placements
At the end of the third year you
will undertake a three-month work
placement. This ideally links your
chosen specialist final year project
with an industry placement, providing
you not only with valuable work
experience but an industry link to
support your project work.
Facilities
Projects are essentially studio-based
with specialist areas for computer
design, video and modelscope capture,
electronic imaging and printing. There
are also workshops for specialised
processes in wood, metal, glass and
plastics. The studios are open-plan
and flexible to cater for presentations,
feedback sessions, seminars, tutorials
and work spaces.
Graduate careers
Graduates leave with a high level of
both design and technical skills and
diverse opportunities exist within
in-house and freelance design
for retail, public spaces, leisure
environments, contract interiors
and workspaces. There are also
opportunities in exhibition design, TV
and film scenography, lighting design,
visualisation, and 3D modelling.
Recent employers include
Foster & Partners, Conran Design,
Kelly Hoppen, Tesco’s Design
Think Tank, Blueprint, Haley Sharpe,
Carey Jones, and Briggs Hillier.
2nd year modules
Specialised Pathways:
–– Design for Leisure
Environments
–– Design for Living and Working
Environments
–– Design for Retail
Environments
–– Design for Exhibition
Environments
–– Design for Performance
Environments
–– Design for Spiritual
Environments
–– Cross Media Techniques
–– Technology and Context
4th year modules
You will submit your research
thesis, business study and major
design projects. These should
be commercially viable design
innovations. You will also look
at relevant new technologies,
‘Digital Futures’ and materials,
and the principles of sustainable
and inclusive design. You will
explore ‘Digital Futures’ through
the use of the latest design
software, modelscope and other
digital resources.
In partnership with:
About the course
–– Includes the re-use of space or
adaptation of existing buildings
often for new and completely
different functions
–– Progression opportunity to the final
year of DMU’s Interior Design BA
(Hons) degree
Orientated towards the practice
of Interior Design, the course
concentrates on creative and business
aspects implemented in living and
working environments.
This breadth of approach allows
scope for individual development and
personal choice. You will learn about
the structure and fabric of buildings
and how people interact and use them,
enabling you to create vibrant new
living and working environments.
During the first year you will study
aspects of interior design, leadership
and enterprise, acquiring skills,
knowledge and a broad understanding
of interior spaces and their uses.
Foundation Degree (FdA)
Work experience/placements
Liaison with industry is an integral part
of this course. Projects are undertaken
with the input and co-operation of
professional and business contacts.
You will initiate work experience which
is encouraged by the core team. Work
placements are sometimes offered as
prizes for competition projects.
Facilities
Most of the course is undertaken in a
studio base room. There are extensive
workshops, CAD lab and learning
resource centre facilities on campus.
The use of these facilities forms an
integral part of this course.
Graduate careers
Working closely with industry and
professions, it is anticipated that you
will secure positions either in practice
or progress to the third year of the
Interior Design BA (Hons) at DMU.
In the second year you will develop
your understanding of interior design
by undertaking design modules in
living and working supplemented
by modules in cross-media (CAD,
presentation techniques, drawing and
film/video) while gaining a greater
insight into technologies that influence
today’s structures.
Key information
Duration:
Two years full-time,
three years part-time
Location:
North Warwickshire
& Hinckley College
UCAS course code: W252
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– A good portfolio and normally:
–– Art and Design Foundation or
–– 80 UCAS Points including one
A Level in an art or design
subject or
–– National Diploma or Certificate in
a relevant subject or
–– International Baccalaureate:
24+ Points
–– Five GCSEs grades A* - C
including English Language or
Literature at grade C or above.
We also accept the BTEC
First Diploma plus two GCSEs
including English at grade C
or above
Interview required:
Yes, if UK based
ART, DESIGN AND ARCHITECTURE
Interior Design
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit nwhc.ac.uk for
forthcoming open days.
Learning and teaching
Essentially studio-based, supported
by lectures, seminars, tutorials and
site visits. Assessment is continuous
and project-orientated. The course is
delivered by experienced professional
designers and complementary experts.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
Please contact North Warwickshire
and Hinkley College for more
information.
You may also be interested in:
Interior Design
You have contact with tutors through
lectures, tutorials and studios, and
you are also expected to engage
in independent study. Although the
balance of time will vary depending on
the course and level of study, you will
typically have 15 contact hours and
undertake 25 hours of independent
study each week.
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)2476 243366
E: [email protected]
W: nwhc.ac.uk
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
1st year modules
–– Technology and Materials
(Communication of Design)
–– Cross-Media (CAD, Drawing, Film-Media)
–– Communication in the Creative Industries
–– Enterprise and Entrepreneurship
2nd year modules
–– Cross-Media (Communication of Design)
–– Technology and Context
–– Design 1 Research and Complete Sketch
Design Processes – Living Environments
–– Design 2 External Project and Major Project –
Working Environments
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
53
In partnership with:
Photography and Video
ART, DESIGN AND ARCHITECTURE
Key information
Foundation Degree (FdA)
About the course
–– Closely linked to current industrial
and commercial practice
Duration:
Two years full-time,
three years part-time
–– Enhances the skills of practising
photographers and video makers
Location:
Leicester College
UCAS course code:
Please contact Leicester College for
further details.
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– A good portfolio and normally:
–– Art and Design Foundation or
–– 80 UCAS Points, including one
GCE/VCE A Level or
–– National Diploma or Certificate in
a relevant subject or
–– International Baccalaureate:
24+ Points
–– Five GCSEs grades A* - C
including English Language or
Literature at grade C or above.
We also accept the BTEC
First Diploma plus two GCSEs
including English at grade C
or above
Interview required:
Yes, if UK based
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit leicestercollege.ac.uk/
openday for forthcoming open
day dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
Please contact Leicester College for
more information.
–– Gives the opportunity to progress to
the final year of Photography and
Video BA (Hons)
This course gives you the opportunity
to further develop and explore your
abilities in photographic and video
practice. Your skills will be developed
through practical assignments that
are linked to current industrial and
commercial practice. You will also
produce a portfolio of work that
demonstrates your creativity in
contemporary imaging technology.
The course is an excellent opportunity
to pursue higher education study
in photography or video-related
subjects. It also allows practising
photographers and video makers to
gain a professional qualification while
working in the industry.
Learning and teaching
All modules are project based with
learning linked to assessment
criteria. Teaching is tutorial based
and supported by lectures. Personal
investigative research and the
development of skills enhance the
balance between the practical and
the academic. The development of
a portfolio with college and work
based material is seen as a focus for
personal development. Feedback is
a key part of the teaching process
and provides an essential support
mechanism.
You have contact with tutors through
lectures, tutorials and studios, and
you are also expected to engage
in independent study. Although the
balance of time will vary depending on
the course and level of study, you will
typically have 15 contact hours and
undertake 25 hours of independent
study each week.
Work experience/placements
As an integral part of building your
knowledge and practice, guest
lecturers and imaging practitioners
are invited in to contribute to modules.
The Professional Imaging Industries
module builds realistic business
and freelancing skills and you will
undertake a minimum of 72 hours of
self-negotiated industrial placement to
complete a 15 credit Work Experience
module.
Facilities
Explore studio and creative
applications, video production, digital
imaging and traditional techniques.
Graduate careers
This Foundation Degree is a valued
qualification, providing you with the
knowledge and skills required for the
discipline and practice of photography
and video production. You also
have the opportunity to progress to
Photography and Video BA (Hons)
at DMU.
You may also be interested in:
Photography and Video
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 224 2240
E: [email protected]
W: leicestercollege.ac.uk
1st year modules
Suitable for applicants from:
54
UK
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
–– Histories of Lens Based
Media
–– Personal Development
–– Professional Imaging
Industries
–– Creative Applications
Photography option route:
–– Photographic Techniques 1
–– Computers in Photography
Video option route:
–– Video Production 1
–– Multimedia 1
–– Introduction to Photography
Photography option route:
–– Photographic Techniques 2
–– Photography in the Digital
Environment
–– Advanced Video
Video option route:
–– Video Production 2
–– Multimedia 2
–– Advanced Photography
2nd year modules
–– Contemporary Contexts:
Lens Media
–– Work Experience
–– Negotiated Study
Photography and Video
–– Maximise your career options by
developing a creative and flexible
way of thinking
–– A challenging, practice-led, creative
course
–– Work on live client briefs to enhance
your employability
–– Study in purpose built digital labs,
well equipped studios and dark
rooms
–– Taught and supported by experts
from industry and the Arts
This unique course encourages
experimentation with both traditional
and digital photography and extends
this into moving image and sound.
Individual projects and group work
prepare you for a demanding
professional world in the creative
industries. We focus on developing
your unique creative vision and abilities
to become a highly employable
practitioner of lens-based media, able
to work flexibly across a wide range
of artistic and creative design and
production roles.
In the first year you will experience
lectures by internationally acclaimed
experts which are backed up by studio,
digital and darkroom workshops. Visits
to historical archives and events such
as Paris Photo ensure that you fully
understand the origins, development
and possibilities of your subject.
The second year projects require a
more self-motivated and professional
approach to making work, building
on the solid grounding provided in
the first year. You are introduced to
professional practice and you will
begin to identify a specialist area of
study by pursuing your creative ideas
through a process of research and
experimentation. Guest lecturers from
a variety of lens-based backgrounds
give you an insight into the realities of
commercial and artistic professional
practice.
The third year is the time to produce
your own portfolio and/or showreel
of unique work and demonstrate your
expertise by responding to national
and international competition briefs.
Learning and teaching
You will work on practice based
creative projects, underpinned by
research, theory, history and technique.
Teaching is led by successful
practitioners and researchers, and
is delivered via lectures, seminars,
demonstrations, workshops and
tutorials. Throughout the course you
will be supported by an experienced
and friendly staff team. Feedback
on progress is given in tutorials and
peer presentations. Assessment
is by coursework, projects and
presentations.
You have contact with tutors through
lectures, tutorials and studio work, and
you are also expected to engage in
independent study. You will typically
have 15 contact hours and undertake
25 hours of independent study each
week.
Work experience/placements
You will work on a live project brief,
set by real clients.
Facilities
You will work in purpose-built facilities
including HD digital recording,
digital video editing suites, studios,
digital imaging labs and traditional
photographic darkrooms.
Graduate careers
Our graduates go on to pursue a wide
variety of careers including freelance
employment as still and moving image
creatives, independent production,
multimedia industries, publishing,
advertising, journalism, curatorial
work, picture research and arts
administration. Some students also
go on to postgraduate study, either
globally or by continuing at
De Montfort University to study a
master’s or research degree.
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time,
six years part-time
Location:
Fletcher Building, Portland Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: W640
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– A good portfolio and normally:
–– Art and Design Foundation or
–– 260 UCAS points from at least
two full A levels, including a grade
C or above in Art and Design or
–– National Diploma MMM or
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points
–– Five GCSEs grades A* - C
including English Language or
Literature at grade C or above.
We also accept the BTEC
First Diploma plus two GCSEs
including English at grade C
or above
Interview required:
Yes, if UK based
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Animation Design, Game Art Design,
Graphic Design, Photography and
Video (Leicester College)
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7555
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/adhug
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
1st year modules
–– Constructing the Moving
Image
–– Photography and Camera
Vision
–– Concepts of Digital Media
–– Lens-Based Studies
2nd year modules –– Still and Moving Image:
Research and Practice
–– Professional Studies
–– Lens-Based Choice
EU
World
3rd year modules
–– Experimental and Analytical
Production
–– Negotiated Study
ART, DESIGN AND ARCHITECTURE
About the course
–– A unique opportunity to become
multi-skilled across converging still
and moving image media
BA (Hons)
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
55
Product and Furniture Design
ART, DESIGN AND ARCHITECTURE
Key information
About the course
–– An award-winning course that
produces designers with a versatile
range of professional skills
Duration:
Three years full-time,
six years part-time
–– Promotes creativity and innovation
in developing functional products
and furniture
Location:
Fletcher Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: W293
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– A good portfolio and normally:
–– Art and Design Foundation or
–– 260 UCAS points from at least
two full A levels, including a grade
C or above in Art and Design or
–– National Diploma MMM or
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points
–– Five GCSEs grades A* - C
including English Language or
Literature at grade C or above.
We also accept the BTEC
First Diploma plus two GCSEs
including English at grade C
or above
Interview required:
Yes, if UK based
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Design Products MDes, Furniture
Design, Interior Design, Interior
Design MDes, Product Design
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7555
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/adhug
Suitable for applicants from:
56
UK
EU
BA (Hons)
–– A challenging curriculum which
develops innovative products in an
energetic design environment
The course gives you the ability to
think creatively, and encourages
you to challenge conventional ideas;
often crossing the boundaries
between furniture and product in the
development of innovative solutions to
changing lifestyles. The course creates
commercial and ethical awareness,
whilst also focusing on the specifics
of contemporary product and furniture
design such as usability, resource
efficiency, ergonomics and aesthetics.
An explorative nature is encouraged,
with interest in new materials and
technologies essential to developing
products and furniture that meet the
requirements of the modern consumer.
You have access to an excellent range
of workshop facilities with specialist
technical support staff who assist in
the use of a range of materials and
manufacturing techniques including
extensive rapid prototyping facilities.
Lectures and tutorials develop visual
communication skills in freehand
sketching, rendering and computer
aided design (CAD). You have access
to industry standard software and high
quality interactive drawing tablets in
a dedicated CAD suite. Lively studio
facilities allow you to analyse design
concepts with others, and to make
contact with professional designers
and manufacturers.
You have contact with tutors through
lectures, tutorials and studios, and
you are also expected to engage
in independent study. Although the
balance of time will vary depending on
the course and level of study, you will
typically have 15 contact hours and
undertake 25 hours of independent
study each week.
Work experience/placements
More and more students undertake
work placements either in vacations
or by undertaking the Industry Year
module. Tutors support these initiatives
and help you to find placements using
our strong links with industry. As an
alternative to a work placement at
the end of the second year, you can
undertake a year on an exchange
programme with a European design
school through the Erasmus scheme.
Facilities
Superb workshops in wood, metal,
plastics and access to the Faculty’s
new £500,000 product development
centre. Computing expertise is
continuously developed and you will
work on various PC-based 2D and 3D
modelling systems using specialist
facilities which include interactive
drawing tablets.
Graduate careers
Our graduates work in consumer
product, furniture and home appliance
design, including in-house design for
companies such as Philips, Habitat
and Dyson. The skills you learn will be
relevant for design consultancies and
freelance design, or for progressing
into marketing, design management,
teaching and postgraduate research.
Learning and teaching
The course includes lectures and
practical tutorials in a broad range
of areas from manufacturing to
aesthetics. Coursework is the main
method of learning and assessment,
for which you have continuous support
from staff drawn from a range of
professional working practices.
World
1st year modules
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
–– The Principles of ThreeDimensional Design
–– Manufacturing Technology
and Material Culture
–– Visual Language
–– Technical Definition and
Illustration
2nd year modules 3rd year modules
–– Innovation and Commercial
–– Student Design Competitions
Targeting
–– Personal Project
–– Advanced Manufacturing
–– Product Communications
Technology and Culture
–– Advanced Visual
Communications
–– 3D CAD for Product Definition
Product Design
–– Leads to exciting careers in
companies such as Philips, Swatch,
Audi and Adidas
–– Develop innovative products in an
energetic design environment
You will design in a wide variety
of disciplines including consumer
products, transport, sports equipment,
toys and packaging; requiring an
understanding of materials, elementary
mechanics and electronics. The
course considers the sustainability
of conventional product design,
developing socially conscious resource
efficient products that reduce waste
and conserve energy.
Lecturing and tutorials develop visual
communication skills in freehand
sketching, rendering and computer
aided design (CAD). You have access
to industry standard software and
high quality interactive drawing tablets
in a dedicated CAD suite. Excellent
prototyping facilities allow you to work
manually in plastic, wood, fabric and
metal whilst also utilising extensive
rapid prototyping technologies.
Work within a professionally active
department where staff are involved in
commercial projects with companies
such as Berghaus, BAA and Adidas.
Work experience/placements
More and more students undertake
work placements either in vacations
or by undertaking the Industry Year
module. Tutors support these initiatives
and help you to find placements
using our strong links with industry.
At the end of the second year, as an
alternative to a work placement, you
can undertake a year on an exchange
programme with a European design
school through the Erasmus scheme.
Facilities
Superb workshops in wood, metal,
plastics and access to a new
£500,000 product development
centre.
Although the emphasis is towards
design rather than craft, making is
seen as important, with model making
and materials testing a key part of
development. Superb workshops
offer facilities for the manipulation of
soft materials for model-making as
well as wood, metal and plastics for
prototyping.
Graduate careers
Graduate opportunities include
medical, packaging, exhibition,
footwear and transport design.
Our graduates become in-house
designers while others work in
design consultancies or as freelance
designers.
Learning and teaching
Teaching is project based, supported
by lectures and tutorials. Tutorials
provide expert advice, stimulating
critical debate and personal enquiry.
Assessment is continuous and based
on critical appraisal with both individual
and group feedback provided.
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time,
six years part-time
Location:
Fletcher Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: W240
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– A good portfolio and normally:
–– Art and Design Foundation or
–– 260 UCAS points from at least
two full A levels, including a grade
C or above in Art and Design or
–– National Diploma MMM or
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points
–– Five GCSEs grades A* - C
including English Language or
Literature at grade C or above.
We also accept the BTEC
First Diploma plus two GCSEs
including English at grade C
or above
Interview required:
Yes, if UK based
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Design Products MDes, Furniture
Design, Product Design, Product and
Furniture Design
You have contact with tutors through
lectures, tutorials and studios, and
you are also expected to engage
in independent study. Although the
balance of time will vary depending on
the course and level of study, you will
typically have 15 contact hours and
undertake 25 hours of independent
study each week.
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7555
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/adhug
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
1st year modules
–– The Principles of ThreeDimensional Design
–– Manufacturing Technology
and Material Culture
–– Visual Language
–– Technical Definition and
Illustration
2nd year modules ART, DESIGN AND ARCHITECTURE
About the course
–– An award-winning course that
develops creative thinking and
consistently produces innovative
product designers
BA (Hons)
EU
World
3rd year modules
–– Innovation and Commercial
–– Student Design Competitions
Targeting
–– Personal Project
–– Advanced Manufacturing
–– Product Communications
Technology and Culture
–– Advanced Visual
Communications
–– 3D CAD for Product Definition
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
57
Accredited by:
Product Design
ART, DESIGN AND ARCHITECTURE
Key information
58
Duration:
Three years full-time, four years
full-time with a placement
Location:
Fletcher Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: W242
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– A good portfolio and normally:
–– Art and Design Foundation or
–– 260 UCAS points
from at least two full A levels,
including a grade C or above
in Art and Design and
preferably a Science or
–– National Diploma MMM or
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points
–– Five GCSEs grades A* - C
including English Language or
Literature at grade C or above
and Maths at grade B or above.
We also accept the BTEC
First Diploma plus two GCSEs
including English at grade C
or above, and Maths at grade
B or above
Interview required:
Yes, if UK based
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Design Products MDes, Furniture
Design, Interior Design, Interior
Design MDes, Product and Furniture
Design, Product Design
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7555
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/adhug
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
BSc (Hons)
About the course
–– An exciting, award-winning course,
accredited by the Institute of
Engineering Designers (IED),
with graduates able to apply for
Chartered Engineering Designer
and Incorporated Engineer status
–– Work for companies such as BMW,
Dyson Appliances, and Jaguar Cars
An exciting and demanding
course which blends industrial
and engineering design. You will
gain a detailed understanding
of the principles of design and
apply this through project work to
meet commercial, technological,
manufacturing and human
requirements.
The study and application of the latest
CAD, CAM and rapid prototyping
techniques forms a major element.
This course is accredited by the
Institute of Engineering Designers
and graduates gain Incorporated
Engineer (IEng) status. You will have
the option of spending your third year
gaining professional experience via a
paid and supervised work placement.
Opportunities range from small
local design consultancies or major
companies, through to overseas
placements with multinational
corporations such as BMW or
Mercedes-Benz in Germany.
You will also have the option to
undertake a year’s paid supervised
placement.
Facilities
We have state-of-the-art rapid
prototyping and manufacturing
equipment, materials testing
laboratories, CNC machining
workshops, engineering and
electronics facilities. Although
the emphasis is towards design
rather than craft, making is seen
as important, with model making
and materials testing a key part of
development. Superb workshops
offer facilities for the manipulation of
soft materials for model making as
well as wood, metal and plastics for
prototyping.
Graduate careers
Product Design equips you for a
wide range of careers in design
consultancy, technical consultancy,
manufacturing and engineering.
Our graduates are now working for
companies as diverse as Dyson and
Nissan, as well as smaller design
houses such as FilmLight.
Learning and teaching
Design work is continually assessed
via project work. Some technology
modules have an examined
component. By the end of the final
year you will have a comprehensive
portfolio of work.
You have contact with tutors through
lectures, tutorials and studios, and
you are also expected to engage
in independent study. Although the
balance of time will vary depending on
the course and level of study, you will
typically have 15 contact hours and
undertake 25 hours of independent
study each week.
1st year modules
–– The Principles of ThreeDimensional Design
–– Manufacturing Technology
and Material Culture
–– Technical Definition and
Illustration
–– Fundamentals of Mathematics
and Science
2nd year modules 3rd year modules
–– Innovation and Design
–– Industrial Design Projects
Technology Integration
(double module)
–– 3D CAD for Product Definition –– Electronic and Mechanic
–– Design for Manufacture
Systems
–– Computer Aided Design and
–– Virtual Prototyping
Analysis
Textile Design
BA (Hons)
(pathways in Constructed, Mixed Media, Printed Textiles)
The first year introduces the
fundamental aspects of design
including innovative thinking, creative
research as well as observational
skills and personal interpretation. The
programme has a common first year
allowing students to experience all
four subject specialisms (knit, weave,
print and mixed media). Alongside this
you will learn about contextual topics
in design and textiles including global
influences, fair trade and ecological
issues.
In the second year you will develop
a greater technical understanding
in your subject area, including the
use of CAD relevant programmes;
Scot weave, illustrator, Photoshop
and jacquard knit. This technical
underpinning allows you to explore
innovative designs for a variety of
different markets and applications,
such as interiors, fashion, cards and
wrap and product. Projects and live
briefs for these applications allow you
to explore different designing styles
and employment options. You will
experience the broad arena of textile
design from low-tech to high-tech
applications and material testing.
The third year focuses on your
strengths and weakness to develop a
unique signature style ensuring that
you are best placed for employment
opportunities. You are encouraged to
be commercially relevant, ambitious
in concept, process and realisation of
your design.
Mixed Media Textiles pathway
Focuses on the creation of contemporary,
innovative collections of textiles and
products, with interior and fashion
applications.
1st year modules
An individual approach includes
processes such as Cornely and Irish
stitch (hand, machine and digital),
fabric manipulation and sculptural
textile construction and embellishment.
Printed Textiles pathway
Focuses on inventive use of printing
and dyeing processes by translating
imagery onto a variety of textile
surfaces. Devore, discharge, acid
and reactive printing, flocking, foiling
and digital printing are some of the
techniques that you will use and
develop.
Constructed Textiles pathway
Focuses on woven and knitted textile
design for fashion and interiors, where
you explore structure and surface to
its fullest extent and be innovative with
use of yarn, fibres and dyeing.
Learning and teaching
This includes lectures, demonstrations,
individual and group tutorials,
seminars, laboratory work, critical
reviews, presentations and selfdirected studio practice.
You have contact with tutors through
lectures, tutorials and studios, and you
also engage in independent study.
You will typically have 15 contact
hours and undertake 25 hours of
independent study each week.
Work experience/placements
Benefit from links with industry
through live commercial projects,
and participate in competitions, work
placements and exhibitions, such as
New Designers and Indigo Paris.
Facilities
A lively studio area, large print room,
large knit and weave facilities, digital
fabric print facility, CAD areas and a
range of specialist workshops are all
available.
Graduate careers
Opportunities include freelance design,
textile technology, buying, production,
textile designer/maker and teaching.
Graduates work for companies such
as Amtico, Jimmy Choo, Hallmark,
George, Lucy Woodhouse Studio,
Amanda Jane Designs, and Warner
Fabrics.
2nd year modules –– Textile Design and CAD
–– Textiles Visions
–– Design in Context
–– Contemporary Design
–– Observation and Interpretation
Practice
–– Technical Design Innovation
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time, four years
with optional placement, six years
part-time
Location:
Fletcher Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: W231
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– A good portfolio and normally:
–– Art and Design Foundation or
–– 260 UCAS points from at least
two full A levels, including a grade
C or above in Art and Design or
–– National Diploma MMM or
–– International Baccalaureate
28+ points
–– Five GCSEs grades A* - C
including English Language or
Literature at grade C or above.
We also accept the BTEC
First Diploma plus two GCSEs
including English at grade C
or above
Interview required:
Yes, if UK based
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Design Crafts, Fashion Fabrics
and Accessories
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7555
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/adhug
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
3rd year modules
–– Portfolio Development
–– Final Major Project
–– Professional and Contextual
Studies
ART, DESIGN AND ARCHITECTURE
About the course
–– Builds strong aesthetic and
technical skills in a broad range of
textile processes and techniques
–– Techniques include fabric
manipulation, hand and machine
stitch, digital imaging and printing,
digital embroidery, jacquard weaving
and knitting, screen printing, knit,
weave and textile dyeing
–– Contemporary practitioners support
the course team in developing your
design work
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
59
Business and Management
Business and Management subjects are ranked 4th in
the UK according to The Times Good University Guide
league table for student satisfaction (2011).
Superb placement opportunities are an option for all
Business School students.
Study abroad opportunities available worldwide –
dmu.ac.uk/balstudyabroad.
A truly internationalised Business School which
prepares you for the globalised business world.
All of our courses are informed by cutting-edge
research and current business practice.
Fantastic £35 million faculty building which provides
impressive facilities such as, state-of-the-art lecture
theatres, meeting and break-out rooms as well as a café
and the University bookshop.
We enjoy strong links with major professional bodies,
public and private sector companies and organisations.
What to do next:
Come to an open day to talk to the team.
Apply from September 2012, to find out how
go to page 220.
dmu.ac.uk/hughaston2013
For instructions on how watch these
videos, showing our great Business facilities
and courses, on your smart phone, see p29
dmu.ac.uk/businessplacement2013
Accounting and Business Management BA (Hons)
62
Accounting and Economics BA (Hons)
63
Accounting and Finance BA (Hons)
64
Advertising and Marketing Communications BA (Hons)
65
Business BA (Hons) (part-time)
66
Business and Management BA (Hons)
67
Business and Management MBus
68
Business and Marketing BA (Hons)
69
Business Management BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
70
Business Management and Economics BA (Hons)
71
Business Management and Enterprise BA (Hons)
72
Business Studies (Economics/Strategy/Finance) BSc (Hons)
73
Digital Marketing and Social Media BA (Hons)
74
Economics and Finance BSc (Hons)
75
Economics and Politics BA (Hons)
76
Finance BSc (Hons)
77
Finance BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
78
Housing, Communities and Regeneration Foundation Degree
80
Housing Studies BSc (Hons) 81
Human Resource Management BA (Hons) (Single/Joint Honours)
82
International Business and Globalisation BA (Hons)
83
International Marketing and Business BA (Hons)
84
International Relations BA (Hons)
86
International Relations BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
87
Marketing BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
88
Marketing Management BA (Hons)
89
Politics BA (Hons)
90
Politics BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
91
Politics and Government BA (Hons)
92
Public Administration and Management BA (Hons)
93
Retail Management BA (Hons)
94
Sustainable Communities Foundation Degree
95
BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT
videos
61
Accounting and Business Management
BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT
Key information
About the course
–– Leicester Business School is a Gold
Status ACCA Learning Partner and
a CIMA Learning Quality Partner
Duration:
Three years full-time,
four years with a placement
Location:
Hugh Aston Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: NN14
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Typical offers at 280 UCAS
Points. You need to study at
least two subjects at A Level and
achieve one grade B or above in
one subject
–– Five GCSEs grades A–C
including English Language and
Maths
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ points
We welcome applications from
mature students with non-standard
qualifications and recognise all
other equivalent and international
qualifications.
Interview required:
We may require you to attend
an interview. We will be in touch
with further information once you
have applied.
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
–– The Department of Accounting
and Finance was awarded the
best possible result from the
Government’s QAA review, for
excellent teaching and student
support
–– Listed as ‘excellent’ for Accounting
and Finance in the Sunday Times
University Guide
–– Optional paid placement year offers
experience with employers such as
IBM, Intel, Audi, VW, HSBC, M&S,
Siemens and Centrica
Accounting plays an essential role
within business and being able
to competently discuss finance
and accounting concepts is a skill
highly sought after by employers
in all sectors. The course is ideal if
you wish to understand accounting
within a wider business context.
The joint honours course develops
an understanding of accounting
information rather than developing
technical expertise in its creation.
Modules cover topics such as the
social and environmental aspects of
accounting and company performance
evaluation – designed to complement
your studies in the subject that forms
the other half of this joint degree.
Joint honours courses
A joint honours degree is a 50/50
combination of two subjects. To view
all our joint honours combinations see
page 218.
BA (Hons)
Learning and teaching
Lectures, tutorials and seminars,
group work and self-directed study.
Assessment will include coursework
(e.g. presentations, essays and reports)
and normally an exam or test.
You will normally attend around 15
hours of timetabled taught sessions
(lectures, tutorials etc) each week, and
are expected to undertake at least 15
further hours of independent study to
complete project work, research etc
as required.
Work experience/placements
Optional paid placement year offers
invaluable professional experience.
For further details see
dmu.ac.uk/businessplacements
Erasmus/study abroad
Option to study in another country
offers invaluable international
experience.
See dmu.ac.uk/balstudyabroad
Graduate careers
Accounting offers essential skills
when searching for a career in
many fields, and can enhance your
career prospects when combined
with subjects such as Business
Management. This joint honours option
does not, however, give significant
exemptions from professional
accounting body exams (ACCA/
CIMA/ACA) – if you wish to gain
these you should study our Accounting
and Finance BA (Hons).
Facilities
Excellent facilities within our new £35
million building offer state-of-the-art
teaching and computer lab facilities.
You may also be interested in:
Finance, Economics and Finance,
Accounting and Finance
62
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7458
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/business
1st year modules
2nd year modules Suitable for applicants from:
–– Introduction to Accounting
–– Law for Accountants
–– Quantitative Methods
–– Environmental Management
and Auditing
–– Performance Management in
Organisations
–– Corporate Finance
–– Business Taxation
UK
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
3rd year modules
–– Contemporary Business
Issues
–– Accounting and Finance
Project
–– Public Sector Accounting and
Finance
–– Forensic Accounting
–– Audit and Assurance
–– Advanced Corporate Finance
–– Governance and Sustainability
and more
Accounting and Economics
–– The Department of Accounting
and Finance was awarded the
best possible result from the
Government’s QAA review, for
excellent teaching and student
support
–– Listed as ‘excellent’ for Accounting
and Finance in the Sunday Times
University Guide
–– Gain a broad grounding in
economics along with an
understanding of the way in which
political choices, processes and
ideas shape government and public
life. Emphasis is always placed on
real-world applications of the theory
being taught
Erasmus/study abroad
Option to study in another country
offers invaluable international
experience.
See dmu.ac.uk/balstudyabroad
Facilities
Our new £35 million building offers
state-of-the-art teaching and computer
lab facilities.
Graduate careers
You will be prepared for a career
in business in the public or private
sectors. Our graduates are highly rated
by industry and have an excellent
employment record consistently above
the national average. Give yourself a
competitive edge in the graduate job
market by completing the optional
placement year.
–– An optional paid placement year
offers invaluable experience with
employers such as IBM, Intel, Audi,
VW, HSBC, M&S, Siemens and
Xerox
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time,
four years with a placement
Location:
Hugh Aston Building, De Montfort
University
UCAS course code: NL41
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Typical offers at 280 UCAS
Points. A Level candidates need
to study at least two subjects at
A Level and need to achieve one
grade B or above in one subject
–– Five GCSEs grades A–C
including English Language and
Maths
–– International Baccalaureate:
28 Points
We welcome applications from
mature students with non-standard
qualifications and recognise all
other equivalent and international
qualifications.
Interview required:
We may require you to attend
an interview. We will be in touch
with further information once you
have applied.
Learning and teaching
Lectures, tutorials and seminars,
group work and self-directed study
are used for teaching and learning.
Assessment will include coursework
(e.g. presentations, essays and reports)
and normally an exam.
BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT
About the course
–– Leicester Business School is a Gold
Status ACCA Learning Partner and
a CIMA Learning Quality Partner
BA (Hons)
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
You will normally attend around 15
hours of timetabled taught sessions
(lectures, tutorials etc) each week, and
are expected to undertake at least 15
further hours of independent study to
complete project work, research etc as
required.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
Work experience/placements
An optional paid placement year offers
invaluable professional experience.
For further details see
dmu.ac.uk/businessplacements
You may also be interested in:
Accounting and Finance,
Economics and Finance
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7458
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/business
1st year modules
–– Introduction to Accounting
–– Business Communications for
Accountants
–– Financial Decision Making
–– Applied Economic Analysis
2nd year modules 3rd year modules
–– Environmental Management
and Auditing
–– Performance Management in
Organisations
–– Corporate Finance
–– Business and Managerial
Economics
–– European Business Issues
–– Financial Markets and
Institutions
–– Forensic Accounting
–– Contemporary Business
Issues
–– Audit and Assurance
–– Advanced Corporate Finance
–– Advanced Economic Theory
–– Monetary Economics
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
63
Accredited by:
Accounting and Finance
BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT
Key information
About the course
–– An Association of Chartered
Certified Accountants (ACCA) Gold
Status Learning Partner
Duration:
Three years full-time,
four years with a placement
–– Awarded the best possible result
from the Government’s Quality
Assurance Agency review, for
excellent teaching and student
support
Location:
Hugh Aston Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: N420
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Typical offers at 320 UCAS
Points. A Level candidates need
to study at least two subjects at
A Level and need to achieve one
grade B or above in one subject.
–– Five GCSEs grades A–C
including English Language and
Maths.
–– International Baccalaureate:
30+ Points
We welcome applications from
mature students with non-standard
qualifications and recognise all
other equivalent and international
qualifications.
Interview required:
We may require you to attend
an interview. We will be in touch
with further information once you
have applied.
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Finance, Economics and Finance
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7458
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/business
UK
EU
–– Optional paid placement year offers
experience with employers such as
IBM, Intel, Audi, VW, HSBC, M&S,
Siemens and Centrica
For those committed to a professional
career in accounting who wish to
maximise exemptions from the
following professional body exams:
–– Association of Chartered Certified
Accountants (ACCA)
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
Erasmus/study abroad
Option to study in another country
offers invaluable international
experience.
See dmu.ac.uk/balstudyabroad
Facilities
Our new £35 million building offers
state-of-the-art teaching and
computer lab facilities.
Graduate careers
A degree in accounting and finance
opens up a variety of career
opportunities and provides financial
management skills highly sought after
by employers in all sectors. You can
get a competitive edge in the graduate
job market by completing the optional
placement year.
–– Institute of Chartered Accountants
of England and Wales (ICAEW)
–– Chartered Institute of Management
Accountants (CIMA)
Learning and teaching
Lectures, tutorials and seminars,
group work and self-directed study
are used for teaching and learning.
Assessment will include coursework
(e.g. presentations, essays and reports)
and normally an exam.
You will normally attend around 15
hours of timetabled taught sessions
(lectures, tutorials etc) each week, and
are expected to undertake at least 15
further hours of independent study to
complete project work, research etc
as required.
Work experience/placements
An optional paid placement year offers
invaluable professional experience.
For further details see
dmu.ac.uk/businessplacements
1st year modules
Suitable for applicants from:
64
BA (Hons)
–– Financial Accounting
–– Management Accounting
–– Quantitative Methods
–– Business Environment
–– Introduction to Law
2nd year modules –– Financial Reporting
–– Accounting Standards and
Theory
–– Business Taxation
–– Decision Management
–– Corporate Finance
–– Management and Strategy
–– Company Law
3rd year modules
–– Advanced Financial Reporting
–– Advanced Decision
Management
–– Audit and Assurance
–– Advanced Corporate Taxation
–– Advanced Corporate Finance
–– Liquidity and Financial Risk
Management
–– Options include:
–– Forensic Accounting
–– International Developments in
Accounting
–– Public Sector Accounting
–– Governance and Sustainability
Accredited by:
Advertising and Marketing Communications
–– Accredited by The Chartered
Institute of Marketing (CIM) for a
Dual Award
–– Optional paid placement year offers
invaluable professional experience
–– Marketing at Leicester Business
School was rated top in England for
student satisfaction according to the
2011 National Student Survey
This course focuses on advertising
and communications theory and
practice, and explores this exciting
discipline within the wider subject
area of marketing, preparing you for a
career in advertising, public relations,
marketing, sales, retail, services and
management.
We have a large marketing teaching
team, and staff include professors of
international renown, who contribute
to quality teaching, research and
consultancy projects. The depth and
breadth of staff expertise allows us
to offer a wide range of specialist
marketing subjects. The department
enjoys excellent relationships with
professional bodies.
Learning and teaching
Lectures, tutorials and seminars,
group work and self-directed study
are used for teaching and learning.
Assessment will include coursework
(e.g. presentations, essays and reports)
and normally an exam.
You will normally attend around 15
hours of timetabled taught sessions
(lectures, tutorials etc) each week, and
are expected to undertake at least 15
further hours of independent study to
complete project work, research etc as
required.
1st year modules
–– Principles of Marketing
–– Marketing Information and
Decision Making
–– Communication, Skills &
Employability
–– Understanding Organisations
–– Financial Decision Making
–– Enterprise and
Entrepreneurship
Work experience/placements
This degree has close links with
industry, and several of the modules
incorporate ‘live’ projects that involve
working with clients, agencies and
industry bodies. There is also an
optional paid placement year offering
experience with employers such as
Millward Brown, Ogilvy & Mather,
Ketchum PR, Capital Radio, Cadbury’s,
IBM, Intel, Audi, Volkswagen, HSBC,
Marks & Spencer and 3M.
Optional paid placement year offers
invaluable professional experience.
For further details see
dmu.ac.uk/businessplacements
Erasmus/study abroad
Option to study in another country
offers invaluable international
experience.
See dmu.ac.uk/balstudyabroad
Graduate careers
This degree opens up a whole
range of career opportunities
in communications agencies or
marketing departments of client
companies, usually commanding good
salaries. Recent graduates from our
marketing degrees are now working
for major UK and global companies
including IBM, Warner Bros, Mattel,
Tesco, Dulux, Ricoh, L’Oreal,
AsdaWalMart, 3M and The Guardian
News and Media. Recent agency
appointments include TWBA, [email protected]
Ogilvy and Ogilvy & Mather, MindShare,
Publicis, VCCP, Serendipity2, RAPP
and Big Communications.
Facilities
Our new £35 million building offers
state-of-the-art teaching and computer
lab facilities.
2nd year modules 3rd year modules
–– Advertising and Promotion
–– Brand Management
–– Interactive and Direct
Marketing
–– Marketing Research
–– Buyer Behaviour
–– Third year
–– Campaign Planning
–– Contemporary Issues in
Advertising and PR
–– Advertising and
Communications Project
Options include:
–– International Marketing
–– Retail Business
Options include:
–– Strategic Marketing
Management
–– Interactive Marketing
Campaign
–– e-Marketing
–– Global Marketing Strategies
–– Reflective Business Practice
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time,
four years with a placement
Location:
Hugh Aston Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: N561
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Typical offers at 280 UCAS
Points. You need to study at least
two subjects at A Level and need
to achieve one grade B or above
in one subject
–– Five GCSEs grades A–C
including English Language and
Maths
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ points
We welcome applications from
mature students with non-standard
qualifications and recognise all
other equivalent and international
qualifications.
Interview required:
We may require you to attend
an interview. We will be in touch
with further information once you
have applied.
BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT
About the course
–– Institute of Direct Marketing (IDM)
Key Educational Partner
BA (Hons)
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Marketing Management,
International Marketing and Business,
Retail Management, Marketing (Joint
Honours).
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7458
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/business
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
65
Business
BA (Hons) (part-time)
BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT
Key information
Duration:
Four years part-time
(initially enrolled on HND Business)
Location:
Hugh Aston Building,
De Montfort University
About the course
This is a four year part-time course
which includes attendance at DMU
on Tuesday and Thursday evenings
during term-time and some distance
learning over the summer period.
–– Study part-time to gain a
recognised business qualification
UCAS course code:
No UCAS code, apply directly
–– Equip yourself for a career in
business and administration
Entry and admissions criteria:
Entry requirements are flexible
and on an individual basis. Mature
students, those with non-standard
qualifications, or relevant work
experience are especially welcome.
In the first year you are introduced to
key business concepts and develop
professional skills such as team
working, problem solving, report
writing, oral presentations, time
management.
Interview required:
We may require you to attend an
interview. We will be in touch with
further information once you have
applied.
The second year and third year
continues to develop your knowledge
of business and professional skills
through the study of a variety of
optional and core modules.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
The final year evaluates contemporary
business activity through coursework
examinations and a dissertation in
which you engage in independent
research on a subject of your own
choosing.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Business and Management
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7458
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/business
Work experience/placements
Optional paid placement year offers
invaluable professional experience.
For further details see
dmu.ac.uk/businessplacements
Facilities
Excellent facilities within the new
£35 million building offer state-ofthe-art teaching and computer
lab facilities.
Graduate careers
As well as the opportunity to move
on to postgraduate and professional
studies, you can enhance your
opportunities for promotion and/or
facilitate a change of career.
Visit dmu.ac.uk/business to hear
what our part-time students have to
say about us.
All students initially enrol on the HND
Business (this enables the HNC to be
awarded after two years of study if a
student’s circumstances change and
they cannot continue to study). The
HND will be completed after three
years of study for which the student
will receive an award and then ‘top-up’
to a degree in the final part of the
course.
It is also possible to ‘top-up’ to an
Honours degree on the part-time route
with an HNC or HND in Business from
other recognised institutions, and this
will take two years to complete.
Suitable for applicants from:
66
UK
EU
World
Learning and teaching
Teaching will be in small classes
through lectures, seminars, group
work and self directed study, each
designed to build on your motivation
and commitment, and your work
experience. Assessment for each
module will include coursework (such
as presentations, essays and reports)
and normally an exam or test.
1st year modules
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
–– Business Environment
–– Business Communications
–– Accounting
–– Understanding Organisations
–– Marketing
2nd year modules 3rd year modules
–– Strategic Management
–– Contemporary Management
–– Contemporary Business
–– Human Resource
Issues
Management
–– Dissertation
–– Brand Management
–– Business Law
–– Operations Management
–– Measuring the Performance of
Organisations (Accounting)
Business and Management
–– Staff provide learning opportunities
of the highest standard through
their teaching and research
This is a career-focused and practical
course, allowing you to study a range
of subjects from different disciplines
within the Business School. You can
follow a general business pathway
or choose specialist modules
in Marketing, Human Resource
Management or Finance and
Accounting.
Learning and teaching
Through lectures, tutorials and
seminars, group work and selfdirected study. Assessment includes
coursework (such as presentations,
essays and reports) and normally an
exam or test.
Work experience/placements
Optional paid placement year offers
invaluable professional experience.
For further details see
dmu.ac.uk/businessplacements
Erasmus/study abroad
Option to study in another country
offers invaluable international
experience.
See dmu.ac.uk/balstudyabroad
Facilities
Our new £35 million building offers
state-of-the-art teaching and
computer lab facilities.
Graduate careers
You will be prepared for a career
in business in the public or private
sectors. Our graduates are highly rated
by industry and have an excellent
employment record consistently above
the national average. Give yourself a
competitive edge in the graduate job
market by completing the optional
placement year.
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time,
four years with a placement
Location:
Hugh Aston Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: NN12
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Typical offers 280 UCAS Points.
You need to study at least two
subjects at A Level and achieve
one grade B or above in one
subject
–– Five GCSEs at grades A–C
including English Language and
Maths
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points
We welcome applications from
mature students with non-standard
qualifications and recognise all
other equivalent and international
qualifications.
Interview required:
We may require you to attend
an interview. We will be in touch
with further information once you
have applied.
You will normally attend around 15
hours of timetabled taught sessions
(lectures, tutorials etc) each week, and
are expected to undertake at least 15
further hours of independent study to
complete project work, research etc
as required.
BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT
About the course
–– Optional paid placement year offers
invaluable professional experience
with major employers such as IBM,
Intel, Audi, VW, HSBC, M&S and
Siemens
BA (Hons)
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
1st year modules
–– Communications , Academic
Skills and Employability
–– Global Management Issues
–– Financial Decision Making
–– Introduction to
Entrepreneurship and
Enterprise
–– Introduction to Work and
Organisations
–– Principles of Marketing
2nd year modules
–– Operations Management and
Contemporary Management
Options include:
–– Performance Measurement in
Organisations
–– Business Research Issues
and Analysis
–– Progressive Franchising
–– European Business Issues
–– Financial Markets and
Institutions
–– The Creative Arts of Selling &
Negotiation
–– Developing Enterprise
–– Human Resource
Management in the
Workplace
–– Business Law
–– Buyer Behaviour
–– International Marketing
–– Brand Management
–– Advertising and Promotion
–– Retail Business
–– Government and Business
3rd year modules
–– Contemporary Business
Issues
–– Strategic Management
Options include:
–– International Development in
Accounting
–– E-Marketing
–– Marketing Communications
–– Forensic Accounting
–– Service Operations
Management
–– Crisis and Business Continuity
Management
–– Creative Action in
Organisations
–– Greening Business
–– Reflective Business Practice
–– Organising Human Resource
Management
–– Managing Equality and
Diversity
–– Issues in Internet Sales Law
–– Marketing Services
–– Retail Marketing
–– Customer Management
–– Managing the Environment
–– Health Strategy and
Management
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Business Management and
Enterprise, Business Management
and Economics, Business
Management (Joint Honours)
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7458
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/business
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
67
Business and Management
BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT
Key information
About the course
–– Integrated undergraduate Masters
programme
Duration:
Four years full-time,
five years with a placement
–– Optional paid placement year offers
invaluable professional experience
with major employers such as IBM,
Intel, Audi, VW, HSBC, M&S and
Siemens
Location:
Hugh Aston Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: NN1F
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Typical offers at 320 UCAS
Points. A Level candidates need
to study at least two subjects at
A Level and need to achieve one
grade B or above in one subject
–– Five GCSEs grades A–C
including English Language and
Maths
–– International Baccalaureate:
30+ Points
We welcome applications from
mature students with non-standard
qualifications and recognise all
other equivalent and international
qualifications.
Interview required:
We may require you to attend
an interview. We will be in touch
with further information once you
have applied.
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Business Management and
Enterprise, Business Studies
(Economics/Strategy/Finance)
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7458
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/business
68
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
MBus
World
–– Staff provide learning opportunities
of the highest standard through
their teaching and research
Learning and teaching
Lectures, tutorials and seminars,
group work and self-directed study
are used for teaching and learning.
Assessment will include coursework
(e.g. presentations, essays and reports)
and normally an exam.
Facilities
Our new £35 million building offers
state-of-the-art teaching and
computer lab facilities.
Graduate careers
You will be prepared for a career
in business in the public or private
sectors. Our graduates are highly rated
by industry and have an excellent
employment record consistently above
the national average. Give yourself a
competitive edge in the graduate job
market by completing the optional
placement year.
You will normally attend around 15
hours of timetabled taught sessions
(lectures, tutorials etc) each week, and
are expected to undertake at least 15
further hours of independent study to
complete project work, research etc
as required.
Work experience/placements
An optional paid placement year offers
invaluable professional experience.
For further details see
dmu.ac.uk/businessplacements
Erasmus/Study Abroad
Option to study in another country
offers invaluable international
experience.
See dmu.ac.uk/balstudyabroad
1st year modules
–– Financial Decision Making
–– Communication, Academic
Skills and Employability
–– An Introduction to
Entrepreneurship and
Enterprise
–– Global Business Issues
–– Introduction to Work and
Organisations
–– Principles of Marketing
2nd year modules
3rd year modules
–– Operations and Contemporary –– Contemporary Business
Management
Issues
–– Plus option modules
–– Strategic Management
–– Plus option modules
4th year modules
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
–– Critical Perspectives in
Management
–– Research Methodology
–– Dissertation
–– Plus option modules
Options include:
–– The Creative Art of Selling
and Negotiation
–– Brand Management
–– Forensic Accounting
–– Issues in Internet Sales Law
–– Leading, Managing and
Developing People
Business and Marketing
Work experience/placements
Optional paid placement year offers
invaluable professional experience.
For further details see
dmu.ac.uk/businessplacements
–– Use modules to help gain
qualifications from professional
bodies including the CIM, the
IDM and the Marketing Research
Society (MRS)
Erasmus/study abroad
Option to study in another country
offers invaluable international
experience.
See dmu.ac.uk/balstudyabroad
–– Optional paid placement year
offers invaluable experience with
employers such as IBM, Intel, Audi,
VW, HSBC, M&S and Siemens
This has become the most popular
marketing-related course in the
Business School. It offers the
opportunity to study marketing to a
considerable depth, within the context
of the broader arena of business and
management.
The first year of the course addresses
the fundamental principles of business
and management and forms a basis
for the subsequent years. In the
second and third years, there is a
specialist focus on marketing.
Facilities
Our new £35 million building offers
state-of-the-art teaching and
computer lab facilities.
Graduate careers
This course thoroughly prepares
you for a career in the public or
private sectors, in marketing and
more general business management
roles. Get a competitive edge in the
graduate job market by completing the
optional placement year.
2nd year modules
–– Operations Management
–– Brand Management
2nd and 3rd year options:
–– Marketing Communications
–– Advertising and Promotion
–– e-Marketing
–– Global Marketing
Strategies
–– Marketing Dissertation
Location:
Hugh Aston Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: NN15
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Typical offers at 280 UCAS
Points. You need to study at
least two subjects at A Level and
achieve one grade B or above in
one subject
–– Five GCSEs at grades A–C
including English Language and
Maths
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points
We welcome applications from
mature students with non-standard
qualifications and recognise all
other equivalent and international
qualifications.
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You will normally attend around 15
hours of timetabled taught sessions
(lectures, tutorials etc) each week, and
are expected to undertake at least 15
further hours of independent study to
complete project work, research etc
as required.
1st year modules
Duration:
Three years full-time,
four years with a placement
Interview required:
We may require you to attend
an interview. We will be in touch
with further information once you
have applied.
Learning and teaching
Through lectures, tutorials and
seminars, group work and self-directed
study. Assessment will include
coursework (such as presentations,
essays and reports) and normally an
exam or test. A number of modules
use active assessments; role-plays
and simulations. This course develops
creative individuals prepared to face
the challenges of the business world.
–– Financial Decision Making
–– Business Environment
–– Business Communications
and Creativity
–– An Introduction to
Entrepreneurship and
Enterprise
–– Principles of Marketing
–– Marketing Information
and Decision Making
Key information
BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT
About the course
–– A Chartered Institute of Marketing
(CIM) Accredited Study Centre and
an Institute of Direct Marketing
(IDM) Key Educational Partner
BA (Hons)
You may also be interested in:
Advertising and Marketing
Communications, International
Marketing and Business,
Marketing Management
3rd year modules
–– Contemporary Business
Issues
–– Strategic Marketing
Management
–– Contemporary Management
–– e-Creativity
–– e-Business
–– Creative Action in
Organisations
–– Greening Business
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7458
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/business
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
69
Business Management
BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT
Key information
About the course
–– Optional paid placement year
offers invaluable experience with
employers such as IBM, Intel, Audi,
VW, HSBC, M&S, Siemens and
Xerox
Duration:
Three years full-time,
four years with a placement
Location:
Hugh Aston Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code:
Business Management and
Accounting Economics Finance Human Resource
Management Law Media BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
–– Combining business skills with
a specialist subject such as
Accounting, Economics or HRM
can enhance your career prospects
NN14
NL21
NN31
NN61
MN11
NP13
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Typical offers at 280 UCAS
Points from at least two A Levels
including one grade B or above.
Finance requires A or AS in a
quantitative subject such as
Maths, Economics, Statistics.
–– Five GCSEs grades A-C including
English Language and Maths.
Finance requires Maths at
grade B
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points
We welcome applications from
mature students with non-standard
qualifications and recognise all
other equivalent and international
qualifications.
Interview required:
We may require you to attend
an interview. We will be in touch
with further information once you
have applied.
This joint degree can be combined
with subjects such as Accounting,
Economics, Human Resource
Management, Law, and Media.
Gain a foundation in fundamental
business concepts, ideas, practices
and methods, and the opportunity to
follow a general business pathway
alongside a specialised second
subject.
Joint honours courses
A joint honours degree is a 50/50
combination of two subjects. To view
all our joint honours combinations see
page 218.
Learning and teaching
Through lectures, tutorials and
seminars, group work and self-directed
study. Assessment will include
coursework (such as presentations,
essays and reports) and normally an
exam or a test.
Work experience/placements
Optional paid placement year offers
invaluable professional experience.
For further details see
dmu.ac.uk/businessplacements
Erasmus/study abroad
Option to study in another country
offers invaluable international
experience.
See dmu.ac.uk/balstudyabroad
Facilities
Our new £35 million building offers
state-of-the-art teaching and
computer lab facilities.
Graduate careers
Graduates are well equipped for a
career in business, which can take
them to the highest level of corporate
decision making. Our graduates are
highly rated by employers and have
an excellent employment record
consistently above the national
average.
Give yourself a competitive edge in the
graduate job market by completing the
optional placement year.
You will normally attend around 15
hours of timetabled taught sessions
(lectures, tutorials etc) each week, and
are expected to undertake at least 15
further hours of independent study to
complete project work, research etc
as required.
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
70
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7458
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/business
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
1st year modules
–– Financial Decision Making
–– Business Environment
–– Understanding Business
2nd year modules –– Operations Management
–– Business Economics
–– Human Resource
Management
3rd year modules
–– e-Business
–– Greening Business
–– Contemporary Business
Issues
–– Strategic Management
Business Management and Economics
BA (Hons)
Duration:
Three years full-time,
four years with a placement
Location:
Hugh Aston Building,
De Montfort University
Learning and teaching
These include lectures, tutorials
and seminars, group work and selfdirected study. Assessment will include
coursework (such as presentations,
essays and reports) and normally
an exam or test. You will normally
attend around 15 hours of timetabled
taught sessions (lectures, tutorials
etc) each week, and are expected to
undertake at least 15 further hours of
independent study to complete project
work, research etc as required.
UCAS course code: NL21
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Typical offers at 280 UCAS
Points. You need to study at
least two subjects at A Level and
achieve one grade B or above in
one subject
–– Five GCSEs at grades A–C
including English Language and
Maths
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points
We welcome applications from
mature students with non-standard
qualifications and recognise all
other equivalent and international
qualifications.
Work experience/placements
Optional paid placement year offers
invaluable professional experience with
employers such as IBM, Intel, Audi, VW,
HSBC, M&S, Siemens and Xerox.
For further details see
dmu.ac.uk/businessplacements
Interview required:
We may require you to attend
an interview. We will be in touch
with further information once you
have applied.
Erasmus/study abroad
Option to study in another country
offers invaluable international
experience.
See dmu.ac.uk/balstudyabroad
BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT
Key information
About the course
This course is for anyone who wants
to do more than study business,
it provides a broad grounding in
economics along with the fundamental
tools of business management.
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
Facilities
Our new £35 million building offers
state-of-the-art teaching and computer
lab facilities.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Graduate careers
Our graduates are highly rated by
industry and have an employment
record consistently above the national
average. Get a competitive edge in the
graduate job market by completing the
optional placement year.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Economics and Finance, Business
and Management, Economics
and Politics
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7458
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/business
Modules
–– Economics
–– Applied Economic Analysis
–– Principles of Marketing
–– Business Communications
and Creativity
–– Business and Managerial
Economics (Microeconomics
and Macroeconomics)
–– Contemporary Management
Options include:
–– European Business Issues
–– Financial Markets
–– Brand Management
–– Advanced Economic Theory
(Micro and Macro)
–– Strategic Management
Elective choices from:
–– International and Development
Economics
–– Monetary Economics
–– Contemporary Business
Issues
–– Customer Management
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
71
Business Management and Enterprise
BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT
Key information
About the course
–– For those who want to do more than
just study Business – it is possible
to be in business before they even
graduate
Duration:
Three years full-time,
four years with a placement
Location:
Hugh Aston Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: NN21
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Typical offers at 280 UCAS
Points. You need to study at
least two subjects at A Level and
achieve one grade B or above in
one subject
–– Five GCSEs at grades A–C
including English Language and
Maths
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points
We welcome applications from
mature students with non-standard
qualifications and recognise all
other equivalent and international
qualifications.
Interview required:
We may require you to attend an
interview. We will be in touch with
further information once you have
applied.
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Business and Management
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7458
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/business
UK
EU
–– Optional paid placement year offers
experience with employers such as
IBM, Intel, Audi, VW, HSBC, M&S
and Siemens, to name but a few
This course has three key unique,
challenging and enjoyable ventures
embedded in its structure.
In the first year you can take part in
our famous Fox’s Lair® inspired by
Dragons’ Den, now branded to DMU.
This gives you the opportunity to
present a business venture in front of
real entrepreneurs. You can develop
and practise creative ideas, business
awareness and communication skills
– all of which are of vital importance
for employability in today’s dynamic
environment.
In the second year you are taken on
another ‘real-life’ journey of ‘Developing
an Enterprise’ involving setting up your
own corporate website, and developing
a venture which is then displayed and
judged at an exhibition.
Simultaneous to this you will
continue to be expertly coached in
the development of a real business
venture, as well as embellishing your
knowledge of strategic problem
solving.
In the third year you are encouraged
to follow your ‘entrepreneurial heart’ in
a range of new tasks which increase
your creativity, personal esteem, your
business value and competitive edge in
the dynamic world of enterprise today.
These tasks involve leadership
projects, and developing new ideas
for launching into uncontested
market spaces. Much practice
and encouragement is given for
presentation work and independent
reading.
Learning and teaching
Teaching will be through lectures,
tutorials and seminars, group work
and self-directed study. Assessment
will include coursework (such as
presentations, essays, reports, and
trade exhibitions), and exams or tests.
You will normally attend around 15
hours of timetabled taught sessions
(lectures, tutorials etc) across the
programme each week, and are
expected to undertake at least 15
further hours of independent study to
complete project work, research etc
as required.
Work experience/placements
Optional paid placement year offers
invaluable professional experience.
For further details see
dmu.ac.uk/businessplacements
Erasmus/study abroad
Option to study in another country
offers invaluable international
experience.
See dmu.ac.uk/balstudyabroad
Facilities
Our new £35 million Hugh Aston
Building offers state-of-the-art
teaching and computer lab facilities.
Graduate careers
Employers are now looking for
graduates who possess the types of
enterprising skills and attitudes taught
on this course, enabling them to be
successful across a range of different
environments and contexts. Get a
competitive edge in the graduate job
market by completing the optional
placement year.
1st year modules
Suitable for applicants from:
72
–– The Council for Excellence in
Management and Leadership has
called for more courses like this to
enable entrepreneurship in the UK
to flourish – there are very few other
Enterprise degrees in the UK
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
–– Financial Decision Making
–– Communication, Academic
Skills and Employability
–– An Introduction to
Entrepreneurship and
Enterprise
3rd year modules
–– Contemporary Business
Issues
–– Strategic Management
–– Perspectives on Creative
Leadership
BA (Hons)
–– World Management Issues
–– Understanding Organising
–– Principles of Marketing
2nd year modules
–– Operations and Contemporary
Management
–– Developing Enterprise
2nd and 3rd year options
–– Service Operations
Management
–– Forensic Accounting
–– Customer Management
–– Business Law
–– HRM in the Workplace
–– Advertising and Promotion
Business Studies (Economics/ Strategy/ Finance)
–– Start your own business with
funding, enterprise, and academic
support for one year through DMU’s
Enterprise Incubation Programme
–– Study an academic year at either a
European or US university. Tuition
in English at many institutions may
lead to ‘Double Degree’ awards
–– Opportunities to participate in
Business and Industry Summer
Schools in China
–– Certain modules offer exemptions
from professional bodies, e.g. CIMA,
ACCA, ICAEW
This course is designed for and will
appeal to students who wish to study
the global impact of finance and
economic activity upon strategy and
how organisations compete throughout
the world.
Business is driven by commercial,
environmental, social and economic
influences and is a lively and
challenging area in which to study
and work. This course provides a
cutting-edge contemporary platform
for examining and analysing business
concepts, ideas, practices and methods
in a truly international context, and
gives you the opportunity to combine
broad business disciplines with a
specific pathway in the fields of either
economics, strategy or finance.
The first year introduces the key
principles of the business world. In
the second year you can begin to
focus on a particular area of business,
or continue studying a range of
subjects. In the final year, you will
study core modules and choose from
a wide range across the subjects
of economics, finance, or general
business and strategy.
1st year modules
–– Economics
–– Global Business Issues
–– Financial Decision Making
–– Business Communications
and Creativity
–– Principles of Marketing
–– Quantitative Analysis for
Business Decisions
Learning and teaching
Through lectures, tutorials and
seminars, group work and self-directed
study. Assessment will include
coursework (such as presentations,
essays and reports) and normally an
exam or test.
You will normally attend around 15
hours of timetabled taught sessions
(lectures, tutorials etc) each week, and
are expected to undertake at least 15
further hours of independent study to
complete project work, research etc as
required.
Work experience/placements
Optional paid placement year offers
invaluable professional experience.
For further details see
dmu.ac.uk/businessplacements
Erasmus/study abroad
Option to study in another country
offers invaluable international
experience.
See dmu.ac.uk/balstudyabroad
Facilities
Our new £35 million building offers
state-of-the-art teaching and computer
lab facilities.
Graduate careers
Our graduates are highly rated
by industry and have an excellent
employment record consistently above
the national average.
Give yourself a competitive edge in the
graduate job market with a compulsory
business placement with ‘blue chip’
multinationals, business and financial
support in starting up your own
business or overseas study experience.
2nd year modules Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time,
four years with a placement
Location:
Hugh Aston Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: N102
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Typical offers at 320 UCAS
Points. You need to study at least
two subjects at A Level (including
Maths if you wish to pursue the
Finance stream) and achieve one
grade B or above in one subject
–– Five GCSEs at grades A–C
including English Language and
Maths
–– International Baccalaureate:
30+ Points
We welcome applications from
mature students with non-standard
qualifications and recognise all
other equivalent and international
qualifications.
BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT
About the course
–– Optional paid placement year offers
invaluable professional experience
with employers such as IBM, Intel,
Audi, VW, HSBC, M&S, Siemens
and Xerox
BSc (Hons)
Interview required:
We may require you to attend
an interview. We will be in touch
with further information once you
have applied.
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Business and Management,
Economics and Finance
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7458
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/business
3rd year modules
–– Business and Managerial
–– Strategic Management
Economics
–– Contemporary Business
–– Business Research Issues
Issues
and Analysis
–– Operations and Contemporary
Management
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
73
Accredited by:
Digital Marketing and Social Media
BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT
Key information
About the course
–– Get a headstart in a fast growing
marketing area
Duration:
Three years full-time,
four years with a placement
–– Develop solid skills in digital and
social media that are now essential
in business roles
Location:
Hugh Aston Building,
De Montfort University
–– Gain access to high quality
teaching, student support and
learning facilities
UCAS course code: NI54
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Typical offers at 280 UCAS
Points. A Level candidates need
to study at least two subjects at
A Level and need to achieve one
grade B or above in one subject
–– Five GCSEs grades A–C
including English Language and
Maths
–– International Baccalaureate:
28 Points
We welcome applications from
mature students with non-standard
qualifications and recognise all
other equivalent and international
qualifications.
Interview required:
We may require you to attend
an interview. We will be in touch
with further information once you
have applied.
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
–– Gain exemptions from professional
qualifications (IDM) while you study
Learning and teaching
Lectures, tutorials and seminars,
group work and self-directed study
are used for teaching and learning.
Assessment will include coursework
(e.g. presentations, essays and reports)
and normally an exam.
BA (Hons)
Facilities
Our new £35 million building offers
state-of-the-art teaching and
computer lab facilities.
Graduate careers
This degree offers two career starting
points; firstly in digital marketing
roles such as Social Media Analyst;
Digital Marketing Executive. Secondly,
enhanced digital skills are now very
valuable for all Marketing Executive
roles.
On this degree, you will enhance
your employability through Digital
Enterprise events, which will involve
talks, workshops and mentoring from
leading companies or organisations in
the East Midlands.
You will normally attend around 15
hours of timetabled taught sessions
(lectures, tutorials etc) each week, and
are expected to undertake at least 15
further hours of independent study to
complete project work, research etc
as required.
Work experience/placements
An optional paid placement year offers
invaluable professional experience.
For further details see
dmu.ac.uk/businessplacements
Erasmus/study abroad
Option to study in another country
offers invaluable international
experience.
See dmu.ac.uk/balstudyabroad
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Advertising and Marketing
Communications,
Marketing Management
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7458
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/business
74
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
1st year modules
–– Principles of Marketing
–– Introduction to Entrepreneurship
–– Financial Decision-Making
–– Marketing Decision-Making
–– Understanding Organisations
–– The Digital and Social Media Context
of Business*
2nd year modules
–– Interactive and Direct Marketing
–– Customer Insight
–– Brand Management OR
–– Advertising and Promotion
–– Digital and Social Media Marketing*
*to be confirmed.
3rd year modules
–– E-Marketing
–– Interactive Marketing Campaign
–– Strategic Marketing Management
–– Digital Marketing Project
Options include:
–– Web Planning and Design
–– Marketing Services
–– Creative Action in Organisations
–– Customer Management
–– Advanced Digital Marketing Tools
Economics and Finance
–– An ACCA Gold Status Approved
Learning Partner and a CIMA
Learning Quality Partner
–– Optional paid placement year offers
experience with employers such
as IBM, Intel, Audi, VW, the Audit
Commission, HSBC, M&S and
Siemens
Initially, the course focuses on
the basic knowledge and skills of
financial accounting, complemented
by the theoretical study of economics,
practical computer applications and
business skills for economists.
Facilities
Our new £35 million building offers
state-of-the-art teaching and
computer lab facilities.
Graduate careers
Our graduates are highly rated
by industry and have an excellent
employment record consistently above
the national average. Get a competitive
edge in the graduate job market by
completing the optional placement
year.
Learning and teaching
Teaching through lectures, tutorials
and seminars, group work and
self-directed study. Assessment
will include coursework (such as
presentations, essays and reports) and
normally an exam or test.
You will normally attend around 15
hours of timetabled taught sessions
(lectures, tutorials etc) each week, and
are expected to undertake at least 15
further hours of independent study to
complete project work, research etc
as required.
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time,
four years with a placement
Location:
Hugh Aston Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: LN13
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Typical offers at 280 UCAS
Points. You need to study at
least two subjects at A Level
and achieve one grade B or
above in one subject. A or AS in
a quantitative subject such as
Maths, Economics, Statistics is
required
–– Five GCSEs at grades A–C
including English Language plus
Maths at grade B
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points
We welcome applications from
mature students with non-standard
qualifications and recognise all
other equivalent and international
qualifications.
BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT
About the course
–– Awarded the best possible result
from the government’s QAA review
for the quality of our teaching and
student support
BSc (Hons)
Interview required:
We may require you to attend
an interview. We will be in touch
with further information once you
have applied.
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
Work experience/placements
Optional paid placement year offers
invaluable professional experience.
For further details see
dmu.ac.uk/businessplacements
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Erasmus/study abroad
Option to study in another country
offers invaluable international
experience.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
See dmu.ac.uk/balstudyabroad
You may also be interested in:
Business Management and
Economics, Accounting and Finance
1st year modules
–– Economics
–– Applied Economic Analysis
–– Financial Accounting
–– Maths for Finance
–– Statistics and Probability
Theory
2nd year modules –– Business and Managerial
Economics (Micro and
Macroeconomics)
–– Corporate Finance
–– Econometrics
–– Equity and Fixed Income
Valuation
Options include:
–– European Business Issues
–– Financial Markets
–– Risk Management
3rd year modules
–– Applied Economic Theory
–– Investments and Portfolio
Management
–– Financial Derivatives
–– Financial Econometrics
–– Advanced Corporate Finance
Options include:
–– International Trade and
Development Economics
–– Monetary Economics
–– Economics Dissertation
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7458
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/business
75
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
Economics and Politics
BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT
Key information
About the course
Do you want to do more than study
business? Gain a broad grounding
in economics along with an
understanding of the way in which
political choices, processes and ideas
shape government and public life.
Emphasis is always placed on realworld applications of the theory being
taught.
Duration:
Three years full-time,
four years with a placement
Location:
Hugh Aston Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: LL12
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Typical offers at 280 UCAS
Points. You need to study at
least two subjects at A Level and
achieve one grade B or above in
one subject
–– Five GCSEs at grades A–C
including English Language and
Maths
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points
We welcome applications from
mature students with non-standard
qualifications and recognise all
other equivalent and international
qualifications.
Interview required:
We may require you to attend
an interview. We will be in touch
with further information once you
have applied.
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details..
You may also be interested in:
Business Management and
Economics, Finance, Accounting
and Finance
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7458
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/business
76
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
Graduate careers
You will be prepared for a career
in business in the public or private
sectors. Our graduates are highly rated
by industry and have an employment
record consistently above the national
average. Give yourself a competitive
edge in the graduate job market by
completing the optional placement
year.
An optional paid placement year offers
invaluable experience with employers
such as IBM, Intel, Audi, VW, HSBC,
M&S, Siemens and Xerox.
Learning and teaching
Teaching is through lectures, tutorials
and seminars, group work and
self-directed study. Assessment
will include coursework (such as
presentations, essays and reports) and
normally an exam or test.
You will normally attend around 15
hours of timetabled taught sessions
(lectures, tutorials etc) each week, and
are expected to undertake at least 15
further hours of independent study to
complete project work, research etc
as required.
Work experience/placements
An optional paid placement year offers
invaluable professional experience.
For further details see
dmu.ac.uk/businessplacements
Erasmus/study abroad
Option to study in another country
offers invaluable international
experience.
See dmu.ac.uk/balstudyabroad
Facilities
Our new £35 million building offers
state-of-the-art teaching and
computer lab facilities.
1st year modules
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
BA (Hons)
–– Economics
–– Applied Economic Analysis
–– British Government and
Politics
–– Policy and Society
2nd year modules –– Business and Managerial
Economics
–– Governance
Options include:
–– European Business Issues
–– Financial Markets and
Institutions
3rd year modules
–– Advanced Economic Theory
–– Public Policy Making
Options include:
–– International Trade and
Development Issues
–– Monetary Economics
–– Globalisation and Democracy
–– Health and Social Care
Finance
–– Explore the discipline of finance
in depth and develop links with
other co-related disciplines such as
accounting, economics, etc
–– A distinct mathematical emphasis
on the subject matter. Where
appropriate, computer software is
integrated into teaching to bridge
the theoretical and applied aspects
As finance finds its ultimate expression
in practice, the course seeks to
develop your analytical and problemsolving skills which are of value in
a continuous dynamic environment
such as that of investments, banking,
insurance and pensions, treasury
management, etc. The course
addresses many of the requirements
of professional finance bodies and
will give you a range of learning
experiences tailored to careers in
the financial sector of the UK and
overseas.
Erasmus/study abroad
Option to study in another country
offers invaluable international
experience.
See dmu.ac.uk/balstudyabroad
Facilities
Our new £35 million building offers
state-of-the-art teaching and computer
lab facilities.
Graduate careers
A degree in finance opens up a variety
of career opportunities and provides
skills highly sought after by employers
in many sectors. Give yourself a
competitive edge in the graduate job
market by completing the optional
placement year.
Learning and teaching
Lectures, tutorials and seminars,
group work and self-directed study.
Assessment will include coursework
(such as presentations, essays and
reports) and normally an exam.
2nd year modules –– Financial Institutions and
Markets
–– Econometrics
–– Corporate Finance
–– Equity and Fixed Income
Valuation
–– Working Capital Management
–– Risk Management
–– Financial Reporting
–– Business Taxation
Location:
Hugh Aston Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: N300
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Typical offers at 300 UCAS
Points. You need to study at
least two subjects at A Level
and achieve one grade B or
above in one subject. A or AS in
a quantitative subject such as
Maths, Economics, Statistics is
required
–– Five GCSEs at grades A–C
including English Language plus
Maths at grade B
–– International Baccalaureate:
30+ Points
We welcome applications from
mature students with non-standard
qualifications and recognise all
other equivalent and international
qualifications.
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Work experience/placements
An optional paid placement year offers
invaluable professional experience.
For further details see
dmu.ac.uk/businessplacements
1st year modules
Duration:
Three years full-time,
four years with a placement
Interview required:
We may require you to attend
an interview. We will be in touch
with further information once you
have applied.
You will normally attend around 15
hours of timetabled taught sessions
(lectures, tutorials etc) each week, and
are expected to undertake at least 15
further hours of independent study to
complete project work, research etc as
required.
–– Economics
–– Mathematics for Finance
–– Statistics and Probability
Theory
–– Financial Accounting
–– Management Accounting
–– Business Law
Key information
BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT
About the course
–– Aims to provide a rigorous
grounding in theoretical and
empirical aspects of the subject
BSc (Hons)
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
3rd year modules
–– Investments and Portfolio
Management
–– Financial Econometrics
–– Financial Derivatives
–– Advanced Corporate Finance
–– International Financial
Management
–– Advanced Financial Reporting
–– Advanced Corporate Taxation
–– Behavioural Finance (optional
module)
–– International Business
Taxation (optional module)
You may also be interested in:
Accounting and Finance,
Economics and Finance
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7458
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/business
77
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
Finance
BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT
Key information
About the course
–– The Department of Accounting
and Finance was awarded the
best possible result from the
Government’s QAA review, for
excellent teaching and student
support
Duration:
Three years full-time,
four years with a placement
Location:
Hugh Aston Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code:
Business Management
and Finance BA (Hons) Economics and
Finance BSc (Hons) NN31
LN13
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Typical offers at 280 UCAS
Points from at least two A Levels
including one grade B or above.
A or AS in a quantitative subject
such as Maths, Economics,
Statistics is required
–– Five GCSEs grades A-C including
English Language plus Maths at
grade B
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points
We welcome applications from
mature students with non-standard
qualifications and recognise all
other equivalent and international
qualifications.
Interview required:
We may require you to attend
an interview. We will be in touch
with further information once you
have applied.
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
–– Optional paid placement year offers
experience with employers such as
IBM, Intel, Audi, VW, HSBC, M&S,
Siemens and Centrica
Initially the course focuses on the
basic knowledge and skills of maths
for finance and financial accounting,
complemented by the theoretical study
of economics, practical computer
applications and business skills for
accountants.
In the second year you develop
analytical skills, a deeper
understanding of the management
process and of finance.
The third year involves greater focus
and specialisation in areas of business
management or economics theory.
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7458
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/business
UK
EU
World
Facilities
Our new £35 million building offers
state-of-the-art teaching and
computer lab facilities.
Graduate careers
Finance combines an initial study of
accounting with in depth analysis of
financing businesses. Graduates could
develop their careers in financiallybased organisations or other
businesses requiring an understanding
of the disciplines involved. Gain a
competitive edge in the graduate job
market by completing the optional
placement year.
Learning and teaching
Lectures, tutorials and seminars,
group work and self-directed study.
Assessment includes coursework (e.g.
presentations, essays and reports) and
normally an exam or test.
You will normally attend around 15
hours of timetabled taught sessions
(lectures, tutorials etc) each week, and
are expected to undertake at least 15
further hours of independent study to
complete project work, research etc
as required.
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
1st year modules
Suitable for applicants from:
Erasmus/study abroad
Option to study in another country
offers invaluable international
experience.
See dmu.ac.uk/balstudyabroad
Joint honours courses
A joint honours degree is a 50/50
combination of two subjects. To view
all our joint honours combinations see
page 218.
You may also be interested in:
Finance, Economics and Finance,
Accounting and Finance
78
Work experience/placements
Optional paid placement year offers
invaluable professional experience.
For further details see
dmu.ac.uk/businessplacements
–– Financial Accounting
–– Maths for Finance
–– Statistics and Probability
2nd year modules –– Econometrics
–– Corporate Finance
–– Equity and Fixed Income
–– Risk Management
3rd year modules
–– Investments and Portfolio
Management
–– Financial Econometrics
–– Financial Derivatives
–– Advanced Corporate Finance
Accredited by:
Housing, Communities and Regeneration Foundation Degree
(part-time)
BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT
Key information
About the course
This established course is a
recognised route to achieving
a qualification which meets the
academic requirements of the
Chartered Institute of Housing (CIH),
while providing an opportunity to learn
of major developments in the housing
field and develop key skills.
Duration:
Three years part-time
Location:
Hugh Aston Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code:
No UCAS code, apply directly
Entry and admissions criteria:
The course is aimed primarily at
students with current or recent
work in housing, regeneration
and/or community development.
However, consideration will be
given to applicants with other
work experience and academic
qualifications, and all applications are
considered individually.
Advanced entry – you may be given
module credits for previous relevant
higher education qualifications or
appropriate work experience.
There may be opportunities for
suitable candidates to undertake
a fast-track two year route, please
refer to the website for further
information.
Interview required:
We may require you to attend
an interview. We will be in touch
with further information once you
have applied.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Housing Studies
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7458
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/cchr
80
The course gives you the opportunity
to meet CIH academic requirements
and full professional corporate
membership of the CIH in three years.
There is also an opportunity to gain a
BSc Housing Studies by a further year
of study and a BSc (Hons) Housing
Studies in a further two years.
The part-time format offers career
development opportunities for working
professionals.
The course is based in the Centre for
Comparative Housing Research (part
of Leicester Business School), the
regional centre for housing education
and training in the East Midlands.
Learning and teaching
Teaching takes the form of a mix of
lectures and workshops normally on
a day release basis. There will also
be a block week of teaching in the
summer term of the first two years.
Considerable use will also be made
of the virtual learning environment.
The first year is taught jointly with the
Foundation Degree in Sustainable
Communities.
Facilities
Our new £35 million building offers
state-of-the-art teaching and
computer lab facilities.
Graduate careers
This degree provides full membership
of the CIH. It will also enable you
to progress your career with local
authorities, housing associations and
voluntary sector organisations.
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
1st year modules
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
–– Introduction to Sustainable
Communities
–– Society, Politics and
Governance
–– Organisations and
Professional Skills
2nd year modules –– Housing and the Customer
–– Housing Markets and the
State
–– Housing and Transferable
Skills
3rd year modules
–– Housing Strategy and
Business
–– Housing, Planning and
Regeneration
–– Housing Law
Accredited by:
Housing Studies
BSc (Hons) (part-time)
About the course
–– This course offers the opportunity
to progress to a BSc degree, which
meets the Chartered Institute
of Housing (CIH) academic
requirements, to gain corporate
membership of the CIH
Learning and teaching
Teaching and learning can include
lectures, seminars, group workshops
and individual tutorials. Assessment
is through a variety of coursework,
including essays, reports based on
work-related issues and presentations.
Key information
–– The part-time format offers career
development opportunities for
working professionals
The top-up course for each year
begins in late September and finishes
in the following May. Teaching is
done on a ‘blended’ basis with short
blocks of study in the fourth year
(approximately 13 days in total) and
in the fifth year with an intensive
introductory session and individual
student tutorials.
Location:
Hugh Aston Building,
De Montfort University
–– The course is based in the Centre
for Comparative Housing Research
(CCHR), part of Leicester Business
School, the regional centre for
housing education and training in
the East Midlands
This is a top-up route for those who
have completed a recognised course
of study. Therefore the first three
years involve studying the Foundation
Degree in Housing Communities
and Regeneration or the Foundation
Degree in Sustainable Communities.
You will then proceed to a further
year of study to gain the BSc Housing
Studies Degree or two years to gain
the BSc (Hons) degree.
Facilities
Our new £35 million building offers
state-of-the-art teaching and computer
lab facilities.
Duration:
Four years part-time (BSc) or five
years part-time (BSc (Hons)). Top-up
element is one year part-time (BSc)
or two years part-time (BSc (Hons)).
UCAS course code:
No UCAS code, apply directly
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– All applications are considered
individually as students come
from a range of backgrounds with
different academic qualifications
and work experience
–– Application to the top-up to
BSc or BSc (Hons) requires
successful completion of the
Foundation Degree noted in the
text or an equivalent qualification
–– Applications from mature
students are welcome
BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT
Top-up from Foundation Degree in Housing, Communities and Regeneration and Foundation Degree in Sustainable Communities
Interview required:
We may require you to attend
an interview. We will be in touch
with further information once you
have applied.
You will achieve a qualification which
meets the academic requirements of
the CIH, while providing an opportunity
to learn of major developments in the
housing field and develop key housing
skills.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
The first three years consist of
modules studied on Housing,
Communities and Regeneration
Foundation Degrees (see page 80).
The fourth year gives you a BSc, and
the fifth year gives you a BSc (Hons).
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Housing, Communities and
Regeneration
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7458
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/cchr
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
Modules
4th year BSc –– Housing Policy Making
–– Housing, Health and Social
Policy
–– Community, Dwelling and
Place
5th year BSc (hons)
–– Housing Research Project
Design
–– Dissertation
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
81
Accredited by:
Human Resource Management BA (Hons) (Single/Joint Honours)
BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT
Key information
82
Duration:
Three years full-time,
four years with a placement
Location:
Hugh Aston Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code:
N600
Single Honours
Human Resource Management and
NN61
Business Management M1N6
Law NN65
Marketing CN86
Psychology Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Typical offers at 280 UCAS
Points. You need to study at
least two subjects at A Level and
achieve one grade B or above in
one subject
–– Five GCSEs grades A–C
including English Language and
Maths
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points
We welcome applications from
mature students with non-standard
qualifications and recognise all
other equivalent and international
qualifications.
Interview required:
We may require you to attend
an interview. We will be in touch
with further information once you
have applied.
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Business and Management, Business
Studies, Business Management and
Economics
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7458
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/business
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
About the course
–– Progress to our one year MA in the
Management of Human Resources
leading to accredited membership
of the CIPD
–– Our staff include authors of some of
the leading HRM textbooks used by
many universities in the UK
–– Optional paid placement year with
employers such as IBM, Intel, Audi,
VW, HSBC, M&S and Siemens
Managing people has always been one
of the most challenging aspects of the
manager’s role. It is recognised as one
of the most crucial business functions,
as organisations seek to make more
effective use of the creative energies
and potential embodied in the people
they employ.
The first year provides an introduction
to employment issues and
develops key business skills and an
understanding of the broader business
environment.
In the second year, you study issues
such as the impact of HRM practices
on firms’ performance, managing
change, business law, employment
relations, organisational culture,
motivation and leadership.
In the final year, choose from a variety
of options that address current issues
and debates in HRM, and you may
choose to complete a dissertation.
You will normally attend around 15
hours of timetabled taught sessions
(lectures, tutorials etc) each week, and
are expected to undertake at least 15
further hours of independent study to
complete project work, research etc
as required.
Work experience/placements
Optional paid placement year offers
invaluable professional experience.
For further details see
dmu.ac.uk/businessplacements
Erasmus/study abroad
Option to study in another country
offers invaluable international
experience.
See dmu.ac.uk/balstudyabroad
Facilities
Our new £35 million building offers
state-of-the-art teaching and
computer lab facilities.
Graduate careers
A degree in HRM is an excellent
starting point for a career in
HR, training and development,
employment relations or other areas
of management and professional
administration. Benefit from our strong
links with the CIPD. Give yourself a
competitive edge in the graduate job
market by completing the optional
placement year.
HRM can be studied as a single or
joint honours degree combined with
subjects such as Business, Law,
Marketing, or Psychology.
Learning and teaching
Teaching will be through lectures,
tutorials and seminars, group work
and self-directed study. Assessment
will include coursework (such as
presentations, essays and reports) and
often an exam or test.
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
1st year modules
2nd year modules –– Introduction to HRM
–– Introduction to Work and
Organisation
–– Politics and Business
–– Communication, Academic
Skills and Employability
–– Global Business Issues
–– Understanding Business
–– HRM in the Workplace
–– Organisational Behaviour
–– Employment Relations
–– Resolving Individual Disputes
within the Workplace
–– Business Law
3rd year modules
–– Organising HRM
–– HRM Project
–– Managing Equality and
Diversity
–– Globalisation and International
HRM
–– Employment Law
–– Strategic Management
International Business and Globalisation
–– Optional paid placement year
offering professional experience
with employers such as IBM, Intel,
VW, HSBC, M&S and Siemens
–– Optional study exchange year in
Europe or the USA
–– Teaching in this department is rated
‘excellent’ by the Quality Assurance
Agency (24/24)
Gain a different perspective on the
study of international business by
drawing upon facets of globalisation.
Consequently, you are able to build
essential knowledge and skills for a
career in business management – in
the UK or internationally – together
with an understanding of the process
of globalisation. The first year sets the
context in which businesses operate,
introducing global issues alongside
fundamental business skills. The
second and third years develop global
and international analysis and a choice
of options allows for specialisation in
areas such as politics, finance, HRM
or economics. Other options include
e-business, business law and the
environment.
You will normally attend around 15
hours of timetabled taught sessions
(lectures, tutorials etc) each week, and
are expected to undertake at least 15
further hours of independent study to
complete project work, research etc as
required.
Work experience/placements
Optional paid placement year offers
invaluable professional experience.
For further details see
dmu.ac.uk/businessplacements
Erasmus/study abroad
Option to study in another country
offers invaluable international
experience.
See dmu.ac.uk/balstudyabroad
Facilities
Our new £35 million building offers
state-of-the-art teaching and computer
lab facilities.
Graduate careers
Few businesses can escape the effect
of global forces on their operations
and employers are looking for people
with a knowledge and understanding
of the global and international
business environment. Give yourself
a competitive edge in the graduate
job market by completing the optional
placement year.
An understanding of the globalisation
process can help managers to plan
more strategically and effectively and
is essential for business survival. At
no time has this been more obvious
than during the ‘credit crunch’ and the
global economic downturn.
Duration:
Three years full-time,
four years with a placement
Location:
Hugh Aston Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: N120
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Typical offers at 280 UCAS
Points. You need to study at
least two subjects at A Level and
achieve one grade B or above in
one subject
–– Five GCSEs grades A–C
including English Language and
Maths
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points
We welcome applications from
mature students with non-standard
qualifications and recognise all
other equivalent and international
qualifications.
Interview required:
We may require you to attend
an interview. We will be in touch
with further information once you
have applied.
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
Learning and teaching
Through lectures, tutorials and
seminars, group work and self-directed
study and e-learning packages.
Assessment will include coursework
(such as presentations, essays and
reports) and exams or tests.
You may also be interested in:
Politics and Government,
Government (Joint Honours)
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7458
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/business
2nd year modules 3rd year modules
–– The Global Environment
–– Financial Decision Making
–– Understanding Organisations
–– Principles of Marketing
–– Global Comparative Politics
–– Politics in Business
–– European Business Issues
–– The Making of a Global World
–– Contemporary Business
Issues
–– Globalisation and Democracy
Second and third year options
include:
–– International Marketing
–– The Politics of the EU
–– Accounting and Society
–– e-Business
–– Globalisation and International
HRM
–– Managing the Environment
1st year modules
Key information
BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT
About the course
–– An exciting opportunity to relate
conventional business studies to
international political, environmental
and globalisation issues
BA (Hons)
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
83
Accredited by:
International Marketing and Business
BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT
Key information
About the course
–– A Chartered Institute of Marketing
(CIM) Accredited Study Centre and
an Institute of Direct Marketing
(IDM) Key Educational Partner
Duration:
Three years full-time,
four years with a placement
Location:
Hugh Aston Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: NNM1
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Typical offers at 280 UCAS
Points. You need to study at
least two subjects at A Level and
achieve one grade B or above in
one subject
–– Five GCSEs grades A–C
including English Language and
Maths
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points
We welcome applications from
mature students with non-standard
qualifications and recognise all
other equivalent and international
qualifications.
Interview required:
We may require you to attend
an interview. We will be in touch
with further information once you
have applied.
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Advertising and Marketing
Communications, Marketing
Management, Retail Management
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7458
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/business
84
EU
–– Optional study exchange year in
Europe or the USA
This course links international
marketing and business theories with
the realities of operating as a marketer
in the commercial world, keeping pace
with the continuous challenges of
operating in a global economy.
The first year introduces the basic
principles of business, management,
finance and marketing. The second
and third years offer a range of
marketing and business modules
with an international focus.
This course has close links with
industry with several of the modules
incorporating projects that involve
working with live clients, agencies
and industry bodies.
We have one of the largest marketing
departments in the UK. Our staff
include professors of international
renown. They contribute to quality
teaching, research and consultancy
projects. We enjoy excellent
relationships with professional bodies.
The depth and breadth of staff
expertise allows us to offer a wide
range of specialist marketing subjects.
The Chartered Institute of Marketing
(CIM) has granted Dual Award status
on this programme. The Dual Awards
initiative rewards successful students
with exemptions from two out of the
four modules on the CIM Professional
1st year modules
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
–– Optional paid placement year offers
experience with employers such
as IBM, Intel, Audi, VW, HSBC, 3M,
General Mills/Green Giant, UBS
Global Asset Management, M&S
and Siemens
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
BA (Hons)
Diploma in Marketing. This benefit
offers our graduates:
–– Improved employment prospects
–– An additional professional
qualification in half the time
and cost
Learning and teaching
A range of methods including
lectures, tutorials, workshops,
e-learning packages, group work
and self-directed study. Assessment
will include coursework (such as
presentations, essays and reports),
exams and tests.
You will normally attend around 15
hours of timetabled taught sessions
(lectures, tutorials etc) each week, and
are expected to undertake at least 15
further hours of independent study to
complete project work, research etc
as required.
Work experience/placements
Optional paid placement year offers
invaluable professional experience.
For further details see
dmu.ac.uk/businessplacements
Erasmus/study abroad
Option to study in another country
offers invaluable international
experience.
See dmu.ac.uk/balstudyabroad
Facilities
Our new £35 million building offers
state-of-the-art teaching and
computer lab facilities.
Graduate careers
This course develops highly
employable graduates sought after
by companies who now need a global
understanding. Recent graduates can
be found in many global companies
including Dulux, Ricoh, L’Oreal, IBM,
Warner Bros, WalMart/Asda and Grey
Worldwide Middle East.
2nd year modules 3rd year modules
–– World Management Issues
–– Introduction to Marketing
–– Communication, Skills and
Employability
–– Financial Decision Making
–– Understanding Organisations
–– Marketing Information and
Decision Making
–– European Business Issues
–– International Marketing
–– Brand Management
–– Global Marketing Strategies
–– Strategic Marketing
Management
–– International Marketing
Project
Second and third year options
include:
–– E-Marketing
–– Marketing Communications
–– Advertising and Promotion
–– Interactive and Direct
Marketing
–– International Accounting
–– International HRM
–– Services Marketing
–– Customer Management
International Relations
BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time, four years with
a placement
Location:
Hugh Aston Building, De Montfort
University
UCAS course code:
Please check the website
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Typical offers at 280 UCAS
Points. A Level candidates need
to study at least two subjects at
A Level and need to achieve one
grade B or above in one subject
–– Five GCSEs grades A–C
including English Language and
Maths
–– International Baccalaureate:
28 Points.
We welcome applications from
mature students with non-standard
qualifications and recognise all
other equivalent and international
qualifications.
Interview required:
We may require you to attend
an interview. We will be in touch
with further information once you
have applied.
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
BA (Hons)
About the course
Study in depth about international
relations, including topics such as
Europeanisation, politics of postCommunist states, security studies,
the environment and transnational
civil society. These are some of the
most pressing issues in contemporary
international politics and which have
a particularly strong appeal to the
overseas market.
–– The course for those who want to
make a difference to government,
business and society
–– An interesting alternative to
conventional business studies or
politics degrees
–– Superb placement opportunities in
the public and private sector
–– Taught within a department that
scored 24/24 for teaching quality
(as assessed by the Quality
Assurance Agency)
Learning and teaching
Lectures, tutorials and seminars,
group work and self-directed study
are used for teaching and learning.
Assessment will include coursework
(e.g. presentations, essays and reports)
and normally an exam.
You will normally attend around 15
hours of timetabled taught sessions
(lectures, tutorials etc) each week, and
are expected to undertake at least 15
further hours of independent study to
complete project work, research etc
as required.
Erasmus/study abroad
Option to study in another country
offers invaluable international
experience.
See dmu.ac.uk/balstudyabroad
Facilities
Our new £35 million building offers
state-of-the-art teaching and
computer lab facilities.
Graduate careers
The course prepares you for
senior roles in public and private
organisations where you can influence
major decisions that affect us all.
The public sector is the UK’s largest
employer and one of the most diverse,
challenging and exciting sectors in
which to work. There is real demand
for suitably qualified managers who
are interested in making a difference
and who understand the implications
of the global financial crisis, climate
change, and sustainable development,
health care and other issues affecting
contemporary society. Recent
graduates are employed by NHS
Trusts, education, health and police
authorities and civil service agencies,
as well as in private sector business
and management. Give yourself a
competitive edge in the graduate job
market by completing the optional
placement year.
Work experience/placements
An optional paid placement year offers
invaluable professional experience.
For further details see
dmu.ac.uk/businessplacements
You may also be interested in:
Politics, Politics and Government
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7458
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/business
86
1st year modules
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
–– Introduction to Contemporary
International Relations
–– Global Comparative Politics
–– Introduction to Politics
–– World Politics since 1945
2nd year modules
–– Themes and Debates in
International Relations Theory
–– Political Analysis/Research
Methods
Options include:
–– The Making of a Global World
–– The Politics of the European
Union
–– Cold War
–– Foreign Policy Analysis
3rd year modules
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
–– Dissertation
Options include:
–– Globalisation and Democracy
–– International Security in a
Globalised World
–– British Foreign Policy
–– Politics of Nationalism
–– Yugoslavia and After
–– Managing the Environment
–– Post-Communist Politics
About the course
This is a fascinating subject that tries
to understand the ways in which global
issues are changing our lives. You
will develop an in-depth knowledge
of a wide range of contemporary
international issues, but will also have
opportunities to gain work experience,
conduct research, meet practitioners
and travel overseas. Innovative
teaching methods and the extensive
support offered by the teaching team
enables you to get the most out of
your university experience. The diverse
nature of the student community
means that you will encounter
people from a wide range of cultural
backgrounds and political viewpoints.
Learning and teaching
The course is taught by a team
whose work has been recognised
by top scores in Quality Assessment
exercises and by individuals achieving
National Teaching Fellow Status. We
are also active researchers and share
our current work with you. We use a
variety of formats in our classes. In
the first two years you attend weekly
hour-long lectures to gather crucial
information and then discuss issues in
seminars. In the third year teaching is
in a two-hour workshop format where
you often get to decide on the topics
that get debated. Throughout the
course you will read around the areas
being covered using course books and
must keep yourself up-to-date with
developments in current affairs.
BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
Work experience/placements
Our students gain work experience
by working with local councils, media,
pressure groups and MPs. They are
encouraged to study abroad for up to
a year in either the United States or
Europe during the degree. Regular
guest talks from practitioners also help
students develop an understanding of
the range of careers an international
relations degree can prepare you for.
There is an excellent Politics Society
and guest speakers have included
David Blunkett and Alastair Campbell.
Erasmus/study abroad
Option to study in another country
offers invaluable international
experience.
See dmu.ac.uk/balstudyabroad
Graduate careers
Graduates who put their energies into
the course will have well-developed
research and communication skills
as well as a good knowledge of
contemporary international trends.
These students are attractive to a
wide range of employers. Recent
graduates have gone into roles in the
Civil Service, charities, journalism and
working for MPs.
Location:
City Campus, De Montfort University
UCAS course code:
International Relations and:
History LVF1
Journalism LP25
L245
Politics Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Typical offers at 260 UCAS
Points (History, Journalism) 280
UCAS Points (Politics) from at
least two A Levels including one
grade B or above
–– Five GCSEs grades A-C including
English Language and Maths
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points
We welcome applications from
mature students with non-standard
qualifications and recognise all
other equivalent and international
qualifications.
Interview required:
We may require you to attend
an interview. We will be in touch
with further information once you
have applied.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
–– Introduction to Contemporary
International Relations
–– The Global Environment
Duration:
Three years full-time, four years with
a placement, six years part-time
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
You are assessed on assignments,
essays, exams, class presentations,
seminar contributions, portfolio and
your dissertation over the three years.
You will also be challenged with
simulation games, problem-solving
exercises, online collaborative projects
and policy papers.
1st year modules
Key information
BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT
International Relations
2nd year modules 3rd year modules
–– Themes and Debates in
International Relations Theory
–– EU Politics
–– The Shoestring Superpower:
Understanding British Foreign
Policy
–– The Global Economy
–– Dissertation
–– International Security
–– Globalisation and Democracy
–– Politics of Nationalism
To find out more:
Business and Law (for Politics only)
T: +44 (0)116 257 7458
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/business
Art, Design and Humanities (for
History and Journalism only)
T: +44 (0)116 257 7555
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/adhug
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
87
Marketing
BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time,
four years with a placement
Location:
Hugh Aston Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code:
Marketing and
Human Resource NN65
Management Law M1N5
Media NP53
CN85
Psychology Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Typical offers are 280 UCAS
Points. You need to study at
least two subjects at A Level and
achieve one grade B or above in
one subject
–– Five GCSEs at grade C or above
(or equivalent), including English
Language and Maths
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points
We welcome applications from
mature students with non-standard
qualifications and recognise all
other equivalent and international
qualifications.
Interview required:
We may require you to attend
an interview. We will be in touch
with further information once you
have applied.
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
88
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7458
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/business
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
About the course
–– A Chartered Institute of Marketing
(CIM) Accredited Study Centre and
an Institute of Direct Marketing
(IDM) Key Educational Partner
The depth and breadth of staff
expertise allows us to offer a wide
range of specialist marketing subjects.
The department enjoys excellent
relationships with professional bodies.
–– Gain exemptions from CIM and IDM
qualifications
Learning and teaching
Teaching methods include lectures,
tutorials, workshops, e-learning
packages, seminars, group work and
self-directed study. Assessment will
usually be through a combination
of individual and group work,
presentations, essays, reports and
exams or tests.
–– Optional paid placement year offers
invaluable professional experience
with employers such as Disney,
Bosch, Warner Bros, Vauxhall,
Porsche, Mattel, Waitrose, Coty
–– Extensive specialist marketing staff
expertise
–– Marketing at Leicester Business
School was rated top in England for
student satisfaction according to
the 2011 National Student Survey
This joint degree can be combined
with subjects including Human
Resource Management, Law, Media
and Communication Studies or
Psychology. This demonstrates
flexibility and a willingness to stretch
yourself. It also has particular value for
employers.
Marketing is both a philosophy and a
critical element of business strategy,
and aspects of marketing are often
responsible for the success or failure
of an organisation, product or service.
Organisations that focus on the needs
of their customers and employees are
much more profitable.
The first year introduces the basic
principles of business, management,
and marketing. In conjunction with
your other subject the second and
third year allows you to choose from
a range of modules. This course has
close links with industry with several
of the modules incorporating projects
that involve working with live clients,
agencies and industry bodies.
You will normally attend around 15
hours of timetabled taught sessions
(lectures, tutorials etc) each week, and
are expected to undertake at least 15
further hours of independent study to
complete project work, research etc
as required.
Work experience/placements
Optional paid placement year offers
invaluable professional experience.
For further details see
dmu.ac.uk/businessplacements
Facilities
Our new £35 million building offers
state-of-the-art teaching and
computer lab facilities.
Graduate careers
A degree in Marketing opens up a
whole range of career opportunities,
usually commanding good salaries.
Recent graduates can be found in
many of the major UK and global
companies including IBM, Warner
Bros, Tesco, Dulux, Ricoh, L’Oreal,
Asda-WalMart and Ogilvy & Mather.
We have a large marketing teaching
team and staff include professors of
international renown, who contribute
to quality teaching, research and
consultancy projects.
1st year modules
–– Introduction to Marketing
–– Marketing Information and
Decision Making
–– Communication, Skills and
Employability
2nd year modules –– Advertising and Promotion
Brand Management
–– Buyer Behaviour
–– Interactive and Direct
Marketing
–– International Marketing
–– Marketing Research
–– Retail Business
3rd year modules
–– Strategic Marketing
Management
–– Customer Management
–– E-Marketing
–– Interactive Marketing
Campaign
–– Retail Marketing
–– Marketing of Services
Accredited by:
About the course
–– Institute of Direct Marketing (IDM)
Key Educational Partner
–– Accredited by The Chartered
Institute of Marketing (CIM) for
a Dual Award
–– Optional paid placement year offers
experience with employers such
as Disney, Bosch, Warner Bros,
Vauxhall, Porsche, Mattel, Waitrose,
Coty
–– Wide range of specialist marketing
subject areas offered
–– Marketing at Leicester Business
School was rated top in England for
student satisfaction according to
the 2011 National Student Survey
Marketing is both a philosophy and a
critical element of business strategy,
and aspects of marketing are often
responsible for the success or failure
of an organisation, product or service.
The course is based on well-founded
marketing principles that can be
applied to real situations and is
excellent preparation for a career in
all areas of business and marketing.
The first year introduces the basic
principles of business, management,
finance and marketing. The second
and third year include a range of
specialist core modules.
This course has close links with
industry, with several modules
incorporating ‘live’ projects that involve
working with clients, agencies and
industry bodies.
We have one of the largest marketing
teaching teams in the UK. Our staff
include professors of international
renown who contribute to quality
teaching, research and consultancy
projects. The department also
enjoys excellent relationships with
professional bodies.
Learning and teaching
Teaching and learning methods
include lectures, tutorials, workshops,
e-learning packages and self-directed
study. Assessment will usually be
through a combination of individual
and group work, presentations, essays,
reports and exams or tests.
Key information
You will normally attend around 15
hours of timetabled taught sessions
(lectures, tutorials etc) each week, and
are expected to undertake at least 15
further hours of independent study to
complete project work, research etc
as required.
UCAS course code: N500
Work experience/placements
Optional paid placement year offers
invaluable professional experience.
For further details see
dmu.ac.uk/businessplacements
Erasmus/study abroad
Option to study in another country
offers invaluable international
experience.
See dmu.ac.uk/balstudyabroad
Facilities
Our new £35 million building offers
state-of-the-art teaching and
computer lab facilities creating an
excellent environment to study and
work.
Graduate careers
A degree in marketing opens up a
whole range of career opportunities
in agencies or within marketing
departments of companies, usually
commanding good salaries. Recent
graduates can be found in many of
the major UK and global companies
including IBM, Warner Bros, Tesco,
Dulux, Ricoh, L’Oreal, Asda-WalMart,
Big Communications and
Ogilvy & Mather.
–– Principles of Marketing
–– Marketing Information and
Decision Making
–– Financial Decision Making
–– Communication, Skills and
Employability
–– An Introduction to
Entrepreneurship and
Enterprise
–– Understanding Organisations
2nd year modules –– Marketing Research
–– Buyer Behaviour
–– Brand Management
–– Advertising and Promotion
Options include
–– Interactive and Direct
Marketing
–– International marketing
–– Retail Business
–– Business Law
Duration:
Three years full-time, four years with
a placement
Location:
Hugh Aston Building,
De Montfort University
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Typical offers at 280 UCAS
Points. You need to study at
least two subjects at A Level and
achieve one grade B or above in
one subject
–– Five GCSEs at grades A–C
including English Language and
Maths
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points
We welcome applications from
mature students with non-standard
qualifications and recognise all
other equivalent and international
qualifications.
Interview required:
We may require you to attend
an interview. We will be in touch
with further information once you
have applied.
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
International Marketing and Business,
Marketing (Joint Honours),
Retail Management,
Digital Marketing and Social Media
The depth and breadth of staff
expertise, many of who have extensive
industrial experience, allows us to offer
a wide range of specialist marketing
subjects.
1st year modules
BA (Hons)
BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT
Marketing Management
3rd year modules
–– Marketing Project
–– Strategic Marketing
Management
Options include:
–– Customer Management
–– E-Marketing
–– Global Marketing Strategies
–– Interactive Marketing
Campaign
–– Marketing of services
–– Retail Marketing
–– Reflective Business Practice
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7458
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/business
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
89
Politics
BA (Hons)
BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT
Key information
About the course
Studying Politics will help you to
understand the events and issues that
shape our world, from the local to the
global level and will provide you with
the relevant skills that will open up a
whole range of opportunities beyond
the discipline.
Duration:
Three years full-time,
four years with a placement
Location:
Hugh Aston Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: L200
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Typical offers at 300 UCAS
Points. A Level candidates need
to study at least two subjects at
A Level and need to achieve one
grade B or above in one subject
–– Five GCSEs grades A–C
including English Language and
Maths
–– International Baccalaureate:
30 Points
We welcome applications from
mature students with non-standard
qualifications and recognise all
other equivalent and international
qualifications.
Interview required:
We may require you to attend
an interview. We will be in touch
with further information once you
have applied.
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
–– Optional paid placement year offers
invaluable professional experience
–– High quality teaching, student
support and facilities
–– Extensive specialist politics staff
expertise
Learning and teaching
Lectures, tutorials and seminars,
group work and self-directed study
are used for teaching and learning.
Assessment will include coursework
(e.g. presentations, essays and reports)
and normally an exam.
You will normally attend around 15
hours of timetabled taught sessions
(lectures, tutorials etc) each week, and
are expected to undertake at least 15
further hours of independent study to
complete project work, research etc
as required.
Erasmus/study abroad
Option to study in another country
offers invaluable international
experience.
See dmu.ac.uk/balstudyabroad
Facilities
Our new £35 million building offers
state-of-the-art teaching and
computer lab facilities.
Graduate careers
Politics students develop analytical
and communication skills and a
specific knowledge base that prepares
them for a wide range of careers.
Recent graduates are employed in
both private and public sectors, for
instance NHS trusts, education, health
and police authorities, researchers in
both British and European parliaments.
Get a competitive edge in the
graduate job market by completing the
optional paid placement year.
Work experience/placements
An optional paid placement year offers
invaluable professional experience.
For further details see
dmu.ac.uk/businessplacements
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Politics and Government,
Public Policy, Government and
Management, Politics (Joint)
1st year modules
–– Global Comparative Politics
–– Introduction to Politics
–– Policy and Society
–– British Government and
Politics
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7458
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/business
90
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
2nd year modules
–– Political Thought and Analysis
–– Governance
You also choose 2 modules from:
–– Public Administration and
Management
–– Politics of the European Union
–– Unity and Diversity in
Contemporary America
–– British Foreign Policy
–– Government and Business
–– The Making of a Global World
–– Contemporary Developments
in British Politics
3rd year modules
–– Dissertation
You also choose 3 modules from:
–– Managing the Environment
–– International Organisations
–– Globalisation and Democracy
and Politics of
–– The American Presidency
Underdevelopment
–– Politics and International
–– Power, Politics and Morality
Relations at Work
–– Politics of Nationalism
–– International Security in a
Globalised World
About the course
Studying Politics develops your
understanding of the political
decisions, processes and ideas that
shape our lives. You will develop an
in-depth knowledge of a wide range
of current political issues, but will
also have opportunities to gain work
experience, meet practitioners and
travel overseas. Innovative teaching
methods and the extensive support
offered by the teaching team enables
you to get the most out of your
university experience. You will meet
people from a wide range of cultural
backgrounds and political viewpoints,
which leads to some very exciting
debates. Politics and International
Relations is also ranked joint 4th out of
60 institutions for overall satisfaction
in the 2010 National Student Survey
(NSS).
Learning and teaching
The course is taught by a team
whose work has been recognised
by top scores in Quality Assessment
exercises and by individuals achieving
National Teaching Fellow status. We
are also active researchers and share
our current work with our students. We
use a variety of formats in our classes.
In the first two years you attend
weekly hour-long lectures to gather
crucial information and then need
to be prepared to discuss issues in
seminars. In the third year teaching is
in a two-hour workshop format where
you often get to decide on the topics
that get debated. Throughout the
course you will read around the areas
being covered using course books
and must keep yourself up-to-date
with developments in current affairs
through newspapers, magazines and
the internet.
BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
Work experience/placements
Politics students are encouraged to
gain work experience during their
degrees through placements with
local councils, media, pressure groups
and MPs. They can also study abroad
for up to a year in either the United
States or Europe during the course.
Guest talks from practitioners like the
US Ambassador or Alastair Campbell
allow students to gain insights into the
practice of politics.
Erasmus/study abroad
Option to study in another country
offers invaluable international
experience.
See dmu.ac.uk/balstudyabroad
Facilities
You are taught in modern teaching
facilities fully equipped with the latest
audio visual technology. You also
have access to first class learning
spaces within the library, where you
can work on group projects, practise
presentations or use online resources.
Graduate careers
Graduates who put their energies into
the course will have well-developed
research and communication skills as
well as a good knowledge of political
issues and institutions. These students
are attractive to a wide range of
employers. Recent graduates have
gone into roles in the Civil Service, aid
organisations, journalism, marketing,
teaching and working for MPs.
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
1st year modules
Duration:
Three years full-time, four years with
a placement, six years part-time
Location:
De Montfort University
UCAS course code:
Politics and:
History International Relations Journalism Sociology LV21
L245
LPF5
LL23
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Typical offers at 260 UCAS
Points (History, Journalism)
280 UCAS Points (International
Relations, Sociology) from at
least two A Levels including one
grade B or above
–– Five GCSEs grades A-C including
English Language and Maths
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points
We welcome applications from
mature students with non-standard
qualifications and recognise all
other equivalent and international
qualifications.
Interview required:
We may require you to attend
an interview. We will be in touch
with further information once you
have applied.
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You are assessed on assignments,
essays, exams, class presentations,
seminar contributions, portfolios and
your dissertation over the three years.
You will also take part in simulation
games, problem-solving exercises,
online collaborative projects and policy
papers.
–– Introduction to Politics
–– Global Comparative Politics
Key information
BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT
Politics
2nd year modules 3rd year modules
–– Political Thought and Analysis
–– EU Politics
–– Contemporary Developments
in British Politics
–– Unity and Diversity in
Contemporary America
–– Politics Dissertation
–– Politics of Nationalism
–– Politics, Power and Morality
–– The American Presidency
–– Politics in the Workplace
To find out more:
Business and Law (for International
Relations and Sociology only)
T: +44 (0)116 257 7458
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/business
Art, Design and Humanities
(for History and Journalism only)
T: +44 (0)116 257 7555
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/adhug
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
91
Politics and Government
BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT
Key information
BA (Hons)
Duration:
Three years full-time,
four years with a placement
About the course
By studying this course you will gain
an understanding of the way in which
political choices, processes and ideas
shape government and public policy.
Erasmus/study abroad
Option to study in another country
offers invaluable international
experience.
See dmu.ac.uk/balstudyabroad
Location:
Hugh Aston Building,
De Montfort University
–– A challenging alternative to
standard business-related degree
courses
Facilities
Our new £35 million building offers
state-of-the-art teaching and
computer lab facilities.
UCAS course code: L290
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Typical offers at 280 UCAS
Points. A Level candidates need
to study at least two subjects at
A Level and need to achieve one
grade B or above in one subject
–– Five GCSEs grades A–C
including English Language and
Maths
–– International Baccalaureate:
28 Points
We welcome applications from
mature students with non-standard
qualifications and recognise all
other equivalent and international
qualifications.
Interview required:
We may require you to attend
an interview. We will be in touch
with further information once you
have applied.
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
–– Superb placement opportunities in
the public and private sector
–– Taught within a department that
scored 24/24 for teaching quality
(as assessed by the Quality
Assurance Agency)
Learning and teaching
Lectures, tutorials and seminars,
group work and self-directed study
are used for teaching and learning.
Assessment will include coursework
(e.g. presentations, essays and reports)
and normally an exam.
Graduate careers
Politics students develop analytical
and communication skills and a
specific knowledge base that prepares
them for a wide range of careers.
Recent graduates are employed in
both private and public sectors, for
instance NHS trusts, education, health
and police authorities, researchers in
both British and European parliaments.
Get a competitive edge in the
graduate job market by completing the
optional paid placement year.
You will normally attend around 15
hours of timetabled taught sessions
(lectures, tutorials etc) each week, and
are expected to undertake at least 15
further hours of independent study to
complete project work, research etc
as required.
Work experience/placements
An optional paid placement year offers
invaluable professional experience.
For further details see
dmu.ac.uk/businessplacements
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Politics, Public Policy, Government
and Management
1st year modules
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7458
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/business
92
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
–– Introduction to British
Government and Politics
–– Policy and Society
–– Introduction to Politics
–– Comparative Global Politics
Options include:
–– Government and Business
–– The Making of a Global World
–– Unity and Diversity in
Contemporary America
3rd year modules
–– Public Policy Making
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
2nd year modules
–– Governance
–– Political Thought
Options include:
–– Public Sector Strategic
Management
–– Health Strategy and
Management
–– Globalisation and Democracy
–– Managing the Environment
Public Administration and Management
–– An exciting course of applied
politics that studies the
management of modern society
–– A challenging alternative to
standard business-related degree
courses
–– Superb placement opportunities in
the public and private sector
–– Taught within a department that
scored 24/24 for teaching quality
(as assessed by the Quality
Assurance Agency)
Learning and teaching
Lectures, tutorials and seminars,
group work and self-directed study
are used for teaching and learning.
Assessment will include coursework
(eg presentations, essays and reports)
and normally an exam.
You will normally attend around 15
hours of timetabled taught sessions
(lectures, tutorials etc) each week, and
are expected to undertake at least 15
further hours of independent study to
complete project work, research etc
as required.
Work experience/placements
An optional paid placement year offers
invaluable professional experience.
For further details see
dmu.ac.uk/businessplacements
Erasmus/Study Abroad
Option to study in another country
offers invaluable international
experience.
See dmu.ac.uk/balstudyabroad
Graduate careers
The course prepares you for
senior roles in public and private
organisations where you can influence
major decisions that affect us all.
The public sector is the UK’s largest
employer and one of the most diverse,
challenging and exciting sectors in
which to work. There is real demand
for suitably qualified managers who
are interested in making a difference
and who understand the implications
of the global financial crisis, climate
change, and sustainable development,
health care and other issues affecting
contemporary society. Recent
graduates are employed by NHS
Trusts, education, health and police
authorities and civil service agencies,
as well as in private sector business
and management. Give yourself a
competitive edge in the graduate job
market by completing the optional
placement year.
Modules
This course draws on aspects of
politics, sociology and social policy as
well as business and management,
to provide an understanding of
how politics and public policies
contribute to the management of
complex modern society. It explores
the interface between the public
and private sectors, the evolving role
of Government and the State and
its relationships with business and
voluntary sectors in an era of global
crises.
Studying these contemporary topics
will enable you to develop knowledge
and skills necessary for a managerial
career in the public and private
sectors.
Facilities
Our new £35 million building offers
state-of-the-art teaching and
computer lab facilities.
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time,
four years with a placement
Location:
Hugh Aston Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code:
Please check the website
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Typical offers at 280 UCAS
Points. A Level candidates need
to study at least two subjects at
A Level and need to achieve one
grade B or above in one subject
–– Five GCSEs grades A–C
including English Language
and Maths
–– International Baccalaureate:
28 Points
We welcome applications from
mature students with non-standard
qualifications and recognise all
other equivalent and international
qualifications.
Interview required:
We may require you to attend
an interview. We will be in touch
with further information once you
have applied.
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Politics, Politics and Government
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7458
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/business
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
Modules
Typical modules might include:
–– Public Administration and Management
–– Public Policy Making
–– Policy and Society
–– The Global Environment
–– Making the Global World
–– Globalisation and Democracy
BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT
About the course
The course for those who want to
make a difference to government,
business and society.
BA (Hons)
–– Environmental Politics
–– Managing the Environment
–– Social Diversity and Social Exclusion
–– Government and Business
–– E-Government
–– Comparative Public Administration
–– Public Sector Strategic Management
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
93
Retail Management
BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT
Key information
About the course
–– A Chartered Institute of Marketing
(CIM) Accredited Study Centre
Duration:
Three years full-time,
four years with a placement
–– An Institute of Direct Marketing
(IDM) Key Educational partner
Location:
Hugh Aston Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: N240
–– Optional paid placement year offers
experience with employers such
as M&S, Toys R Us, Faith Shoes,
Avon, Sainsburys and Sportsworld
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Typical offers at 280 UCAS
Points. You need to study at least
two subjects at A Level and have
one grade B or above in one
subject
–– Five GCSEs at grades A–C
including English Language and
Maths
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points.
We welcome applications from
mature students with non-standard
qualifications and recognise all
other equivalent and international
qualifications.
Retail businesses are filled with
ambitious, forward-thinking people
who enjoy creating and developing
new forms of retailing, shaping our
world in the process. Whatever we buy,
from clothes or online games to exotic
fruit and vegetables, retail businesses
have to stay in tune with the latest
fashions, lifestyles and shopping
trends. This course is designed to
equip you for a successful career in
retailing. The early modules provide
a sound underpinning of business
knowledge. As you progress you can
shape your module choices to follow
your interests.
Interview required:
We may require you to attend
an interview. We will be in touch
with further information once you
have applied.
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Marketing Management, Advertising
and Marketing Communications,
Business and Marketing,
Digital Marketing and Social Media
94
BA (Hons)
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7458
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/business
EU
Our unique collaboration with the
fashion retailer, Next, enables us to
offer our first year students a chance
to win a four week paid placement at
the end of the first year. This will allow
the winners to get an insight into retail
operations at an early stage in their
studies.
Learning and teaching
Lectures, tutorials, and seminars,
group work and self-directed study.
Assessments will include coursework
(e.g. presentations, essays, and
reports) and some end of year exams.
1st year modules
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
Throughout your course you will
develop a range of valuable skills. By
the final year you will be undertaking
independent, tutor supported research
in an area of retail that interests you.
The NSS results show that this helps
our students gain in confidence during
their courses. Alongside this personal
growth you will develop your analytical
abilities and gain the skills needed to
make a difference.
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
–– Financial Decision Making
–– Business Communications
and Creativity
–– An Introduction to
Entrepreneurship and
Enterprise
–– Understanding Organisations
–– Principles of Marketing
–– Marketing Information and
Decision Making
You will normally attend around 15
hours of timetabled taught sessions
(lectures, tutorials etc) each week, and
are expected to undertake at least 15
further hours of independent study to
complete project work, research etc
as required.
Work experience/placements
Optional paid placement year offers
invaluable professional experience.
For further details see
dmu.ac.uk/businessplacements
Erasmus/study abroad
Option to study in another country
offers invaluable international
experience.
See dmu.ac.uk/balstudyabroad
Facilities
Our new £35 million building offers
state-of-the-art teaching and
computer lab facilities.
Graduate careers
Retail management opens up a wide
variety of career opportunities from
headquarter roles, such as buying and
merchandising, to store management
roles. Most retailers recruit from
management graduates and
successful candidates usually obtain
good salaries.
Many of our graduates gain a
competitive edge in the job market
by completing an optional placement
year.
They can be found in major UK and
global companies such as Next, Tesco,
Dixons, Asda, Warner Bros, Avon, IBM,
L’Oreal and Ogilvy & Mather. Whatever
your ambition, from travelling the world
searching for the next ‘must have’
products, or starting up your own retail
store, choosing this course can open
up a career in a dynamic and fastpaced world.
2nd year modules –– Understanding Behaviour in
Organisations
–– Customer Insight
–– Business Law
–– Marketing Communications
–– Retail Business
3rd year modules
–– Strategic Marketing
Management
–– Retail Management Project
–– Retail Marketing
–– Retail Performance
Accredited by:
About the course
–– Provides an opportunity to gain a
qualification which is recognised
by the Homes and Communities
Agency
–– It offers career development
opportunities for people who are
working or intend to work in the
public, private and voluntary sectors,
with a particular interest
in sustainable communities
Foundation Degree (part-time)
Facilities
Excellent facilities within our new £35
million building offer state-of-the-art
teaching and computer lab facilities.
Key information
Graduate careers
The course is relevant to a range
of careers in housing, planning,
regeneration, economic development
and the environment.
Location:
Hugh Aston Building,
De Montfort University
Duration:
Three years part-time
UCAS course code:
No UCAS code, apply directly
Entry and admissions criteria:
All applications are considered
individually as students come from a
range of backgrounds with different
academic qualifications and work
experience. Applications from mature
students are welcomed.
–– You may also progress to the
BSc/BSc (Hons) Housing Studies
enabling you to top-up in just one
year (BSc) or two years
(BSc (Hons))
A key feature of the course will be
enabling you to gain the transferrable
skills required for roles in the delivery
and management of sustainable
communities, such as project
management, communication and
partnership working.
Interview required:
We may require you to attend
an interview. We will be in touch
with further information once you
have applied.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
The part-time format offers career
development opportunities for working
professionals.
BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT
Sustainable Communities
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
The course is based in the Centre
for Comparative Housing Research
(CCHR), part of Leicester Business
School, the regional centre for housing
education and training in the East
Midlands.
You may also be interested in:
Housing, Communities and
Regeneration, Housing Studies
Learning and teaching
This can include lectures, more
informal seminars, group workshops
and individual tutorials. Assessment
is through a variety of coursework,
including reports based on workrelated or local issues, essays and
presentations.
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7458
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/cchr
The first year is taught jointly with
the Foundation Degree in Housing,
Communities and Regeneration.
1st year modules
–– Introduction to Sustainable
Communities
–– Society, Politics and
Governance
–– Organisations and
Professional Skills
2nd year modules –– Capacity Building and
Communities
–– People and the Environment
–– Social Enterprise and Local
Economic Development
3rd year modules
–– Housing, Planning and
Regeneration
–– Neighbourhoods and Social
Control
–– Delivering Sustainable
Communities
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
95
Computing Sciences
Benefit from industrial partnerships with an innovative
new degree in association with Hewlett Packard (HP).
The course will enable you to develop a deep
understanding of the practice of IT delivery in a dynamic
business environment.
Discover high quality research which directly informs
teaching to ensure all of our courses are at the cutting
edge of new developments, with our collaborative work
with space agencies, to ‘glasses free’ 3D imaging, medical
diagnostics, development of smart homes and many more
innovative industrial and commercial products.
Leading edge facilities including dedicated forensic
and security laboratories, the Game Development Studios
equipped with Alienware and Dell XPS machines with
the latest console developer hardware and high
specification customised PC’s configured with multiple
operating systems.
Work toward professional accreditation to enhance
your career with British Computer Society (BCS)
accredited courses and project management certification.
Take a year in industry as part of your studies and
increase your employment prospects. All of our degree
courses provide you with the opportunity to complete an
optional twelve months work placement.
Create real job prospects with Technology graduates
earning an average of £21,028* just six months after
graduation.
What to do next:
Come to an open day to talk to the team.
Apply from September 2012, to find out how
go to page 220.
*DLHE 2009/10
videos
dmu.ac.uk/technologyvideo2013
Artificial Intelligence with Robotics BSc (Hons)
98
Business Informatics (HP) BSc (Hons)
99
Business Information Systems BSc (Hons)
100
Computer Games Programming BSc (Hons)
101
Computer Science BSc (Hons)
102
Computer Security BSc (Hons)
103
Computing for Business BSc (Hons)
104
Computing HND
105
Foundation Year in Computing
106
Forensic Computing BSc (Hons)
107
Information and Communication Technology BSc (Hons)
108
Software Engineering BSc (Hons)
109
COMPUTING SCIENCES
For instructions of how to use this code
to watch our Computing Sciences video
on your smart phone, see p29
97
Accredited by:
Artificial Intelligence with Robotics
COMPUTING SCIENCES
Key information
About the course
This course is designed for anyone
who wants to study an exciting
combination of computer science,
artificial intelligence and robotics and
leave university with the theoretical
knowledge and practical skills to
develop intelligent solutions for
commerce and industry.
Duration:
Three years full-time, four years
with placement
Location:
Gateway House,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: G7H6
Entry and admissions criteria:
– Normally 260 UCAS Points from
at least two A Levels or equivalent,
with five GCSEs at grade C or
above including English and Maths
– Typical A Level offers: at least
one B and one C with additional
qualifications contributing towards
the points score such as a third A
level or AS Levels
– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points
Interview required:
No
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Please visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Computer Science, Software
Engineering
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7456
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/technology
Twitter: @DMUTECH
Suitable for applicants from:
98
UK
EU
World
Please note that modules are correct at
the time of going to print and are subject
to review so may vary.
The course provides a detailed
understanding of artificial intelligence
concepts and techniques and the
ability to apply this knowledge to a
variety of problems and subject areas.
You will learn to develop basic
hardware and software models
and programs and deploy artificial
intelligence code that allows you to
accomplish various types of tasks,
including controlling advanced mobile
robots in our purpose-built laboratory.
The course is taught by experienced
staff from our Centre for
Computational Intelligence (CCI), an
internationally recognised research
centre that conducts industrially
relevant research into intelligent
systems, providing high quality
solutions to real-world decisionmaking and prediction problems.
BSc (Hons)
to undertake at least 14–16 further
hours of directed independent study
and assignments as required.
Work experience/placements
Students have taken part in work
experience placements at a number
of local and national companies over
the past three years, including IBM
(UK) Ltd, PayPoint Ltd, Netready
Ltd, Proactive Tours Ltd and Exel
Computer Systems plc.
Facilities
The University has its own Advanced
Mobile Robotics and Intelligent Agents
Laboratory situated in Gateway House.
The Advanced Mobile Robotics and
Intelligent Agents Laboratory contains
a variety of mobile robots ranging
from the Lego Mindstorm™ to the
Wheelbarrow robot for bomb disposal.
This facility provides excellent
resources for teaching and research.
Mobile Robotics is taught as an option
at undergraduate level as well as on
the Artificial Intelligence with Robotics
BSc. On the Intelligent Systems and
Robotics MSc you will be exposed to
the more advanced techniques.
The course is accredited by BCS, the
Chartered Institute for IT, and provides
the first step to achieving Chartered IT
Professional (CITP) status.
The Centre for Computational
Intelligence conducts research into
use of computational intelligence
techniques on mobile robots and
encourages PhD applications in this
field.
Learning and teaching
Teaching methods include staff
directed learning via lectures, tutorials
and laboratories, collaborative and
group based learning, student-centred
resource-based learning, supervised
project work and self-directed
study. Assessment is designed to
match the specific module. Methods
of assessment will include time
constrained phase tests, portfolios
of work, laboratory exercises, formal
exams, oral examinations, individual
and group work, project work, reports
and presentations.
Graduate careers
Employment opportunities in artificial
intelligence exist in both the public
and private sectors in areas such
as market intelligence, imaging
techniques, data mining and within
the medical and pharmaceutical
industries. Graduates wishing to
specialise in robotics are well placed
to pursue opportunities in mobile
communications and gaming systems.
Graduates are also suitably equipped
to pursue a range of more traditional IT
positions within the wider commercial
and public sectors.
You will normally attend around
12–16 hours of timetabled taught
sessions each week and are expected
1st year modules
–– Programming in C
–– Creative Client Computing
–– Computer Systems
–– Computational Modelling
2nd year modules 3rd year modules
–– Introduction to Artificial
–– Software Engineering
Intelligence and Mobile
–– Computing Project
Robotics
–– Computing, Ethics and
–– Object-oriented Software
Professional Practice
Design and Development
–– Embedded Systems and Drives
–– Artificial Intelligence and
Modelling for Games
In partnership with:
About the course
Business Informatics is an innovative
degree combining the development
and use of information technology with
management concepts in the
business environment. Delivered
in association with Hewlett Packard
(HP) this course will provide you
with the best of academic study and
industry practice. Business Informatics
is part of a ground-breaking
partnership that will ensure you benefit
from DMU’s world class academic
research, leading-edge information
technology facilities and industry
standard professionalism exemplified
by HP’s renowned business solutions
and services.
The course incorporates a range of
topics, such as; business information
frameworks, networking, project
management and cloud computing. Providing you with the opportunity
to work towards valuable industry
standard certification including:
–Information Technology
Infrastructure Library
(ITIL) qualification in Service
Management
–PRojects IN Controlled
Environments 2 (Prince2) Project
Management
This course complements traditional
academic practices and principles
while enabling you to deliver real
business critical value to prospective
employers on graduation.
Learning and teaching
Taught through blended delivery
methods, you will undertake lectures
and workshops at DMU alongside HP
instructor-led; lab service management
and simulation days. In addition
you will also benefit from revision
days, online training materials and
the opportunity to attend HP guest
lectures from principal business and
research leaders.
1st year modules
–– Information Systems
Development
–– Applied Internet Technologies
–– Visual Web Development
–– Connected Devices (HP module)
–– Systems Networking (HP module)
BSc (Hons)
Work experience/placements/
industry links
Benefit from our partnership with
HP, the world’s largest technology
company. Key information
–Access to the HP Academy and
Education Innovation Centre (EIC)
to enable you to discover the
innovative use of IT
Location:
Gateway House,
De Montfort University
–The opportunity to take part in the
HP Innovation awards to inspire you
to develop your ideas
Entry and admissions criteria:
–Normally 300 UCAS Points from
at least two A Levels or equivalent,
plus five GCSEs at grade C
or above, including Maths and
English
–Typical A Level offers: at least two
grade B results with additional
qualifications contributing towards
the points score such as a third A
Level or AS Levels
–International Baccalaureate:
30+ points
–Expert one-on-one mentoring and
advice from industry professionals
for you during your study
–Placement opportunities for you
to increase your employability at
the World’s largest technology
company, HP and with their
partners
–Industry standard certification in IT
service management with ITIL and
project management in PRINCE2
which will enable you to fast track
your career
–The ability to draw upon a portfolio
of HP tools and applications Duration:
Three years full-time, four years
with placement
UCAS course code: IN29
Interview required:
No
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
Facilities
Our high-specification computing
laboratories are equipped with the
latest PCs which have the ability to
dual boot Microsoft Windows XP
and Linux. You will also benefit from
state-of-the-art display facilities in
computing labs and lecture theatres.
Open Days:
Please visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days.
In addition you will have access to
Microsoft development software to
assist your studies, examples include
Visio, Project, desktop and server
operating systems.
You may also be interested in:
Computing for Business, Information
and Communication Technology,
Business Information Systems
2nd year modules –– Frameworks and Methods
–– Systems Thinking and
Strategy
–– Database Design and
Implementation
–– Virtualisation and Information
Systems (HP module)
–– Project Management PRINCE
2 (HP module)
3rd year modules
–– Information Security
Management
–– Information Systems Strategy
and Service
–– Computing Project
–– Computing Ethics
–– Cloud Computing (HP module)
–– IT Service management (HP module)
COMPUTING SCIENCES
Business Informatics (HP)
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7456
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/technology
Twitter: @DMUTECH
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
Please note these modules are correct at
the time of going to print and are subject
to review so may vary.
99
Business Information Systems
COMPUTING SCIENCES
Key information
BSc (Hons)
About the course
This unique, integrated degree is
tailored to meet the computing needs
of commerce and industry, teaching
the knowledge and practical skills you
need to participate in the development,
implementation and management of
business computing projects.
Duration:
Three years full-time, four years
with placement
Location:
Gateway House,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: G503
Entry and admissions criteria:
–Normally 260 UCAS Points from
at least two A Levels or equivalent,
with five GCSEs at grade C or
above including English and
Maths
–Typical A Level offers: at least
one B and one C with additional
qualifications contributing towards
the points score such as a third A
level or AS Levels
–International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points
Interview required:
No
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Please visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Business Informatics (HP),
Information and Communication
Technology
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7456
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/technology
Twitter: @DMUTECH
Industry requires experts who
understand how to integrate business
practice with technical solutions to
produce systems that meet the needs
of end users. This course gives you
the ability to solve problems and
participate, manage and lead the
development of business information
systems.
The course provides the opportunity
to develop the knowledge and skills
required in the analysis and design
of business IT systems. You will gain
‘people’ and ‘problem solving’ skills so
you can confidently discuss, negotiate
and manage customer requirements,
the needs of service providers and
senior management requests.
Learning and teaching
The course uses a variety of learning
and teaching methods including
lectures, tutorials, computer laboratory
sessions and self-directed study.
The last year of study includes an
individual project, completed by all
students, and a range of modules
from which you can choose to pursue
your own interests. The choice
varies from the more technical such
as web information management,
to more business-oriented topics
including information systems strategy
and services, information security
management and data mining.
You will be assessed via individual
assignments, group work, projects,
tests and exams.
You will normally attend around
12–16 hours of timetabled taught
sessions each week, and are expected
to undertake at least 14–16 further
hours of directed independent study
and assignments as required.
Work experience/placements/
Industry links
Students have taken part in work
experience placements at a vast
number of local, national and
international companies over the past
three years, including Intel Corporation
(UK) Ltd, Thomson Reuters, Eon UK
plc, GlaxoSmithKline, TNT Express,
Astra Zeneca and Serck Controls Ltd.
Facilities
Our high-specification computing
laboratories contain an advanced
network of Windows and Unix
workstations with multi-boot
capabilities, while our dedicated Mac
labs provide access to Apple iMacs
with OS X software. You will also
benefit from state-of-the-art display
facilities in labs and lecture theatres.
Graduate careers
Recent graduates are now working
as CRM database executives, IT
account managers, IT consultants,
IT development managers, online
processors, service delivery analysts,
software developers and trainee
business analysts for companies
including:
–– VRL Financial News
–– T2 Logistics
–– RR Donnelly
–– Pepsico
–– IFC Fleet Outsourcing
–– Debenhams
Suitable for applicants from:
100
UK
EU
World
Please note these modules are correct at
the time of going to print and are subject
to review so may vary.
1st year modules
–– Information Systems
Development
–– Applied Internet Technologies
and e-Business
–– Social Context of ICT
–– Visual Web Development
2nd year modules 3rd year modules
–– Object-Oriented Systems
Analysis and Design
–– Database Design and
Implementation
–– Project Management and
Development
–– Introduction to Research and
Ethics
–– Systems Building: Methods
and Management
–– Computing Project
–– Computing Ethics
Computer Games Programming
Recent advances in computer and
network technology have given rise to
significant advances in the interactive
entertainment industry, in areas such
as robots, online, video and mobile
gaming.
You will study a challenging and
exciting curriculum incorporating the
latest techniques and resources for
developing stand-alone, web-based
and mobile games, exciting graphics
and animation. You will become
familiar with the basic architecture and
design elements of a computer game
and learn programming languages
and paradigms relevant to games
development.
Games development is driven by
multidisciplinary teams combining
the skills of creative content staff
and software engineers who possess
the technical skills to implement the
designs. The industry needs highly
skilled specialist programmers who are
comfortable working in development
teams and you will be well placed to
fulfil these roles when you graduate.
Learning and teaching
You are taught mainly through a
combination of lectures, supporting
tutorials and practical laboratory
classes. Continuous evaluation
forms the major part of the
assessment process and there are
many opportunities for practical
development.
You will normally attend around
12–16 hours of timetabled taught
sessions each week, and are expected
to undertake at least 14–16 further
hours of directed independent study
and assignments as required.
Facilities
The Game Development Studios
bring together the most up to date
1st year modules
–– Programming in C++
–– Creative Client Computing
–– Computer Systems
–– Game Architecture, Design
and Development
technology created for playing and
developing games on a range of
platforms.
The studios are equipped with a
mixture of Predator and Alienware
high specification gaming PCs and
also house the latest in console
hardware. We have Xbox 360™,
Nintendo Wii™, Playstation 3™
consoles and Xboxs with game
developer software.
The studios are constantly updated to
ensure we stay in-line with emerging
technologies and games.
The University has invested into a
Valve Café software license which
enables us to use classic Valve games
such as Half–Life, Counter Strike and
Unreal Tournament and also a range
of game development tools such as
the Valve Hammer editor.
It is important for students to play and
evaluate games in order to stimulate
ideas and identify good practice for
their own games development.
The labs include Multi Core
Processors (quad to decaxx core).
Graduate careers
The computer games and leisure
software industry has grown
dramatically in recent years and now
matches the film industry in terms
of financial output. Many of the
worlds most famous and respected
names are based in the UK, including
Rockstar North, Rare, Codemasters
and Lionhead, creating exciting
possibilities for careers within this
fast-moving and creatively stimulating
environment.
Graduates can pursue careers as
lead games programmers, games
programmers, artificial intelligence
programmers, graphics programmers,
3D modellers and web systems
developers. The course also equips
you with the core computing skills to
pursue more traditional computing
careers outside of the games industry.
Recent graduates are now working as
programmers both within and outside
the game industry and also as mobile
phone application developers.
2nd year modules 3rd year modules
–– Artificial Intelligence and
–– Computing Project
Modelling for Games
–– Games Programming
–– C++ for Games Programmers
–– Introduction to Computer
Graphics and Interactive 3D
Modelling
–– Database Design and
Implementation
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time, four years
with placement
Location:
Gateway House,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: G624
Entry and admissions criteria:
–Normally 260 UCAS Points from
at least two A Levels or equivalent,
plus five GCSEs at grade C
or above, including Maths and
English
–Typical A Level offers: at least
one B and one C with additional
qualifications contributing towards
the points score such as a third A
level or AS Levels
–International Baccalaureate:
28+ points
COMPUTING SCIENCES
About the course
This innovative course is dedicated to
games and entertainment computing
and is designed for anyone who
wants to learn the industry standard
programming skills required to pursue
a technical career within the creative
games and entertainment industry.
BSc (Hons)
Interview required:
No
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Please visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Games Technology,
Computer Science,
Artificial Intelligence with Robotics
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7456
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/technology
Twitter: @DMUTECH
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
Please note these modules are correct at
the time of going to print and are subject
to review so may vary.
101
Accredited by:
Computer Science
COMPUTING SCIENCES
Key information
BSc (Hons)
About the course
This course combines core theoretical
computing principles with relevant
practical experience, teaching the
concepts and techniques you need to
pursue a career in this ever-changing
field.
Duration:
Three years full-time, four years
with placement
Location:
Gateway House,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: G400
Entry and admissions criteria:
–Normally 260 UCAS Points from
at least two A Levels or equivalent,
plus five GCSEs at grade C
or above, including Maths and
English
–Typical A Level offers: at least
one B and one C with additional
qualifications contributing towards
the points score such as a third A
level or AS Levels
–International Baccalaureate:
28+ points
Interview required:
No
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Please visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Software Engineering, Artificial
Intelligence with Robotics
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7456
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/technology
Twitter: @DMUTECH
The course provides a foundation
in the major themes of technical
computing including computer
programming development and
testing, database design and web
technologies, theoretical and practical
foundations and an awareness of
professional practice and social
responsibility. You will enhance your
analysis and problem solving abilities
and develop a wide range of technical
computing skills.
Learning and teaching
The course shares a common first
year with Software Engineering BSc,
Computer Security BSc and Forensic
Computing BSc. This provides
flexibility if you wish to transfer
between these courses after the first
year.
Work experience/placements/
industry links
The course is accredited by the
BCS, The Chartered Institute for IT
(formerly known as British Computer
Society), which has a 70,000
strong membership of practitioners,
academics and students in the UK and
internationally.
Once students have graduated and
begin working as an IT professional
they can apply to become full
members of BCS and as their career
develops, gain the status of Chartered
IT Professional (CITP).
Students have taken part in work
experience placements at a number
of local, national and international
companies over the last three years,
including Syngenta, Jagex Ltd,
PepsiCo UK and Ireland, MMT Digital,
Esso Petroleum Company Ltd, Honda
Racing and Avis Europe Plc.
Facilities
The newly refurbished Computer
Science Laboratories provide 80
computer workstations for students
to use. The space is divided into
four interconnected laboratories
each with 20 machines (20 HP PCs
running Windows/Linux and 60 Apple
iMac computers running OS X and
Windows). Where possible Computer
Science students are timetabled to
use this space for their formal classes
and are encouraged to use these
facilities when they are available at
other times.
The Computer Science Laboratories
include a study space area, equivalent
in size to one of the individual
laboratories, in which you can work
individually or in groups – this study
space is not timetabled so is available
for you to use on a casual basis
throughout the year.
Graduate careers
Recent graduates are now working
as computer engineers, systems
engineers, database managers,
software developers for companies
including HSBC Bank plc, RR
Donnelly and SERCK Controls.
Suitable for applicants from:
102
UK
EU
World
1st year modules
Please note these modules are correct at
the time of going to print and are subject
to review so may vary.
–– Programming in C
–– Elements of Computing
–– Computer Ethics, Law and
Portfolio
–– Computational Modelling
2nd year modules –– Internet Software
Development
–– Object-oriented Software
Design and Development
–– Frameworks and Methods
–– Database Design and
Implementation
3rd year modules
–– Software Engineering
–– Computing Project
About the course
Computer security is constantly in the
news, whether it is the theft of a laptop
containing confidential information,
high profile hacking incidents, or
controversies surrounding lost data.
The curriculum is modern and varied
so the latest exploits are learned,
alongside the discipline to protect
against them. The course team has
strong links to practice and research
in the computer security industry.
The course itself attracts bright,
enthusiastic students; you will find
learning alongside them is both a
challenge and a real privilege.
The labs are the base for our Computer
Forensics and Security Group, a
12- strong team of experienced,
specialist forensics and security staff
who teach, manage and continually
develop the Forensic Computing and
Computer Security degrees.
Learning and teaching
You will experience a thorough
coverage of the theoretical and
practical foundations of computing,
the tools and techniques of computer
security, and training in the professional
context in which computer security
specialists work. Three broad themes
run through the course:
oundations of computing: computer
–F
systems, networking, hardware and
devices, data storage, transmission,
authentication, authorisation, integrity,
Operating systems (Linux, BSD,
OS X, Windows), system software
and programming, web systems,
and malware, the internet, wireless
communications and network
protocols.
omputer security tools and
–C
techniques: ethical hacking and
penetration testing, cryptography
and steganography, physical
security and security architectures,
secure web systems development,
telecommunications and network
security.
rofessionalism: the context in
–P
which computer security specialist
works; risk management, security
management and operations security;
ethics, the law and their relation to
computer security; the regulatory
framework.
1st year modules
–– Programming in C
–– Elements of Computing
–– Computer Ethics, Law and
Portfolio
–– Computational Modelling
BSc (Hons)
Work experience/placements
Technology students have taken part
in work experience placements at a
number of local and national
companies over the last three years.
Key information
Facilities
The Computer Forensics and Security
Labs are amongst the best equipped
facilities of this type in the UK.
Developed in consultation with leaders
in the industry, they are designed to
meet the highest forensics and security
standards.
Location:
Gateway House,
De Montfort University
The labs contain 44 high-spec,
specially customised PCs configured
with multiple operating systems,
virtualisation and removable hard drives,
as well as specialised servers, wired
and wireless networking equipment
and a wide variety of other hardware
and software components.
Industry standard investigative software
is used to support the forensic analysis
of both computer and mobile phone
data. You spend almost all of your
practical time in these labs; configuring
typical e-commerce systems through
to military grade systems, defending,
attacking and analysing them and
practising with the latest forensics tools
and techniques.
The lab facilities are also used to show
you how to penetrate systems and
how to spot a successful attack.
Graduate careers
Graduates will be able to pursue
careers as computer security
specialists within a wide range of
industries, including law enforcement,
government agencies and security
consultancies, or within commercial
IT departments and other computing
positions where computer security is
an issue.
Technology graduates have an average
salary of £21,852 just six months after
graduating (DLHE 2008/09).
2nd year modules –– Secure Web Systems
–– Systems Programming
–– Network and Operations
Security
–– Security Management
Duration:
Three years full-time, four years
with placement
UCAS course code: G550
Entry and admissions criteria:
–Normally 300 UCAS Points from
at least two A Levels or equivalent,
with five GCSEs at grade C or
above including English and
Maths
–Typical A Level offers: at least two
grade B results with additional
qualifications contributing toward
the points score, such as a third A
Level or AS Levels
–International Baccalaureate:
30+ Points
COMPUTING SCIENCES
Computer Security
Interview required:
No
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Please visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Forensic Computing
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7456
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/technology
Twitter: @DMUTECH
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
3rd year modules
–– Advanced Topics in Security
–– Risk Management
–– Computing Project
Please note these modules are correct at
the time of going to print and are subject
to review so may vary.
103
Computing for Business
COMPUTING SCIENCES
Key information
BSc (Hons)
About the course
This business computing course is
specifically designed to give you the
practical information technology skills
you need to become a skilled specialist
who can manage and interpret data
from business information technology
systems.
Duration:
Three years full-time, four years
with placement
Location:
Gateway House,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: G521
Entry and admissions criteria:
–Normally 260 UCAS Points from
at least two A Levels or equivalent,
plus five GCSEs at grade C
or above, including Maths and
English
–Typical A Level offers: at least
one B and one C with additional
qualifications contributing towards
the points score such as a third
A level or AS Levels
–International Baccalaureate:
28+ points
Interview required:
No
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Please visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Business Informatics (HP), Business
Information Systems, Information and
Communication Technology
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7456
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/technology
Twitter: @DMUTECH
Organisations accumulate huge
volumes of data from a variety of
sources on a daily basis. Business
systems may vary from customer
support, NHS records and critical
financial planning for City of London,
to strategic marketing systems
for international retail groups. This
business computing course will
develop your practical IT skills and
allow you to create and extract
information from systems in business,
government and society.
As a future professional, typical roles
will involve expertly developing models
and uncovering previously unknown
trends and patterns to support decision
making. You will become experienced
in the use of industry standard analysis
systems software, empowering you
to positively contribute and lead
companies in improving their business
intelligence.
Learning and teaching
The course modules are informed
by current industrial practice and our
cutting-edge research, ensuring that
you are at the forefront of the latest
developments. You will be taught
through a variety of methods including
formal lectures, tutorials, computer
laboratory sessions and self-directed
study.
Assessment is typically through a
combination of individual assignments,
group work, projects, tests and exams.
The final year includes an individual
project and a range of modules you
choose from to specialise, with options
ranging from the more technical such
as web information management and
network systems to more business
oriented topics such as information
systems strategy and services,
security management, data mining
and advanced management decision
making.
Work experience/placements
Technology students have taken
part in work experience placements
at a number of local, national and
international companies over the last
three years.
Facilities
Our high-specification computing
laboratories are equipped with PCs
which have the ability to dual boot
Windows XP and Linux, while our
dedicated Mac labs contain Apple
iMacs equipped with OS X software.
You will also benefit from state-of-theart display facilities in computing labs
and lecture theatres.
Graduate careers
There is currently an increasing
demand in industry for skilled
specialists who can manage
and interpret data from business
information technology systems. The
combination of computing skills and
business knowledge taught on the
course enables you to enter a diverse
range of careers in areas such as
database design, business analysis
and research, data analysis and project
management.
Technology graduates have an
average salary of £21,852 just six
months after graduating (DLHE
2008/09).
You will normally attend around
12–16 hours of timetabled taught
sessions each week, and are expected
to undertake at least 14–16 further
hours of directed independent study
and assignments as required.
Suitable for applicants from:
104
UK
EU
World
1st year modules
Please note these modules are correct at
the time of going to print and are subject to
review so may vary.
–– Information Systems
Development
–– Applied Internet
Technologies and
e-Business
–– Social Context of ICT
–– Visual Web Development
2nd year modules –– Data Management
–– Systems Thinking and
Strategy
–– Database Design and
Implementation
–– Introduction to Research
and Ethics
3rd year modules
–– Data Mining
–– Advanced Management
Decision Making
–– Computing Project
Computing
About the course
This course allows you to develop
technical and practical skills in a
range of computing subjects including
computer technology, database design,
internet technology, programming and
systems development and gain an
industry recognised HND qualification
in two years of study.
The course is designed to provide
you with the computing and key
skills required by a typical small to
medium sized enterprise (SME). These
skills include the competent use of
Microsoft Office products in writing
reports, developing spreadsheets,
making presentations and planning
projects.
The suite of eight modules, four in
each year, has been very carefully
designed to provide a fully integrated
course of study. Key skills in English
and Maths, business skills including
report writing, group work, planning
projects and making presentations are
fully contextualised with the academic
subject content.
The course is especially suitable
if you wish to gain a professional
qualification without committing
yourself to four years of study at the
outset, if you are a mature student, or
have entry qualifications below those
required for a full degree.
Upon successful completion of this
course you may apply to progress to
one of our BSc (Hons) courses and
gain a degree following a further two
years of study.
Assessment in each module is
designed to meet its specified learning
outcomes. Methods of assessment will
include time constrained phase tests,
portfolios of work, laboratory exercises,
exams, reports and presentations.
You will normally attend around
12–16 hours of timetabled taught
sessions each week, and are expected
to undertake at least 14–16 further
hours of directed independent study
and assignments as required.
Work experience/placements
Technology students have taken
part in work experience placements
at a number of local, national and
international companies over the past
three years.
Facilities
You will learn in dedicated labs
equipped with high specification PCs
and professional standard software
and benefit from state-of-the-art
display facilities in labs and lecture
theatres.
Graduate careers
Upon successful completion of the
course, you can progress to a BSc
(Hons) degree or enter a career
requiring technical computing
skills. HND graduates typically gain
employment in programming, systems
analysis, software and network
support. The spread of computers into
almost every type of business and
industry provides good opportunities
for students with qualifications in
computing.
Learning and teaching
This course uses a variety of teaching
methods including lectures, tutorials,
computer lab sessions, collaborative
learning and self-directed study.
A number of modules are assessed
by coursework only and involve group
work.
HND
Key information
Duration:
Two years full-time, three years
part-time dependant on location
Location:
Various locations
UCAS course code: 104G
Entry and admissions criteria:
–Normally 140 UCAS Points from
at least one A level or equivalent
with five GCSEs at grade C or
above
–Typical A level offers: at least one
A level at grade C with additional
qualifications counting toward the
points such as A or AS levels
–International Baccalaureate:
24+ Points
COMPUTING SCIENCES
In partnership
with:
Please note: additional entry criteria
may apply, please contact us for
more details.
Interview required:
An interview may be required by our
Partner Colleges.
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Please contact the relevant college
for forthcoming open days.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
Please contact our Partner Colleges
for information.
You may also be interested in:
Computing Year Zero
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7456
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/technology
Twitter: @DMUTECH
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
1st year modules
–– Business Software
–– e-Commerce Systems 1
–– Business Technology and
Programming
–– Systems Development
2nd year modules
–– Computing Project
–– e-Commerce Systems 2
–– Professionalism and Ethics
–– Multimedia and Internet
Technology
EU
World
105
Foundation Year in Computing
COMPUTING SCIENCES
Key information
About the course
This full-time, one year foundation
course provides an introduction to
computing and information technology
and gives those without the necessary
qualifications the skills required to
study an undergraduate computing
course.
Duration:
One year full-time
Location:
Gateway House,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: TBC
Entry and admissions criteria:
–Entry tariff TBC, please contact us
for details
Interview required:
Yes
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Please visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Computing HND
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7456
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/technology
Twitter: @DMUTECH
The course will introduce and develop
a range of IT, communication and
study skills required to prepare for a
degree in computing, enabling you
to progress onto more advanced
study with increased confidence and
develop a sense of responsibility for
your learning.
The course covers the basics of
cutting-edge IT topics such as
computer animation, as well as more
familiar office applications such as
spreadsheets and databases. Staff
and students work together in a
friendly and supportive workshop
environment.
The course is particularly well suited
to mature students and is ideal for
those who missed the chance to
go to university after leaving school,
people looking for a change of career
and parents planning to return to
employment.
Learning and teaching
The course is taught by dedicated
staff with experience of dealing with
students who need additional help
and support. You will work together
with staff in a friendly and supportive
environment in small groups of up to
20 students.
Suitable for applicants from:
106
UK
EU
World
1st year modules
Please note these modules are correct at
the time of going to print and are subject to
review so may vary.
–– Problem Solving and Programming
–– Creative Computing and Technology
–– Computing Skills and Research
–– E-commerce Computing
The four modules on the course
run over the two academic terms.
Assessments across the four modules
consist of both individual and group
work. There are no formal exams but
there are phase tests that are held
under exam conditions. The majority
of the work is assessed through time
constrained coursework which will be
issued at regular intervals across the
two terms.
You will normally attend around
12–16 hours of timetabled taught
sessions each week, and are expected
to undertake at least 14–16 further
hours of directed independent study
and assignments as required.
Facilities
You will study in a dedicated lab
equipped with high specification PCs
and professional standard software.
Graduate careers
The natural route upon successful
completion of the course is to
progress to the first year of one of our
undergraduate degrees. Those who
perform exceptionally well will have
access to the more specialist degrees
at the discretion of the course leader.
About the course
Developed in consultation with
electronic crime law enforcement
specialists, this course provides the
skills to detect, preserve, analyse and
present digital evidence.
The curriculum is modern, varied and
unpredictable so the latest abuses
of digital technology are learned,
alongside the ability to investigate
them.
Learning and teaching
The course is built around three major
strands; technical (what is possible),
professional (what is permissible) and
practice (what is appropriate).
The technical strand develops a
thorough understanding of computer
hardware, software and networking.
From this flows the ability to work
with computers in a forensically sound
manner including protecting computer
systems, recognising the signs of
attack, exposing hidden evidence
and handling that evidence after an
incident has occurred.
Topics studied include: computer
hardware and communication
devices, data storage, transmission,
authentication, encryption and hiding
(steganography), operating systems
(Linux, BSD, OS X, Windows), system
software and programming, web
systems, malware, Internet, wireless
communications and network
protocols.
The professional strand establishes
the context in which forensic
computing specialists work. Guest
lectures from national and international
experts are a prominent feature of
every third week of the course.
Topics studied include: ethics and
its relation to the law and computing,
computer law, legal processes and
digital evidence, the regulatory
framework of digital investigation.
The practical strand provides the
knowledge and skills necessary
to design and undertake forensic
investigation.
Topics studied include: preparing
for an investigation, initial incident
response strategies and the forensic
acquisition of digital evidence,
analysing digital evidence using
cutting-edge investigative tools,
interpreting digital evidence so the
court is better able to determine its
significance.
Key information
You will normally attend around
12–18 hours of timetabled taught
sessions each week, and are expected
to undertake at least 22–28 further
hours of directed independent study
and assignments as required.
UCAS course code: FG45
Work experience/placements/
industry links
Students have taken part in work
experience placements at many local
and national companies over the
past three years, including Viglen Ltd,
Syngenta, Jagex Ltd, Capgemini UK,
CY4OR Ltd, PepsiCo.
Facilities
The labs contain 44 high-spec,
specially customised PCs configured
with multiple operating systems,
virtualisation and removable hard
drives, as well as specialised servers,
wired and wireless networking
equipment and a wide variety of other
hardware and software components.
Industry standard investigative
software is used to support the
forensic analysis of both computer and
mobile phone data. You spend almost
all of your practical time in these
labs; configuring typical e-commerce
systems through to military grade
systems, defending, attacking and
analysing them and practising with the
latest forensics tools and techniques.
Duration:
Three years full-time, four years
with placement
Location:
Gateway House,
De Montfort University
Entry and admissions criteria:
– Normally 300 UCAS Points from
at least two A Levels or equivalent,
with five GCSEs at grade C or
above including English and Maths
– Typical A Level offers: at least two
grade B results with additional
qualifications contributing toward
the points score, such as a third
A Level or AS Levels
– International Baccalaureate:
30+ Points
Interview required:
No
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Please visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Computer Security
The lab facilities are also used to show
students how to penetrate systems
and how to spot a successful attack.
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7456
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/technology
Twitter: @DMUTECH
Graduate careers
Graduates pursue careers as forensic
computing specialists for government
agencies, security consultancies and
commercial IT departments. Recent
graduates are working for companies
including Santander and CCL
Forensics Ltd.
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
1st year modules
–– Programming in C
–– Elements of Computing
–– Computer Ethics, Law and
Portfolio
–– Computational Modelling
BSc (Hons)
2nd year modules –– Secure Web Systems
–– Systems Programming
–– Forensic Data Analysis
–– Issues in Criminal Justice
EU
World
3rd year modules
–– Digital Evidence
–– Professionalism in Forensic
Computing
–– Computing Project
COMPUTING SCIENCES
Forensic Computing
Please note these modules are correct at
the time of going to print and are subject
to review so may vary.
107
Information and Communication Technology
COMPUTING SCIENCES
Key information
About the course
This multidisciplinary course draws on
a wide range of academic disciplines,
with a focus on understanding
organisational, technical and
business problems and searching for
appropriate solutions within a global
Information and communication
technology (ICT) environment.
Duration:
Three years full-time, four years
with placement
Location:
Gateway House,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: HG64
Entry and admissions criteria:
– Normally 260 UCAS Points from
at least two A Levels or equivalent,
with five GCSEs at grade C or
above including English and Maths
– Typical A Level offers: at least
one grade B and one grade C,
with additional qualifications
contributing toward the points
score, such as a third A Level or
AS Levels
– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points.
Interview required:
No
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Please visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Business Informatics (HP),
Business Information Systems,
Computing for Business
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7456
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/technology
Twitter: @DMUTECH
The course concentrates on
developing your ability to understand a
client’s needs for information, systems
and services, analysing the business,
services and technology requirements
and assembling the hardware,
software and people resources to
meet the perceived need.
Technically the emphasis is on the
overall design of information systems,
the creation of tailored web front-ends
for systems and the linking of systems
and resources together to create
coherent ICT solutions and services,
while managerially, the focus is on
the continuous delivery of quality ICT
services within the organisation.
You will be part of a new generation
of graduates with specialist ICT
skills which are widely applicable
across most organisations and
which provide a basis for developing
further specialist skills as required by
particular organisations.
Learning and teaching
The course is taught by experts who
are researching at the forefront of
ICT professionalism, ICT services and
ICT software practice. Teaching takes
place through sessions in state-of-theart computing laboratories, tutorials,
lectures and self-directed study using
worksheets.
In the first year, you develop your skills
and understanding of information
system design, business IT and
the creative employment of visual
web and internet technologies.
You will also develop business
information presentations and gain
an understanding of the social and
technical components of ICT.
BSc (Hons)
The second year focuses in more
detail on business ICT. Methods of
rapidly developing information systems
and the management of ICT in
organisations is explored.
The final year develops your analytical,
reporting and presentation skills
through work on a project tackling
a business problem in ICT delivery,
implementation and support in
practical and academic depth.
You will normally attend around
12–16 hours of timetabled taught
sessions each week, and are expected
to undertake at least 14–16 further
hours of directed independent study
and assignments as required.
Work experience/placements
Students have taken part in work
experience placements at a number
of local and national companies over
the past three years, including GlaxoSmithKline, Customer Service Direct
and Northamptonshire NHS Provider
Services.
Facilities
There are eight computer labs in
Gateway House each containing
20 machines. All labs have printing
facilities, Internet, internal network
access and digital projectors to aid in
teaching.
All computing labs provide the latest
relevant software, some labs are also
set up to dual boot Windows XP or
Windows 7 and Linux.
The Computer Science Laboratory
contains 60 high-specification iMac
workstations with 27” monitors
running OS X, Windows 7 and Linux.
All the machines are connected via the
faculty network to a dedicated, highperformance file server for storage
and backup of students’ work.
Graduate careers
You will graduate with the knowledge
and expertise to pursue a variety of
ICT roles within public sector, private
sector and voluntary organisations.
Suitable for applicants from:
108
UK
EU
World
1st year modules
Please note that modules are correct at the
time of going to print and are subject
to review so may vary.
–– Information Systems
Development
–– Applied Internet Technologies
and e-Business
–– Social Context of ICT
–– Electronic Production and
Publishing I
2nd year modules –– Frameworks and Methods
–– Systems Thinking and
Strategy
–– Database Design and
Implementation
–– Management of ICT
3rd year modules
–– Information Systems Strategy
and Services
–– Computing Ethics
–– Computing Project
Accredited by:
Software Engineering
You will learn methods for specifying
and developing a range of software
systems and develop the ability
to apply your programming skills
creatively, exploring different
software development languages
and environments.
This course provides you with the
opportunity to combine your analytical
skills with creativity and flair, and draw
together established theories and
modern design techniques to develop
high quality software.
Learning and teaching
The course shares a common first year
with Computer Science BSc, Computer
Security BSc and Forensic Computing
BSc. This provides flexibility if you wish
to transfer between these courses
after the first year.
Work experience/placements/
industry links
The course is accredited by the
BCS, The Chartered Institute for IT
(formerly known as British Computer
Society), which has a 70,000
strong membership of practitioners,
academics and students in the UK and
internationally.
Once you have graduated and begin
working as an IT professional you can
apply to become a full member of BCS
and as your career develops, gain the
status of Chartered IT Professional
(CITP).
Facilities
The newly refurbished Computer
Science Laboratories provide 80
computer workstations for students
to use. The space is divided into
four interconnected laboratories
each with 20 machines (20 HP PCs
running Windows/Linux and 60 Apple
iMac computers running OS X and
Windows). Where possible Software
Engineering students are timetabled to
use this space for their formal classes
and are encouraged to use these
facilities when they are available at
other times.
The Computer Science Laboratories
include a study space area, equivalent
in size to one of the individual
laboratories, in which you can work
individually or in groups – this study
space is not timetabled so is available
for you to use on a casual basis
throughout the year.
Graduate careers
Recent graduates are now working
as business intelligence analysts,
international business analysts,
software application developers and
software engineers for companies
including Lorien, Royal Bank of
Scotland, LHA ASRA Group and
MISCO.
Technology graduates have an
average salary of £21,852 just six
months after graduating (DLHE
2008/09).
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time, four years
with placement
Location:
Gateway House,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: G600
Entry and admissions criteria:
– Normally 260 UCAS Points from
at least two A Levels or equivalent,
plus five GCSEs at grade C or
above, including Maths and English
– Typical A Level offers: at least
one B and one C with additional
qualifications contributing towards
the points score such as a third
A level or AS Levels
– International Baccalaureate:
28+ points
COMPUTING SCIENCES
About the course
Building complex software systems
which perform reliably presents great
intellectual challenges and this course
is a passport into this exciting field.
BSc (Hons)
Interview required:
No
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Please visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Computer Science,
Artificial Intelligence with Robotics
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7456
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/technology
Twitter: @DMUTECH
Students have taken part in work
experience placements at a number of
local and national companies over the
past three years, including Syngenta,
PepsiCo UK and Ireland, Thomson
Reuters, EchoStar Europe, Bostik
(UK) Ltd, Exel Computer Systems
plc, Synectics Solutions Ltd and MMT
Digital.
Suitable for applicants from:
1st year modules
–– Programming in C
–– Elements of Computing
–– Computer Ethics, Law and
Portfolio
–– Computational Modelling
2nd year modules –– Internet Software
Development
–– Software Design and
Development
–– Data Structures and
Algorithms
–– Database Design and
Implementation
3rd year modules
–– Computing Project
–– Software Engineering
–– Rigorous Systems
UK
EU
World
Please note these modules are correct at
the time of going to print and are subject to
review so may vary.
109
Creative Technologies and Media
Benefit from our strong links and industrial partnerships,
including the BBC Academy at Wood Norton, Phoenix Square in
Leicester, GMTV and The Sunday Times, to name a few, giving you the
opportunity for hands on work experience and placements.
Discover high quality research which directly informs teaching to
ensure all of our courses are at the cutting edge of new developments,
with our focus on innovative ways of exploiting new media technologies
including 3D, haptic devices, tracking, and fused media, as well as
multimodal systems, interactive auditory interfaces, internet based
e-commerce systems, and interactive computer technologies.
Leading edge facilities such as state-of-the-art computer labs with
the latest operating software, cutting edge filmmaking, staging and
editing equipment, industry standard music and radio production
suites, fully equipped television studios, dedicated newsrooms, and
photographic and sound workspaces, which will equip you with all the
skills needed to give your career a flying start.
Work toward professional accreditation to enhance your career
with the opportunity to work toward professional accreditation as
a Chartered Engineer (CEng) while you study. Our Single Honours
Journalism course is also accredited by the National Council for the
Training of Journalists (NCTJ), improving your employability to give you
a head-start after graduation.
Take a year in industry as part of your studies and increase your
employment prospects, with some of our degree courses giving you the
opportunity to complete an optional twelve month work placement.
Organise a major film festival or play a leading role in DMU’s
Demon TV, The Demon newspaper or Demon FM community
radio station.
Be taught by world leading experts, former newspaper editors and
award-winning academics.
What to do next:
Come to an open day to talk to the team.
Apply from September 2012, to find out how
go to page 220.
videos
dmu.ac.uk/creative2013
Community Media Management FdSc
112
Film Studies BA (Hons)
113
Film Studies BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
114
Games Technology FdSc
115
Journalism BA (Hons)
116
Journalism BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
117
Media and Communication BA (Hons)
119
Media BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
120
Media Production BSc (Hons)
121
Media Technology BSc (Hons)
122
Multimedia Computing BSc (Hons)
123
Radio Production and Technology BSc (Hons)
124
TV and Film Production FdSc
125
CREATIVE TECHNOLOGIES AND MEDIA
For instructions of how to use this code to
watch our Creative Technologies and Media
video on your smart phone, see p29
111
In partnership with:
Community Media Management
CREATIVE TECHNOLOGIES AND MEDIA
Key information
About the course
Duration:
Two years full-time
Location:
South Leicestershire College,
Leicester
UCAS course code: TBC
Entry and admissions criteria:
Entry tariff TBC, please contact us
for details.
Interview required:
No
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Please contact South Leicestershire
College for forthcoming open days.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
Please contact South Leicestershire
College for further information
You may also be interested in:
Media Technology, Radio Production
and Technology
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 264 3535
E:[email protected]
W:slcollege.ac.uk
Suitable for applicants from:
112
UK
EU
Community media allows community
groups to work closely within their local
areas to produce and broadcast media
content on a wide variety of platforms,
often working with people who live with
some form of disadvantage or collective
under-representation. Community media
groups are normally set-up on the basis
that they are providing training and
personal development for communities
and individuals that lack significant levels
of recognised skills or civic engagement.
Community media work towards making
improvements by proving social gain;
providing representation for ethnic or
language based communities; looking
at returning individuals to education
or work; supporting individuals into
housing, providing training and personal
development, as well as measures to
build an individual’s ability to work with
others and contribute to society.
In essence, the content of the
Foundation Degree in Community
Media Management, using a range of
blended learning, e-learning and workbased learning activities, aims to support
growth-makers and stability in the
community media sector, and helps to
lay down the foundations for an export
of talent, innovation and entrepreneurism
to other sectors of the media and
knowledge economy. This two year
programme of study will allow people
who presently work in, or wish to work in
the community media sector, to be able
to enhance and formalise a range of
business management, social enterprise,
communication and technology
management expertise.
This will include knowledge and skills to:
–– Manage regulation in the community
media and voluntary sectors
–– Manage technology in the emerging
media and Web 2.0 economy
–– Train and develop volunteers
–– Evaluate how audiences use and
consume media
–– Plan and organise community media
organisation
–– Enhance funding bids
–– Enhance accountability and reporting
–– Exploit and develop emerging media
and communication technologies
Clearly, this is a sector where
management, editorial development, and
technology are inter-dependent and very
important.
(FdSc)
Learning and teaching
The staff teaching on the course have
excellent links with radio industry bodies
including the UK Radio Academy,
Community Media Association, the Radio
Studies Network and The Leicester
Media Network.
You will learn via a combination of
lectures, tutorials, group assignments,
seminars, practical work-based exercises
and self-directed study. You will gain
advanced skills and knowledge in
audio production, radio programme
making, audio content development, ICT,
research, social media, project planning,
communication and team work. You can
volunteer for DemonFM, our full-time
community radio station either producing
and presenting shows, running news
teams, recording bands and running live
session performances. This volunteer
work can be credited as part of the
course allowing you to gain experience in
a live broadcast environment and develop
valuable skills that count towards your
course. More information about DemonFM
can be found at demonfm.co.uk
You will normally attend around 12–16
hours of timetabled taught sessions each
week, and are expected to undertake at
least 14–16 further hours of directed
independent study and assignments as
required.
Work experience/placements/
industry links
Students are expected to volunteer for
DemonFM, our full-time community
radio station. This includes all aspects of
running and managing the output of the
station, guiding and training volunteers,
and developing and supporting the IT
and broadcast systems that support our
programmes. Some paid work experience
positions are available on DemonFM
through the De Montfort University
Frontrunners work experience scheme.
Graduate careers
Community media organisations are
calling on graduates with strong technical
skills and knowledge. Working in
community media means that volunteers
need to be creative, while at the same
time being able to meet the technological
demands of new media.
World
1st year modules
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
–– Introduction to Enterprise and
Entrepreneurship
–– Community Media and its Role
–– Technology in Community
Media
–– Communication in Creative
Business
2nd year modules 3rd year modules
–– Developing Community Media
as a Business
–– Community Media Production
and Audiences
–– Community Media Exploring
New Media Technologies
–– Community Media Working
with People and Technology
–– Technology Project
–– Advanced Radio Production
–– Creative Media
Entrepreneurship
–– Strategic Management
Film Studies BA (Hons)
Also available as Joint Honours / with Languages
This course is perfect if you want to
learn more about cinema, and want to
put your knowledge into practice. You
will study all manner of movies, from
Hollywood blockbusters to European
art cinema, and at the same time you
will develop a wide range of academic,
creative and commercial skills.
Learning and teaching
Film Studies is taught by renowned
experts in film scholarship, who are
based in DMU’s prestigious centre
for the study of cinema and television
history. The teaching team is made up
of widely published academics, film
journalists, filmmakers and industry
professionals, and you will become
part of a vibrant film culture at the
university.
On a day-to-day level the course
is taught using a mix of lectures,
screenings, small group discussions,
practice-led projects, individual
tutorials and private study. Assessment
includes essays, research reports,
edited collections, creative work,
presentations and film reviews.
Work experience/placements
Film Studies is closely affiliated
with the Phoenix Square cinema in
Leicester, where some of the teaching
is delivered, and the teaching team
have close connections with film
directors, writers, distributors and
journalists, who deliver guest lectures.
You have the option to take
placements at Phoenix Square, or
other creative institutions, which will
allow you to develop your industry
links, and to make sense of cinema
from a practical, creative and
commercial perspective.
We also run a number of regular trips
in the UK, and the year two Hollywood
module involves an optional trip to Los
Angeles.
Facilities
You will be able to make use of
one of the best stocked libraries in
the UK, as well as state-of-the-art
computing and projection equipment.
We have a range of digital imaging
production facilities and equipment
for filmmaking, and our placement
scheme gives you the opportunity to
gain work experience in the industry.
At Phoenix Square, films are shown in
Xpand 3D and the latest digital High
Definition formats.
Graduate careers
The course provides a broad
grounding in film history, criticism,
practice and industry skills. On
graduation, you may use the variety
of subject-specific and transferable
skills you have learnt to find work in
the cultural industries, for example
film exhibition or arts administration.
Graduates can also go on to study
postgraduate qualifications.
Recent graduates from our joint
honours courses have gone on to
work in independent filmmaking
and production, location scouting
and editing, as well as in teaching,
banking, commercial management and
research.
Languages pathway
You can also study Film Studies with
a languages pathway. Students taking
this route will study one 30 credit
module of their chosen language
each year. Languages offered will be
French beginner, French post GCSE,
Spanish beginner, Spanish post GCSE
and Chinese (Mandarin) beginner.
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time,
six years part-time
Location:
Clephan Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code:
Film Studies
with Languages
P303
TBC
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Normally 260 UCAS Points from
at least two A Levels including at
least one grade B or equivalent
–– National Diploma DMM
–– Five GCSEs grades A* - C
including English Language or
Literature at grade C or above.
We also accept the BTEC
First Diploma plus two GCSEs
including English at grade C
or above
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points
Interview required:
No
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
CREATIVE TECHNOLOGIES AND MEDIA
About the course
This is a unique course, which
combines the academic study of
cinema with a focus on practical
filmmaking skills, and experience of
working in the film industry. You will
learn about the history of the movies,
film technique and criticism, and
you will also have the opportunity
to gain practical experience making
movies, organising and promoting film
events, and working with exhibitors
and distributors through the optional
placement scheme.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Film Studies (Joint Honours),
Media and Communication,
Media (Joint Honours)
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7555
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/adhug
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
1st year modules
–– Introduction to Film Studies
–– Introduction to Film History
–– Constructing the Moving
Image
–– Film and Filmmaking in Britain
2nd year modules –– World Cinema
–– Hollywood and the
Blockbuster
–– Filmmaking Project
–– Professional Practice in British
Film (Placement)
–– Media, Gender and Identity
EU
World
3rd year modules
–– Cult Film
–– Film Genres
–– Writing for the Screen
–– Literature on Screen
–– Audiences and Fandom
–– Dissertation or Major
Filmmaking Project
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
113
Film Studies
BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
Also available as Single Honours / with Languages
CREATIVE TECHNOLOGIES AND MEDIA
Key information
About the course
This course gives you the opportunity
to study the history of cinema, and to
analyse both classic and contemporary
films from a variety of countries. You
will start the course as a film buff. You
will end it as an expert in the history,
criticism, business and art of cinema.
Duration:
Three years full-time,
six years part-time
Location:
Clephan Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code:
Film Studies and
Creative Writing English Journalism Media WP83
WQ63
PP35
P390
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Normally 260 UCAS Points from
at least two A Levels including at
least one grade B or equivalent
–– National Diploma DMM
–– Five GCSEs grades A* - C
including English Language or
Literature at grade C or above.
We also accept the BTEC
First Diploma plus two GCSEs
including English at grade C
or above
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points
Please be aware that some Joint
Honours combinations may have
specific entry requirements, visit
our website for more information.
Interview required:
No
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Film Studies (Single Honours),
Media and Communication, Media
(Joint Honours)
114
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7555
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/adhug
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
You can pursue your passion for
the movies, while at the same time
developing skills in other areas. It is
focused on studying cinema (with a
world class team of scholarly experts),
from a critical, commercial and
historical perspective. You will learn
how the movie business works, but you
will also learn how movies themselves
work.
Learning and teaching
The course is taught by a series of
renowned experts in the field of film
scholarship, who are based in DMU’s
prestigious centre for the study of
cinema and television history. The
teaching team is made up of widely
published academics, film journalists
and industry professionals, and you will
become part of a vibrant film culture at
the university.
Facilities
As well as the usual facilities you
would expect, you will be able to make
use of one of the best stocked libraries
in the UK, as well as state-of-the-art
computing and projection equipment.
At the Phoenix Square cinema, films
are shown in Xpand 3D and in the
latest digital High Definition formats.
Graduate careers
All Joint Honours courses provide
a broad grounding in film history,
appreciation and criticism. On
graduation, you may use the variety
of subject-specific and transferable
skills you have learnt to find work in
the cultural industries, for example
film exhibition or arts administration.
Graduates also go on to study at
postgraduate level.
Recent graduates from our Joint
Honours courses have gone on to
work in independent and commercial
filmmaking, as well as in teaching,
banking, commercial management and
research.
On a day-to-day level the course
is taught using a mix of lectures,
screenings, small group discussions,
individual tutorials and private study.
Assessment includes essays, research
reports, edited collections, creative
work, presentations and film reviews.
Work experience/placements
The course is closely affiliated with the
Phoenix Square cinema in Leicester,
where some of the teaching is
delivered, and the teaching team have
close connections with film directors,
writers, distributors and journalists,
who deliver guest lectures. Our close
industry links allow you to make sense
of cinema from a practical, creative and
commercial perspective.
We also run a number of regular trips
in the UK (to museums and to see
IMAX releases), and the second year
Hollywood module involves an optional
trip to Los Angeles.
1st year modules
–– Introduction to Film Studies
–– Introduction to Film History
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
2nd year modules –– World Cinema
–– Hollywood and the
Blockbuster
3rd year modules
–– Cult Film
–– Horror
–– Film Noir
–– Screenwriting
–– Literature on Screen
In partnership with:
About the course
This two year Foundation Degree
is perfect if gaming is your passion
and you want to work in the industry,
especially in a technological or
production role.
Games technology is one of the
fastest growing sectors in the UK
and this course has been designed
to prepare you for a range of careers,
including games design, production,
animation, editing, programming,
project management and audio
engineering.
Based at Confetti Institute of Creative
Technologies in Nottingham, you’ll
work closely with professional games
companies and get the chance to
work on real commercial products
using a range of industry-standard
hardware and software used in games
production from computer games
engines to modelling software.
With the chance to help
co-ordinate activities at video games
festival GameCity, visit Japan-Tag,
Dusseldorf’s world-famous celebration
of Japanese and video games culture,
and opportunities to make contacts
with key players in the games industry,
this course has the option to top-up
to a BSc degree at DMU in one of the
media technology curriculum areas.
Learning and teaching
The course is a mixture of theory
and practice involving complex and
demanding practical projects and
assignments. In addition to lectures
and seminars, there is ample scope for
independent learning involving short
film and documentary production and
sound design projects. Work-based
learning is incorporated through close
links with Spool Films in Nottingham.
The balance of a modern, influential,
learning environment, inspirational
staff and creative, vocational courses
has allowed thousands of Confetti
students to start their career in the
creative industries, as well as develop
invaluable life skills, gain confidence
and think positively about their future.
Facilities
You will study in a state-of-the-art
computer games suite specially
designed to allow you to grow and
develop in this burgeoning industry.
Using industry standard 3D modelling
and animation software, as well as
other high-end design software
packages, you will be able to make
your ideas a reality. You will also be
tutored in the role of the games engine
and will study how video and sound
are both crucial areas within the game
production process.
Graduate careers
Career opportunities exist in the
creative industries, which is one of
the fastest growing sectors of the UK
economy. Games technology plays
a crucial role in the growth of this
sector. Some potential areas of work
that you may wish to move into after
completing the course are games
design, production, animation, editing,
programming, project management
and audio engineering. Upon achieving
sufficient credit you can also progress
to BSc (Hons) degree level study at
DMU.
Work experience/placements/
industry links
Confetti Institute of Creative
Technologies is a unique educational
establishment; a custom-designed
facility, in Nottingham, which houses a
progressive learning institute alongside
commercial recording studios and pre
and post production film and television
companies.
1st year modules
–– Games Architecture I
–– Audio and Video for Games I
–– Games Industry I
–– Games Development and Realisation I
Foundation Degree (FdSc)
Key information
Duration:
Two years full-time
Location:
Confetti Institute of Creative
Technologies in Nottingham
UCAS course code: G450
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Normally 120 UCAS Points from
at least one A level or equivalent
with five GCSEs at grade C
or above including Maths and
English
–– International Baccalaureate:
24+ Points
Interview required:
No
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Please visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
Please contact Confetti Institute of
Creative Technologies for further
information.
CREATIVE TECHNOLOGIES AND MEDIA
Games Technology
You may also be interested in:
Computer Games Programming
To find out more:
Confetti Institute of Creative
Technologies
T: +44 (0)115 952 2075
E:[email protected]
W:confetti-ict.com
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
2nd year modules
–– Games Architecture II
–– Audio and Video for Games II
–– Games Industry II
–– Games Development and Realisation II
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
115
Accredited by:
Journalism BA (Hons) (NCTJ accredited)
Also available as Joint Honours
CREATIVE TECHNOLOGIES AND MEDIA
Key information
About the course
This course is for students who want
to study a fascinating area and leave
university with the industry-recognised
qualifications which will offer them
the best chance of getting a job in UK
journalism straight away.
Duration:
Three years full-time,
six years part-time
Location:
Clephan Building, De Montfort
University
UCAS course code: P500
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Normally 260 UCAS Points from
at least two A Levels including at
least one grade B or equivalent
–– National Diploma DMM
–– Five GCSEs grades A* - C
including English Language or
Literature at grade C or above.
We also accept the BTEC
First Diploma plus two GCSEs
including English at grade C or
above
–– You should be able to
demonstrate evidence of practical
interest in Journalism and current
affairs
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points
Interview required:
Yes and industry standard entry test
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Journalism (Joint Honours),
Media and Communication,
Media (Joint Honours)
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7555
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/adhug
You will study a challenging and
rewarding curriculum but will also
study for and take seven preliminary
exams set by UK journalism’s training
authority, the National Council for
the Training of Journalists (NCTJ).
The course has a real focus on
practical journalism skills, with regular
work experience on newspapers,
magazines, radio and TV, but also
explores the fascinating issues
surrounding journalism in great depth.
Learning and teaching
The course is led and taught by a
team of leading journalists, all of
whom have worked as newspaper
editors and have more than 20 years’
industry experience. While learning
core journalism skills, you can also
specialise in an area of your choice,
chosen from sports journalism,
magazines, sub-editing and design,
political communication, and radio.
Practical Journalism is emphasised
throughout and taught in workshop
format. Workshops typically have
an interactive session, group work,
important information delivered
in a lecture-style and individual
practical work supported by the tutor.
Throughout the course you learn in
a variety of ways, most of them very
practical, but will also contribute to
the more traditional seminar style
of learning, discovering, discussing,
sharing and developing knowledge
of this fascinating area. You are
assessed using essays, exams, class
work, seminar contribution, portfolio
and your dissertation over the three
years.
Work experience/placements
Every summer, to embed your
skills, you will do work experience.
Companies have included ITV News,
BBC East Midlands Today, GMTV,
BBC Leicester, BBC Northampton,
The Sunday Times, The Guardian, Zoo,
Sugar and Q magazines and regional
newspapers all over the UK.
Facilities
Workshop sessions are taught in our
computer labs within the Leicester
Centre for Journalism. You will also
have exclusive access to your own
newsroom in the third year.
Graduate careers
You should graduate with not only
a degree in Journalism, but also the
seven NCTJ pre-entry qualifications
you need to get into the profession.
This will make you very attractive to
newspaper editors in the regional
press, wanting to take graduates
straight into their newsrooms to work
on some of the regional press’ biggest
papers. Students recently graduating
from DMU’s NCTJ accredited
Postgraduate Diploma are working
for The Times, the Leicester Mercury,
OK magazine, The Independent and
the BBC.
Suitable for applicants from:
116
UK
EU
World
1st year modules
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
–– Practical Journalism 1
–– Journalism Skills (shorthand)
–– Media Law
–– Inside Journalism 1
2nd year modules 3rd year modules
–– Practical Journalism 2
–– News Writing and Journalism
Skills
–– Political Reporting
–– Inside Journalism 2
–– Journalism Dissertation
–– Practical Journalism 3
–– Sub-editing and Design
–– Sports Journalism
–– The Business of Magazines
–– Broadcast Journalism
–– Political Communication
About the course
Fast-moving, exciting, challenging
and rewarding – what could be more
interesting than journalism? Led and
taught by former newspaper editors,
Journalism at DMU emphasises
practical skills as well as keen analysis
of the best and worst of journalism.
You will learn all the basics of practical
journalism and find out about the world
in which journalists operate. You will
discuss, debate and explore many of
the exciting issues and controversies
surrounding modern journalism.
The course is very practical and
you get the chance to explore
work experience opportunities in
the industry, produce your own
publications and have your work
published in DMU’s well-established
student media.
Learning and teaching
This is a very hands-on course, with a
core Practical Journalism module in
every year of study. Practical sessions
are taught in workshop format, which
allows for maximum interactivity, group
work, delivery of important material in
lecture format and individual practical
work, supported by tutors. Other
sessions are taught in a variety of
formats, which include the traditional
lecture and seminar style. You are
assessed using coursework, exams,
assignments, essays, presentations
and group projects.
BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
Work experience/placements
Every summer you will undertake
work experience. These have included
ITV News, BBC East Midlands
Today, GMTV, BBC Leicester, BBC
Northampton, The Sunday Times,
The Guardian, Zoo, Sugar and
Q magazines and regional newspapers
all over the UK.
Facilities
Alongside all of the usual facilities
you would expect you will be taught
in workshop sessions in our computer
labs within the Leicester Centre for
Journalism.
Graduate careers
Graduates have gone on to work in
a broad range of careers including
journalism, public relations and
communications, and teaching. Many
also go on to study postgraduate
qualifications, including our own NCTJ
accredited MA/PG Dip in Journalism.
Students recently graduating from
DMU’s NCTJ accredited postgraduate
course are working for The Times,
the Leicester Mercury, OK magazine,
The Independent and the BBC.
In the third year, you are allowed to
explore your own journalistic interests
in a dissertation, or by the study of the
specialist areas of sports journalism,
magazines, political communication
or radio.
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
1st year modules
–– Practical Journalism 1
–– Journalism and Society
2nd year modules –– Practical Journalism 2
–– Issues in Journalism
3rd year modules
–– Practical Journalism 3
–– Journalism Dissertation
–– Sports Journalism
–– The Business of Magazines
–– Broadcast Journalism
–– Political Communication
Also available as Single Honours
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time,
six years part-time
Location:
Clephan Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code:
Journalism and:
Creative Writing WP85
PQ53
English English Language QP35
Film Studies PP35
History PV51
International Relations LP25
Media PPH5
Politics LPF5
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Normally 260 UCAS Points from
at least two A Levels including at
least one grade B or equivalent
–– National Diploma DMM
–– Five GCSEs grades A* - C
including English Language or
Literature at grade C or above.
We also accept the BTEC
First Diploma plus two GCSEs
including English at grade C or
above
–– You should have a passion for
current affairs and writing, and
excellent English
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points
Please be aware that some Joint
Honours combinations may have
specific entry requirements, visit
our website for more information.
Interview required:
No
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/open days for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7555
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/adhug
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
CREATIVE TECHNOLOGIES AND MEDIA
Journalism
117
Media and Communication BA (Hons)
With opportunities to specialise | Also available as Joint Honours/with Languages
First year teaching focuses on the
contemporary media landscape where
you will be encouraged to engage
critically and creatively with digital,
print and broadcast media as well
as exploring the potential of visual
media. In your second and third years
you can choose from a wide range of
professional, academic and creative
modules in line with your interests and
ambitions to create a degree, which
is fascinating, stretching, and relevant
to your aspirations. You can choose
from theoretical options including
the study of gender and identity,
advertising, political communication and
audiences, as well as from creative and
professional modules in public relations,
music industry management, journalism
and radio. Throughout your study you
will supported by a friendly teaching
team of media academics and industry
professionals.
Learning and teaching
Courses are taught both by creative
industry practitioners and by academics
whose research puts them at the
forefront of contemporary knowledge.
The Media and Communication team
was awarded a world-leading result in
the most recent Research Assessment
Exercise (RAE) in 2008.
Assessed work will make demands on
your academic and creative skills and
includes essays, analytical portfolios,
scripts, news articles, research projects,
presentations, and developing practical
projects both individually and in teams.
The culmination of the course is the
submission of either a dissertation or a
negotiated project.
1st year modules
–– Introduction to Media, Culture
and Society
–– Analysing Media and
Communication
–– Network Media: Theory and
Practice
–– Photography and Video 1
Work experience/placements
There is an ongoing commitment
to providing opportunities for work
experience. We have close links with
BBC Radio Leicester, community
media organisations and independent
cinema Phoenix Square along with
employers in the media industries in the
UK and abroad.
There are regular visiting lecturers
from both industry and the academic
world and you can also work on
the university’s award winning
DemonMedia, which includes
The Demon student newspaper,
DemonFM and DemonTV.
Facilities
The course combines practical and
theoretical study so, in addition to
comfortable lecture and seminar rooms,
you will use the latest technology in our
fully equipped digital media labs with
Apple Pro and Apple iMac computers
with cinema screens, the latest
operating software and Adobe Creative
Suite. You can also use the wellequipped photographic studios, video
editing suites and sound studios.
Graduate careers
Our recent graduates have gone on to
work for Cosmopolitan, BBC, CBeebies,
MentornMedia (Question Time), PR
companies as account executives,
an events management company,
News International, as well as other
professions where knowledge of the
media and good communication skills
are valued. Some graduates choose to
continue their education by researching
the media and related subjects at
postgraduate level.
Language pathway
You can also study Media and
Communication with a languages
pathway. Students taking this route
will study one 30-credit module of
their chosen language each year.
Languages offered will be French
beginner, French post GCSE, Spanish
beginner, Spanish post GCSE and
Chinese (Mandarin) beginner.
2nd year modules –– Researching the Media
–– Television Studies
–– Journalism 1
–– New Media: Design and
Production
–– Media, Gender and Identity
–– Public Relations 1
–– Media Discourse
–– Citizen Media 1
–– Photography and Video 2
(The Documentary Image)
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time,
six years part-time
Location:
Clephan Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code:
Media and Communication P300
with Languages
TBC
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Normally 260 UCAS Points from
at least two A Levels including at
least one grade B or equivalent
–– National Diploma DMM
–– Five GCSEs grades A* - C
including English Language or
Literature at grade C or above.
We also accept the BTEC
First Diploma plus two GCSEs
including English at grade C
or above
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points
Interview required:
No
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
CREATIVE TECHNOLOGIES AND MEDIA
About the course
Our graduates work for the companies
that make the news. This Media and
Communication BA (Hons) offers the
opportunity to develop the analytical,
professional and practical skills
required to meet the demands of
the new creative industries sector in
careers spanning news, public relations,
advertising, politics and entertainment.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Film Studies, Journalism,
Media (Joint Honours)
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7555
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/adhug
3rd year modules
–– Media Dissertation/
Negotiated Project
–– Journalism 2
–– Forms and Practices of Radio
–– New Media: Creative Project
–– Advertising and Consumption
–– Political Communication
–– Writing for the Screen
–– Audiences and Fandom
–– Public Relations 2
–– Citizen Media 2
–– Negotiated Practice –
Photography or Video
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
119
Media
BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
With opportunities to specialise | Also available as Single Honours/with Languages
CREATIVE TECHNOLOGIES AND MEDIA
Key information
About the course
Our graduates work for the companies
that make the news. Media BA (Hons)
offers the opportunity to develop the
analytical, professional and practical
skills required to meet the demands
of the new creative industries sector
in careers spanning news, public
relations, advertising, politics and
entertainment.
Duration:
Three years full-time,
six years part-time
Location:
Clephan Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code:
Media and
Business Managment Drama Studies
English English Language Film Studies Journalism Marketing NP13
PWH4
PQ33
QP33
P390
PPH5
NP53
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Normally 260 UCAS Points from
at least two A Levels including at
least one grade B or equivalent
–– National Diploma DMM
–– Five GCSEs grades A* - C
including English Language or
Literature at grade C or above.
We also accept the BTEC
First Diploma plus two GCSEs
including English at grade C
or above
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points
Please be aware that some Joint
Honours combinations may have
specific entry requirements, visit
our website for more information.
Interview required:
No
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
120
You may also be interested in:
Film Studies, Journalism
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7555
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/adhug
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
This Joint Honours degree gives you
a comprehensive understanding of the
important theories, issues and debates
in the media and the chance to find
out where your own talents lie.
First year teaching focuses on the
contemporary media landscape where
you will be encouraged to engage
critically and creatively with digital,
print and broadcast media as well
as exploring the potential of visual
media. In your second and third years
you can choose from a wide range of
professional, academic and creative
modules in line with your interests and
ambitions to create a degree, which is
fascinating, stretching, and relevant to
your aspirations.
You can choose from theoretical
options including the study of gender
and identity, advertising, political
communication and audiences, as
well as from creative and professional
modules in public relations, music
industry management, journalism and
radio. Throughout your study you will
supported by a friendly teaching team
of media academics and industry
professionals.
Learning and teaching
Courses are taught both by creative
industry practitioners and by
academics whose research puts
them at the forefront of contemporary
knowledge. The Media team was
awarded a world-leading result in the
most recent Research Assessment
Exercise (RAE) in 2008.
Assessed work will make demands on
your academic and creative skills and
1st year modules
–– Introduction to Media and
Communication
–– Network Media: Theory and
Practice
includes essays, analytical portfolios,
scripts, news articles, research
projects, presentations, developing
practical projects both individually
and in teams. The culmination of the
course is the submission of either a
dissertation or a negotiated project.
Work experience/placements
There is an ongoing commitment
to providing opportunities for work
experience. We have close links with
BBC Radio Leicester, community
media organisations and independent
cinema Phoenix Square along with
employers in the media industries in
the UK and abroad.
There are regular visiting lecturers
from both industry and the academic
world and you can also work on
the university’s award winning
DemonMedia, which includes
The Demon student newspaper,
DemonFM and DemonTV.
Facilities
The course combines practical and
theoretical study so, in addition to
comfortable lecture and seminar
rooms, you will use the latest
technology in our fully equipped digital
media labs with Apple Pro and Apple
iMac computers with cinema screens,
the latest operating software and
Adobe Creative Suite. You can also
use the well-equipped photographic
studios, video editing suites and sound
studios.
Graduate careers
Our recent graduates have gone
on to work for Cosmopolitan, BBC,
CBeebies, MentornMedia (Question
Time), PR companies as account
executives, an events management
company, News International, as well
as other professions where knowledge
of the media and good communication
skills are valued. Some graduates
choose to continue their education
by researching the media and related
subjects at postgraduate level.
2nd year modules –– Researching Media and
Communication
–– Television Studies
–– Media, Gender and Identity
–– Media Discourse
–– Journalism 1
–– New Media: Design and
Production
–– Public Relations 1
–– Citizen Media 1
Please note that this information is correct at the time
of print and is subject to review each year so may vary.
3rd year modules
–– Media Dissertation/
Negotiated Project
–– Journalism 2
–– Forms and Practices of Radio
–– New Media: Creative Project
–– Advertising and Consumption
–– Political Communication
–– Writing for the Screen
–– Audiences and Fandom
–– Public Relations 2
–– Advertising and Consumption
–– Citizen Media 2
–– Music Industry Management
Accredited by:
Media Production
As technology becomes more prevalent
within the media industries, a technical
approach to media production is
becoming increasingly important. This
course ensures that you enter the work
environment with knowledge of the
latest tools and techniques for making
media products. The main emphasis
of the course is on developing a wide
range of technical skills to enable you to
enjoy enhanced and varied employment
prospects upon graduation.
Access to the facilities at the BBC
Academy in Wood Norton provides
an unrivalled opportunity to work with
cutting-edge technologies and gain
valuable experience of working in a
professional environment. You will also
benefit from access to a wide range of
state-of-the-art equipment and facilities
for creating media products within our
Creative Technology Studios.
Learning and teaching
You will learn via a combination of
lectures, tutorials, group work, practical
lab sessions and self directed study.
The Television Production modules,
taught in conjunction with the BBC
Academy in their training facility at Wood
Norton, covers topics such as televisions
systems, studio practice, cameras, sound
and lighting, post production and visual
effects, vision timing and synchronisation
and broadcast. This involves short
periods away from the campus and
you may incur some modest additional
costs. In the final year, you will work on
a practice-based project enabling you to
maximise the skills and experience you
have gained throughout the course.
You will normally attend 12-16 hours of
timetabled sessions each week, and are
expected to undertake at least 14-16
further hours of directed independent
study and assignments as required.
Work experience/placements
Students have taken part in work
experience placements at a large
number of local, national and
international companies over the
past three years, including the BBC.
1st year modules
–– Studies in Media Technology
–– Technology I: Fundamentals
–– Media Capture and
Processing
–– Multimedia Animation
Production I
Facilities
The film studios located in the Queens
Building makes available multi-camera,
blue screen and green screen studios for
all students on our media courses. The
green screen and blue screen facilities
enable students to create videos that
take advantage of colour keying to
merge video with computer graphics,
stock video and still images.
The multi-camera studio replicates the
most common setup for TV studios and
enables students to practice techniques
covering all of the areas of studio work
including presenting, camera work,
direction, lighting and sound. The film
studios also include a full lighting setup
and a viewing gallery so that cameras
and presenters can receive direction
from the students taking the role of a
producer. Using live graphic overlays
students can successfully replicate
news, shopping channel and chat show
environments.
The creative technology studios includes
two video production labs, these fully
equipped labs are designed for HighDefinition (HD) video extraction, HD
editing, effect processing, CGI, DVD
creation and mastering. Machines
feature dual screens, a standard HD
display and reference quality HD display
essential for colour critical applications
such as video editing.
There are facilities to receive input
from a wide range of cameras, devices,
streams or live from the studio. With
access to a large amount of storage
and our high-speed network, HD quality
video can be transferred across labs,
studios and the green screens suite.
Graduate careers
Recent graduates are working as head
runners, production assistants, video
editors and designers, independent film
producers, freelance video producers,
television presenters and media
designers. Companies include Molinaie,
Sumners, Stones Productions, VPoint
TV, The Guardian, the Telegraph and
the BBC, and working on programmes
such as ITV’s Dancing on Ice.
2nd year modules –– Technology II: Electronic
Sound and Vision
–– Television Production
–– 3D Modelling and Animation
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time,
four years with placement
Location:
Queens Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: P310
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Normally 300 UCAS Points
from at least two A Levels or
equivalent, plus five GCSEs
at grade C or above, including
Maths and English
–– Typical A Level offers:
At least two grade B results
with additional qualifications
contributing towards the points
score such as a third A Level or
AS Levels
–– International Baccalaureate:
30+ points
Interview required:
No
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Please visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days.
CREATIVE TECHNOLOGIES AND MEDIA
About the course
This industry-focused course provides
the technical foundations and practical
skills needed to assume a leading role as
a designer and producer of digital media.
BSc (Hons)
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Media Technology,
Music Technology
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7456
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/technology
Twitter: @DMUTECH
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
3rd year modules
–– Technology Project
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
121
Accredited by:
Media Technology
CREATIVE TECHNOLOGIES AND MEDIA
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time,
four years with placement
Location:
Queens Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: HP63
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Normally 260 UCAS Points
from at least two A Levels or
equivalent, plus five GCSEs
at grade C or above, including
Maths and English
–– Typical A Level offers: at least
one B and one C with additional
qualifications contributing
towards the points score such as
a third A level or AS Levels
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ points
Interview required:
No
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Please visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Media Production, Music Technology
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7456
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/technology
Twitter: @DMUTECH
Suitable for applicants from:
122
UK
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
BSc (Hons)
About the course
This course examines the context
and the way in which people use
digital media products and services
and is ideal if you want to learn how
to produce digital media content in
accordance with industry methods
and techniques. The course also
specialises in the study and practice
of social media technology and
production for the creation and sharing
of online and network media.
You will develop an understanding of
the science and technology behind
media production, digital distribution
and electronic audio-visual distribution
systems, and will learn how to use
these effectively in the development,
production and distribution of
broadcast and multimedia content.
The course teaches you to think
independently, innovate, explore
and assess competing forms of
media production and digital media
technology. It acknowledges and
explores the convergent nature of
traditional media, the synergy of
different media forms, the way in
which these emergent forms of media
interact, and the deployment and use
of new-media technology.
You will consider the consequences
of media production and consumption
and leave university with the ability
to characterise and evaluate the
performance capabilities and
limitations of a range of electronic
and digital media forms and apply
and assess competing production
processes.
Learning and teaching
The course has extensive practical
components that supplement teaching
by lectures, tutorials, laboratories,
workshops, presentations, screenings,
demonstrations and independent
study. Assessment is by coursework,
an industrial experience report and
exams.
You will normally attend around
12–16 hours of timetabled taught
sessions each week, and are expected
to undertake at least 14–16 further
hours of directed independent study
and assignments as required.
1st year modules
–– Social Media Technology
–– Technology I: Fundamentals
–– Media Capture and
Processing
–– Multimedia Animation
Production I
Facilities
The film studios located in the Queens
building makes available multi-camera,
blue screen and green screen studios
for all students on our media courses.
The green screen and blue screen
facilities enable students to create
videos that take advantage of colour
keying to merge video with computer
graphics, stock video and still images.
The multi-camera studio replicates the
most common setup for TV studios
and enables students to practice
techniques covering all of the areas
of studio work including presenting,
camera work, direction, lighting and
sound. The film studios also includes a
full lighting setup and a viewing gallery
so that cameras and presenters can
receive direction from the students
taking the role of a producer. Using
live graphic overlays students can
successfully replicate news, shopping
channel and chat show environments.
The creative technology studios
includes two video production
labs, these fully equipped labs are
designed for High-Definition (HD)
video extraction, HD editing, effect
processing, CGI, DVD creation and
mastering. Machines feature dual
screens, a standard HD display and
reference quality HD display essential
for colour critical applications such as
video editing.
There is facility to receive input from
a wide range of cameras, devices,
streams or live from the studio. With
access to a large amount of storage
and our high-speed network, HD
quality video can be transferred across
labs, studios and the green screens
suite.
Graduate careers
Recent graduates are working as radio
producers, freelance photographers
and media assistants, for companies
including Heart Radio and MATV.
Technology graduates have an
average salary of £21,852 just six
months after graduating (DLHE
2008/09).
2nd year modules –– Social Media Production
–– Technology II: Electronic
Sound and Vision
3rd year modules
–– Technology Project
–– Advanced Social Media
Production
Multimedia Computing
The programme will enable you to
acquire substantive skills in interactive
visual design, 2D/3D animation, video
production, software construction
and the development of interactive
products for stand-alone computers
and the Internet. Employment
prospects can be further enhanced by
spending an optional placement year
gaining relevant professional work
experience.
Learning and teaching
Each module has its own learning
strategy. These methods include the
following:
–– Directed learning via lectures,
tutorials, seminars and work-based
exercises for the dissemination
of knowledge, information and
the demonstration of practical
processes and techniques
–– Student-centred learning via
research and presentation of
findings, report and essay writing,
assignments, practice and
practical work-based exercises
for the development of skills and
understanding
–– Resource-based learning for the
development of skills
–– Project-based learning to develop
research, presentation and
communication skills
We adopt a technical approach to
the study of the subject, whilst also
recognising its imaginative and
creative elements. Students studying
on the programme are therefore
encouraged to develop individual
portfolios that can be used to
showcase their talents.
Work experience/placements
The department is able to offer
support for all of our students looking
to integrate a placement within their
university career on undergraduate
degrees and postgraduate masters
programmes. We have a dedicated
placement unit that will help you
search for placement opportunities,
create and refine your CV and
interview approach, and offer any
advice you need to find a great
placement.
Technology Placement Office
Placements can enhance your career
prospects and give you the chance
to use theory from the classroom in a
real-world scenario before you have
graduated.
Graduate careers
Multimedia Computing will provide
you with the skills for a wide range
of career opportunities; including
multimedia application development,
web design/development, 3D
modelling and animation, video
production and streaming, game
design, server configuration, and
Internet programming. There is
an increasing need for graduates
who have the knowledge and
skills to deal with the development
and management of converging
technologies.
Graduates have joined a wide range
of organisations, including companies
such as MMT Digital, Eurotechnics,
BMI Baby, Studio2 Online and OCB
Media.
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time,
four years with placement
Location:
Queens Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: I150
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Normally 260 UCAS Points
from at least two A Levels or
equivalent, with five GCSEs
at grade C or above including
English and Maths
–– Typical A Level offers:: at least
one grade B and one grade C,
with additional qualifications
contributing toward the points
score, such as a third A Level or
AS Levels
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points
Interview required:
No
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Please visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days.
CREATIVE TECHNOLOGIES AND MEDIA
About the course
Rapid developments in computing
power, size and affordability, together
with the growth of the Internet
and mobile computing mean that
multimedia now plays an increasingly
important role in many areas of
human activity, including; business,
journalism, broadcasting, mobile
telecommunications, education
and of course, entertainment. The
development of successful multimedia
products requires both creative flair
and technical competence.
BSc (Hons)
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Media Technology, Media Production
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7456
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/technology
Twitter: @DMUTECH
–– Optional industry-based placement
Suitable for applicants from:
1st year modules
–– Multimedia 1
–– Media Capture and Processing
–– Studies in Media Technology
–– Multimedia Database Technology
3rd year modules
–– Advanced Interactive Media
–– Technology or Computing Project
2nd year modules
–– Internet Software Development
–– Interactive Media
UK
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
123
Accredited by:
Radio Production and Technology
CREATIVE TECHNOLOGIES AND MEDIA
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time,
four years with placement
Location:
Queens Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: HW66
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Normally 260 UCAS Points
from at least two A Levels or
equivalent, plus five GCSEs
at grade C or above, including
Maths and English
–– Typical A Level offers: at least
one B and one C with additional
qualifications contributing
towards the points score such as
a third A level or AS Levels
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ points
Interview required:
No
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Please visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Audio and Recording Technology,
Music Technology
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7456
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/technology
Twitter: @DMUTECH
About the course
Radio is an international creative
industry that has been transformed with
the introduction of new communication
systems, IT practices and audio
production technologies. Live radio
broadcasting requires a high level of
technical production skill and listeners
want to be engaged and informed by
the audio content they hear be it live
broadcast or downloaded.
This IET accredited course covers all
aspects of the operation of a radio
station and the technology that makes
it work, with a distinct focus on helping
you build the skills, knowledge and
techniques you need to become an
effective producer within the radio and
creative industries.
The course looks at the production,
management and distribution of audio
content and service both for broadcast
radio and distribution on the internet,
and mobile devices. The course
examines how audio programming
material is produced using audio
production and radio production studios;
digital audio recording systems and
workstations; audio production tools
(microphones and mixers); how audio
content is distributed using electronic
audio-visual communication systems
(networks); and how programming and
content is developed in accordance with
standard radio industry management
methods (compliance and regulation).
You will learn about the digital
production technologies used in the
radio and audio production industry
and will record, edit and mix your own
high quality radio programmes using
professional radio and audio recording
facilities in our state-of-the-art radio
and audio recording studios.
By working on DemonFM, our full-time
Community Radio Station, you will have
the opportunity to produce and make
news programmes, audio dramas,
station identity packages, discussion
programmes, location reports, outside
broadcasts, live music sessions and
entertainment programmes.
Suitable for applicants from:
124
UK
EU
BSc (Hons)
Learning and teaching
The staff teaching on the course have
excellent links with radio industry bodies
including the UK Radio Academy and
the Radio Studies Network.
You will learn via a combination of
lectures, tutorials, group assignments,
seminars, practical work-based
exercises and self-directed study. You
will gain advanced skills and knowledge
in audio production, radio programme
making, audio content development,
ICT, research, social media, project
planning, communication and team
work. You can volunteer for DemonFM,
our full-time community radio station,
either producing and presenting shows,
running news teams, recording bands
and running live session performances.
More information about DemonFM can
be found at demonfm.co.uk
Work experience/placements/
industry links
Students are expected to volunteer for
DemonFM, our full-time community
radio station. This includes all aspects of
running and managing the output of the
station, guiding and training volunteers
and developing and supporting the
IT and broadcast systems that support
our programmes. Some paid work
experience positions are available
on DemonFM through the
De Montfort University Frontrunners
work experience scheme.
Facilities
Throughout the course you will
use the facilities in our Creative
Technology Studios; a multi-million
pound development that gives you the
opportunity to learn in a technology-led
environment featuring state-of-theart equipment, industry-leading audio
and radio production suites, two fully
equipped recording studios featuring
analogue and digital recording systems
and surround sound monitoring and
audio and video laboratories with high
specification test equipment for
signal analysis.
Graduate careers
Recent graduates now work as
producers and sound recording
assistants and work for companies such
as GGM Radio and Palking Drums.
World
1st year modules
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
–– Introduction to Radio
Production
–– Audio Technology I
–– Multimedia for Audio
Production I
–– Studio Practice for Radio
Production I
2nd year modules –– Interactive Media
–– Radio Production
–– Broadcast Systems
Technology
–– Audio Production
3rd year modules
–– Technology Project
–– Advanced Radio Production
–– Broadcast Studio Technology
In partnership with:
TV & Film Production Technology
Delivered in conjunction with
the Confetti Institute of Creative
Technologies in Nottingham, on this
two year course you’ll be learning
in real commercial environments,
including the post-production studios
used to produce videos for famous
names like the Arctic Monkeys,
the Mighty Boosh, and the ‘This is
England’ TV series.
Work experience/placements/
industry links
Confetti Institute of Creative
Technologies is a unique educational
establishment; a custom-designed
facility, in Nottingham, which houses
a progressive learning institute
alongside commercial recording
studios and pre and post production
film and television companies. The
balance of a modern, influential,
learning environment, inspirational
staff and creative, vocational courses
has allowed thousands of Confetti
students to start their career in the
Creative Industries, as well as develop
invaluable life skills, gain confidence
and think positively about their future.
You’ll learn a huge range of skills
and gain experience in every aspect
of video and broadcast production,
including HD camera operation,
documentary production, motion
graphics and compositing and film
soundtrack design and production.
Facilities
Facilities at the Confetti Institute
of Creative Technologies include
state-of-the-art recording, mixing
and mastering suites and recording
studios.
On this course, previous students have
met filmmakers and screenwriters
at Confetti’s ‘Industry Week’, visited
the world-famous Berlin International
Film Festival, and filmed backstage at
Nottingham’s Splendour festival.
Taught by industry professionals who
also create opportunities for you to
gain work experience thanks to their
contacts and ongoing projects in the
business, there is also an option to
top-up to a BSc (Hons) Degree in one
of the media technology curriculum
areas after a further year of study at
DMU.
Learning and teaching
The course is a mixture of theory
and practice involving complex and
demanding practical projects and
assignments. In addition to lectures
and seminars, there is ample scope for
independent learning involving short
film and documentary production, and
sound design projects. Work-based
learning is incorporated through close
links with Spool Films in Nottingham.
Graduate careers
Many career opportunities exist in
the creative industries, which is one
of the fastest growing sectors of the
UK economy. Digital video technology
plays a crucial role in a variety of
different sectors such as television
and film production, web design, digital
authoring and animation.
Some potential areas of work that
you can pursue after completing the
course are camera operation, video
editing, producing for film or television
and broadcast engineering. A large
number of students who complete
the course successfully progress to
relevant employment, self-employment
or to further study. Upon achieving
sufficient credit, you can also progress
to BSc degree-level study at DMU.
Key information
Duration:
Two years full-time
Location:
Confetti Institute of Creative
Technologies in Nottingham
UCAS course code: TBC
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Normally 120 UCAS tariff points
from at least one A level or
equivalent with five GCSEs at
grade C or above including Maths
and English
–– International Baccalaureate:
24+ Points
Interview required:
No
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Please visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
Please contact Confetti Institute of
Creative Technologies for further
information.
CREATIVE TECHNOLOGIES AND MEDIA
About the course
One of the very few foundation
degrees in this area with a technical
emphasis, this course provides you
with a blend of technical and creative
skills necessary to work in the media
industries.
(FdSc)
You may also be interested in:
Media Technology, Media Production
To find out more:
Confetti Institute of Creative
Technologies
T: +44 (0)115 952 2075
E:[email protected]
W:confetti-ict.com
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
1st year modules
–– Digital Broadcast Technology I
–– Digital Audio-Visual Technology I
–– Video Industry Practice I
–– Digital Video and Broadcast Production I
2nd year modules
–– Digital Broadcast Technology II
–– Digital Audio-Visual Technology II
–– Video Industry Practice II
–– Digital Video and Broadcast Production II
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
125
Engineering
Discover high quality research which directly informs
teaching to ensure all of our courses are at the cutting
edge of new developments through our varied projects
across lean manufacturing, micro nano electronics,
mechatronics, clean and waste water systems and
non-linear flight mechanics including experimental and
phenomenological modelling of aircraft aerodynamics.
Leading edge facilities based in the award-winning
Queens Building, the labs bring together a wide range
of equipment used in the understanding of fundamental
engineering principles.
Work toward professional accreditation to enhance
your career with the opportunity to work toward
professional accreditation as a Chartered Engineer (Eng)
while you study.
Take a year in industry as part of your studies and
increase your employment prospects. All of our degree
courses provide you with the opportunity to complete an
optional 12 months work placement.
Create real job prospects with Technology graduates
earning an average of £21,028* just six months after
graduation.
What to do next:
Come to an open day to talk to the team.
Apply from September 2012, to find out how
go to page 220.
*DLHE 2009/10
videos
dmu.ac.uk/technologyvideo2013
Electronic Engineering BEng (Hons)
128
Engineering Year Zero
129
Environmental Engineering and Sustainability BEng (Hons)
130
Environmental Sustainability and Management BSc (Hons)
131
Green Energy Technology BSc (Hons)
132
Mechanical Engineering BEng (Hons)
134
Mechatronics BEng (Hons)
135
ENGINEERING
For instructions of how to use this code
to watch our Engineering video on your
smart phone, see p29
127
Accredited by:
Electronic Engineering
ENGINEERING
Key information
About the course
Designed in conjunction with senior
industrialists, this course, accredited
by the Institution of Engineering
and Technology (IET) for more than
25 years, is ideal if you wish to study
an exciting and varied curriculum
and leave with the ability to work
competently in the electronics industry.
Duration:
Three years full-time, four years
with placement
Location:
Queens Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: H610
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Normally 260 UCAS Points
from at least two A Levels or
equivalent, plus five GCSEs
at grade C or above, including
Maths and English
–– Typical A Level offers: at least
one grade B and one grade
C, one of which should be in a
Maths, Physics or Engineering
subject, with additional
qualifications contributing toward
the points score, such as a third A
Level or AS Levels
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ points
Interview required:
No
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
Open days: Please visit
dmu.ac.uk/opendays for forthcoming
open days.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Green Energy Technology,
Mechanical Engineering
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7456
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/technology
Twitter: @DMUTECH
UK
EU
The course has optional streams in
Electronic Engineering, Power and
Control, Broadcast Systems and
Telecommunications.
You will gain a broad education in
electronic engineering, understanding
the central topics of analogue and
digital electronics, while providing
learning about everything from high
frequency electronics to control.
The course provides you with the first
step to achieving professional status
as a Chartered Engineer.
Work experience/placements/
industry links
Electronic Engineering is fully
accredited by the Institution of
Engineering and Technology
(IET) which is one of the world’s
leading professional societies for
the engineering and technology
community, with more than 150,000
members in 127 countries. IET
accreditation recognises the high
standard of our course and confirms
the relevance of its content. In order to
achieve IET accreditation, our course
has had to reach a certain standard in
the following areas: projects, staffing,
resourcing, quality assurance, student
support and course structure and
technical depth.
Facilities
Electrical and electronic experimental
facilities are divided into five main
areas: general electronics and
1st year modules
Suitable for applicants from:
128
BEng (Hons)
–– Engineering Mathematics
–– Analogue Electronics
–– Digital Electronics
–– Principles of Design and
Manufacture
–– Communication Systems
World
assembly, digital electronics and
microprocessor engineering, power
electronics, control systems and
communications engineering
Each facility is equipped with stateof-the-art experimental equipment
appropriate to the corresponding areas
of study and research. An additional
CAD design suite shared with the
Mechanical and Design programmes
provides access to computing facilities
with specialist electronics CAD tools
including Microsoft Office, OrCAD and
PSpice.
A specialised area incorporating a
spacious radio frequency reverberation
chamber and Faraday cage allows for
experimentation in radio frequency
engineering and electromagnetics,
while our digital design suite is
equipped with the latest 8 and
32-bit embedded microprocessor
platforms together with high speed
programmable logic development
environments. Power generation and
conversion, industrial process control
and embedded drives are provided for,
while our communications laboratory is
also equipped for R.F. engineering.
Graduate careers
Increasingly, employers are looking for
graduates with a range of transferable
skills combined with the ability to
work competently in electronics
and use the tools of electronic
engineering. Electronic engineering
links into a multitude of industries,
each with their own disciplines and
requirements. Areas in which you can
pursue a career include electronic
product design, radio frequency
design and mobile communications,
signal processing, control and power
electronics, electronic control systems,
telecommunications, military and
aeronautical electronics and education.
2nd year modules
–– Applied Electronics
–– Signal Processing
–– Embedded Systems and Drives
(Electronic Engineering, Power
and Control)
–– Broadcast Systems Technology
(Broadcast Systems)
–– Electronic Communication
Engineering
(Telecommunications)
–– Electromagnetics
–– Project Management
–– Advanced Engineering Maths
–– Power Electronics
(Power and Control)
–– Advanced Mechatronics
(Power and Control)
–– Communication Networks
(Broadcast Systems,
Telecommunications)
–– Mobile Communications
(Telecommunications)
–– Video and Multimedia
Technology (Broadcast
Systems)
3rd year modules
Please note these modules are correct at
the time of going to print and are subject
to review so may vary.
(The modules relating to stream options
are shown in parentheses)
–– Individual Project
–– Advanced Digital Design
–– High Frequency Technology
(Electronic Engineering,
Telecommunications)
–– Control and Instrumentation
(Electronic Engineering)
About the course
This full-time, one year course is ideal
if you want to become a professional
engineer but do not have the
relevant subject grades. The course
provides the key skills necessary
to study engineering in a university
environment.
The course gives you the core skills
in science, maths, design and IT that
are required to study engineering at
undergraduate level. You will finish the
course with the necessary foundation
to confidently enrol on the first year
of an engineering degree course. The
emphasis of this course is to teach
you to have a thorough understanding
and an ability to use mathematical and
scientific fundamentals so that you can
confidently approach the first year of
your engineering degree.
You will typically study:
–– Maths – learn the mathematical
principles and techniques necessary
to analyse engineering problems in
small structured units
–– Physics – learn basic laws of
physics and how to apply them to
engineering problems. Plenty of
examples are given to practise and
develop your skills to enable you to
confidently apply your knowledge
–– IT and Business Studies – you will
learn how to use spreadsheets
to find solutions to engineering
problems, create technical reports
and presentations, and study
elements of business analysis useful
for engineering
–– Design – elements of design
necessary to create engineering
drawings using the latest CAD
packages is covered
Learning and teaching
A variety of teaching techniques will
be used with emphasis on lectures,
supporting tutorials and laboratory
classes. The course is taught by
staff with many years of experience
in teaching students who may find
maths/physics difficult, and plenty of
help and support will be available if
you are enthusiastic about studying
engineering. There will be plenty of
opportunities to ask questions and
understand concepts. Continuous
assessment forms a major part of the
assessment process on this course.
Key information
You will normally attend around
12–16 hours of timetabled taught
sessions each week, and are expected
to undertake at least 14–16 further
hours of directed independent study
and assignments as required.
Interview required:
No
Facilities
You will have access to excellent
facilities necessary to study
engineering. These include Mechanical
and Electronic laboratories to carry out
experiments, computer facilities with
relevant software for completion of
technical reports and design drawings.
Graduate careers
Upon successful completion of
Engineering Year Zero you can
progress to the first year of DMU’s
BEng (Hons) degrees in Mechanical
Engineering, Mechatronics, and
Electronic Engineering or to BSc
Green Energy Technology. After
completing your selected engineering
undergraduate programme you can
pursue a career in your preferred field
of engineering.
Duration:
One year full-time
Location:
Queens Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: H108
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Normally 120 UCAS Points
from at least one A Level or
equivalent, plus five GCSEs
at grade C or above, including
Maths and English
ENGINEERING
Engineering Year Zero
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
Open days: Please visit
dmu.ac.uk/opendays for forthcoming
open days.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Electronic Engineering,
Mechanical Engineering
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7456
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/technology
Twitter: @DMUTECH
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
Course modules
–– Quantitative Methods
–– Engineering Applications
–– ICT and Business Practice
–– Design and Technology
EU
World
Please note these modules are correct at
the time of going to print and are subject
to review so may vary.
129
Environmental Engineering and Sustainability BEng (Hons)
ENGINEERING
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time, four years
with placement
Location:
Queens Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: TBC
Entry and admissions criteria:
– Normally 260 UCAS Points from
at least two A Levels or equivalent,
with five GCSEs at grade C or
above including English and Maths
– Typical A Level offers: at least one
grade B and one grade C, one
of which should be in a Maths,
Physics or Engineering subject,
with additional qualifications
contributing toward the points
score, such as a third A Level or
AS Levels
– International Baccalaureate: 28+
Points
Interview required:
No
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
Open days: Please visit
dmu.ac.uk/opendays for forthcoming
open days.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Green Energy Technology,
Environmental Sustainability and
Management
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7456
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/technology
Twitter: @DMUTECH
About the course
The course is ideal if you want to learn
about energy generation technologies
that produce very little or no CO2 and
how to incorporate these technologies
into designing sustainable systems.
Environmental engineering is closely
related to civil engineering and tries
to balance the built environment
with the natural world. You will learn
how to protect the environment and
develop sustainable communities,
taking into account our ever-increasing
use of energy, and will leave with
the right set of skills to work for
national and multinational companies
involved in making and implementing
environmental policies, and delivering
environmental projects.
You will develop the knowledge you
need to participate in developing
and implementing green, sustainable
technologies that ensure a safe and
healthy environment for the future.
Learning and teaching
In the first year you will study the
fundamentals necessary to be
an environmental engineer. You
will learn about basic concepts of
mechanical and electrical/electronic
engineering principles and maths and
computer programming, and develop
an understanding of the principles
of environmental microbiology and
environmental chemistry.
In the second year you will learn how
to design optimal and sustainable
systems for the production and
delivery of clean and safe potable
water to thousands of people. You
will also develop an understanding
of processes governing water cycles
at the local and global scale. You will
analyse, evaluate and tackle water
scarcity problems and propose the
best approaches to mitigate these
problems and assure sustainable use
of resources and the environment. You
will also learn about energy conversion
technologies that produce very little or
no CO2.
Suitable for applicants from:
130
UK
EU
World
Please note these modules are correct at
the time of going to print and are subject
to review so may vary.
This will enable you to understand and
evaluate the benefits, drawbacks and
the impact these technologies have on
the environment and our industry.
In the final year you will learn to
design and analyse conventional and
sustainable liquid and solid waste
collection and treatment technologies,
evaluate performance and propose
optimal solutions for communities
and industrial plants. You will also
take a holistic approach to the design,
operation and management of large
urban water and wastewater systems
such as large water distribution
networks, drainage systems, and
purification plants.
Legislative factors driving changes in
environment protection technology are
also covered.
You will normally attend around
12–16 hours of timetabled taught
sessions each week, and are expected
to undertake at least 14–16 further
hours of directed independent study
and assignments as required.
Facilities
This course teaches a mixture of
engineering and life sciences.
Engineering subjects will be taught
in the Queens Building, and the
Hawthorn Building will deliver
life sciences. Both buildings have
outstanding facilities appropriate for
the course.
Graduate careers
Industries that you may expect to work
in include:
–– Water and utility companies
–– Environmental and civil engineering
consultancy and construction
companies
–– Research and development,
developing new sustainable
technologies for the management
of waste and treatment of water and
wastewater
–– Local government and national
government
–– Environmental policy making
1st year modules
2nd year modules
–– Engineering Mathematics
–– Mechanical Principles
–– Basic Microbiology
–– Environmental Chemistry
–– Elements of Programming
and Electronics
–– Fluid Mechanics and
Hydraulics
–– Hydrology, Meteorology and
Water Resources
–– Technical Drawing and CAD
–– Engineering Science 2
–– Near Zero Emission
Technologies
3rd year modules
–– Portable Water Treatment and
Supply
–– Individual Project
–– Sewage Collection Treatment
and Disposal
–– Solid Waste Management
–– Modelling Sustainable
Environmental Systems
About the course
This is an interdisciplinary course that
will provide you with the confidence to
handle the science of climate change
and environmental change as well as
the skills to lead organisations and
individuals to real-world solutions to the
problem of how to live and thrive in a
low carbon society. This course is ideal
if you want to understand the challenge
of sustainability facing individuals,
government and business and leave with
the skills to help transform organisations
to respond to this challenge.
This course is intended to provide
students with the skills to offer practical
and tangible solutions to climate change
and sustainability alongside the ability to
think critically; engage hearts and minds
and provide leadership underpinned by
academic rigour.
Learning and teaching
You are taught through lectures, tutorials,
and group work throughout the course.
The first year covers the fundamental
knowledge and skills necessary to be
a sustainability expert. You will learn
about basic principles of business and
sustainable development alongside
some introductory mathematics and
engineering. This will equip you to select
a range of modules for the second year.
In the second year, you will learn
about effective strategies for reducing
environmental pollution and start to
consider the human factors involved
in energy and climate change. You
will also have the opportunity to focus
your attention on either more business
and management related subjects or
technology related subjects, and learn
about current climate change policy. In
the final year, you will apply these skills
to contemporary business issues and
consider the business implications of a
transition to a low carbon economy.
You will also complete a final year project
or dissertation in a topic of interest.
Key information
You will normally attend around 12–16
hours of timetabled taught sessions each
week, and are expected to undertake at
least 14–16 further hours of directed
independent study and assignments as
required.
Duration:
Three years full-time, four years
with placement
Facilities
UCAS course code: TBC
You will be based in the Institute of
Energy and Sustainable Development
in DMU’s Queens Building. This is also
home to the Faculty of Technology.
You will have access to computer
facilities and teaching spaces in the
Faculty of Technology as well the Hugh
Aston Building, home to Business and
Law. DMU also has excellent IT and
library facilities as well as creative study
spaces across the whole campus.
In addition there also excellent technical
facilities including:
CAD design suite with specialist
electronics CAD tools including Microsoft
Office, OrCAD and PSpice, large openplan space mechanical labs, and a
purpose built engine testing facility with
full instrumentation to measure engine
performance and emissions.
Graduate careers
You may expect to work in a range
of industries. The course is intended
to equip you for careers such as
professional management, consultancy
and leadership roles in business and local
government, environmental or CSR.
Technology graduates have an average
salary of £21,852 just six months after
graduating (DLHE 2008/09).
1st year modules
2nd year modules
–– Sustainable Development
–– Socioeconomics of Energy
and the Environment
–– Basic Engineering and
Mathematical Principles
–– World Management Issues
–– Communication, Academic
Skills and Employability
–– Financial Decision Making
–– Energy Policies and Human
Factors
–– Project Management
–– Integrated Environmental
Strategies
–– Management and Strategy
optional modules likely to
include:
–– Environmental Management
and Auditing
–– Environmental Politics
–– Performance Measurement in
Organisations
–– Social Marketing
–– Near Zero Emissions
Technology
–– Engineering Science 2
–– The Science of Climate
Change
–– Industrial Placement
Optional modules likely to
include:
–– Greening Business
–– Final Year Project/Dissertation
–– Strategic Management
–– Governance and Sustainability
–– Globalisation and Democracy
–– Crisis and Business Continuity
Management
3rd year modules
Core modules
–– Contemporary Business
Issues
–– Energy Economics
Location:
Queens Building,
De Montfort University
Entry and admissions criteria:
Entry tariff TBC, please contact us
for details.
Interview required:
No
ENGINEERING
Environmental Sustainability and Management BSc (Hons)
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
Open days: Please visit
dmu.ac.uk/opendays for forthcoming
open days.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Green Energy Technology,
Environmental Engineering and
Sustainability
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7456
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/technology
Twitter: @DMUTECH
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
Please note these modules are correct at
the time of going to print and are subject
to review so may vary.
131
Green Energy Technology
ENGINEERING
Key information
About the course
This course is ideal if you want to learn
how and why our ever-increasing use
of energy and conventional fuels is
affecting the world’s environment, and
leave with the skills and knowledge
to develop green technologies and
implement green solutions that ensure
a safe and healthy environment for
future generations.
Duration:
Three years full-time, four years
with placement
Location:
Queens Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: J910
Entry and admissions criteria:
– Normally 260 UCAS Points from
at least two A Levels or equivalent,
plus five GCSEs at grade C or
above, including Maths and English
– Typical A Level offers: at least one
grade B and one grade C, one
of which should be in a Maths,
Physics or Engineering subject,
with additional qualifications
contributing toward the points
score, such as a third A Level or
AS Levels
– International Baccalaureate:
28+ points
Interview required:
No
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
Open days:
Please visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Environmental Engineering and
Sustainability, Environmental
Sustainability and Management
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7456
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/technology
Twitter: @DMUTECH
Suitable for applicants from:
132
UK
EU
BSc (Hons)
World
Please note these modules are correct at
the time of going to print and are subject
to review so may vary.
The course addresses theoretical and
practical aspects of energy production
and utilisation in a global economy,
effects of climate change due to fossil
fuels, engineering and technology
requirements to develop ‘green
energy’, policies and socioeconomic
factors related to energy production
and use are also covered.
Learning and teaching
You are taught through lectures,
tutorials, group work, and laboratory
experiments throughout the course.
The first year covers the fundamental
knowledge and skills necessary to be
an energy technologist. You will learn
about basic mechanical, electrical
and electronic engineering principles
and mathematics. You will gain an
understanding of material selection,
design and socioeconomic aspects of
energy production and usage.
In the second year, you will learn
about energy conversion technologies
that produce very little or no CO2
and concepts in engineering design.
You will also learn about current
climate policies. This will enable
you to understand the impact these
technologies, concepts and policies
have on the environment and industry.
These areas will be underpinned by
further study of analytical subjects
giving you confidence in finding
solutions to challenging technical
problems in the energy industry.
In the final year, you will learn to
analyse conventional and ‘green’ power
generation cycles, energy storage
methods, emissions reduction methods
and future concepts of emissions
reduction. Economic factors driven by
energy demand and climate change
1st year modules
–– Mechanical Principles
–– Electrical and Electronic
Principles
–– Engineering Mathematics
–– Green Design and the
Environment
–– Socioeconomics of Energy
and the Environment
such as carbon trading are also
covered.
You will also complete a final year
project in a topic of interest, such as
analysis of using bio-diesel in a real
engine, or the financial implication of
carbon trading, which will teach you
valuable skills in research and analysis,
and project planning.
You will normally attend around
12–16 hours of timetabled taught
sessions each week, and are expected
to undertake at least 14–16 further
hours of directed independent study
and assignments as required.
Work experience/placements
You have the option of undertaking
a year in industry following the second
year.
Facilities
Facilities include mechanical and
electronic laboratories to carry
out experiments and extensive
computer facilities. The mechanical
laboratory has equipment for study
of fundamental subjects such as
thermo-fluids, solid mechanics
and dynamics. Equipment in the
mechanical laboratory includes an airconditioning test rig, heat pump and a
solar simulator kit which are relevant to
this course. The other facilities include
a purpose built engine testing facility
with instrumentation to measure
and log engine performance and
emissions data.
Graduate careers
You may expect to work in industries
such as: power generation – gas, coal,
nuclear power industries; research
and development – developing green
technologies for efficient, clean
and green power generation; local
and national government – energy
policy making; energy users such as
major food, chemical, pharmaceutical
processors.
Technology graduates have an
average salary of £21,852 just six
months after graduating (DLHE
2008/09).
2nd year modules –– Near Zero Emission
Technologies
–– Engineering Science II
–– Strength of Materials and
Sustainable Design
–– Project Management
–– Energy Policies and Human
Factors
3rd year modules
–– Plant Analysis and
Sustainability
–– Transport Fuels and Energy
Storage Systems
–– Advanced Power Systems and
Green Technology
–– Energy Economics
–– Individual Project
Accredited by:
Mechanical Engineering
ENGINEERING
Key information
BEng (Hons)
About the course
This course is designed to teach
the necessary skills to become a
professional engineer, including
analytical abilities in thermo-fluids,
dynamics and solid mechanics
complemented by 3D-design and
management skills.
Duration:
Three years full-time, four years
with placement
Location:
Queens Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: H301
Entry and admissions criteria:
– Normally 260 UCAS Points from
at least two A Levels or equivalent,
with five GCSEs at grade C or
above including English and Maths
– Typical A Level offers: at least one
grade B and one grade C, one
of which should be in a Maths,
Physics or Engineering subject,
with additional qualifications
contributing toward the points
score, such as a third A Level or
AS Levels
– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points
Interview required:
No
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
Open days:
Please visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Mechatronics, Electronic Engineering
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7456
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/technology
Twitter: @DMUTECH
Mechanical engineering is vital to
all aspects of our everyday lives.
It is concerned with the design,
development, installation, operation and
maintenance of just about anything
that has movable parts. This could be
from massive structures such as oil
platforms, to large jet engines, and
single valves.
The unique balance of key analytical
subjects, work-related and professional
skills ensures that you leave with
the confidence to face challenging
engineering situations in modern
industry. The management skills
necessary to operate successfully in
modern industry are promoted and
developed at all stages of the course.
You will use industry standard software
such as ProEngineer, MatLab and
Algor FEA Analysis and have open
access to computer and experimental
laboratory facilities throughout the
course.
Learning and teaching
The course is taught by
knowledgeable, experienced staff who
are willing to help you gain a sound
understanding of the engineering
principles along with the personal
skills that will enable you to study
successfully and embark on a
rewarding career.
A variety of techniques are used
throughout the course with an
emphasis on lectures, supporting
tutorials and laboratory classes.
Student-centred learning takes place
through the research and presentation
of findings, report writing, individual and
group assignments and practical workbased exercises for the development
of skills and understanding.
Suitable for applicants from:
134
UK
EU
World
1st year modules
–– Engineering Mathematics
–– Electrical and Electronic
Principles
–– Mechanical Principles
–– Principles of Design and
Manufacture
–– Computer Aided Engineering
You will normally attend around 12–16
hours of timetabled taught sessions
each week, and are expected to
undertake at least 14–16 further hours
of directed independent study and
assignments as required.
Work experience/placements/
industry links
The course is accepted by the
Institution of Mechanical Engineers
(IMechE) for membership at
Incorporated Engineer Level.
Engineering students have taken
part in work experience placements
at a number of local, national and
international companies including
BMW AG, Airbus UK and Siemens.
Facilities
The main mechanical lab is a large
open-plan space designed to
accommodate the study of thermofluids, solid mechanics and dynamics.
It also has an area with machine
tools for the manufacture of student
designs.
There is a purpose built engine testing
facility with full instrumentation to
measure engine performance and
emissions. This facility is normally
used by our final year engineering and
research students. Typical student
projects include running the engine
with alternative fuels such as bio-fuels
and water-in-diesel emulsified fuels
to improve performance and emission
characteristics.
Graduate careers
The range of specialist modules
studied on this course is reflected by
the diversity of careers that can be
entered by graduates. You could go
into industries including aerospace,
defence and energy as well as the
manufacturing of industrial and
domestic products, pharmaceuticals,
furniture and foods. You will have
the ability to work in areas of design,
research, development, marketing,
sales, production management and
quality.
Technology graduates have an average
salary of £21,852 just six months after
graduating (DLHE 2008/09).
2nd year modules –– Engineering Science I
–– Engineering Science II
–– Project Management
–– Failure Analysis and Design
Analysis
–– Advanced Engineering
Mathematics
3rd year modules
–– Individual Project
–– Solid Mechanics
–– Plant Analysis and
Sustainability
–– Dynamics and Control
Accredited by:
Mechatronics
Mechatronics is the generally accepted
term for the synergistic integration of
mechanical, electronic and computing
sub-systems to realise a complete
system, which may be a product,
machine or process. Any industry
where safety is critical will have
mechatronic controls to give a level
of automatic control unheard of by
previous generations. Most modern
homes contain devices such as ovens,
washing machines, DVD recorders,
CD players, digital cameras, mobile
phones and security systems which
are all controlled by microprocessors.
Industrial equipment contains many
more systems which are vital for the
safe control of processing equipment
in industries such as food, medical,
pharmaceutical, chemical and oil.
This course addresses theoretical and
practical aspects of digital electronics,
embedded systems, programming
and dynamic systems, giving you the
mathematical knowledge to analyse
these using both manual calculations
and computer aided methods. You will
use industry standard software such
as ProEngineer, MatLab, OrCAD and
Algor FEA Analysis and have access to
computer and experimental laboratory
facilities throughout the course.
Learning and teaching
A variety of techniques are used
throughout the course with an
emphasis on lectures, supporting
tutorials and laboratory classes.
Student-centred learning takes
place through the research and
presentation of findings, report writing,
individual and group assignments
and practical work-based exercises
for the development of skills and
understanding.
1st year modules
–– Engineering Mathematics
–– Electrical and Electronic
Principles
–– Mechanical Principles
–– Principles of Design and
Manufacture
–– Computer Aided Engineering
You will normally attend around
12–16 hours of timetabled taught
sessions each week, and are expected
to undertake at least 14–16 further
hours of directed independent study
and assignments as required.
Work experience/placements/
industry links
The BEng Mechatronics course
is accepted by the Institution of
Mechanical Engineers (IMechE) for
membership at Incorporated Engineer
Level.
Engineering students have taken part
in work experience placements at
a vast number of local, national and
international companies including
BMW AG, Airbus UK and Siemens.
Facilities
The course benefits from a number
of specialised laboratories which you
will use for different exercises and
assignments. These include a large,
open-plan mechanical laboratory
designed for the study of mechanics
and dynamics and equipped with
machine tools for manufacturing
your designs, an electronics lab
for experimentation, design and
development and an interface lab for
programming and embedded system
design and development. You will also
benefit from the use of a large CAD
lab, which is equipped with industryled software including ProEngineer,
SolidWorks, MatLab, OrCAD, Altium
and Algor FEA Analysis.
Graduate careers
Multidisciplinary engineers are
sought after, and expect significantly
enhanced job prospects worldwide.
You could work in industries including
aerospace, defence and energy as
well as manufacturing industrial and
domestic products, pharmaceuticals,
furniture and foods. Recent graduates
are now working for companies such
as DB Sander.
2nd year modules –– Applied Electronics
–– Embedded Systems and
Drives
–– Engineering Science II
–– Digital System Applications
–– Project Management
–– Advanced Engineering
Mathematics
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time, four years
with placement
Location:
Queens Building, De Montfort
University
UCAS course code: HH36
Entry and admissions criteria:
– Normally 260 UCAS Points from
at least two A Levels or equivalent,
plus five GCSEs at grade C or
above, including Maths and English
– Typical A Level offers: at least one
grade B and one grade C, one
of which should be in a Maths,
Physics or Engineering subject,
with additional qualifications
contributing toward the points
score, such as a third A Level or
AS Levels
– International Baccalaureate:
28+ points
ENGINEERING
About the course
This course provides the opportunity
to become a professional engineer
with sound analytical proficiency in
embedded systems, digital electronics,
dynamics and control complemented
by the 3D-design and management
skills necessary to work in modern
industry.
BEng (Hons)
Interview required:
No
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
Open days:
Please visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Mechanical Engineering,
Electronic Engineering
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7456
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/technology
Twitter: @DMUTECH
Suitable for applicants from:
3rd year modules
–– Individual Project
–– Power Electronics
–– Advanced Mechatronics
–– Dynamics and Control
UK
EU
World
Please note these modules are correct at
the time of going to print and are subject
to review so may vary.
135
Health, Society and Community
Home to more than 400 members of staff and 7,500 students, the
faculty of Health and Life Sciences is renowned for its quality and
distinctiveness with a commitment to the highest standards in learning,
teaching and the student experience.
Designed with your employability in mind, our professionally focussed
courses benefit from continual input and significant links with many
external partners from the commercial, public, voluntary and charitable
sectors; preparing you for your career in health and social care.
–– Many of our courses are
accredited or endorsed by
professional bodies such as;
Nursing and Midwifery Council,
Royal College of Speech and
Language Therapists, and the
National Youth Agency; ensuring
you graduate with a recognised
and relevant qualification
–– Our newly developed Nursing
courses ensure relevance to the
changing demands of the sector;
with 94.3 per cent of Nursing
graduates, seeking to enter
employment or further study, being
successful within six months of
completing their course, entering
into ‘graduate level employment’*
–– Practice-based learning and
practical work placements
enhance your learning experience;
ensuring your expertise can be
transferred to the workplace
upon graduation
–– Our expertise in professional
training spans more than 30 years
in Social Work, 50 years in Youth
and Community, and 60 years in
Speech and Language Therapy;
heightening our reputation for
producing graduates of the
highest calibre
–– Our first class facilities replicate
practical and clinical settings,
directly preparing you for
employment
–– Our flexible courses are
complemented by a mixture of
traditional and innovative teaching
styles, such as; e-learning and
inter-professional education
–– Our Education Studies academics
are among National Teaching
Fellows; recognising and
rewarding excellence in learning
and teaching across higher
education institutions in England,
Northern Ireland and Wales
–– 100 per cent of Applied
Criminology, Midwifery and Youth
and Community graduates,
seeking to enter employment or
further study, are successful within
six months of completing their
course*
–– Health Studies graduates are
earning an average salary of
£29,666 within six months of
competing their course, with
Social Work graduates earning
an average salary of £24,874*
What to do next:
Come to an open day to talk to the team.
Apply from September 2012, to find out how
go to page 220.
*DLHE 2009/10
videos
dmu.ac.uk/hlsvideos
Children, Families and Community Health Foundation Degree (FdA) 138
(Incorporating the UCPD in Children, Families and Community Health)
Criminology and Criminal Justice BA (Hons)
139
Criminology and Criminal Justice with Psychology BA (Hons)
140
Dental Technology Foundation Degree (FdSc)
141
Education Studies BA (Hons)
142
Education Studies BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
143
Education Studies with Languages BA (Hons)
144
Education Studies with Psychology BA (Hons)
145
European Nursing Adaptation Programme (EUNA)
146
Foundation in Professional Practice BSc (Hons)
147
Health Studies BA (Hons)
148
Hearing Aid Audiology Foundation Degree (FdSc)
149
Human Communication – Speech and Language Therapy BSc (Hons)
150
Learning Beyond Registration
151
Midwifery (Pre-Registration Midwifery) BSc (Hons) 152
Midwifery (Pre-Registration –18 months) BSc (Hons) 153
Nursing with Registration BSc (Hons)
154
Nursing with Registration (Decelerated) BSc (Hons)
155
Nursing with Registration (Dual Registration) BSc (Hons)
156
Overseas Nursing Programme (Level 5)
157
Policing Studies, Criminology and Criminal Justice Foundation Degree (FdA)
158
Preparation for Social Work 159
Social Work BA (Hons)
160
Sociology BA (Hons) (Single & Joint Honours)
161
Work with Communities and Young People Foundation Degree (FdA)
162
Youth and Community Development BA (Hons)
163
HEALTH, SOCIETY AND COMMUNITY
For instructions of how to use this code to
watch our Health, Society and Community
videos on your smart phone, see p29
137
Children, Families and Community Health Foundation Degree
(incorporating the UCPD in Children, Families and Community Health)
HEALTH, SOCIETY AND COMMUNITY
Key information
Duration:
Normally two years full-time,
three years part-time
Location:
Leicester College, North
Warwickshire & Hinckley College
UCAS course code: LL35
(Part-time entry: apply direct
to DMU)
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Five GCSEs at grade C or above,
including Maths and English,
or equivalent, plus one of the
following:
–– Normally 180 UCAS Points from
at least one A Level or equivalent
–– International Baccalaureate:
26+ points
You must complete a declaration
form and enhanced CRB disclosure
application form before starting
the course (if you are overseas you
will also need to submit a criminal
records certificate from your
home country), which needs to be
cleared in accordance with DMU’s
admissions policy. Contact us for
up-to-date information.
Interview required:
Yes – students will take part in an
informal interview
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
Please contact our Partner Colleges
for further information.
138
To find out more:
Health and Life Sciences
T: +44 (0)116 257 7700
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/hls
Leicester College
T: +44 (0)116 224 2240
E:[email protected]
W:leicestercollege.ac.uk
North Warwickshire
& Hinckley College
T: +44 (0)2476 243366
E:[email protected]
W:nwhc.ac.uk
EU
Assessment methods include; essays,
exams, reports, presentations, projects
and logs.
The course allows a wide range
of people with varying educational
backgrounds to access higher
education; with the flexibility to study
at a local college, whilst also being a
DMU student.
Facilities
You will benefit from the facilities at
your chosen college as well as being
a student at DMU and having access
to the teaching and learning facilities
we have.
The course focuses on families,
children, parenting and communities.
It has a strong social science influence
and students are encouraged to reflect
on their own experiences to develop
their knowledge and understanding
of contemporary issues with regards
to children, families and community
health.
Graduate careers
This course will interest those pursuing
a career in a caring profession,
particularly those working with children
who wish to update their qualifications.
You can exit at any point and will be
credited with any modules you have
passed. These can then be used to
rejoin or apply to other courses at the
college or university.
UCPD
The University Certificate in
Professional Development pathway
is open to all; you do not need prior
qualifications.
Learning and teaching
Taught by lecturers from the local
college, you will enjoy a variety of
teaching methods including; lectures,
seminars, workshops, group work,
problem solving, guided reading and
e-learning.
1st year modules
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
About the course
–– Developed in collaboration with
local colleges, and in consultation
with local Sure Start Centres, this
highly multidisciplinary course is
directly relevant and applicable to
practice
–– Practical work placements heighten
your learning and employability
upon graduation
–– Flexible teaching, for two to three
hours a day, makes this course ideal
for people with family commitments
and practitioners continuing their
professional development
–– Choose to exit the course early
and achieve a University Certificate
in Professional Development,
or continue and complete a
Foundation Degree
–– Develop personal and study skills
and enhance your qualifications,
with the opportunity of progressing
onto a full Honours degree on
completion
World
–– Human Body
–– Social Context of Family Life
–– Strategies for Parenting
–– Community Health and Well-being
–– Differences and Diversity in Britain
–– Research, Study Skills and Personal
Development
–– Introduction to Developmental Psychology
–– Introduction to Child Development 0–11
Each module is taught for two to three
hours a day over 11 weeks in the
school term.
You are expected to engage in
additional self-directed study
throughout the course.
Work experience/placements/
industry links
A major component is the work-based
learning element; where you are
allocated to a suitable work-based
setting for an average of two to three
hours per week, to develop your
practical skills (where possible these
will be arranged to suit particular
circumstances). You need to have
completed a total of 150 hours during
Level 4 and a further 150 hours
during Level 5. If you are already
in employment you are not likely to
require a special placement.
Successful completion allows
progression to the final year of the
Health Studies BA (Hons), or to the
Level 6 ‘top-up’ degrees: Public and
Community Health BSc (Hons) or,
Evaluating Practice: Working with
Children BA (Hons).
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
2nd year modules
–– Work-Based Practice
–– Working with Families
–– Language and Communication Development
–– Sociology of Health
–– Safeguarding Children
–– Development of Public and Community
Services in Britain
–– Early Years, Health and Community Research
Studies
–– Lifespan Psychology
Endorsed by:
Criminology and Criminal Justice
Typical contact time is 12–14 hours
per week, and you are expected to
engage in an additional 24–26 hours
self-directed study per week. Your
allocated personal tutor will support
you throughout your studies.
–– 100 per cent of Applied
Criminology (CCJ) graduates,
seeking to enter employment or
further study, are successful within
six months of completing their
course (DLHE 2009/10)
Work experience/placements/
industry links
We have one of the largest groupings
of practice-based criminologists in the
country, helping students develop the
knowledge and skills required to work
within the sector.
–– Skillsmark endorsed – the quality
mark for learning and development
in the Justice sector
–– Choose between two specialist
pathways and focus on an area of
study that is relevant to your career
aspirations
–– One of the few criminology courses
in the UK which is practice-based,
our strong voluntary opportunities
ensure your expertise is directly
transferable after graduation
This course provides a broad
understanding of the causes, legal
framework and responses to crime;
while providing the opportunity to
achieve a range of transferable
skills and deeper understanding in a
specialist area.
In the first year, you will gain a good
foundation across all aspects of
criminology and criminal justice;
allowing you to make an informed
decision to tailor your study relevant
to your desired area of professional
practice.
For the following years you will
be required to choose one of two
pathways; Core or Working with
Offenders; each offering a particular
perspective of the criminal justice
system.
Learning and teaching
Teaching methods include lectures,
seminars, workshops and e-learning
via Blackboard (VLE). Assessment
includes essays, group and individual
presentations, research and case
study projects.
Our Skillsmark endorsement assures
you of our commitment to quality,
and strong links with criminal justice
and allied agencies encourage you to
volunteer within the sector. You will be
supported to find opportunities that
suit your personal and professional
development.
Facilities
Recent investment of £8 million in to
our first-class teaching and learning
facilities, develop your practical
experience and enhance your
employability upon graduation.
At DMU you will benefit from 24 hour
access to the library and Learning
Zone for focussed group and
independent study.
Graduate careers
Graduates find work in a number
of fields including; policing, youth
justice, community safety and crime
prevention, victim support work, prison,
probation, drug and alcohol services.
Our postgraduate opportunities
include a Criminology and Criminal
Justice MA, to further enhance your
knowledge and employability within
the sector.
“All the academics have had
practice in areas of the criminal
justice system, which gives us
a clearer understanding of the
roles we will be going in to.”
James Yeoman, current student
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time, six years
part-time (one day per week)
Location:
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: L390
(Part-time entry: apply direct
to DMU)
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Five GCSEs at grade C or above,
including Maths and English plus
one of the following:
–– Normally 260 UCAS Points with
at least 160 from two A Levels,
including a grade C in a specified
subject or equivalent
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ points
Interview required:
No
International students:
Applications from international
students are welcomed and
encouraged. However, if English is
not your first language, we require an
English language level of IELTS 6.5
or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Criminology and Criminal Justice
with Psychology, Psychology with
Criminology, Policing Studies,
Criminology and Criminal Justice
To find out more:
Health and Life Sciences
T: +44 (0)116 257 7700
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/hls
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
1st year modules
–– Introduction to Criminology
–– Diversity, Values and Ethics
–– Introduction to the Criminal
Justice System
–– Study and Research Skills
–– Legislation
–– Preparing for Practice
2nd year modules –– Research for Practice
–– Crime, Risk & Community
Safety
–– Punishment & Society
–– Plus a range of optional and
pathway specific modules
EU
World
3rd year modules
–– Dissertation
–– Young People and the
Criminal Justice System
–– Theory, Policy and Practice
–– Victimology
–– Plus a range of optional and
pathway specific modules
HEALTH, SOCIETY AND COMMUNITY
About the course
–– One of the largest practice-based
criminologist teams in the country,
and our courses benefit from
direct input from Leicestershire
Constabulary and other agencies
BA (Hons)
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
139
Endorsed by:
Criminology and Criminal Justice with
Psychology BA (Hons)
HEALTH, SOCIETY AND COMMUNITY
Key information
About the course
–– 100 per cent of Applied
Criminology (CCJ) graduates
seeking to enter employment or
further study are successful within
six months of completing their
course (DLHE 2009/10)
Duration:
Three years full-time, six years
part-time (one day per week)
Location:
De Montfort University
–– Skillsmark endorsed – the quality
mark for learning and development
in the Justice sector
UCAS course code: L3C8
(Part-time entry: apply direct
to DMU)
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Five GCSEs at grade C or above,
including Maths and English plus
one of the following:
–– Normally 260 UCAS Points with
at least 160 from two A Levels,
including a grade C in a specified
subject or equivalent
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ points
Interview required:
No
International students:
Applications from international
students are welcomed and
encouraged. However, if English is
not your first language, we require an
English language level of IELTS 6.5
or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Criminology and Criminal Justice,
Psychology, Psychology with
Criminology
To find out more:
Health and Life Sciences
T: +44 (0)116 257 7700
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/hls
Suitable for applicants from:
140
UK
EU
–– Develop an extensive range of
transferable and analytical skills
that are directly applicable to your
employability
–– One of the largest practice-based
criminologist teams in the country,
our courses benefit from direct
input from local and national
agencies
–– Our strong voluntary opportunities
ensure your expertise is directly
transferable after graduation
This course gives you a broad
understanding of the causes, legal
framework and responses to crime,
while providing the opportunity to
combine it with the study of human
psychology.
It helps you to develop an
understanding of professional
practice, risk management and policy
development across the criminal
justice sector.
The first year provides a foundation
across all aspects of criminology and
criminal justice, which will be further
developed in the second and third
years.
In psychology you will focus on
different perspectives to gain a broad
understanding of the discipline. The
first year provides a foundation across
core areas, with a focus on personality
and social psychology in the second
year; which is further enhanced in the
final year with a wide range of optional
modules.
Learning and teaching
Teaching methods include lectures,
seminars, workshops and e-learning
via Blackboard (VLE).
Assessment methods include: essays,
group and individual presentations,
research and case study projects.
Typical contact time is 12–14 hours
per week, and you are expected to
engage in an additional 24–26 hours
self-directed study per week. You
will be allocated a personal tutor to
support you throughout your studies.
Work experience/placements/
industry links
We have one of the largest groupings
of practice-based criminologists in
the country, helping you develop the
knowledge and skills required to work
within the criminal justice sector.
Our Skillsmark endorsement assures
you of our commitment to quality,
and we encourage you to volunteer
within the sector. You will be
supported to find opportunities that
suit your personal and professional
development.
Facilities
Recent investment of £8 million in to
our first-class teaching and learning
facilities, develop your practical
experience and enhance your
employability upon graduation.
Benefit from dedicated psychology
facilities, including computer
laboratories, six individual research
cubicles, interview rooms for use in
non-experimental research, and a fully
equipped observation suite; complete
with a two-way mirror and recording
equipment.
Graduate careers
Many graduates find work in various
fields such as; policing, youth
justice, community safety and crime
prevention, victim support work, prison,
probation, and drug and alcohol
services. Our graduates also follow a
variety of career pathways in related
areas such as teaching or social work.
Our postgraduate opportunities
include the Criminology and Criminal
Justice MA, further enhancing your
knowledge and employability within
the sector.
World
1st year modules
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
–– Introduction to Criminology
–– Diversity, Values and Ethics
–– Introduction to the Criminal
Justice System
–– Study & Research Skills
–– Core Areas in Psychology
2nd year modules –– Research for Practice
–– Crime, Risk & Community
Safety
–– Punishment & Society
–– Personality and Intelligence
–– Social Psychology
3rd year modules
–– Dissertation
–– Young People and the
Criminal Justice System
–– Theory, Policy and Practice
–– Criminological and Forensic
Psychology
–– Optional module
Dental Technology
–– Register with the General Dental
Council (GDC) as a Dental
Technician upon successful
graduation
–– Upon successful completion of
this course, you will have the
opportunity to progress on to Dental
Technology BSc (Hons)
This foundation degree recognises the
higher level technical skills of dental
technicians in the design, manufacture
and quality assurance of custom-made
dental devices such as dental bridges,
braces and dentures. All modules are
essential to gain the award. Workbased modules are a compulsory
component and are required for
achievement of the foundation degree.
This course has been designed as a
progression from the BTEC Award in
Dental Technology or the Year Zero
Dental Technology. Once you have
completed the foundation degree
you can either enter into relevant
employment or progress to the Dental
Technology BSc (Hons), run at South
Nottingham College (one of our
Partner Colleges) on a part-time basis
(two years).
The BSc is for Dental Technologists
who are registered with the GDC and
want to expand their knowledge and
the quality of their own dental devices.
This final part of the degree provides
a new outlook on the fundamentals
of advanced dental technology
techniques and the higher level
research associated with this type
of activity.
Learning and teaching
Various forms of continual assessment
and practical case development
are used to assess practical skill
development. Multiple choice phase
tests, short answer tests, written
assignments and exams are used to
assess your knowledge.
Work experience/placements/
industry links
As the three year course is only
offered on a ‘day release’ basis, all
students must be in employment in a
dental laboratory or actively seeking
employment as it is a necessity that
they complete 333 hours of logged
Work-Based Learning and seven
patient Case Studies each year as part
of the module course requirements.
The college can help but cannot
guarantee to secure employment
positions. Employers and the GDC
regard this mode of study as the ideal
route into the profession as most
of the current students come from
commercial, private, and NHS hospital
dental laboratories.
Facilities
You will benefit from the facilities at
South Nottingham College as well as
being a student with us at DMU and
having access to all of the teaching
and learning facilities we have to offer.
Graduate careers
This foundation degree enables
you to register with the GDC as a
Dental Technician and can lead to
employment opportunities as a trainee
within commercial dental laboratories,
dental surgeon-owned laboratories,
health trust dental laboratories and
hospital dental laboratories.
“I feel the course has helped
teach a level of professionalism
that will help me carry myself
well in my career.”
Matthew Haines, graduate
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
1st year modules
–– Oral Biomedical Sciences
–– Professional Practice
–– Dental Biomaterials Science
–– Integrated Studies (A)
–– Dental Technology Techniques
2nd year modules –– Integrated Studies (A)
–– Integrated Studies (B)
–– Fixed Prosthodontics
–– Removable Prosthodontics
(Complete)
–– Removable Orthodontics
Key information
Duration:
Three years part-time
Location:
South Nottingham College
UCAS course code:
Direct entry to DMU: B84011
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Five GCSEs at grade C or above,
including Maths and English plus;
–– Normally 180 UCAS points from
at least one Science A level
or a BTEC Dental Technology
National Award or a Year Zero
course in Dental Technology or
be able to carry out basic dental
laboratory tasks (for those who
have experience) and therefore
be able to pass the set test in the
first week in September covering
basic practical aspects plus;
–– You must have good health and
be able to physically carry out the
practical activities associated with
the professional role as described
by the General Dental Council
guidelines
–– You must carry out 333
hours per year work-based
development activity plus;
–– Take and achieve the pre-course
assessment
–– International Baccalaureate:
26+ points
Interview required:
No
Open Days:
Please contact South Nottingham
College for forthcoming open days.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
Please contact South Nottingham
College for further information.
To find out more:
Health and Life Sciences
T: +44 (0)116 257 7700
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/hls
South Nottingham College
T: +44 (0)115 914 6414
E:[email protected]
W:snc.ac.uk
141
3rd year modules
–– Integrated Studies (B)
–– Fixed Prosthodontics
(Bridges)
–– Removable Prosthodontics
(Partials)
–– Removable Orthodontics
HEALTH, SOCIETY AND COMMUNITY
About the course
–– Practical work-based modules link
to the normal skills training offered
in the workplace, and develop your
competence and employability upon
graduation
Foundation Degree
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
Education Studies
BA (Hons)
Also available as Joint Honours
HEALTH, SOCIETY AND COMMUNITY
Key information
About the course
–– Strong links with education
providers and work placement
opportunities allow you to explore
and apply your studies in practical
“real-world” contexts
Duration:
Three years full-time,
six years part-time
Location:
De Montfort University
–– Benefit from a programme of
education research seminars
UCAS course code: X300
(Part-time entry: apply direct
to DMU)
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Five GCSEs at grade C or above,
including English and Maths plus
one of the following:
–– Normally 280 UCAS Points
with at least 180 from two A
Levels, including one grade B in a
specified subject or equivalent
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ points
Interview required:
Applicants with non-standard
qualifications may be interviewed and
may need to submit an assignment
International students:
Applications from international
students are welcomed and
encouraged. However, if English is
not your first language, we require an
English language level of IELTS 6.5
or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Education Studies (Joint Honours),
Education Studies with Psychology,
Education Studies with Languages
To find out more:
Health and Life Sciences
T: +44 (0)116 257 7700
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/hls
UK
EU
Learning and teaching
A variety of teaching methods are
employed, including lectures, research
seminars, workshops and self-directed
study. Assessment is by coursework,
through individual or group research
assessment tasks, including;
presentations and micro-teaching
sessions, reflective writing and
contributions to electronic discussion
boards.
You can expect to undertake eight
hours contact time including lectures,
seminars and workshops per week,
plus personal tutor and academic
tutorials. In addition you will be
expected to undertake between
30-40 hours self-directed study
per week.
1st year modules
Suitable for applicants from:
142
–– Academic staff include expert
National Teacher Fellows and
experienced practitioners
This course provides a stimulating
opportunity to engage in current key
debates on childhood and children’s
learning. It focuses on current
approaches to children’s education
and well-being and how childhood
is shaped by culture and society. It
provides ideal preparation for those
interested in going on to study for
initial teacher training in the primary
sector. The course includes an active
Education Studies Society and a
burgeoning staff-student reading
group to further enhance your
learning.
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
–– Perspectives in Education
–– Historical and Contemporary
Issues in Education
–– Teaching and Learning in the
Primary Sector
–– Children and Childhood
Work experience/placements/
industry links
With strong links with many education
providers, you will have the opportunity
to undertake a work placement within
a local school. Students are also
encouraged to engage in voluntary
work in educational settings; many of
which find it prepares them very well
for initial teacher training.
Facilities
Recent investment of £8 million in to
our first-class teaching and learning
facilities, develop your practical
experience and enhance your
employability upon graduation.
Education is taught in a range
lecture theatres and classrooms,
fully equipped with the latest AV
technologies. The DMU library is well
stocked with a range of education
books, journals, e-journals, videos and
DVDs.
Graduate careers
This course offers broad-ranging
academic expertise, appropriate for
many socially-oriented professions,
which develops skills that are useful
for all professional settings.
It is suited to students who intend to
build a career working with young
children. While this is most likely to
mean employment in primary schools,
it can also include nursery and other
pre-school and after-school settings.
Many of our recent graduates have
started their careers in; teaching
(PGCE), education practice, nurseries,
youth work and educational publishing
for example.
We also offer a range of postgraduate
opportunities, including an Education
Studies MA.
2nd year modules –– Researching Childhood
–– And select three from the
following list:
–– Philosophy of Education
–– New Practitioners in
Education
–– Young Learners and English
as a Second Language
–– Teaching Diversity
–– European Education
–– Policy and Politics of
Education
–– Development of the Individual
Child
–– Cultural and Educational
Transformations
3rd year modules
–– Education Dissertation
–– And select three from the
following list:
–– Placement
–– Education and Equality: Class,
Race and Ethnicity
–– Gender and Education
–– Radical Educations
–– Comparative Education
–– Adult Learners and Learning
–– Curriculum Studies
–– Education and the Arts
Education Studies
BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
Also available as Single Honours
Learning and teaching
A variety of teaching methods
include lectures, research seminars
and self-directed study. Assessment
is by coursework, book reviews,
reflective writing, seminar papers,
group presentations, placements
and dissertation; allowing you to fully
explore the topics.
1st year modules
–– Perspectives in Education
–– Historical and Contemporary
Issues in Education
The emphasis is on active
participation and the development of
communication skills.
Each year students will take 60 credits
in Education Studies modules and 60
credits in their chosen joint subject.
The modules below outline the
Education Studies half of the joints
programme.
Work experience/placements/
industry links
Our strong links with many education
providers, allow you the opportunity
to undertake a placement in a local
school. Students are also encouraged
to engage in voluntary work in
educational settings; many of which
find it prepares them very well for
initial teacher training.
Facilities
Recent investment of £8 million in to
our first-class teaching and learning
facilities, develop your practical
experience and enhance your
employability upon graduation.
Graduate careers
Joint honours graduates can choose
to study initial teacher training in their
other subject at school or college
level. Many students follow a career in
teaching, though the joint degree also
opens up a number of opportunities
appropriate for many socially-oriented
professions, including; youth and
community work, local authority
employment, social and educational
research and early years settings.
We also offer a range of postgraduate
opportunities, including an Education
Studies MA.
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
2nd year modules –– Researching Childhood
–– Philosophy of Education
–– New Practitioners in
Education
–– Young Learners and English
as a Second Language
–– Teaching Diversity
–– European Education
–– Policy and Politics of
Education
–– Development of the Individual
Child
–– Cultural and Educational
Transformations
3rd year modules
–– Education Dissertation
–– Placement
–– Education and Equality: Class,
Race and Ethnicity
–– Gender and Education
–– Radical Educations
–– Comparative Education
–– Adult Learners and Learning
–– Curriculum Studies
–– Education and the Arts
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time,
six years part-time
Location:
De Montfort University
UCAS course code:
Education Studies and
WX53
Dance Drama Studies WXK3
English QX33
QX3H
English language History VX13
Psychology CX83
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Five GCSEs at grade C or above,
including English (and Maths at
a grade C or above for Education
Studies and Psychology), plus
one of the following:
–– Normally 260 UCAS Points from
at least two A Levels including
a grade B in a specified subject
(for English or English Language
joints the grade B must be in
English or English Language)
or equivalent
Except for Education Studies
and Psychology 280 UCAS
Points with 180 Points from at
least two A levels, including a B
in a specified subject
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ points
Some joint honours combinations
may have specific entry criteria, visit
our website for more information.
Interview required:
Yes for selected joints
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
To find out more:
Health and Life Sciences
(Education Studies and Psychology)
T: +44 (0)116 257 7700
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/hls
Art, Design and Humanities
T: +44 (0)116 257 7555
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/adhug
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
HEALTH, SOCIETY AND COMMUNITY
About the course
–– 90 per cent of Education Studies
graduates, seeking to enter
employment or further study, are
successful within six months of
completing their course (DLHE
2009/10)
–– Flexible study allows you to
combine 50 per cent of two
multidisciplinary subjects;
broadening the range of career
options available
–– Strong links with education
providers and work placement
opportunities allow you to explore
and apply your studies in practical
“real world” contexts
–– Academic staff include expert
National Teacher Fellows and
experienced practitioners
–– Benefit from a programme of
education research seminars
Education Studies is an exciting
independent subject that fits
particularly well with a number of
humanities subjects, as part of a
joint degree. It focuses on current
issues, in what has become a rapidly
changing education environment. You
will examine the education systems of
Britain and Europe from theoretical,
psychological, sociological and
philosophical perspectives, and explore
the historical and political context of
education. You will also study a range
of optional modules, plus modules in
your chosen joint subject. There is also
an active Education Studies Society
and a burgeoning Education Studies
reading group, to further enhance your
learning.
143
Education Studies with Languages
HEALTH, SOCIETY AND COMMUNITY
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time,
six years part-time.
Option of a one year Erasmus study
abroad between years two and three.
Location:
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: TBC
(Part-time entry: apply direct
to DMU)
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Five GCSEs at grade C or above,
including English and Maths plus
one of the following:
–– Normally 280 UCAS Points with
at least 180 from two A Levels
including a grade B in a specified
subject or equivalent
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ points
Interview required:
Yes – all students who apply for the
Education Studies with Languages
route who meet the normal entry
requirements will be offered an
interview.
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Education Studies (Joint Honours),
Psychology
To find out more:
Health and Life Sciences
T: +44 (0)116 257 7700
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/hls
Suitable for applicants from:
144
UK
EU
About the course
–– 90 per cent of Education Studies
graduates, seeking to enter
employment or further study, are
successful within six months of
completing their course (DLHE
2009/10)
–– Strong links with education
providers and work placement
opportunities apply your studies in
practical “real world” contexts
–– Academic staff include expert
National Teacher Fellows and
experienced practitioners
Education Studies with Languages is
a new course and is distinct from the
Single and Joint Honours courses as it
combines the study of Education with
the study from beginner or post GCSE
level of a foreign language (currently
French, Spanish, Mandarin).(1) It would
be of interest to students who dropped
languages at school after year nine
or after GCSE, and to students who
have no background in languages
but realise the potential of skills
in a foreign language for future
employment prospects.
–– Beginner in French, Spanish or
Mandarin: Basic User (A1/A2)
–– Post GCSE in French or Spanish:
Independent User (B1/B2)(2)
Learning and teaching
Teaching methods include lectures,
research seminars and self-directed
study. Assessment is by coursework,
book reviews, reflective writing,
seminar papers, group presentations,
placements and dissertation.
Graduate careers
You may choose to study for a
PGCE. Whilst you would not be able
to teach Languages at Secondary
level with this Degree, competence
in a foreign language to Independent
User/Proficient User level is useful
for Primary teaching. Many students
follow a career in teaching. However,
the degree opens up opportunities to
work in a number of wider educational
environments, including youth and
community work, local authority
employment, social and educational
research and early years settings.
Each year the language module
focuses on language competence/
skills classes and a ‘cultural
awareness’ class each week which
introduces the history, culture,
institutions, politics and literature of
your chosen language. In the final
year there may be an opportunity to
study language for specific purposes
(e.g. business language). Students
may take the following language
‘routes’ depending on the languages
background/level on entry:
Work experience/placements/
industry links
Strong links with education providers
gives opportunities to undertake a
placement in a local school. Voluntary
work in educational settings is also
encouraged as students find it
prepares them very well for initial
teacher training.
You can also benefit from an Erasmus
exchange in the country where
the language you are studying is
spoken. Studying abroad excellent
for improving language skills and
undertaking self-discovery and
personal development.
Facilities
Recent investment of £8 million in to
our first-class teaching and learning
facilities, develop your practical
experience and enhance your
employability upon graduation.
(1) More languages may be available
(2) Common European Framework of Reference
for Languages
1st year modules
2nd year modules
–– Perspectives in Education
–– Teaching and Learning in the
Primary Sector
–– Children and Childhood
Plus:
–– Language
Core module:
–– Researching Childhood
And select two modules from:
–– The Philosophy of Education
–– New Practitioners in Education
–– Young Learners and English as
a Second Language
–– Teaching Diversity: Inclusive
Education Internationally
–– European Education:
Contemporary Contexts
and Issues
–– Policy and Politics of Education
–– Development of the Individual
Child
–– Cultural and Educational
Transformations
Plus:
–– Language
–– Gender and Education
–– Radical Educations
–– Comparative Education
–– Adult Learners and Learning
–– Placement Project
–– Education and the Arts
–– Curriculum Studies
Plus:
–– Language
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
BA (Hons)
3rd year modules
Core module:
–– Dissertation in Education
And select two modules:
–– Education and Equality: Class,
Race and Ethnicity
Education Studies with Psychology
Learning and teaching
Teaching methods include lectures,
research seminars and self-directed
study. Assessment is by coursework,
book reviews, reflective writing,
seminar papers, group presentations,
placements and dissertation.
You can expect to undertake eight
hours contact time including lectures,
seminars and workshops per week, plus
personal tutor and academic tutorials.
1st year modules
–– Historical and Contemporary
Issues in Education
–– Teaching and Learning in the
Primary Sector
–– Children and Childhood
–– Core areas of Psychology
In addition you will be expected to
undertake between 30-40 hours selfdirected study per week
Work experience/placements/
industry links
Our strong links with education
providers provide opportunities to
undertake a placement in a local school.
Students are also encouraged to
engage in voluntary work in educational
settings; many of which find it prepares
them very well for initial teacher training.
Facilities
Education is taught in a range of lecture
theatres and classrooms, fully equipped
with the latest AV technologies. The
DMU library is well stocked with a range
of education books, e-journals, videos
and DVDs.
You will also benefit from dedicated
psychology computer laboratories, six
individual research cubicles, interview
rooms and an observation suite
complete with a two-way mirror and
recording equipment.
Duration:
Three years full-time,
six years part-time
Location:
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: X3C8
(Part-time entry: apply direct
to DMU)
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Five GCSEs at grade C or above,
including English and Maths plus
one of the following:
–– Normally 280 UCAS Points with
at least 180 from two A Levels
including a grade B in a specified
subject or equivalent
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ points
Interview required:
Applicants with non-standard
qualifications may be interviewed and
may need to submit an assignment.
Graduate careers
Many students follow a career in
teaching, career opportunities also
exist in a number of wider educational
environments, including; youth and
community work, social and educational
research and early years settings.
International students:
Applications from international
students are welcomed and
encouraged. However, if English is
not your first language, we require an
English language level of IELTS 6.5
or equivalent.
A degree in psychology is well
respected in many sectors and
can open up a variety of career
opportunities, such as social work,
human resources, and advertising.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
We also offer a range of postgraduate
opportunities, including an Education
Studies MA.
2nd year modules
Core module:
–– Researching Childhood
Select two modules from:
–– The Philosophy of Education
–– New Practitioners in
Education
–– Young Learners and English
as a Second Language
–– Teaching Diversity: Inclusive
Education Internationally
–– European Education:
Contemporary Contexts and
Issues
–– Policy and Politics of
Education
–– Development of the Individual
Child
–– Cultural and Educational
Transformations
Plus two from:
–– Abnormal Psychology
–– Developmental Psychology
–– Personality and Intelligence
–– Social Psychology
–– Radical Educations
–– Comparative Education
–– Adult Learners and Learning
–– Placement Project
–– Education and the Arts
–– Curriculum Studies
Plus two from:
–– Counselling Psychology
–– Well-Being and Positive
Psychology
–– Mental Health and Society
3rd year modules
Core module:
–– Dissertation in Education
Select two modules from:
–– Education and Equality: Class,
Race and Ethnicity
–– Gender and Education
Key information
HEALTH, SOCIETY AND COMMUNITY
About the course
–– 90 per cent of Education Studies
graduates, seeking to enter
employment or further study, are
successful within six months of
completing their course (DLHE
2009/10)
–– Strong links with education providers
and work placement opportunities
apply your studies in practical “realworld” contexts
–– Dedicated study facilities and
student volunteer schemes enhance
your practical experience and
employability upon graduation
–– Academic staff include expert
National Teacher Fellows and
experienced practitioners
Education Studies with Psychology is
distinctive from the Single and Joint
Honours courses because it makes
connections between education,
learning and the domains of social,
biological, cognitive, developmental
and personality psychology. There is
an emphasis on childhood: you will
examine how childhood is understood
and shaped by society, how a modern
child’s lifestyle and experiences differ
from those of the past, and how
educationalists and psychologists
theorise personal, social, emotional and
intellectual development.
BA (Hons)
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Education Studies (Joint Honours),
Psychology, Psychology with
Education Studies
To find out more:
Health and Life Sciences
T: +44 (0)116 257 7700
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/hls
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
145
Accredited by:
European Union Nurse Adaptation
(EUNA)
30 institutional credits leading to Nursing and Midwifery Council (NMC) registration
HEALTH, SOCIETY AND COMMUNITY
Key information
Duration:
Dependant on the NMC
decision letter
Location:
De Montfort University and
clinical practice
Direct entry to DMU:
Please contact us for further
information
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– NMC decision letter
–– Evidence of study within the last
5 years
–– You must complete an enhanced
CRB disclosure application
form before starting the course,
which needs to be cleared
in accordance with DMU’s
admissions policy, (plus a
Criminal Record Certificate from
your home country if not ordinary
resident in UK since 3 months
before the date of the NMC
decision letter) Contact us for
up-to-date information
Interview required:
Yes
International students:
Applications from international
students are welcomed and
encouraged. However, if English is
not your first language, we require an
English language level of IELTS 7.0
in all components or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
Please contact us for further
information.
You may also be interested in:
Nursing (with Registration)
146
UK
To find out more:
Health and Life Sciences
T: +44 (0)116 257 7700
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/hls
Suitable for applicants from:
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
About the course
–– The EUNA is aimed at meeting the
needs of registered nurses from the
EU who wish to register to practice
in the UK, and who require a period
of adaptation to meet the Nursing
and Midwifery Council (NMC)
standards for registration
–– Focussed study branches
complement your own nursing
experiences to enhance your skills
and knowledge
–– Successful completion of the
adaptation leads to eligibility to
register with the NMC
–– The course has been developed
and is delivered in collaboration with
University Hospitals of Leicester
(UHL) and Leicestershire PCT
This adaptation course recognises that
excellence in health and social care
practice often requires involvement
with a range of professionals and
agencies. Inter-professional education
(IPE) encourages you to meet and
work with students from other health
and social care disciplines and to learn
more about how to work in a multiprofessional team.
Therefore the Framework embraces
IPE whilst preparing practitioners with
the knowledge and skills to respond
to the complex, diverse and evolving
nature of health and social care need
and provision.
We aim to ensure that our students
develop into competent staff who are
able to deliver safe, high quality health
care to the public. Students will gain
adaptive and transferable skills which
will provide them with the knowledge
and ability to challenge and improve
practice.
Learning and teaching
All learning highlights the need for
ethical and accountable approaches
which are aligned to the individual’s
field of practice.
The Framework has an educational
philosophy that embraces the student
contribution to the learning process,
values prior experiences and a
philosophy of adult learning that is
responsive to individual experience
and expectations. Students will
be equipped with academic skills
to support their need for life-wide
learning. This experience will be
underpinned by a commitment
to excellence in teaching and
assessment for theory and practicebased learning.
The length of study will vary depending
on the recommendations outlined in
the NMC letter, which will highlight
what study is needed to fulfil the
adaptation requirements to work as a
nurse in the UK.
Modules
The NMC decision letter will indicate
which of the modules you will have
to undertake dependant on your
adaptation requirements. Options are:
–– EUNA practice
–– EUNA theory/practice
Work experience/placements/
industry links
Students will be allocated to a
range of clinical placement areas
across Leicestershire (and possible
opportunities outside the county),
dependant on their NMC requirements
for registration. All students will be
allocated an individual practice mentor
to supervise their progress through the
placement.
Facilities
Recent investment of £8 million
in to our first-class teaching and
learning facilities, develop your
practical experience and enhance
your employability upon graduation.
Purpose-built clinical skills areas
allow you to apply theory to practical
situations in a safe environment.
As a student at DMU, you will have
24 hour access to the library for a
range of nursing books, journals and
videos/DVDs, and the Learning Zone
for independent and focussed group
work study.
Graduate careers
Successful graduates are eligible to
register with the NMC and work as
registered nurse within the UK.
Accredited by:
Foundation in Professional Practice
–– Gain new knowledge, experience
and skills in the rapidly changing
area of healthcare
–– Developed in collaboration with
Leicester Partnership NHS Trust
(LPT)
This unique course, encompassing
the principles of the Preceptorship
Framework, is aimed at newly
registered practitioners, and provides
the opportunity to gain an additional
academic qualification based on your
everyday practice and work activities. It
aims to support your learning and build
your confidence during your first year
of professional practice.
In addition, you will need to have
arranged a work-based preceptor,
who will provide the expertise to guide
you through your work-based learning
activities and assist you with your
portfolio development.
Assessment typically includes
reflective essays, a project and
the development of a professional
portfolio. You have the opportunity to
interact with other students and DMU
academic staff through a variety of
online resources.
Work experience/placements/
industry links
This course has been developed
alongside Leicester Partnership
Trust ensuring the course provision is
relevant to current working practices
and initiatives from the healthcare
sector.
Foundation in Professional Practice
brings together and links your
professional registration requirements,
development needs and the NHS
Knowledge and Skills Framework
(KSF).
The course has also been created
to ensure that the Flying Start core
principles are met, and is linked with
the KSF, both of which enhance your
professional development throughout
the duration of your study.
It is offered at two levels, BSc and
PG Cert so you can enter at the
relevant level to suit your continuing
professional development (CPD)
needs.
Facilities
E-learning facilities are interactive
online discussion, the use of podcasts
and video seminars where appropriate.
Learning and teaching
Our academic staff have a
wealth of experience, with strong
clinical background knowledge
in preceptorship. Our expertise
in delivering distance learning
programmes, and dedicated
technology support, enables us to
offer this pathway efficiently and
effectively.
You will be assigned an academic
e-facilitator to provide academic
support and assistance throughout
the course. You will be informed at the
beginning of each module when your
e-facilitator will be available for online
support.
Graduate careers
The course is based around your
everyday work activities, making it very
easy to fit study around a busy life. The
close links with industry means that it
meets your development needs and
professional registration requirements
so it easily supports your future career
development.
Upon completion of the BSc, you have
the opportunity to gain APEL credits
and continue studying on the Health
and Professional Practice BSc (Hons)
along with other degree level courses
that we offer.
Key information
Duration:
One year part-time distance learning
Location:
De Montfort University
Direct entry to DMU: B90049
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Minimum of 120 Level 4 credits,
plus 120 Level 5 academic
credits in a course leading to
professional registration
(for BSc level)
–– Effective registration with a UK
Professional Regulatory and
Statutory Body (PRSB)
–– You will need a suitably qualified
work-based preceptor
Interview required:
No
International students:
Applications from international
students are welcomed and
encouraged. However, if English is
not your first language, we require an
English language level of IELTS 7.0
in all components or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
HEALTH, SOCIETY AND COMMUNITY
About the course
–– Based upon Flying Start (England);
a nationally developed learning
tool for nurses, midwives and allied
health professionals
BSc (Hons)
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
Please contact us for more
information.
To find out more:
Health and Life Sciences
T: +44 (0)116 257 7700
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/hls
We also offer a range of postregistration and postgraduate courses
to support further development.
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
Modules
–– The Effective Practitioner
–– Perspectives of Professional Practice
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
147
Health Studies
HEALTH, SOCIETY AND COMMUNITY
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time,
six years part-time
Location:
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: B991
(Part-time entry: apply direct
to DMU)
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Five GCSEs at grade C or above,
including Maths and English plus
one of the following:
–– Normally 260 UCAS Points with
at least 160 from two A Levels
including a grade C in a specified
subject or equivalent
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ points
Interview required:
Yes – in some cases
International students:
Applications from international
students are welcomed and
encouraged. However, if English is
not your first language, we require an
English language level of IELTS 6.5
or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Psychology with Health Studies,
Sociology
To find out more:
Health and Life Sciences
T: +44 (0)116 257 7700
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/hls
UK
EU
About the course
–– Health Studies graduates are
earning an average salary of
£29,666 within six months of
completing their course (DLHE
2009/10)
–– Expert practitioner staff from a
range of academic disciplines, also
have considerable experience of
working in health and social care
–– Study a large range of
multidisciplinary modules,
underpinned by cutting-edge
research
–– International study opportunities
allow you to broaden your
understanding of the subject area
Health Studies BA (Hons) is a
well established and dynamic
social science course; providing a
professional approach to exploring
the changing field of health and social
care in the UK, which can readily be
applied to an international context.
You are introduced to a variety of
disciplines in the first two years that
provide the knowledge base and
skills for understanding contemporary
health and social care. In the third year
you choose modules from a range of
options to suit your academic interests
and career aspirations. You also
have the opportunity to undertake a
dissertation enabling an in depth study
of an academic or professional topic.
You can expect to be challenged and
develop your potential in a flexible and
supportive learning environment.
Learning and teaching
You will normally attend 12 hours
per week of time-tabled taught
sessions, plus at least 20 hours per
week of independent self-study.
Our diverse range of teaching styles
include lectures, student-led seminars,
workshops, group work, e-learning,
guided reading, problem solving,
visiting speakers and tutorial support.
1st year modules*
Suitable for applicants from:
148
BA (Hons)
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
–– Psychological Theory in
Health and Illness
–– Sociological Context of
Healthcare
–– Health and Welfare
–– Management and
Organisational Theory in
Healthcare
–– Foundations for Health
Improvement
*Subject to change
Assessment methods include; essays,
reports, exams, individual and group
presentations, peer assessment, case
studies and portfolios.
The part-time route provides a
flexible mode of study, ideal if you are
combining study with work and family
commitments.
Work experience/placements/
industry links
Students are encouraged to gain
voluntary experience to help apply
theory to practice and prepare for
employment; and to support this a
work-based module is currently
being developed. Visiting lectures
from practice also contribute to
curriculum delivery.
The course also provides excellent
opportunities for students to study
abroad during their second year in
Finland and Greece.
Facilities
Recent investment of £8 million in to
our first-class teaching and learning
facilities, develop your practical
experience and enhance your
employability upon graduation.
As a student at DMU, you will have
24 hour access to the library and the
Learning Zone for independent and
focussed group work study.
Graduate careers
Health Studies graduates have
increased employability due to the
breadth of disciplines they cover.
A diverse and expanding range of
careers in the voluntary and private
sector, include; health promotion/
education, community development,
management/administration, policy/
research and medical journalism.
You can also directly progress on to
one of our postgraduate courses.
2nd year modules* –– Applied Social Research
–– Health and Disease in
Communities
–– Health Care Management
–– Psychological Aspects of
Health
–– Social Aspects of Health
Debates and Dilemmas in
Health and Health Care
3rd year modules*
–– Social Exclusion and Health
–– Counselling in the Workplace
–– Health Studies Dissertation
–– Gender, Health and Health
Care
–– Ethnicity, Health and Health
Care
–– Health Promotion and Public
Health
–– Health and Social Care
Management
–– International Perspectives
1: Globalisation and Health
–– International Perspectives
2: Comparative Systems in
Health Care
Foundation Degree (FdSc)
About the course
–– Achieve a qualification that will
allow you to register with the Health
Professions Council (HPC) DMU
is one of the first universities in the
UK to deliver such a course
Work experience/placements/
industry links
You must be in full-time employment
throughout the course in order
to ensure appropriate training is
completed.
–– Professionally recognised by
independent sector employers
and NHS Knowledge and Skills
Framework
Facilities
Recent investment of £8 million in to
our first-class teaching and learning
facilities, develop your practical
experience and enhance your
employability upon graduation.
–– Teaching staff include work-based
practitioners, manufacturers,
employers and academics
–– An employer practice-focussed
degree, this course will equip you
with transferable clinical expertise
This innovative course aims to give
you the opportunity to develop the
knowledge and inter-personal clinical
and professional skills necessary to
practise as a competent reflective
hearing aid audiologist.
Develop your intellectual abilities
through the study of hearing and
hearing aid technology, and the ability
to assess need, develop care pathways
and evaluate different rehabilitation
strategies.
You will balance core skills and
professional practice with knowledge
and skills in basic sciences, medical
aspects of audiology, audiological
techniques, counselling and
rehabilitation.
Specialist laboratories include a
new Audiology Rehabilitation room
and investment in state-of-the-art
equipment which will allow you to
apply theory to practice.
Graduate careers
Graduate career opportunities can
be found within one of the large
independent hearing aid companies or
private health providers.
Graduates also work for smaller
independent high street practices
or with different NHS Audiology
Departments.
This is one of a series of progressive
courses including Healthcare Sciences
(Audiology) BSc (Hons) and a taught
professional doctorate.
Learning and teaching
Formal teaching and work-based
learning in a partnership between
DMU and employers. Assessment
through essays, seminars,
presentations, evaluation of published
research, poster presentations, role
play, individual and group activity,
self and peer assessment, unseen
exams, client/patient interaction and
management. There will be practicebased assessments undertaken by
practice educators and DMU staff.
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
1st year modules
–– General Science and Quantitative Skill
–– Audiology Techniques 1
–– Auditory Rehabilitation 1
–– Anatomy, Physiology, Medical Aspects of
Audiology
–– Professional Practice 1
Key information
Duration:
Two years (ten one week blocks in
the first year and eight one-week
blocks in the second year)
Location:
De Montfort University
Direct entry to DMU: B61011
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Five GCSEs at grade C or above,
including Maths, English and
Science plus one of the following:
–– Normally 180 UCAS Points from
at least one Science A Level or
equivalent
–– International Baccalaureate:
26+ points
You must also be sponsored by an
employer and this must be arranged
prior to the start of the course.
You must complete an occupational
health check, declaration form
and enhanced CRB disclosure
application form before starting
the course (if you are overseas you
will also need to submit a criminal
records certificate from your
home country), which needs to be
cleared in accordance with DMU’s
admissions policy. Contact us for upto-date information.
You must be in sufficiently good
health to practise without risk to
yourself or others and demonstrate
knowledge of the profession
Interview required:
Yes – in some circumstances
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
Please contact us for further
information.
You may also be interested in:
Healthcare Science
To find out more:
Health and Life Sciences
T: +44 (0)116 257 7700
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/hls
2nd year modules
–– Audiological Instrumentation and Specialist
Sciences
–– Audiology Techniques 2
–– Auditory Rehabilitation 2
–– Project Literature Review
–– Professional Practice
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
HEALTH, SOCIETY AND COMMUNITY
Hearing Aid Audiology
149
Human Communication –
Speech and Language Therapy
HEALTH, SOCIETY AND COMMUNITY
Key information
About the course
–– Professionally accredited by the
Royal College of Speech and
Language Therapists
Duration:
Three-and-a-half years full-time
Location:
De Montfort University
–– Currently tuition fees are paid by
the NHS (EU citizens only). Means
tested NHS bursaries are also
available (UK citizens only)
UCAS course code: B620
(Part-time entry: apply direct
to DMU)
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Five GCSEs at grade C or above,
including Maths, Science and
English Language plus one of the
following:
–– Normally 300 UCAS Points from
at least three A Levels (BBB) or
equivalent
–– International Baccalaureate:
30+ points
Mature students must normally
demonstrate evidence of academic
attainment within 5 years of
application.
You must complete an Occupational
Health check, declaration form
and Enhanced CRB Disclosure
application form before starting
the course (if you are overseas you
will also need to submit a criminal
records certificate from your home
country), which needs to be cleared
in accordance with DMU’s admission
policy. Contact us for up-to-date
information.
Interview required:
No
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 7.5 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
UK students currently benefit from a
means-tested bursary and payment
of fees by the NHS. (Based on 2012
entry and maybe subject to change).
150
To find out more:
Health and Life Sciences
T: +44 (0)116 257 7700
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/hls
EU
–– Inter-professional education (IPE)
allows you to gain a broader view
of issues and debates in the
healthcare sector
Fully accredited by the Royal College
of Speech and Language Therapists,
graduates are eligible to register
with the Health Professions Council
(HPC) to practise as speech and
language therapists in both health and
educational services. The majority of
modules are in speech and language
therapy, complemented by a range of
multidisciplinary modules.
Our practitioner-based teaching staff
are actively engaged in clinical work
and cutting-edge research, including
narratives, cultures of learning,
stammering and evidence-based
practice.
Learning and teaching
Teaching includes lectures, seminars,
tutorial discussions, practical
workshops and IPE with students from
other healthcare professions.
Timetables vary each year with
approximately 15 hours of teaching
time each week; excluding time
you spend on compulsory clinical
placements. You are required to
prepare plans and activities for your
placement and evaluate them at the
end.
1st year modules
–– Medical Sciences
–– Applied Linguistics and English Grammar
–– Introduction to Phonetics and Phonology
–– Personal and Professional Development (1)
–– Introduction to Communication Disability
–– Lifespan and Communication Development
–– Foundation placements
3rd year modules
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
BSc (Hons)
World
–– Personal and Professional Development (3)
–– Research for Speech and Language
Therapists (Project Part 1)
–– Language Use in Social and Clinical Contexts
–– Intervention for Speech and Language
Therapy (2)
–– Clinical Practice
Assessment includes written and video
exams, coursework, assignments,
presentations, a portfolio and a
dissertation, and learning outcomes
are closely linked to HPC Standards
of Proficiency. Student learning is
supported by personal and peer
tutoring, where e-learning is integrated
throughout.
Work experience/placements/
industry links
You will develop your clinical and
professional skills in a variety of
weekly and block placements
at nurseries, schools, clinics and
hospitals, working with clients
from diverse cultural and ethnic
backgrounds.
Facilities
Recent investment of £8 million in to
our first-class teaching and learning
facilities, including a purpose-built
computerised speech laboratory and
dedicated assessment library, develops
your practical experience and enhance
your employability upon graduation.
Graduate careers
Our graduates have a wide range of
career prospects and opportunities
which include speech and language
therapy, healthcare, education
and research settings in the NHS,
charitable institutions and private
healthcare companies.
Once in employment there are
further opportunities to continue your
professional development, including
a professional doctorate offered at
DMU.
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
2nd year modules
–– Medical Sciences for Intervention
–– Acoustics for Speech and Hearing
–– Clinical Linguistic Assessments
–– Psychology for Speech and Language
Therapists
–– Intervention for Speech and Language
therapy (1)
–– Personal and Professional Development (2)
–– Clinical practice
4th year modules
–– Clinical Practice
–– Personal and Professional Development (4)
–– Speech and Language Therapy Project
(Part 2)
Accredited by:
Learning Beyond Registration
–– Wide range of modules available
at undergraduate and postgraduate
levels
–– Continue your professional career
development
–– Flexible approach to furthering
your study
We offer the opportunity for practising
healthcare professionals to continue
their professional development
through our range of Post Registration
programmes and modules, which
are accredited and validated by the
Nursing and Midwifery Council (NMC).
Applicants can opt for stand
-alone modules for their continuing
professional development or choose
from a range of part-time healthcare
undergraduate and postgraduate
programmes.
We offer various individual modules,
these include:
–– Return to Study
–– Stand-alone modules
–– Health and Professional Practice
BSc
–– Specialist Practitioner Qualification
BSc
–– Specialist Community Public Health
Nursing BSc
–– Graduate Certificate
–– Graduate Diploma
–– Non-Medical Prescribing
–– Clinical Midwifery BSc
Learning and teaching
You will be taught by staff with
acknowledged reputations for
excellence in both their teaching
and research projects. International
reputations include research innovative
teaching strategies, individual Teacher
Fellow and National Teacher Fellow
awards.
Expertise from visiting lecturers is
also evident in merging theory with
practice endeavouring to working
collaboratively with healthcare staff in
our teaching provision for students.
You will be supported in developing
your ability to think and write
analytically, critically and reflectively
utilising your healthcare experiences.
Each module will have different forms
of assessment types. Generally the
types of assessment you can expect
are written assignments, exams and
learning outcomes.
Work experience/placements/
industry links
Students will be expected to already
work in a clinical setting, and will
therefore be expected to apply
practical experience to their theoretical
knowledge that they will learn during
their study with us. This will enhance
your learning experience, making it
relevant to the healthcare environment.
Facilities
Recent investment into the Faculty
of Health and Life Sciences mean
that students will benefit from brand
new clinical practice suites, lecture
theatres, and learning areas.
The majority of teaching takes place
in Edith Murphy House, which has
recently undergone redevelopment,
making it a comfortable and enjoyable
environment in which to study.
The Kimberlin library provision is
extensive, incorporating relevant
material as books, journals, videos and
DVDs, appropriate to all healthcare
specialities.
Graduate careers
Upon successful completion of the
individual modules, students are able
to further their study onto a degree
level healthcare programme here at
DMU, or are able to select another
individual module to study if they wish
to increase their knowledge in certain
areas of healthcare.
“Learning Beyond Registration
offers a wide range of
educational opportunities to
develop clinical staff in line
with the NMC requirements;
meeting the needs of
practitioners and improving
patient services.”
Theresa Jackson, admissions
tutor and module leader
Key information
Duration:
This is variable, and dependant on
module selection and credit worth.
Modules are usually 16 weeks in
length and part-time.
Location:
De Montfort University
Direct entry to DMU
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Effective registration with a
professional healthcare body eg,
NMC, HPC
–– Clinical experience
–– Support from your direct line
manager and the requirement of
a mentor
–– Accreditation of Prior Learning
can be considered
The length of experience required,
along with further entry criteria
will be dependent on your module
choice. Please see online for further
information.
Interview required:
No
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
HEALTH, SOCIETY AND COMMUNITY
About the course
–– Modules developed through the
University’s partnerships with the
East Midlands Strategic Heath
Authority practice partners
Tuition fees/funding support:
Funding is through the East Midlands
Strategic Health Authority although
you can fund yourself in certain
circumstances or obtain a sponsor.
To find out more:
Health and Life Sciences
T: +44 (0)116 257 7700
E:[email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/hls
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
151
Accredited by:
Midwifery (Pre-Registration Midwifery)
HEALTH, SOCIETY AND COMMUNITY
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time (45 week year)
Location:
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: B720
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Five GCSEs at grade C or above
including Maths, English and
Science, usually passed first
attempt (one resit for maths can
be considered), plus one of the
following:
–– Normally 280 UCAS Points with
at least 240 from three A Levels.
One subject to include Health
and Social care; biology, sports
science; chemistry; physics;
psychology or sociology at grade
C or equivalent
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points including at least one
of biology, chemistry, physics or
psychology at Higher Level
You must complete an occupational
health check, declaration form
and enhanced CRB disclosure
application form before starting
the course (if you are overseas you
will also need to submit a criminal
records certificate from your home
country), which needs to be cleared
in accordance with DMU’s admission
policy. Contact us for up-to-date
information.
Interview required:
Yes
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 7.0 in all components or
equivalent.
Tuition fees/funding support:
UK students currently benefit from a
means-tested bursary and payment
of fees by the NHS (Based on 2012
entry and maybe subject to change).
152
To find out more:
Health and Life Sciences
T: +44 (0)116 257 7700
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/hls
UK
EU
About the course
–– 100 per cent of Midwifery
graduates, seeking to enter
employment or further study, are
successful within six months of
completing their course (DLHE
2009/10)
–– Professionally accredited by the
Nursing and Midwifery Council
(NMC)
–– Once qualified, Midwives start on
a salary of more than £21,000
(nhscareers.nhs.uk)
–– Brand new clinical skills facilities
allow practical application of
theoretical knowledge
–– Learn from professionals in clinical
work placements, and experience
real-life scenarios
There will be a new curriculum
introduced for 2013, ensuring
that our course continues to be
relevant to current practice, so
the below course information is
subject to validation.
A midwife is the lead professional
at normal births. This course
develops competent and confident
professionals, able to practice
midwifery upon qualification.
You will follow an innovative normalityfocused curriculum, with integrated
opportunities for inter-professional
education; encouraging you to meet
and work with students from other
health and social care disciplines and
to learn more about how to work in a
multi-professional team.
Learning and teaching
Our teaching and learning methods
put you at the centre of learning;
including enquiry-based learning to
encourage thinking and application
of theory to practice. You maintain
a professional portfolio throughout
the course, which assists with your
continuous assessment in practice.
Theory is assessed by exams,
assignments and presentations
throughout.
You must attend all theoretical
and practice-based teaching. The
theoretical teaching is normally 30
hours per week, but varies as the
Suitable for applicants from:
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
BSc (Hons)
1st year modules
–– Core Skills for Healthcare
Professionals
–– Foundation in Midwifery Care
–– Promoting Health Outcomes
course progresses with more selfdirected learning and additional
reading. Clinical practice placements
are currently based on a 38 hour
week, but because of the shift patterns
allocated they may be more one week
and less the next. You are allocated
half a day a week, when in placement,
for reading and reflection.
Work experience/placements/
industry links
Placements are based in NHS
hospitals, midwifery-led units and
community areas, giving you a variety
of experience with opportunities to
participate in innovative aspects of
midwifery practice, such as caseholding practice, from the end of the
second year.
You are individually mentored by a
different midwife in each placement
and work the same off-duty which can
include nights, weekends and on-call
duties, thus gaining understanding
of total midwifery care. Midwifery
lecturers are all practising midwives,
and participate in student assessment.
Facilities
Recent investment of £8 million in to
our first-class teaching and learning
facilities, develop your practical
experience and enhance your
employability upon graduation.
Purpose-built clinical skills areas and
Home Environment Suites provide
hands-on, practical learning in a safe
environment. You will receive guidance
and support from staff, to ensure that
your practical ability in the clinical skills
suites is accurate.
Graduate careers
Upon graduation, you are able to
practice and be entered on the NMC
register in the UK. Midwives can then
apply to work in the EU, as well as
commonwealth countries such as
Canada and Australia.
You may also choose to further your
study on our postgraduate course,
Midwifery Practice MSc; enhancing
your career prospects to work in
senior roles within the NHS or higher
education institutions.
3rd year modules
2nd year modules –– Critical Review of Midwifery
Evidence
–– Holistic Care
–– Diverse Childbearing
–– Diverse Childbearing 2
–– Professional Enquiry Module
–– Woman and Midwives
Partners in Care
–– The Proficient Midwife
Examples of Modules: (Revalidation & Module review pending)
Accredited by:
Midwifery (Pre-Registration Midwifery – 18 Months)
–– Midwives start on a salary of more
than £21,000* (nhscareers.nhs.uk)
–– Study in brand new clinical skills
facilities that allow practical
application of theoretical knowledge
–– Learn from professionals in your
clinical work placements, and
experience real life scenarios
There will be a new curriculum
introduced for 2013, ensuring that
our course continues to be relevant to
current practice, so the below course
information is subject to validation.
A midwife is the lead professional at
normal births. This course is aimed
at qualified adult nurses who are
interested in changing careers and
returning as a midwife. It is suitable
for nurses who have qualified via the
diploma or graduate route.
Following an innovative normalityfocused curriculum comprising five
modules at academic Levels 5 and
6, opportunities for inter-professional
education, shared learning and multiprofessional approaches to care
encourage you to meet and work with
students from other health and social
care disciplines and to learn more
about how to work as part of a multiprofessional team.
Learning and teaching
A wide variety of teaching and
learning methods are used, putting
you at the centre of learning. This
includes enquiry-based learning, which
encourages thinking and application of
theory to practice.
You maintain a professional portfolio
throughout the course, which assists
with your continuous assessment
in practice. Theory is assessed by
exams, assignments and presentations
throughout.
You must attend all theoretical
and practice-based teaching. The
theoretical teaching is normally 30
hours per week, but varies as the
course progresses with more self Level 5 modules
–– Orientation to Midwifery Care and Practice
–– Challenges to Midwifery Care and Practice
directed learning and additional
reading. Clinical practice placements
are currently based on a 38 hour week
but because of the shift patterns they
may be more on one week and less
the next. You are allocated half a day
per week, when in placement, for
reading and reflection.
Work experience/placements/
industry links
Placements are held within NHS
hospitals, midwifery-led units and
community areas, giving you a variety
of experience with opportunities to
participate in innovative aspects of
midwifery practice, such as caseholding practice.
You are individually mentored by a
different midwife in each placement
and work the same off-duty which can
include nights, weekends and on-call
duties; thus gaining understanding
of total midwifery care. Midwifery
lecturers are all practising midwives,
and participate in student assessment.
Facilities
Recent investment of £8 million in to
our first-class teaching and learning
facilities, develop your practical
experience and enhance your
employability upon graduation.
Purpose-built clinical skills areas and
Home Environment Suites provide
hands-on, practical learning in a safe
environment. You will receive guidance
and support from staff, to ensure that
your practical ability in the clinical skills
suites is accurate.
Graduate careers
The course enables qualifying
students to practise and be entered on
the Nursing and Midwifery Council’s
register in the UK. Midwives can then
apply to work in the EU as well as
commonwealth countries such as
Canada and Australia.
You may also choose to further your
study on our postgraduate course,
Midwifery Practice MSc; enhancing
your career prospects to work in
senior roles within the NHS or higher
education institutions.
Key information
Duration:
18 months (78 weeks) full-time.
The course starts in September
Location:
De Montfort University
Direct entry to DMU: B72P46
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Qualified nurse with active NMC
registration
–– Five GCSEs at grade C or above,
including English and Maths
–– Recent experience/employment
as a qualified nurse in the UK
(acute experience preferred)
–– Minimum of 60 Academic Credits
at Level 5 (formally level 2) on
the qualifications and credit
framework
You must complete an occupational
health check, declaration form
and enhanced CRB disclosure
application form prior to the start
of the course (if you are overseas
you will also need to submit a
criminal records certificate from your
home country), which needs to be
cleared in accordance with DMU’s
admissions policy. Contact us for upto-date information.
Interview required:
Yes
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 7.0 in all components or
equivalent.
Tuition fees/funding support:
You may be funded by the NHS
– please contact us for further
information.
To find out more:
Health and Life Sciences
T: +44 (0)116 257 7700
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/hls
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
Level 6 modules
–– Women and Midwives Partners in Care
–– Professional Enquiry
–– The Proficient Midwife
Examples of Modules: (Revalidation & Module review pending)
HEALTH, SOCIETY AND COMMUNITY
About the course
–– Professionally accredited by the
Nursing and Midwifery Council
(NMC)
BSc (Hons)
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
153
Accredited by:
Nursing with Registration
HEALTH, SOCIETY AND COMMUNITY
Key information
154
Duration:
Three years full-time (45 week year)
Location:
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: TBC
contact us for further information
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Five GCSEs at grade C or above,
including Maths, Science and
English, plus one of the following:
–– Normally 280 UCAS Points from
at least two A Levels including
grade C in two subjects or
equivalent
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points
You must complete an occupational
health check, declaration form
and enhanced CRB disclosure
application form before starting
the course(if you are overseas you
will also need to submit a criminal
records certificate from your
home country), which needs to be
cleared in accordance with DMU’s
admissions policy. Contact us for
up-to-date information.
Interview required:
Yes
International students:
Applications from international
students are welcomed and
encouraged. If English is not your
first language, we require an English
language level of IELTS 7.0 in all
components or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
UK students currently benefit from
a grant, means-tested bursary and
payment of fees by the NHS (based
on 2012 entry and maybe subject
to change).
To find out more:
Health and Life Sciences
T: +44 (0)116 257 7700
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/hls
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
BSc (Hons)
About the course
–– Professionally accredited by the
Nursing and Midwifery Council
(NMC)
and blocks of theory hours (up to 16
hours per week). Week-long blocks
for self-directed learning are allocated
throughout the course.
–– Registered nurses start on a salary
of more than £21,000 (NHS
Payscales, 2012)
Work experience/placements/
industry links
50 per cent of the course is based
in clinical practice, including 24 hour
compulsory shift patterns. We have
established strong links with a variety
of placement providers in the NHS,
independent and voluntary sectors
across Leicestershire and Rutland;
with some placement opportunities
available in Nottinghamshire and
Northamptonshire.
–– 94.3 per cent of Nursing graduates,
seeking to enter employment or
further study, are successful within
six months of completing their
course (DLHE 2009/10)
–– State-of-the-art clinical skills suites
provide hands-on practical learning
–– Study a balance of theory and
practice alongside experienced staff
to enhance your employability
Nursing with Registration enables
graduates to register with the NMC
in a chosen field of practice. You can
choose to study pathways in Adult,
Mental Health, Child and Learning
Disability Nursing in September. You
can study pathways in Adult and
Mental Health Nursing in January.
Learning and teaching
Your learning is supported by a
robust system of multi-professional
personal tutors and teaching teams,
clinical work placements and
enthusiastic mentors; ensuring you
gain a wide variety of learning and
work experiences, and that individual
potential is realised. Inter-professional
learning allows you to mix with other
healthcare students and professionals,
and understand wider issues and
debates in the sector. You are assisted
to develop personally, professionally
and academically into a competent
practitioner who is fit for practice as a
registered nurse and to commence a
rewarding future career in health and
social care.
A wide variety of teaching and learning
methods are used including; lectures,
seminars, presentations and tutorials;
as well as enquiry-based/problem
solving and independent e-learning
techniques.
Our expert practitioner teaching staff
have a diverse range of experience
in different fields of practice, allowing
you to develop personal networks
within the NHS.
Erasmus and elective placement
opportunities are also available.
Facilities
Recent investment of £8 million in to
our first-class teaching and learning
facilities, develop your practical
experience and enhance your
employability upon graduation.
Purpose-built clinical skills areas and
Domestic Home Environment suites
allow you to apply theory to practical
situations in a safe environment.
Graduate careers
Upon successful completion,
registration with the NMC exposes
graduates to a range of local, national
and international employment
opportunities.
Once qualified our postgraduate
study opportunities further enhance
your knowledge and skills; including
a range of Masters degrees, Learning
Beyond Registration modules and
professional Doctorates.
You will complete blocks of clinical
placements (30–37.5 hours per week)
1st year modules
–– Professional Responsibility
–– Skills for Evidence for
Professional Practice
–– Foundations of Nursing
Practice
–– Promotion of Health and
Well-being
–– Holistic Nursing Interventions
2nd year modules –– Professional Responsibility
–– Analysing Evidence for
Healthcare
–– Complex Care Needs
–– Responding to Altered
Health Needs
Plus a range of optional modules
3rd year modules
–– Professional Responsibility
–– Dissertation
–– Service User Participation and
Expertise in Nursing
–– Transitions to Professional
Practice
Accredited by:
About the course
–– Professionally accredited by the
Nursing and Midwifery Council
(NMC)
–– Study a single registration field of
practice over a four year period;
allowing greater flexibility in
managing your time and course
requirements
–– Registered nurses start on a salary
of more than £21,000* ( NHS
Payscales, 2012)
–– 94.3 per cent of Nursing graduates,
seeking to enter employment or
further study, are successful within
six months of completing their
course (DLHE 2009/10)
–– State-of-the-art clinical skills suites
provide hands-on practical learning
–– Study a balance of theory and
practice alongside experienced staff
This course enables graduates to
register with the NMC in a chosen
field of practice. Adult, Mental Health,
Child and Learning Disability Nursing
pathways available in September,
and Adult and Mental Health Nursing
pathways available in January. You will
undertake the same theoretical and
practical programme as the three year
degree but over a four year period.
Learning and teaching
Your learning is supported by a robust
system of personal tutors and teaching
teams, clinical work placements and
enthusiastic mentors; ensuring you
gain a wide variety of learning and
work experiences. Inter-professional
learning allows you to mix with other
healthcare students and professionals,
and understand wider issues in the
sector. You are assisted to develop
into a competent registered nurse.
Teaching and learning methods
include; lectures, seminars,
presentations and tutorials, as well as
enquiry-based/problem solving and
independent e-learning techniques.
You will complete blocks of clinical
placements (30–37.5 hours per week)
and blocks of theory hours (up to 16
hours per week), including week-long
blocks for self-directed learning.
Key information
Work experience/placements/
industry links
50 per cent of the course is based
in clinical practice, including 24 hour
compulsory shift patterns. We have
established strong links with a variety
of placement providers in the NHS,
independent and voluntary sectors
across Leicestershire and Rutland;
with some placement opportunities
available in Nottinghamshire and
Northamptonshire.
Duration:
Four years full-time (45 week year)
Our expert practitioner teaching staff
have experience in fields of practice,
allowing you to develop personal
networks within the NHS.
Erasmus and elective placement
opportunities are also available.
Facilities
Recent investment of £8 million in to
our first-class teaching and learning
facilities, develop your practical
experience and enhance your
employability upon graduation.
Purpose-built clinical skills areas allow
you to apply theory to practice in a
safe environment. You will receive
guidance and support from staff, to
ensure that your practical ability in the
clinical skills suites is accurate.
Graduate careers
Upon successful completion,
registration with the NMC exposes
graduates to a range of local, national
and international employment
opportunities.
Once qualified, our postgraduate study
opportunities enhance your knowledge
and skills; including Masters degrees,
Learning Beyond Registration
modules and professional Doctorates.
“I am so happy and really
feel privileged to be a part of
DMU. My course is fantastic
and I am eager to do well in
my degree. Thank you DMU!”
Zoe Trickett, Nursing student
Location:
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: TBC
Contact us for further information
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Five GCSEs at grade C or above,
including Maths, Science and
English, plus one of the following:
–– Normally 280 UCAS Points from
at least two A Levels including
grade C in two subjects or
equivalent
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points
You must complete an occupational
health check, declaration form
and enhanced CRB disclosure
application form before starting
the course (if you are overseas you
will also need to submit a criminal
records certificate from your
home country), which needs to be
cleared in accordance with DMU’s
admissions policy. Contact us for
up-to-date information.
Interview required:
Yes
International students:
Applications from international
students are welcomed and
encouraged. If English is not your
first language, we require an English
language level of IELTS 7.0 in all
components or equivalent.
Tuition fees/funding support:
Funding for tuition fees and bursary
payments by the NHS, is anticipated
to be granted pro rata over the four
year course. This is subject to review
by the Department of Health.
To find out more:
Health and Life Sciences
T: +44 (0)116 257 7700
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/hls
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
1st year modules
–– Professional Responsibility
–– Skills for Evidence for
Professional Practice
–– Foundations of Nursing
Practice
–– Promotion of Health and
Well-being
–– Holistic Nursing Interventions
BSc (Hons)
2nd year modules –– Professional Responsibility
–– Analysing Evidence for
Healthcare
–– Complex Care Needs
–– Responding to Altered
Health Needs
Plus a range of optional modules
EU
World
3rd year modules
–– Professional Responsibility
–– Dissertation
–– Service User Participation and
Expertise in Nursing
–– Transitions to Professional
Practice
HEALTH, SOCIETY AND COMMUNITY
Nursing with Registration (Decelerated)
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
155
Accredited by:
Nursing with Registration (Dual Registration)
HEALTH, SOCIETY AND COMMUNITY
Key information
Duration:
Four years full-time (45 week year)
Location:
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: TBC
Contact us for further information
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Five GCSEs at grade C or above,
including Maths, Science and
English, plus one of the following:
–– Normally 280 UCAS Points from
at least two A Levels including
grade C in two subjects or
equivalent
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points
You must complete an occupational
health check, declaration form
and enhanced CRB disclosure
application form before starting
the course (if you are overseas you
will also need to submit a criminal
records certificate from your
home country), which needs to be
cleared in accordance with DMU’s
admissions policy. Contact us for
up-to-date information.
Interview required:
Yes
International students:
Applications from international
students are welcomed and
encouraged. However, if English is
not your first language, we require an
English language level of IELTS 7.0
in all components or equivalent.
Tuition fees/funding support:
Funding for tuition fees and bursary
payments by the NHSis anticipated
to be granted pro rata over four
years. This is subject to review by the
Department of Health.
To find out more:
Health and Life Sciences
T: +44 (0)116 257 7700
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/hls
About the course
–– Professionally accredited by the
Nursing and Midwifery Council
(NMC)
–– Combine two specialist fields of
practice and gain NMC registration
in both, to enhance your knowledge
and heighten your employability
Registered nurses start on a salary
of more than £21,000* ( NHS
Payscales, 2012)
–– 94.3 per cent of Nursing graduates,
seeking to enter employment or
further study, are successful within
six months of completing their
course, (DLHE 2009/10)
–– State-of-the-art clinical skills suites
provide hands-on practical learning
–– Study a balance of theory and
practice alongside experienced staff
This four year course allows you
combine two fields of nursing practice
between; Adult, Mental Health, Child
and Learning Disability Nursing in
September. You can study pathways
in Adult and Mental Health Nursing in
January.
Learning and teaching
Your learning is supported by a
robust system of multi-professional
personal tutors and teaching teams,
clinical work placements and
enthusiastic mentors; ensuring you
gain a wide variety of learning and
work experiences. Inter-professional
learning allows you to mix with other
healthcare students and professionals,
and understand wider issues and
debates in the sector. You are assisted
to develop personally, professionally
and academically into a competent
registered nurse and to commence a
rewarding future career in health and
social care.
A wide variety of teaching and learning
methods include; lectures, seminars,
presentations and tutorials, as well as
enquiry-based/problem solving and
independent e-learning techniques.
BSc (Hons)
You will complete blocks of clinical
placements (30–37.5 hours per week)
and blocks of theory hours (up to 16
hours per week); including week-long
blocks for self-directed learning.
Work experience/placements/
industry links
50 per cent of the course is based
in clinical practice, including 24 hour
compulsory shift patterns. We have
established strong links with a variety
of placement providers in the NHS,
independent and voluntary sectors
across Leicestershire and Rutland;
with some placement opportunities
available in Nottinghamshire and
Northamptonshire.
Our expert practitioner teaching staff
have experience in different fields
of practice, allowing you to develop
personal networks within the NHS.
Erasmus and elective placement
opportunities are also available.
Facilities
Recent investment of £8 million in to
our first-class teaching and learning
facilities, develop your practical
experience and enhance your
employability upon graduation.
Purpose-built clinical skills areas and
Domestic Home Environment suites,
allow you to apply theory to practice
in a safe environment. You will receive
support from staff, to ensure that your
practical ability in the clinical skills
suites is accurate.
Graduate careers
Upon successful completion
registration with the NMC exposes
graduates to a range of local, national
and international employment
opportunities.
Once qualified, our postgraduate
study opportunities further enhance
your knowledge and skills; including
Masters degrees, Learning Beyond
Registration modules and professional
Doctorates.
Suitable for applicants from:
156
UK
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
1st year modules
–– Professional Responsibility
–– Skills for Evidence for
Professional Practice
–– Foundations of Nursing
Practice
–– Promotion of Health and
Well-being
–– Holistic Nursing Interventions
2nd year modules –– Professional Responsibility
–– Analysing Evidence for
Healthcare
–– Complex Care Needs
–– Responding to Altered
Health Needs
Plus a range of optional modules
3rd year modules
–– Professional Responsibility
–– Dissertation
–– Service User Participation and
Expertise in Nursing
–– Transitions to Professional
Practice
Accredited by:
Overseas Nursing Programme
–– Suitable for overseas qualified
nurses who wish to register with
the NMC as a professional nurse
in the UK
–– Registered nurses start on a salary
of more than £21,000* ( NHS
Payscales, DOH, 2012)
–– Build your clinical skills and
awareness of the UK Health
Service
–– Adapt your existing skills and
knowledge, so that you can practice
in the UK
Designed for overseas nurses to learn
and adapt their existing skills and
knowledge, allowing you to practice in
the UK. The mixture of academic and
practical learning enables you to apply
theory to real-life situations, under the
supervision of a registered nurse. The
taught content is in accordance with
the NMC syllabus, and will consist
of 30 credits, containing a mixture
of academic and practical learning,
enabling you to apply theory to real-life
situations, under the supervision of a
registered nurse.
Learning and teaching
Typical contact time is 100 hours in
total with 24 hours dedicated to selfdirected study or learning activities.
This includes tutorial support for
assessments and placement visits.
A diverse range of teaching styles are
used, ensuring that differing learning
needs are met. This includes lectures,
student-centred seminars, workshops,
e-learning, guided reading, problem
solving and expert practitioners
(ensuring links with current practice).
Many of our academic staff have
international expertise in specialist
areas of teaching such as cultural
communication; working with overseas
nurses from EU, Africa and South East
Asia. You might find that the teaching
styles are very different to those in
your home country, but we can help
you to adapt, enabling you to work
independently.
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
Modules
Contact us for module details.
Work experience/placements/
industry links
The period of supervised practice is
usually three–six months, based on
your training and experience;
delivered in accordance to the NMC
registrar’s letter.
Facilities
We have a thriving international
student community with a dedicated
international support office who can
assist with your integration into the
university.
Recent investment of £8 million into
our first-class teaching and learning
facilities, develop your practical
experience and enhance your
employability upon graduation.
Purpose-built clinical skills
areas include a Domestic Home
Environment suite and CardioPulmonary Resuscitation suite,
allowing you to apply theory
to practical situations in a safe
environment. You will receive guidance
and support from staff, to ensure that
your practical ability in the clinical skills
suites is accurate.
Graduate careers
Completion of this course allows you
to expand your employability potential
and boost your career prospects as a
registered nurse on Band 5. After a
period of consolidation in employment
you may have the opportunity to
access a range of healthcare degrees
and modules at DMU.
Key information
Duration:
Full-time with 20 protected
learning days and a stipulated
amount of placement time as
deemed necessary by the NMC;
recommendations and conditions for
your registration.
Location:
De Montfort University
Direct entry to DMU:
NRMW2001
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– A first level nursing registration
from a country outside the EU
(evidenced by original certificate).
–– A notification letter from the
NMC detailing additional
education (evidenced by original
NMC letter) Visit nmc-uk.org for
further information
You must complete an Occupational
Health Check, declaration form,
enhanced CRB disclosure
application form and a Criminal
Record Certificate from your home
country before starting the course,
which needs to be cleared in
accordance with DMU’s admissions
policy. Contact us for up-to-date
information.
Please note: we can no longer
accept applications from tier four
visas, however we are able to
accept applications from tier two
visas for this course. Please contact
us for more information.
HEALTH, SOCIETY AND COMMUNITY
About the course
–– Professionally approved by the
Nursing and Midwifery Council
(NMC)
(Level 5)
Interview required:
No
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 7.0 in all components or
equivalent.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
Please contact us for more
information.
“All the topics taught at DMU
were very useful and helped
me in my nursing practice.
They guided me to do my job
more effectively
and efficiently”
Carolyn Comson, graduate
To find out more:
Health and Life Sciences
T: +44 (0)116 257 7700
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/hls
157
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
Policing Studies Criminology and Criminal Justice
Foundation Degree (FdA)
HEALTH, SOCIETY AND COMMUNITY
Key information
Duration:
Two years full-time, four years parttime
Location:
City Campus, De Montfort University
UCAS course code: LL34
(Part-time entry: apply direct
to DMU)
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Five GSCEs at grade C or above
including English and Maths, plus
one of the following:
–– Normally 180 UCAS points from
at least one A Level or equivalent
–– International Baccalaureate:
26+ points
You must complete and pass the
National Police Recruitment Process
including Criminal Records Check in
accordance with the Leicestershire
Police before starting the course,
so you can register as a police
constable.
Interview required:
All applicants will be interviewed
by both Leicestershire police and
academic staff to determine their
suitability.
International students:
This course is suitable for UK and
EU students. Commonwealth citizens
and foreign nationals are also eligible
but only if they are resident in the
UK, and have been for the last
three years.
If English is not your first language,
English language IELTS of 6.5 or
equivalent is required.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
158
To find out more:
Health and Life Sciences
T: +44 (0)116 257 7700
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/hls
EU
This course provides a broad
understanding of UK policing along
with developing a broad understanding
of the criminal justice sector.
The first year focuses upon providing a
good foundation across all aspects of
criminology and criminal justice (CCJ),
while assessing your suitability as a
Special Constable with Leicestershire
Constabulary.
Learning and teaching
Teaching methods include; lectures,
seminars, workshops and e-learning
techniques. Assessment includes;
essays, group and individual
presentations, research, case study
projects and an evidence-based
portfolio.
Compulsory contact time for CCJ
teaching is 12–14 hours, and you are
expected to engage in an additional
24–26 hours self-directed study per
week; supported by an allocated a
personal tutor.
In addition to this, you can normally
expect to complete a minimum of
16 hours per week as a Special
Constable, as part of the Police
Practice Development module.
For eligibility to volunteer as a Special
Constable, you must be a British
citizen or a member of the EU or other
states in the EEA.
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
1st year modules
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
About the course
–– One of the largest practice-based
criminologist teams in the country
–– Developed and delivered in
partnership with Leicestershire
Constabulary, it is one of only a few
courses of its kind in the country
–– Undertake academic modules
alongside volunteering as a Special
Constable
–– Successful graduates are eligible to
apply to become a Police Constable
anywhere in the UK
–– Flexible top-up opportunities offer
you progression on to the full
Honours degree
World
–– Introduction to Criminology
–– Diversity, Values and Ethics
–– Introduction to the Criminal Justice System
–– Legislation
–– Study and Research Skills
–– Preparing for Practice
–– Police Practice Development 1
Commonwealth citizens and foreign
nationals may also be eligible if they
are resident in the UK for three years
prior to the start of the course.
Work experience/placements/
industry links
One of the largest groupings of
practice-based criminologists in the
country, our expert academics are
involved in a multi-disciplinary range
of research and teaching. Our strong
links with sector and allied agencies
provide voluntary work opportunities,
enhancing your learning and practical
experience.
Designed and delivered in conjunction
with Leicestershire Constabulary,
our teaching is directly applicable to
the sector; greatly enhancing your
employability upon graduation.
As part of the course, you are required
to become a Special Constable within
Leicestershire Constabulary, from the
second term of the first year. Upon
successful completion, you will be
deemed ready for independent patrol
and suitable for employment as a
Special Constable.
Facilities
Recent investment of £8 million into
our first-class teaching and learning
facilities, develop your practical
experience and enhance your
employability upon graduation.
At DMU you will benefit from 24 hour
access to our fully equipped library and
Learning Zone for focussed group and
independent study.
Graduate careers
Successful graduates are eligible to
apply to become a Police Constable in
any UK Police Service.
Flexible top-up opportunities allow
successful graduates to achieve a
full BA (Hons) degree in Criminology
and Criminal Justice (Policing). This
is achieved via a two year distance
learning ‘top-up’ programme, whilst
you continue to develop your
professional experience as a serving
Police Constable.
2nd year modules
–– Research for Practice
–– Crime, Risk and Community Safety
–– Mental Health OR Restorative Justice in
Practice
–– Policing in Practice
–– Police Practice Development 2
Preparation for Social Work
Subject to validation, the title and
content of this module will change to
Preparation for Professional Practice,
to ensure the module is suitable and
beneficial to those wishing to access
a range of professional courses
and careers; including Youth and
Community Development.
This course is particularly beneficial to
people who want to pursue a career or
may have experience of using services
or supporting people who use these
services.
This module offers non-traditional
students the opportunity to study
social or youth and community
work as a profession, facilitating
the development of the necessary
academic skills and to achieve
specified entry requirements for the
degree.
Non-traditional students who
successfully complete the Preparation
for Social Work module are better
placed to make an application to the
BA degree, and are more prepared
for the demands of undergraduate
studies.
Learning and teaching
You will be taught by expert Social
Work and Youth and Community
staff who have a background in
professional practice. Learning and
teaching methods typically include;
face-to-face sessions, independent
learning, presentations, directed
reading, group discussions, small
group work activities and e-learning
facilities.
Assessment typically consists of two
compulsory assignments; a formative
assignment, which will provide you with
feedback on your academic writing
skills, and a summative assignment.
Both are assessed at undergraduate
level, and once you have passed the
assignments you will be awarded 15
academic credits (subject to change);
demonstrating your ability to study and
write to undergraduate assessment
requirements.
Work experience/placements/
industry links
Our expert teaching staff have an
established reputation and passion for
their areas of practice. Our close links
with organisations and practitioners,
through collaboration and partnership
work, ensures that both our knowledge
and understanding of current practice
is up to date and relevant.
Facilities
Recent investment of £8 million into
our first-class teaching and learning
facilities, develop your practical and
academic experience.
At DMU you will benefit from 24 hour
access to the library and Learning
Zone for focussed group and
independent study.
Graduate careers
This module will prepare you to
apply for Social Work or Youth and
Community Development BA (Hons),
leading to a career as qualified social
or youth worker, as well as a range
of other programmes including;
Health Studies BA (Hons) or National
Vocational Studies and Foundation
Degrees.
Key information
Duration:
Normally September to March
Location:
Normally De Montfort University
Direct entry to DMU: L50028
Entry and admissions criteria:
There are no formal entry
requirements for this module.
Applicants are asked to attend an
information and applicant day where
they complete an application form
and a written test. The ability to
complete the form and communicate
information using good basic written
skills is essential.
Interview required:
No
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
Please contact us for further
information.
You may also be interested in:
Children, Families and Community
Health, Work with Communities and
Young People
HEALTH, SOCIETY AND COMMUNITY
About the course
Social Work and Youth and
Community have a long standing
commitment to equal opportunities
and diversity that is reflective of British
Society today. It is within this context
that the Preparation for Social Work
module has been developed.
To find out more:
Health and Life Sciences
T: +44 (0)116 257 7700
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/hls
Completion of the module also
enables the opportunity to apply for
employment in the field of social care.
The programme consists of one
module which takes place on alternate
Tuesday from September to March.
There are 12 teaching days, running
10am – 4pm.
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
Modules
The module is designed with four
main areas:
–– Gaining the relevant
–– Developing study skills
experience
required for academic writing
–– Developing an understanding –– Preparation for UCAS
applications and interviews
of Professional Practice
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
159
Social Work
BA (Hons)
HEALTH, SOCIETY AND COMMUNITY
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time
Location:
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: L502
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Five GCSEs at grade C or above,
including Maths and English, plus
one of the following:
–– Normally 300 UCAS Points with
at least 200 from two A Levels
including a grade B in a specified
subject or equivalent
–– International Baccalaureate:
30+ Points
Three months or 450 hours
experience in a social work/care
setting involving direct work with
service users or carers and where
a reference can be provided. (Not
including observational placements
gained during college).
You must complete an occupational
health check, declaration form
and enhanced CRB disclosure
application form (if you are overseas
you will also need to submit a
criminal records certificate from your
home country) before starting the
course, which need to be cleared in
accordance with DMU’s admission
policy. Contact us for up-to-date
information.
Interview required:
Yes
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 7.0
Tuition fees/funding support:
*TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
Currently home students qualify for
a bursary that is administered by the
NHS. The bursary is being reviewed
by the Department of Health during
2012 and may be subject to change
for 2013. Visit nhsbsa.nhs.uk for
further details.
160
To find out more:
Health and Life Sciences
T: +44 (0)116 257 7700
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/hls
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
About the course
–– 94 per cent of graduates, seeking
to enter employment or further study,
are successful after six months of
completing their course, with Social
Work graduates earning an average
salary of £24,874 (DLHE 2009/10)
–– Established reputation for more than
30 years
–– Non-repayable Social Work student
bursaries up to £4,575*
–– Practical work placements with
strong local partnerships
–– Rated the top Social Work degree
in the midlands (Guardian League
Tables, 2012)
–– Multidisciplinary research informs
our teaching and approach to social
work practice
–– Inter-Professional Education (IPE)
promotes learning from other
students across local institutions
Social work is an established
professional discipline regulated by law
that has a clear preventative role within
the community.
Social work education is undergoing
significant changes as a result of the
Social Work Reform Board and as
a consequence, the curriculum will
change to meet the requirements
of the new Professional Capabilities
Framework. The modules outlined
below are therefore subject to change
for 2013. Responsibility for the
regulation of social work will transfer
from the GSCC to the Health and Care
Professions Council from July 2012
(subject to parliamentary approval). The
DMU website entry will be updated to
reflect progress with these changes.
Leading to a professional qualification
and eligibility to register as a social
worker, this programme will also be
regulated by the Health Professions
Council (subject to validation).
Learning and teaching
Teaching and learning is enhanced
by our experienced practitioners and
practical experience with service users.
1st year modules
–– Foundation Studies 1
–– Foundation Studies 2 (40 day
placement)
–– Society, Organisations and
People
–– Law, Rights and Policy
–– Social Work Theories and
Methods
–– ICT for Social Workers
Assessment methods typically include;
coursework, observed practice, timelimited assignments, presentations and
group projects. During the course, you
will complete a 70 day placement in
year two and an 100 day placement in
year three. In addition, you will complete
30 days of skills development work
throughout the three years.
Typical contact hours vary from termto- term, and placement timetables are
full days from Monday- Friday. You are
expected to undertake self-directed
study when not in class or placement.
Work experience/placements/
industry links
Our strong relations with local and
national providers ensure you receive
the most relevant and highest quality
work experience. Placements provide
experience of a range of social
work settings, service user groups
and organisations, enhancing your
employability upon graduation.
Facilities
Recent investment of £8 million into
our first-class teaching and learning
facilities, develop your practical
experience and enhance your
employability upon graduation.
At DMU you will benefit from 24 hour
access to our fully equipped library and
Learning Zone for focussed group and
independent study.
Graduate careers
Employment opportunities exist within
the statutory and independent sector
agencies, and you will be eligible to
work in all fields of social work and with
all service user groups, such as; adult
services, child protection, community
mental health and youth justice teams.
Postgraduate opportunities allow
you to continue your professional
development, including; Masters in
Research (Social Work) MRes, Health/
Youth and Community Development
(with or without Professional
Qualification) MA.
2nd year modules –– Practice placement (70 days)
–– Research and Ethics
–– Social Work Skills
–– Inter-professional Education 2
–– Law and Evidence-based
Practice
–– ICT for Social Workers
These modules may be subject to
change subject to validation
3rd year modules
–– Law and Evidence-based
Practice
–– Inter-professional Education 3
–– Research Project
–– Practice placement (90 days)
–– ICT for Social Workers
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
Sociology
BA (Hons)
Single/Joints Honours available
–– Can be combined with Politics so
you can study 50 per cent of two
subjects; broadening your range of
career opportunities
–– Volunteering opportunities allow
you to become actively involved
within the sector, enhancing your
learning experience
–– Develop an extensive range of
transferable and analytical skills, as
well as an appreciation of empirical
research
–– One of the largest teaching and
research teams in the UK
The focus of sociology is the scientific
study of societies; how they are
organised and how they change, and
it can help us see our society in a
different light.
This course enhances your practical
understanding and sound knowledge
of health, politics and government; and
by applying scientific methods, it uses
sociological theories and research to
find solutions to societal problems.
This is called sociological practice.
Learning and teaching
Our diverse range of teaching styles
bring the subject alive and help you
achieve your best, including; lectures,
student-led seminars, workshops,
group work, e-learning, guided reading,
problem solving and visiting speakers,
as well as tutorial support to guide you
in the learning process.
Contact hours normally consist of
10–16 hours, and you are expected to
undertake approximately 28 hours of
self-directed study per week.
1st year modules
–– Social Structures and
Institutions
–– Developing a Sociological
Imagination*
–– Social Problems and Social
Policies*
–– Introduction to Social
Research
If you study Sociology as a joint
subject contact hours will normally
consist of five to eight hours per week,
and approximately 14 hours of selfdirected study per week. You will be
required to undertake a similar amount
of hours for the other side of your
chosen joint.
Work experience/placements/
industry links
You are strongly encouraged to
participate in voluntary opportunities
within the sector to enhance your
learning experience, and employability
upon graduation. Our links with
international universities may allow for
international study opportunities in the
future.
Facilities
Recent investment of £8 million into
our first-class teaching and learning
facilities, develop your practical
experience and enhance your
employability upon graduation.
At DMU you will benefit from 24 hour
access to our fully equipped library and
Learning Zone for focussed group and
independent study.
Graduate careers
Sociology is relevant to a range
of local, provincial and national
governmental career paths including;
community development and research,
working with NGOs, consultancies
and state agencies across a range
of sectors (child welfare, health, land,
housing etc). A degree in Sociology
is also well respected in related fields
such as; journalism, social work,
education, politics and social policy
development for example.
We also offer a range of postgraduate
courses to further enhance your
professional development.
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
2nd year modules 3rd year modules
–– Contemporary Social Theory*
–– Identity and Culture in a Social
World
–– Diversity and Social
Inequalities
–– Applied Social Research*
–– Dissertation*
Optional modules*
–– Crime in Late Modernity
–– Power, Politics and Morality
–– Globalisation and Democracy
–– Social Exclusion and Health
–– The Social Context of Work
and Organisations
–– Ethnicity, Health and
Healthcare
–– Feminisms and Masculinities
–– Gender, Health and
HealthCare
*You will study these modules as part of the joint course,
plus additional modules from your chosen Joint subject
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time,
six years part-time
Location:
De Montfort University
UCAS course code:
Single Honours: L300
Sociology and Politics: LL23
(Part-time entry for L300: apply
direct to DMU)
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Five GCSEs at grade C or above,
including Maths and English
Language, plus one of the
following:
–– Normally 280 UCAS Points from
two A Levels including grade B in
a specified subject or equivalent
(For the Single Honours route
180 of these points would need
to come from two A Levels)
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ points
Interview required:
Sociology and Politics (LL23) may
require you to attend an interview.
We will be in touch with further
information once you have applied.
International students:
Applications from international
students are welcomed and
encouraged. However, if English is
not your first language, we require an
English language level of IELTS 6.5
or equivalent.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
This degree provides an excellent
base for postgraduate education.
To find out more:
Health and Life Sciences
(for Sociology Single Honours)
T: +44 (0)116 257 7700
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/hls
Business and Law
(for Sociology and Politics)
T: +44 (0)116 257 7458
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/bal
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
HEALTH, SOCIETY AND COMMUNITY
About the course
–– One of the few sociology courses in
the UK which is applied, so that the
expertise you gain can be applied
directly in the workplace after
graduation
161
Work with Communities and Young People
Foundation Degree (FdA)
HEALTH, SOCIETY AND COMMUNITY
Key information
162
Duration:
Two years full-time,
three–six years part-time
Location:
De Montfort University or North
Warwickshire & Hinckley College
UCAS course code: L590
(Part-time entry: apply direct
to DMU)
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Five GCSEs at grade C or above,
including English and Maths
–– One year’s practical experience.
You must have arranged at
least six hours per week of paid
voluntary experience in a youth
or community setting for the
duration of the course, prior to
starting, plus one of the following:
–– Normally 180 UCAS Points from
at least one A Level or equivalent,
or an access qualification
You must complete a declaration
form and enhanced CRB disclosure
application form before starting
the course (if you are overseas you
will also need to submit a criminal
records certificate from your
home country), which needs to be
cleared in accordance with DMU’s
admissions policy. Contact us for
up-to-date information.
This course welcomes mature
students and values their experience.
For those with substantial community
experience an alternative experiential
profile may be accepted for entry.
Interview required:
Yes
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
To find out more:
Health and Life Sciences
T: +44 (0)116 257 7700
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/hls
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
About the course
–– 94.7 per cent of our Working with
Young People and Young People’s
Services graduates (WWCYP),
seeking to enter employment or
further study, are successful after
six months of completing their
course (DLHE 2009/10)
–– Upon successful completion you
will have the opportunity to top-up
to a full degree
–– Our Youth and Community Division
is one of the UK’s leading providers,
and our established reputation
of academic expertise and
professional training spans more
than 50 years
–– Our strong links with industry
and flexible teaching methods
ensure your skills and knowledge
are directly transferable in to the
workplace upon graduation
This course appeals to a wide range
of people working or volunteering
in organisations providing services
for young people and communities,
including both experienced
practitioners and those looking to
establish themselves within the sector;
ensuring that those who work with
vulnerable groups are sufficiently
trained and qualified.
It offers an opportunity to understand
and develop practice underpinned with
relevant theory, and will engage you
in relevant current debate where you
will discuss analyse and explore issues
relating to these groups.
Learning and teaching
Our teaching methods are varied and
there are no exams; assessment is
via coursework, presentations, case
studies and reflective diaries, and
practical experience. You are allocated
a personal tutor who will provide
individual support throughout your
course.
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
1st year modules
–– Policy, Principle and Values
–– Perspectives of Practice
–– Professional Context
–– Applied Social Sciences
Contact time typically involves one
day (six hours) per week for part-time
students, and two days (twelve hours)
for full-time students. In addition
you are expected to be working or
volunteering for at least six hours
per week, as well as conducting your
own independent and peer-supported
study.
Work experience/placements/
industry links
You are required and supported to
engage in a minimum of six hours per
week in a paid or voluntary role in a
youth or community setting, including;
youth and community centres, hostels,
charitable organisations, schools,
probation services, drug and alcohol
services, and sexual health teams.
Facilities
Recent investment of £8 million into
our first-class teaching and learning
facilities, develop your practical
experience and enhance your
employability upon graduation.
At DMU you will benefit from 24 hour
access to our fully equipped library and
Learning Zone for focussed group and
independent study.
Graduate careers
Successful graduates can top-up
into the final year of Work with
Communities and Young People
BA (Hons), or progress on to the
second year of Youth and Community
Development BA (Hons); broadening
your knowledge and range of career
opportunities.
Recent graduates have found
employment in a range of settings,
including; the youth workforce, hostels,
education, Connexions, youth justice
and the voluntary sector.
“I am learning more and more
each day about what it is to be
youth worker and I am sure
when I finish this course I
will be an extremely effective
practitioner.”
Jamie Preston, graduate
2nd year modules
–– Community in Context
–– Managing
–– Identity and Issue-Based Work
–– Developing Practice and Negotiated Module
About the course
–– 100 per cent of our Youth and
Community graduates, seeking to
enter employment or further study,
are successful after six months of
completing their course (DLHE
2009/10)
–– Validated by the National Youth
Agency and professionally
recognised by the Joint Negotiating
Committee
–– One of the UK’s largest teaching
and research teams, we have an
established reputation of more than
50 years
–– Practical work placements and
volunteer opportunities within
the sector enhance your learning
experience
–– Develop your skills to support and
empower young people and the
wider community
The first year explores the history and
development of youth and community
work and in a range of youth service
settings.
The second year enhances your
understanding of youth and
community work, oppression, society
and social policy; promoting a greater
understanding of inter-agency
work, community development and
management.
The final year focuses on enhancing
your research skills, understanding of
social issues and extending your range
of practical and managerial skills.
Learning and teaching
Teaching methods include; lectures,
role play, group discussions and
various practical work-based tasks.
You will normally attend around 14
hours of taught sessions, plus 18
hours of placements/voluntary work,
and 5.5 hours of independent learning
and group work tasks per week.
Employer-based students normally
attend one or two days a week.
There are no exams, but module
assessments include; essays,
presentations, group projects, reports,
1st year modules
–– Learning, Education and Youth
Work
–– Youth and Community Work
in Context
–– The Self in Context
–– Developing the Professional
Practitioner 1
BA (Hons)
observation and accompanying
portfolio of evidence.
Key information
Work experience/placements/
industry links
Placements provide the opportunity to
achieve hands-on experience working
alongside professionals. In the first
year you will carry out voluntary work
to support and empower young
people, in settings such as; youth
and community centres, schools and
voluntary organisations.
Duration:
Three years full-time,
three–six years part-time
The second and third years involve
assessed practice placements, where
you gain experience in an exciting
range of organisations and projects
including; mentoring, guidance, youth
justice, homelessness, drug and
alcohol misuse, global youth work and
arts and sports-based work.
Employer-based students normally
carry out the first placement with their
employer and the practice placement
in a new work environment.
Facilities
Recent investment of £8 million into
our first-class teaching and learning
facilities, develop your practical
experience and enhance your
employability upon graduation.
At DMU you will benefit from 24 hour
access to our fully equipped library and
Learning Zone for focussed group and
independent study.
Graduate careers
Graduates with a professional
qualification have a proven range
of transferable skills. Employment
opportunities include detached
youth work, community development,
Connexions, children’s trusts and
schools, mentoring, the arts, health and
youth justice work.
At DMU, our range of postgraduate
courses further enhance your
knowledge and professional
development, including; Masters
in Research (MRes) and Health/
Youth and Community Development
MA (with or without Professional
Qualifications).
2nd year modules –– Black Perspectives
–– Developing the Professional
Practitioner 2
–– Context, Management and
Governance
–– Negotiated Module
3rd year modules
–– Contemporary Issues in
Society
–– Developing the Professional
Practitioner 3
–– Globalisation and Global
Youth Work
–– Practice-Related Research
Location:
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: L530
(Part-time entry: apply direct
to DMU)
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Five GCSEs at grade C or above,
including Maths and English, plus
one of the following:
–– Normally 260 UCAS Points with
at least 160 from two A Levels
with one subject at grade C or
above or equivalent
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points
You will need direct experience of
working with young people (usually
12 months – voluntary or paid)
You must complete a declaration
form and enhanced CRB disclosure
application form (if you are overseas
you will also need to submit a
criminal records certificate from your
home country), before starting the
course, which needs to be cleared in
accordance with DMU’s admission
policy. Contact us for up-to-date
information.
This course welcomes mature
students and in some cases an
alternative experiential and academic
profile may be accepted.
HEALTH, SOCIETY AND COMMUNITY
Youth and Community Development
Interview required:
Yes
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
To find out more:
Health and Life Sciences
T: +44 (0)116 257 7700
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/hls
163
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
Humanities
Access our extensive, 24 hour library which houses
all the books, journals and electronic resources
needed to support you with your studies.
Engage with our world-leading research staff
and make links with award-winning novelists,
screenwriters and poets through regular
guest speakers.
Participate in events such as our States of
Independence publishers fair, co-hosted by DMU
and offering you a fantastic networking opportunity.
DMU’s English department is ranked 9th in
the country for the research carried out by our
academics, while The Independent recently ranked
our History course 7th out of 91 institutions for
student satisfaction.
Opportunities to study aboard and take part
in regular field trips, which have recently been in
Germany and Russia.
What to do next:
Come to an open day to talk to the team.
Apply from September 2012, to find out how
go to page 220.
videos
dmu.ac.uk/ytsoh
Creative Writing BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
166
English BA (Hons)
167
English BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
168
English Language BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
169
History BA (Hons)
171
History BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
172
HUMANITIES
For instructions of how to use this code
to watch our Humanities video on your
smart phone, see p29
165
Creative Writing
HUMANITIES
Key information
166
Duration:
Three years full-time,
six years part-time
Location:
Clephan Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code:
Creative Writing and:
Drama Studies WW84
English WQ83
English Language QW38
Film Studies WP83
Journalism WP85
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Normally 260 UCAS Points from
at least two A Levels including
a grade B or above in English
Language or Literature
–– National Diploma DMM
–– Five GCSEs at grade A*–C
including English Language or
Literature at grade C or above.
We also accept the BTEC
First Diploma plus two GCSEs
including English at grade C
or above
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ points
Please be aware that some Joint
Honours combinations may have
specific entry requirements, visit
our website for more information.
Interview required:
No
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
English, English Language,
Journalism
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7555
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/adhug
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
About the course
This cutting-edge course encourages
you to experiment in areas of writing
you have not experienced before,
and consolidate your craft skills in
genres you already regard as your
strengths. We cover poetry, fiction,
creative non-fiction, audio writing and
new media. The course has a unique
structure with modules organised
thematically and conceptually, rather
than compartmentalised into genres.
You will work in a range of forms and
media in all modules in the first two
years. You will graduate with valuable
skills in oral presentation, editing and
drafting, desktop and web-based
publication; making you adaptable
to the ever-changing contemporary
workplace.
Student opportunities
We integrate students into local and
national writing communities through
the many events we host and
co-host, such as the highly successful
States of Independence independent
publishers’ fair.
Learning and teaching
Our course team includes published
writers of poetry, novels, short stories,
memoirs, radio drama, and audiovisual work. Teaching is centred on
two hour workshops that enable you
to give and receive feedback in a
supportive environment, and take part
in innovative tasks to stimulate your
creativity. We also take you out of the
classroom on a walk workshop around
Leicester, and into other environments
to stimulate your writing, for example a
chapel or a museum.
We can also help you to arrange
placements with a range of
organisations (which have included
Woman magazine, Shoestring Press,
Short Fuse Fiction and Macmillan) and,
at final year, you will get the chance
to read and take part in DMU’s annual
public festival, Cultural Exchanges.
There are also further opportunities
for you to perform and collaborate
with other DMU students in computer
gaming, audio production, graphic
design, and illustration.
Each module has a weekly lecture
for discussion of craft, screenings,
presentations or guest lectures.
Recent visitors have included awardwinning novelist Louis de Bernières,
radio producer Peter Leslie Wild and
Canadian poet Erin Mouré.
Creative writing is a craft-based
discipline; you learn by doing and
sharing your work. You will work hard
independently on both writing and
reading, and as a responsible and
supportive member of your workshop
team.
You can submit work for our annual
Demon Crew publication, become
involved with the Demon Crew
website and participate in several
online collaborations including an
international blog with universities
in America, Hawaii and Cyprus, and
a CrossingLives life-writing project
with Sun Yat-Sen University in
China. Several of our students have
successfully published their work in
literary magazines.
Graduate careers
Graduates have an impressive
range of transferable skills needed
by employers. They are confident
communicators unafraid of technology,
capable of thinking independently and
of teamwork.
Our graduates write with style, have
been trained in oral presentation
by a voice coach and have practical
skills in desktop and web-based
publishing. Our graduates have gone
into teaching, magazine journalism,
freelance writing and health.
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
1st year modules
–– Exploring Creative Writing
–– Writing Identity
2nd year modules –– Writing Place
–– Writing and Context
3rd year modules
–– Portfolio
–– Specialism and Negotiated
Study
–– Professional Writing Skills
English
BA (Hons)
Also available as Joint Honours / with Languages
As well as theatre visits and
opportunities to meet visiting writers,
you are given the chance to bridge
the gap between university and
employment with a work placement in
your final year. There is also a student
English society which organises events
such as poetry readings.
Learning and teaching
The course is taught by a team of
internationally-renowned scholars
and uses varied teaching methods,
including lectures, seminars,
workshops and one-to-one tutorials.
Modules usually consist of one lecture
and one seminar per week or a
workshop. In addition to contact time,
you will also carry out independent
study for each module. Assessments
develop a range of skills and include
essays, presentations, journals,
examinations, anthologies and some
creative work. You are kept up-to-date
through Blackboard, our interactive
teaching resource.
1st year modules
–– Introduction to the Novel
–– Poetry and Society
–– Introduction to Drama
–– Reading, Writing and Screening English
Work experience/placements
As part of your degree, you will
have the opportunity to opt for a
work placement module. Recent
placement providers include the
Leicester Mercury, the National Space
Centre, the English Association, the
Association for Language Learning,
Age Concern and other Voluntary
Organisations, and a variety of Schools
and Colleges in and around Leicester.
Graduate careers
English graduates are highly
employable, and earn an average
salary of £23,333 within six months
of completing their studies (DLHE
2009/10). Our graduates go into a
wide range of careers including the
civil service, the media, public relations,
publishing, primary and secondary
teaching, and postgraduate study.
Recent graduate destinations have
included: David Booker, who studied
his MA at Oxford University and is
now a teacher; Nevin Esat, currently
studying a PhD at Kent University;
Jo Griffin, Corporate Communications
Manager here at De Montfort
University; Nina Kooseenlin, Condé
Nast and publisher of Vogue,
GQ, Tatler.
Languages pathway
You can also study English with a
languages pathway. Students taking
this route will study one 30 credit
module of their chosen language each
year. Languages offered will be French
beginner, French post GCSE, Spanish
beginner, Spanish post GCSE and
Chinese (Mandarin) beginner.
2nd year modules
–– History of English: Medieval to Augustan
Literature (compulsory)
–– Romantic and Victorian Literature
–– 20th and 21st Century Literature
–– Ways of Reading
–– Rewriting Film and Literature
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time,
six years part-time
Location:
Clephan Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code:
English Q300
with Languages
TBC
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Normally 260 UCAS Points from
at least two A Levels including
English Language or Literature
at grade B or equivalent
–– National Diploma DMM and
a grade B or above in A level
English Language or Literature
–– Five GCSEs grades A* - C
including English Language or
Literature at grade C or above.
We also accept the BTEC
First Diploma plus two GCSEs
including English at grade C
or above
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ points
Interview required:
Yes
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Creative Writing, English (Joint
Honours), English Language
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7555
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/adhug
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
3rd year modules
–– Dissertation (compulsory)
–– British Drama 1956 to the Present
–– Contemporary Fiction
–– Contemporary Poetry
–– English in the Workplace
–– Modernism and Modernity
–– Postcolonial Writing
–– Shakespeare and Marlowe
–– Studies in Literature and Film
–– The Working Class in Literature and Film
–– Writing the Self
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
HUMANITIES
About the course
English at DMU offers an exciting
combination of traditional and
innovative modules, from Chaucer
and Shakespeare, to contemporary
literature and film adaptations. We
are one of the top new university
English departments, ranking 9th in
the country for research, with 40% of
our work being deemed ‘world-leading’,
and scoring 4.5 out of 5 overall in the
latest National Student Satisfaction
Survey (2011).
167
English
BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
Also available as Single Honours / with Languages
HUMANITIES
Key information
168
Duration:
Three years full-time,
six years part-time
Location:
Clephan Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code:
English and
Creative Writing WQ83
Drama Studies QWJ4
Education Studies QX33
English Language Q390
Film Studies WQ63
History QV31
Journalism PQ53
Media PQ33
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Normally 260 UCAS Points from
at least two A Levels including
English Language or Literature
at grade B or equivalent
–– National Diploma DMM and
a grade B or above in A level
English Language or Literature
–– Five GCSEs grades A* - C
including English Language or
Literature at grade C or above.
We also accept the BTEC
First Diploma plus two GCSEs
including English at grade C or
above
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ points
Please be aware that some Joint
Honours combinations may have
specific entry requirements, visit
our website for more information.
Interview required:
No
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Creative Writing,
English (Single Honours),
English Language
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7555
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/adhug
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
About the course
English at DMU offers an exciting
combination of traditional and
innovative modules, from Chaucer
and Shakespeare, to contemporary
literature and film adaptations. We are
one of the top new university English
departments, ranking 9th in the
country for research, with 40% of our
work being deemed ‘world-leading’,
and scoring 4.5 out of 5 overall in the
latest National Student Satisfaction
Survey (2011).
As well as film showings, theatre visits
and opportunities to meet visiting
writers, there is a student English
society which organises events such
as poetry readings.
Graduate careers
English graduates are highly
employable and have gone into a wide
range of careers including banking,
charity work, the civil service, the
hospitality industry, library services,
marketing, the media, public relations,
publishing, primary and secondary
teaching, administration and
postgraduate study.
Recent graduate destinations have
included: Jamie Luck, RSC Education
Creative Associate; Nathan Lunt,
Performance Poet; Tom Wiseman,
Teacher of English as a Foreign
Language in central Mexico.
Learning and teaching
The course is taught by a team of
internationally-renowned scholars
and uses varied teaching methods,
including lectures, seminars,
workshops and one-to-one tutorials.
Modules usually consist of one lecture
and one seminar per week or a
workshop. In addition to contact time,
you will also carry out independent
study for each module. Assessments
develop a range of skills and include
essays, presentations, journals, exams,
anthologies, and some creative work.
You are kept up to date through
our interactive teaching resource,
Blackboard.
“It didn’t take me long at
all to see how great the
English degree at DMU was.
Not only were there a wide
range of modules, but
students were being taught
by expert lecturers.”
Nina Kooseenlin, graduate.
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
1st year modules
–– Introduction to the Novel
–– Poetry and Society
2nd year modules
–– History of English: Medieval to Augustan
Literature (compulsory)
–– Romantic and Victorian Literature
–– 20th and 21st Century Literature
–– Ways of Reading
–– Rewriting Film
3rd year modules
–– Dissertation
–– British Drama 1956 to the Present
–– Contemporary Fiction
–– Contemporary Poetry
–– Postcolonial Writing
–– Shakespeare and Marlowe
–– Studies in Literature and Film
–– The Working Class in Literature and Film
–– Writing the Self
About the course
The English language is our greatest
asset and our biggest export. It can
move, amuse, inspire, impress and
oppress. This degree will help you
understand how English works,
its history and possible future, and
how to use it more persuasively and
effectively. This course offers you
the opportunity to combine study of
the English language with a carefully
chosen range of related subjects, both
academic and vocational. You will be
taught by a diverse and highly talented
range of teaching staff across a variety
of areas to give you the broadest
possible exposure to the subject.
We also offer a module in Teaching
English, opening up the possibility of
working anywhere in the world as a
TEFL teacher, and a final year work
placement module to help make your
CV stand out.
Learning and teaching
English language is taught in a variety
of ways, including lectures, one hour
seminars, two hour workshops and
individual tutorials; all of these make
frequent use of audio visual material
and IT-based teaching and learning.
You will be assessed in a wide range
of ways, such as essays, group
projects, individual and/or group
presentation or class tests; this
ensures that you develop a wide range
of practical skills.
In the first year, each module will have
one lecture and one seminar or a two
hour workshop; in the second year,
you will normally have four workshops
of two hours. In addition, you are
encouraged to see your tutor for
private tutorials and must undertake
independent study.
BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
Work experience/placements
As part of the final year of the degree,
you will be offered the possibility
of gaining work experience either
within the university or with a public,
voluntary or private sector employer.
This allows you to examine the
forms of communication used in a
particular job sector, develop your own
communication and presentation skills,
and also gain invaluable experience as
you prepare to leave university.
Facilities
All classes are taught either in the
Clephan or Hugh Aston Building,
which provide a custom designed
learning environment tailored to the
delivery of high level teaching and
learning. The study of language
requires access to the full range
of audio-visual and IT facilities (for
example sound files, video, web-based
learning), and our teaching spaces
are perfectly designed to meet these
needs.
Graduate careers
Graduates possess high-level linguistic,
reasoning and analytical skills, making
them highly marketable.
We could reasonably expect our
students to gain employment in
any profession where the ability to
communicate clearly and persuasively
is at a premium: the media, publishing,
advertising, marketing, public relations,
teaching and the Civil Service fast
stream – language skills open many
doors.
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
1st year modules
2nd year modules –– Adventures in Language: An
–– Sociolinguistics
Introduction to Grammar and –– Varieties of Language:
Linguistics
Stylistics
–– Evolving Language: An
–– Teaching English Language
Introduction to the Histories of
Language
3rd year modules
–– English Language
Dissertation
–– Language in the Workplace
–– Psycholinguistics
–– Language, Power and Identity
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time,
six years part-time
Location:
Clephan Building, Hugh Aston
Building, De Montfort University
UCAS course code:
English Language and:
Creative Writing QW38
Education Studies QX3H
Q390
English Literature Journalism QP35
Media QP33
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Normally 260 UCAS points from
at least two full A levels, including
a grade B or above preferably in
English Language or Literature
–– National Diploma DMM
–– Five GCSEs grades A* - C
including English Language or
Literature at grade C or above.
We also accept the BTEC
First Diploma plus two GCSEs
including English at grade C
or above
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ points
Please be aware that some Joint
Honours combinations may have
specific entry requirements, visit
our website for more information.
Interview required:
No
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Creative Writing, English, Journalism
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7555
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/adhug
HUMANITIES
English Language
169
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
History
BA (Hons)
About the course
We offer a dynamic modern history
course which is taught by leading
scholars specialising in British,
European and Colonial history. This
History course looks at many of the
key developments that have shaped
the modern world over the last two
centuries and spans social and cultural
as well as political and economic
history. You will have an opportunity
to study an exciting and wide-ranging
curriculum that is taught by specialists.
During your studies you will develop
critical and creative analytical skills
that will prepare you for a life beyond
university.
The History team also organises
regular trips to add richness to the
curriculum. This includes local archives
as well as the likes of Munich, Berlin,
Serbia and Moscow/St Petersburg.
There are also opportunities to spend
time in one of our partner institutions,
which include Georgia, North Carolina,
Baltimore, Cyprus and Istanbul.
Learning and teaching
The course is taught by scholars who
are international leaders in their fields
and can offer fascinating and insightful
perspectives drawing on their latest
research. The quality of teaching
has been recognised on numerous
occasions, especially in the National
Student Survey which, in 2010,
resulted in a 98 per cent satisfaction
rate. History was also ranked 7th out
of 91 institutions in The Independent
for student satisfaction in 2010. Staff
have also been awarded teaching
prizes on many occasions from the
university and the Higher Education
Academy.
1st year modules
Core modules include:
–– Presenting and Representing the Past
–– The Making of the Modern World
–– 20th Century Europe
–– Britain in Transition, 1760–1939
Teaching consists of formal lectures
and small informal seminars, tutorials
and online learning opportunities.
Assessment is by a mixture of
coursework – essays, reviews,
presentations and exams. You will
receive extensive feedback throughout
the year on your work to help you
improve.
Key information
Facilities
You will have access to the full range
of audio-visual and IT facilities (for
example sound files, video, web-based
learning), and our teaching spaces
are perfectly designed to meet these
needs. The university library also has
an extensive range of materials to
support your studies, from books and
journal articles to electronic resources.
UCAS course code:
HistoryV100
with Languages
TBC
Graduate careers
A history degree will provide you with
a wealth of career opportunities, from
working in multinational companies
through to the public sector. Our
recent graduates are employed in
a wide range of careers including
university lecturers, archival work,
museums and heritage, journalism and
postgraduate study.
Languages pathway
You can also study History with a
languages pathway. Students taking
this route will study one 30 credit
module of their chosen language each
year. Languages offered will be French
beginner, French post GCSE, Spanish
beginner, Spanish post GCSE and
Chinese (Mandarin) beginner.
2nd year modules
Choose four from the following possibilities:
–– The Transformation of Modern Britain since
1939
–– Immigration in 19th and 20th Century Britain
–– US Ethnic History
–– Sport, Leisure and Culture in 20th Century
Britain
–– British India 1857–1947
–– World War Two
–– Cold War
–– Englishmen and Foreigners
Duration:
Three years full-time,
six years part-time
Location:
Clephan Building,
De Montfort University
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Normally 260 UCAS Points
from at least two full A Levels
including History grade B or
equivalent
–– National Diploma DMM
–– Five GCSEs grades A* - C
including English Language or
Literature at grade C or above.
We also accept the BTEC
First Diploma plus two GCSEs
including English at grade C or
above
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ points
Interview required:
Yes
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
History (Joint Honours)
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7555
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/adhug
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
3rd year modules
Choose four from the following possibilities:
–– Dissertation (compulsory)
–– Independence and Occupation in Poland
Since 1918
–– Rural Britain
–– Yugoslavia and After
–– Racism in 20th Century Europe
–– Sport and Society in Britain, Europe and the
USA c1850–c1940
–– US Intervention and the Collective Memory
of Vietnam
–– Borders and Boundaries: The Transformation
of India and Pakistan
HUMANITIES
Also available as Joint Honours / with Languages
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
171
History
BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
Also available as Single Honours / with Languages
HUMANITIES
Key information
172
Duration:
Three years full-time,
six years part-time
Location:
Clephan Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code:
History and
Education Studies VX13
English QV31
International Relations LVF1
Journalism PV51
Politics LV21
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Normally 260 UCAS points from
at least two full A levels, including
a grade B or above in History
–– National Diploma DMM
–– Five GCSEs grades A* - C
including English Language or
Literature at grade C or above.
We also accept the BTEC
First Diploma plus two GCSEs
including English at grade C
or above
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ points
Please be aware that some Joint
Honours combinations may have
specific entry requirements, visit
our website for more information.
Interview required:
No
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
History (Single Honours)
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7555
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/adhug
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
About the course
As a Joint Honours student you
will be able to combine the study of
History with a range of complementary
subjects which will provide you with
a wealth of opportunities. History
at DMU looks at many of the key
developments that have shaped
the modern world over the last two
centuries and spans social and cultural
as well as political and economic
history. You will have the opportunity
to study an exciting and wide-ranging
curriculum that is taught by specialists.
During your studies you will develop
critical and creative analytical skills
that will prepare you for a life beyond
university.
We organise regular trips to add
richness to the curriculum. This
includes local archives as well as the
likes of Munich, Berlin, Serbia and
Moscow/St Petersburg.
There are also opportunities to spend
time in one of our partner institutions,
including Georgia, North Carolina,
Baltimore, Cyprus and Istanbul.
Learning and teaching
The course is taught by scholars who
are international leaders in their fields
and can offer fascinating and insightful
perspectives drawing on their latest
research. The quality of teaching
has been recognised on numerous
occasions, especially in the National
Student Survey which, in 2011,
resulted in a 98 per cent satisfaction
rate. History was also ranked 7th out
of 91 institutions in The Independent
for student satisfaction in 2010. The
History staff have also been awarded
teaching prizes on many occasions
from the university and the Higher
Education Academy.
1st year modules
Core modules include:
–– Presenting and Representing
the Past
–– The Making of the Modern
World
Teaching consists of formal lectures
and small informal seminars, tutorials
and online learning opportunities.
Assessment is by a mixture of
coursework – essays, reviews,
presentations and exams. You will
receive extensive feedback throughout
the year on your work to help you
improve.
Facilities
Students have access to the full range
of audio-visual and IT facilities (for
example sound files, video, web-based
learning), and our teaching spaces
are perfectly designed to meet these
needs. The university library has an
extensive range of materials to support
your studies, from books and journal
articles to electronic resources.
Graduate careers
Studying History as a Joint Honours
will provide you with a wealth of
career opportunities, from working
in multinational companies through
to the public sector. Our recent
graduates are employed in a wide
range of careers including university
lecturers, archival work, museums
and heritage, teaching, journalism and
postgraduate study.
2nd year modules Choose two from the following
possibilities:
–– The Transformation of Modern
Britain Since 1939
–– Immigration in 19th and 20th
Century Britain
–– US Ethnic History
–– Sport, Leisure and Culture in
20th Century Britain
–– British India 1857–1947
–– World War Two
–– Cold War
–– Englishmen and Foreigners
3rd year modules
Choose two from the following
possibilities:
–– Dissertation
–– Independence and
Occupation in Poland Since
1918
–– Rural Britain
–– Yugoslavia and After
–– Sport and Society in Britain,
Europe and the USA
c1850–c1940
–– Racism in 20th Century
Europe
–– US Intervention and the
Collective Memory of Vietnam
–– Borders and Boundaries: The
Transformation of India and
Pakistan
Law
A range of qualifying law degrees, covering the
academic subjects that you need for professional practice
in the legal profession.
The opportunity to moot and participate in client
interviewing, as well contribute to pro-bono activities such
as Street Law and Law Clinic.
A guaranteed place on the LPC at Leicester
De Montfort Law School if you wish to go on to qualify
as a solicitor (subject to conditions).
Study abroad opportunities available worldwide –
dmu.ac.uk/balstudyabroad.
Fantastic £35 million faculty building which provides
impressive facilities such as, state-of-the-art lecture
theatres, meeting and break-out rooms, a mock law court
and an integrated law library, as well as a café and the
University bookshop.
We enjoy strong links with major professional bodies,
public and private sector companies and organisations.
What to do next:
Come to an open day to talk to the team.
Apply from September 2012, to find out how
go to page 220.
dmu.ac.uk/hughaston2013
For instructions of how to use these
codes to watch our Law videos on your
smart phone, see p29
dmu.ac.uk/lawlecture2013
Business Law LLB (Hons)
176
Law BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
177
Law LLB (Hons)
179
Law and Criminal Justice LLB (Hons)
180
Law, Human Rights and Social Justice LLB (Hons)
181
LAW
videos
175
Accredited by:
Business Law
LLB (Hons)
LAW
Key information
About the course
–– A qualifying law degree with full
exemptions from the academic
stage of the professional
qualification for solicitors and
barristers
Duration:
Three years full-time
Location:
Hugh Aston Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: M221
Entry and admissions criteria:
– Typical offers at 300 UCAS Points.
You need to study at least two
subjects at A Level and need to
achieve one grade B or above in
one subject
– You must have at least five GCSEs
at grades A–C including English
Language and Maths
–– This course allows you to focus on
aspects of business and commercial
law with options available to enable
you to specialise in areas such as
international trade law, competition
law and company law
–– Our students are regular
finalists and winners of mooting
competitions
–– Take part in pro bono activities
including Street Law and Law Clinic
– International Baccalaureate:
30+ points
–– Excellent teaching and individual
support through a personal tutor
We welcome applications from
mature students with non-standard
qualifications and recognise all
other equivalent and international
qualifications.
Learning and teaching
These include lectures, tutorials and
seminars, role-play, case study analysis
and self-directed study. Assessment
usually includes essays, project work
and/or exams.
Interview required:
Yes
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
You will normally attend around 12
hours of timetabled taught sessions
(lectures, tutorials etc) each week, and
are expected to undertake at least 20
further hours of independent study.
Open Days:
Please visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
We place a particular emphasis on the
employability of our graduates and you
will be expected to participate in a full
programme of careers based activities.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
Work experience/placements
A range of pro bono activities include
Law Clinic and Street Law. We also
assist you to obtain relevant work
experience and placements.
Erasmus/study abroad
Option to study in another country
offers invaluable international
experience.
See dmu.ac.uk/balstudyabroad
Facilities
Excellent facilities within the new
£35 million Hugh Aston Building
include an integrated law library, mock
courtroom and Law Clinic.
Graduate careers
Our students have an excellent track
record of employment and of gaining
places on further training courses.
Many graduates go into the legal
profession, but the opportunities with a
law degree are infinite. We guarantee
successful graduates a place on our
Legal Practice Course.
You may also be interested in:
Law, Law and Criminal Justice,
Human Rights and Social Justice,
and our joint degrees.
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7458
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/law
1st year modules
Suitable for applicants from:
176
UK
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at the
time of print and is subject to review each year
so may vary.
–– Constitutional and
Administrative Law
–– Contract
–– Criminal Law
–– Introduction to Business Law
2nd year modules –– Land Law
–– EU Law
–– UK and European Business
Contracting
–– Business Entities
3rd year modules
–– Third year
–– Equity and Trusts
–– Tort Law
–– Plus two options including:
–– Company Law
–– Commercial Law
–– International Trade Law
–– Insurance Law
–– English and European
Competition Law
–– Business Regulation
–– Intellectual Property Law
–– Labour Law
–– Project (business focus)
–– English Legal History
–– Electronic Commerce Law
About the course
–– Excellent teaching and individual
support from a personal tutor
–– Optional placement year, if
combined with a Business School
subject, offers valuable experience
with employers such as IBM, Intel,
Audi, VW, NHS, HSBC, M&S and
Siemens
–– Opportunity to study another
subject alongside law, if you do not
wish to commit to a single honours
law degree
This course gives the opportunity to
combine law with other subjects such
as Business, Economics, Human
Resource Management, Marketing,
or Psychology.
By opting for a joint degree, you
don’t lose the option of achieving a
qualifying law degree. The BA Law half
of the course is designed to keep that
option open. After completing the first
year of a joint honours course, you can
apply to transfer to a qualifying law
degree, the Law LLB (Hons), in your
second year.
You will cover the remaining ‘core’ law
subjects while continuing to study your
other non-legal discipline.
BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
Work experience/placements
An optional paid placement year offers
invaluable professional experience.
For further details see
dmu.ac.uk/businessplacements
A range of pro bono activities include
Law Clinic and Street Law. We also
assist you to obtain relevant work
experience and placements.
Erasmus/study abroad
Option to study in another country
offers invaluable international
experience.
See dmu.ac.uk/balstudyabroad
Facilities
Excellent facilities within the new
£35 million Hugh Aston Building
include an integrated law library, mock
courtroom and law clinic.
Graduate careers
Our graduates have an excellent track
record of employment and of gaining
places on further training courses.
Many go into the legal profession,
but the opportunities if you have taken
a joint honours law degree are wide
and varied.
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time,
four years with placement
LAW
Law
Location:
Hugh Aston Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code:
MN11
Business Management Economics ML21
Human Resource ManagementM1N6
M1N5
Marketing CM81
Psychology Entry and admissions criteria:
– Typical offers at 280 UCAS Points
A Level candidates need to study
at least two subjects at A Level and
need to achieve one grade B or
above in one subject
– All students must have at least
five GCSEs grades A–C including
English Language and Maths
– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points
Interview required:
Yes
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
Learning and teaching
Teaching will be through lectures,
tutorials and seminars, role-play, case
study analysis and self-directed study.
Assessment usually takes several
forms including essays, a moot and/
or exams.
Open Days:
Please visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You will normally attend around 12
hours of timetabled taught sessions
(lectures, tutorials etc) each week, and
are expected to undertake at least 20
further hours of independent study.
You may also be interested in:
Business Law, Law, Law and
Criminal Justice, Law, Human Rights
and Social Justice.
We place a particular emphasis on the
employability of our graduates and you
will be expected to participate in a full
programme of careers based activities.
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7458
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/law
Suitable for applicants from:
1st year modules
–– Constitutional and
Administrative Law
–– Contract
2nd year modules –– Land Law
–– EU Law
–– Tort
–– Business Entities
3rd year modules
–– Law Project
–– Criminal Law
–– Law and Medicine
–– Civil Liberties
–– International Law
–– Company Law
–– Information Technology Law
–– Consumer Law
–– Criminology
UK
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at the
time of print and is subject to review each year
so may vary.
177
Accredited by:
Law
–– A qualifying law degree with full
exemptions from the academic
stage of the professional
qualification for solicitors and
barristers. The emphasis is on
developing key lawyering skills,
as well as academic skills and
preparing you for a successful
career in the profession
–– Our students are regular
finalists and winners of mooting
competitions
–– Take part in Pro Bono activities
including Street Law and Law Clinic
–– Excellent teaching and individual
support through a personal tutor
Learning and teaching
These include lectures, tutorials and
seminars, role-play, case study analysis
and self-directed study. Assessment
usually includes essays, project work
and/or exams.
Erasmus/study abroad
Option to study in another country
offers invaluable international
experience.
See dmu.ac.uk/balstudyabroad
Facilities
Excellent facilities within the new
£35 million Hugh Aston Building
include an integrated law library, mock
courtroom and law clinic.
Graduate careers
Our students have an excellent track
record of employment and of gaining
places on further training courses.
Many graduates go into the legal
profession, but the opportunities with a
law degree are infinite. We guarantee
successful graduates a place on our
Legal Practice Course.
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time
LAW
About the course
LLB (Hons)
Location:
Hugh Aston Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: M100
Entry and admissions criteria:
– Typical offers at 320 UCAS Points.
A Level candidates need to study
at least two subjects at A Level and
need to achieve one grade B or
above in one subject
– All students must have at least
five GCSEs grades A–C including
English Language and Maths
– International Baccalaureate:
30+ points
We welcome applications from
mature students with non-standard
qualifications and recognise all
other equivalent and international
qualifications.
You will normally attend around 12
hours of timetabled taught sessions
(lectures, tutorials etc) each week, and
are expected to undertake at least 20
further hours of independent study.
Interview required:
Yes
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
We place a particular emphasis on the
employability of our graduates and you
will be expected to participate in a full
programme of careers-based activities.
Open Days:
Please visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Work experience/placements
A range of pro bono activities include
Law Clinic and Street Law. We also
assist you to obtain relevant work
experience and placements.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Business Law,
Law and Criminal Justice,
Human Rights and Social Justice.
1st year modules
–– Constitutional and
Administrative Law
–– Contract
–– Criminal Law
–– English and European Legal
Contexts
2nd year modules –– Land Law
–– EU Law
–– Tort
–– Plus an option
3rd year modules
–– Equity and Trusts
–– Plus three options
Suitable for applicants from:
Option modules in the second and third years might include:
– Intellectual Property Law
– Law of Civil Liberties
– Labour Law
– Commercial Law
– Law and Medicine
– Company Law
– Information Technology Law
– Consumer Law
– Criminology
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7458
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/law
– International Law
– Family Law
– Lawyering: Theory, Skills and
Ethics
– International Child Law
– Contemporary Issues in
Jurisprudence and Legal
Theory
– Immigration and Refugee Law
UK
– English Legal History
– Sports Law
– Dissertation
– Law of Evidence
– Administrative Law
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at the
time of print and is subject to review each year
so may vary.
179
Accredited by:
Law and Criminal Justice
LAW
Key information
LLB (Hons)
About the course
The specialist expertise of our staff
allows us to offer this exciting and
challenging LLB focusing on criminal
law and criminal justice. As a qualifying
law degree, this course provides
you with the necessary academic
exemptions for entry into the legal
profession.
Duration:
Three years full-time
Location:
Hugh Aston Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: M211
Entry and admissions criteria:
– Typical offers at 300 UCAS Points.
You need to study at least two
subjects at A Level and need to
achieve one grade B or above in
one subject
– You must have at least five GCSEs
at grades A–C including English
Language and Maths
– International Baccalaureate:
30+ Points
We welcome applications from
mature students with non-standard
qualifications and recognise all
other equivalent and international
qualifications.
Interview required:
Yes
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Please visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
–– Our students are regular
finalists and winners of mooting
competitions
–– Take part in pro bono activities
including Street Law and Law Clinic
–– Excellent teaching and individual
support through a personal tutor
Learning and teaching
These include lectures, tutorials and
seminars, role-play, case study analysis
and self-directed study. Assessment
usually includes essays, project work
and/or exams.
You will normally attend around 12
hours of timetabled taught sessions
(lectures, tutorials etc) each week, and
are expected to undertake at least 20
further hours of independent study.
Work experience/placements
A range of pro bono activities include
law clinic and Street Law. We also
assist you to obtain relevant work
experience and placements.
Facilities
Excellent facilities within the new
£35 million Hugh Aston Building
include an integrated law library, mock
courtroom and law clinic.
Erasmus/study abroad
Option to study in another country
offers invaluable international
experience.
See dmu.ac.uk/balstudyabroad
Graduate careers
Our students have an excellent track
record of employment and of gaining
places on further training courses.
Many graduates go into the legal
profession, but the opportunities with a
law degree are infinite. We guarantee
successful graduates a place on our
Legal Practice Course.
We place a particular emphasis on the
employability of our graduates and you
will be expected to participate in a full
programme of careers based activities.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Business Law, Law, Human Rights
and Social Justice.
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7458
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/law
Suitable for applicants from:
180
UK
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at the
time of print and is subject to review each year
so may vary.
1st year modules
–– Constitutional and
Administrative Law
–– Contract
–– Criminal Law
–– Criminal Procedure and
Process
2nd year modules –– Land Law
–– EU Law
–– Evidence
–– Plus either Forensics or
Criminology
3rd year modules
–– Equity and Trusts
–– Tort
–– Penology and Advanced
Criminal Law
Accredited by:
Law, Human Rights and Social Justice
–– This is a qualifying law degree,
providing the necessary academic
exemptions for entry into the legal
profession. Law, human rights and
social justice are terms that reflect
key elements of law in our modern
state – the way in which individuals
are protected and interact on issues
such as immigration, housing and
state benefits. This course will
appeal if you wish to focus on these
and related issues in the legal
profession, as well as if you are
seeking a career in non-legal roles
in housing, immigration,
social welfare, charities and the
voluntary sector
–– Our students are regular
finalists and winners of mooting
competitions
–– Take part in pro bono activities
including Street Law and Law Clinic
–– Excellent teaching and individual
support through a personal tutor
Work experience/placements
A range of pro bono activities include
Law Clinic and Street Law. We also
assist you to obtain relevant work
experience and placements.
Erasmus/study abroad
Option to study in another country
offers invaluable international
experience.
See dmu.ac.uk/balstudyabroad
Facilities
Excellent facilities within the new
£35 million Hugh Aston Building
include an integrated law library, mock
courtroom and law clinic.
Graduate careers
Our students have an excellent track
record of employment and of gaining
places on further training courses.
Many graduates go into the legal
profession, but the opportunities with a
law degree are infinite. We guarantee
successful graduates a place on our
Legal Practice Course.
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time
LAW
About the course
LLB (Hons)
Location:
Hugh Aston Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: M200
Entry and admissions criteria:
– Typical offers at 300 UCAS Points.
You need to study at least two
subjects at A Level and achieve
one grade B or above in one
subject
– You must have at least five GCSEs
at grades A–C including English
language and Maths
– International Baccalaureate:
30+ Points
We welcome applications from
mature students with non-standard
qualifications and recognise all
other equivalent and international
qualifications.
Interview required:
Yes
Learning and teaching
These include lectures, tutorials and
seminars, role-play, case study analysis
and self-directed study. Assessment
usually includes essays, project work
and/or exams.
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Please visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
You will normally attend around 12
hours of timetabled taught sessions
(lectures, tutorials etc) each week, and
are expected to undertake at least 20
further hours of independent study.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
We place a particular emphasis on the
employability of our graduates and you
will be expected to participate in a full
programme of careers based activities.
You may also be interested in:
Business Law, Law, Law and
Criminal Justice.
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7458
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/law
1st year modules
–– Constitutional and
Administrative Law
–– Contract
–– Criminal Law
–– Administrative Justice
2nd year modules –– Land Law
–– EU Law
–– Human Rights
–– Plus an option
3rd year modules
–– Equity and Trusts
–– Tort
–– Social Justice
–– Plus an option
Option modules in the second and third years might include:
– Labour Law
– Law and Medicine
– Family Law
– International Child Law
– Immigration and Refugee Law
– English Legal History
– Contemporary Issues in
Jurisprudence and Legal
Theory
– Law of Civil Liberties
– Criminology
– Sports Law
– Law of Evidence
– Lawyering: Theory, Skills
and Ethics
– Dissertation
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at the
time of print and is subject to review each year
so may vary.
181
Life Sciences
Home to more than 400 members of staff and 7,500 students, the
faculty of Health and Life Sciences is renowned for its quality and
distinctiveness with a commitment to the highest standards in learning,
teaching and the student experience; such as innovative e-learning and
inter-professional education.
Designed with your employability in mind, our professionally focussed
courses benefit from continual input and significant links with a range
of industry leaders and experts.
Our established reputation of internationally-recognised research feeds
and informs our teaching; ensuring that your study directly contributes
to life-saving and cutting-edge projects that make a global difference.
–– 94 per cent of our graduates, seeking –– A long history of teaching in
Pharmacy, with more than 100 years
to enter employment or further study,
of expertise, has given us a strong
are successful after six months of
reputation for producing graduates
completing their course, earning an
of the highest calibre
average salary of £23, 265 (DLHE
2009/10)
–– Clinical and industrial work placement
opportunities help prepare you
–– Many of our courses have been
for employment in world-leading
adapted alongside industry and
companies such as AstraZeneca,
government initiatives to provide
Pfizer, 3M and the NHS
relevant and focused teaching
–– Our dynamic international
–– Many of our courses are accredited
partnerships and vibrant links with
or endorsed by professional bodies,
industry are complemented by our
such as; British Psychological
connection with the government’s
Society and General Pharmaceutical
PMI2 initiative, to help secure the UK
Society, ensuring you graduate with a
as a leader in international education
recognised and relevant qualification
–– First-class scientific laboratories
enable you to enhance your practical
experience and specialist skills with
industry standard equipment that
replicate clinical settings
–– Direct progression routes from our
Undergraduate courses on to a range
of Postgraduate taught and research
opportunities
What to do next:
Come to an open day to talk to the team.
Apply from September 2012, to find out how
go to page 220.
videos
dmu.ac.uk/hlsvideos
Biomedical Science BSc (Hons)
184
Forensic Science BSc (Hons)
185
Healthcare Science Foundation Degree (FdSc)
186
Healthcare Science (Audiology) BSc (Hons)
187
Healthcare Science (Cardiovascular, Respiratory and Sleep Sciences) BSc (Hons)
188
Healthcare Science (Life Sciences) BSc (Hons)
189
Healthcare Science (Medical Physics) BSc (Hons)
190
Healthcare Science (Neurophysiology) BSc (Hons)
191
Medical Science BMedSci (Hons)
192
Pharmaceutical and Cosmetic Science BSc (Hons)
193
Pharmacy MPharm with Honours
194
Psychology BSc (Hons) 195
Psychology BSc (Hons) (Joint Honours)
196
Psychology with Criminology BSc (Hons) 197
Psychology with Education Studies BSc (Hons) 198
Psychology with Health Studies BSc (Hons) 199
LIFE SCIENCES
For instructions on how to use this
code to watch our Life Sciences
videos on your smart phone, see p29
183
Biomedical Science
LIFE SCIENCES
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time, three years
part-time (you must be employed
in a clinical laboratory), four years
sandwich placement.
Location:
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: B940
(Part-time entry: apply direct
to DMU)
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Five GCSEs at grade C or
above, including Maths, English,
Chemistry and Biology or
double Science, plus one of the
following:
–– Normally 260 UCAS Points
from at least two A Levels or
above with Chemistry at grade
C plus another Science subject
(preferably Biology) or equivalent
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ points, with a minimum of 6
higher level points in Chemistry
Interview required:
No
International students:
Applications from international
students are welcomed and
encouraged. However, if English is
not your first language, we require an
English language level of IELTS 6.5
or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Medical Science (p192),
Pharmaceutical and
Cosmetic Science (p193),
Healthcare Science (p187–191)
184
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7700
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/hls
EU
About the course
–– Professionally accredited by the
Institute of Biomedical Science
–– Extensive links with local NHS
hospital pathology centres, including
direct input and teaching by
practising Biomedical Scientists
–– Work placement opportunities within
a variety of private and public sector
healthcare organisations enhance
your employability upon graduation
–– Teaching is based on experience
and formulated by current research
The first year provides a fundamental
understanding of cell and organ
function, cellular biochemistry,
microbiology and the basic analytical
skills of modern biomedical science.
In the second year you will begin
to integrate normal body functions
with common disease states such as
cancer, diabetes and cardiovascular
disease. The final year is predominantly
disease-centred and you will complete
an extensive individual research
module.
A large proportion of final year lectures
are delivered by Health Professions
Council (HPC) registered Biomedical
Scientists from local NHS pathology
centres.
If you are currently working in a
clinical pathology laboratory you may
study on a part-time basis (one day a
week) while undertaking work-based
assessments.
Learning and teaching
Includes lectures, tutorials, seminars
and computer-based learning allied to
extensive laboratory-based practical
work. A Virtual Analytical Laboratory
(VAL) skills package enables you to
develop practical laboratory skills in
a virtual environment. Assessment
is based on coursework, group
assessment, oral presentations and
exams.
You will normally attend around 20
hours of timetabled taught sessions
(lectures, tutorials, laboratory
sessions) each week and expected to
undertake at least 15 further hours of
independent study to complete project
work/research as required.
1st year modules
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
BSc (Hons)
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
–– Basic Microbiology
–– Structure and Function of
Cells and Tissues
–– Biochemistry and Cell Biology
–– Molecular Sciences
–– Professional and Quantitative
Skills
Work experience/placements/
industry links
This course offers an optional
sandwich year; usually as an employee
of an approved NHS pathology centre
(professional training which can lead
towards eligibility for HPC registration)
or a research or industrial laboratory.
Students on the sandwich course are
often fortunate to benefit from their
placements being funded.
Practical work experience is sought
after by many graduate employers.
Previous sandwich placements have
included: Health Protection Agency,
Wickham Laboratories, Rutland
Biodynamics and local NHS Trusts.
Facilities
Recent investment of £8 million in
to our first-class facilities, develop
your practical laboratory experience,
enhancing your employability
prospects.
Our modernised Microbiology
laboratory and Virtual Analytical
laboratory resources package provides
current clinical laboratory teaching,
making your learning applicable to
current practices.
Graduate careers
This qualification provides eligibility
for registration as a Biomedical
Scientist with HPC after a period of
clinical laboratory training, which may
be undertaken either as sandwich
placement or after successful
completion of degree course. Our
graduates are therefore highly sought
after by NHS Pathology centres, and
work in diagnostic laboratories in both
the public and private sectors, research
institutions and the biotechnology
industry.
Graduates have progressed in to
roles such as; Biomedical Scientists,
Laboratory Assistants, Associate
Practitioners and Pharmacology
Technicians in NHS pathology centres
across the UK.
Our postgraduate courses offer
opportunities to progress onto further
study, including; the Advanced
Biomedical Science MSc.
2nd year modules –– Molecular Genetics and
Genomics
–– Biochemical Disease
Processes
–– Organ Systems Physiology
–– Inflammation and
Immunobiology
–– Professional Skills 2
–– Bioanalytical Instrumentation
and Techniques
3rd year modules
–– Clinical Biochemistry
–– Histopathology and
Cytopathology
–– Immunopathology
–– Medical Microbiology
–– Transfusion Science
–– Haematology
In collaboration with:
Forensic Science
About the course
–– Developed in collaboration
with local agencies including
Leicestershire Constabulary and
local Fire and Rescue Services,
ensures the course remains relevant
to the sector
–– A science focused degree equips
you with skills that can be applied
to laboratory work in a variety of
science settings
–– Accredited by the Forensic
Science Society (FSS) in all three
component standards, ensuring
you graduate with a professionally
recognised qualification
–– Graduates go on to jobs with
globally recognised forensic science
and technology providers, and
pharmaceutical companies
A varied syllabus provides a sound
education in forensic biology and
forensic chemistry and puts this
learning in its wider context with
modules covering evidence types
and analysis, crime scene processing,
criminal law, forensic IT and a variety
of case studies.
The first year focuses on basic
principles and techniques of all
aspects of forensic science. In the
second year more advanced concepts
and applications are introduced and
criminal law is studied in depth. The
final year contains modules covering
advanced aspects and applications,
for example DNA profiling, forensic
chemical pathology, authenticity
and frauds, and fire, arson and
explosions. It also contains a project
module, allowing you to direct your
own forensic science research under
the guidance of a member of staff.
Learning will be put in to a wider
context through the analysis of cases
where you will experience a mock
cross-examination in our court room.
Learning and teaching
Teaching methods include lectures,
tutorials and workshops giving a
dynamic and stimulating learning
environment. Practical work forms a
large part of teaching and includes
exercises at mock ‘scenes of crime’
located in our crime house facility near
the campus.
Key information
Assessments include coursework,
written and practical exams, oral
presentations, phase tests, traditional
essays and case study evaluations.
Duration:
Three years full-time,
four years sandwich (optional)
You will study for approximately 17
hours per week in formal teaching,
personal tutoring and feedback
sessions, plus up to 20 hours per
week through to self-directed study.
Please note these hours are subject
to change, you may study more/less
hours in a week.
Work experience/placements/
industry links
There is the opportunity to do
a sandwich year to experience
working in a scientific environment
and students have been placed in
recognised companies such as Pfizer.
Placement experience is sought after
by employers, and in some instances
students return to where they worked
on placement following graduation.
Facilities
Recent investment of £8 million in
new state-of-the-art equipment and
facilities include; a Mock Crime Scene
House; a specialised Forensic DNA
laboratory; a specialised Physical
Evidence laboratory; and an Analytical
Chemistry laboratory.
Graduate careers
The variety and depth of this course
equips graduates to work in many
fields, including ‘scene of crime’ work,
forensic science, analytical chemistry,
general scientific analysis, health and
safety, the insurance industry and
law enforcement. Graduates have
progressed on to work for globally
recognised forensic science providers,
such as: Orchid Cellmark, various
constabularies and internationally
renowned companies such as 3M.
“DMU hasn’t just met my
expectations; it’s exceeded
them by miles!”
Kerry Pritchett. Forensic Science
and Psychology student
Location:
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: F400
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Five GCSEs at grade C or above,
including Maths and English, plus
one of the following:
–– Normally 260 UCAS Points from
at least two A Levels with one
Science subject at grade C or
above or equivalent
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ points, with a minimum of 6
points in a Science subject
Interview required:
No
International students:
Applications from international
students are welcomed and
encouraged. If English is not your
first language, we require an English
language level of IELTS 6.5 or
equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Criminology and Criminal Justice
(p139), Pharmaceutical and
Cosmetic Science (p193)
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7700
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/hls
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
1st year modules
–– Forensic Chemistry
–– Forensic Biology
–– Forensic Imaging and
Photography
–– Essentials of Forensic
Investigations
–– Professional and Quantitative
Scientific Skills
BSc (Hons)
2nd year modules –– Bodies, Tissues and Fluids
–– Materials ID
–– Drugs of Abuse
–– Molecules Have Fingerprints
Too!
–– Forensic IT
–– Issues in Criminal Justice
EU
World
3rd year modules
–– Forensic Case Studies and
the Presentation of Evidence
–– Fire, Arson and Explosions
–– Authenticity and Fraud
–– DNA Profiling
–– Forensic Chemical Pathology
–– Project and Professional Skills
LIFE SCIENCES
Accredited by:
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
185
Healthcare Science
LIFE SCIENCES
Key information
Foundation Degree (FdSc)
About the course
–– This flexible course offers
day-release ‘core science’ and
‘work-based’ training within the
laboratory
Duration:
Two years (day-release from
employment attendance)
Location:
De Montfort University
–– You are usually employed by
laboratories and attend university
one day each week
Direct entry to DMU:
Direct entry to DMU: B90012
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Five GCSEs at grade C or above,
including Maths and English plus
one of the following:
–– Normally 180 UCAS Points from
at least one Science A Level
(preferably Biology or Chemistry)
or equivalent
–– International Baccalaureate:
26+ points
Interview required:
No
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7700
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/hls
–– Linked to NHS National
Occupational Standards
–– Successful completion of this
course offers progression onto one
of our undergraduate degrees, such
as Biomedical Science BSc (Hons),
Medical Science BMedSci (Hons)
or Healthcare Science BSc (Hons)
–– Learn alongside other practitioners
and colleagues in industry to
enhance your learning experience
This course has been designed
to support the role of Associate
Practitioner in the NHS, and is highly
‘applied’, providing an academic
grounding in anatomy, physiology,
biochemistry, microbiology and
pharmacology and therapeutics and
physiological measurement. Alongside
this you will study university assessed
work-based modules in health and
safety and quality management,
quality assurance, instrumentation and
automation, and communication and
working relationships.
Work experience/placements/
industry links
Half of the modules on this degree
are work-based, so will be completed
in your laboratory or department
under the supervision of work-based
supervisors.
Facilities
Recent investment of £8 million in to
our first-class teaching and learning
facilities, develop your practical
experience and enhance your
employability upon graduation.
You will be taught in the School of
Allied Health Sciences laboratories
and Clinical Physiology suites, as well
as gaining invaluable experience in
clinical/therapeutic settings in your
NHS placement departments and
laboratories.
Graduate careers
Once graduated, most students
become associate practitioners in
healthcare science, usually within the
NHS. You could also progress onto
one of our full-time undergraduate
science degrees such as Biomedical
Science, Healthcare Science or
Medical Science. Contact us for
further information.
Learning and teaching
This course is delivered as dayrelease; therefore you will attend
the university for one day per week
throughout the academic year.
Teaching is based around lectures,
seminars and laboratory sessions.
Much of the assessment will be in the
workplace, of topics which are directly
relevant to the role of the associate
practitioner in the NHS. You will
complete a portfolio of competencies
in your laboratory or department.
Suitable for applicants from:
186
UK
EU
World
1st year modules
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
–– Studies in the Structure and Function of Cells
and Tissues
–– Studies in Biochemistry and Cell Biology
–– Health, Safety and Quality Management
–– Communication and Working Relationships
–– Preparatory Techniques and Quality
Assurance
2nd year modules
–– Introductory Clinical Investigations
–– Introductory Microbiology
–– Introductory Pharmacology and Therapeutics
–– Work-based Case Study
–– Instrumentation and Automation
–– Healthcare Science Professional Skills
Healthcare Science (Audiology)
–– As an ‘applied’ course, you will
develop skills directly relevant to
practice after graduation
–– Practical work placements enable
direct application of theory to
practice
Healthcare Science (Audiology) BSc
(Hons) is a new pre-registration route
for becoming an NHS healthcare
practitioner specialising in audiology.
Audiology is the study of hearing
and balance (dizziness). The
course is designed to develop your
understanding of how we hear and
how we maintain our balance from
the first day of life which involves
investigating the theories behind
hearing.
You will develop skills to practice as
a clinician, working with the latest
technological equipment, and being
taught by expert practitioners who
share experiences to advance your
practice. Skills will be developed in
social care, psychology and emotional
support, ensuring you have an holistic
approach to your patient/client.
Audiology is a broad subject and
provides a firm basis balancing theory
and practice. As you progress you may
consider specialising your subject area
through the research project and the
final year specialist module.
Learning and teaching
Teaching includes lectures, seminars,
tutorial discussions, practical
workshops and inter-professional
learning with students from other
healthcare professions.
A ‘Professional Practice’ module and clinical
placements happens each year; ensuring you
have underpinning knowledge to accompany
the skills and attitudes required as a Healthcare
Science Practitioner.
2nd year modules
–– Adult Aural Rehabilitation 1
–– Applied Physiological Measurement and
Instrumentation
–– Audiovestibular Assessment
–– Clinical Practice 2 (15 weeks Placement)
–– Research Methods and Ethics
The teaching team have an
established reputation of academic
excellence and have strong links
with industry, allowing for innovative
teaching and awareness of the latest
trends in Audiology.
Assessment includes essays, the
production of posters and use of other
media to present work, along with
examinations.
Work experience/placements/
industry links
With strong links with Audiology
departments across the UK we will
support you to meet your potential,
with the aim of developing high-quality
clinicians.
We work closely with clinicians to
support your training and welfare.
Many of our students have found
employment with their placement
providers upon graduation.
Facilities
The department features three
purpose-built practical teaching rooms,
including; a diagnostic and paediatric
suite; a new rehabilitation suite; and
a dedicated balance diagnostic and
rehabilitation suite at the Leicester
Royal Infirmary.
Graduate careers
Career opportunities are varied
and posts can be found within the
NHS, the private sector and with
hearing aid and audiology equipment
manufacturers, at home and abroad.
We also offer a range of postgraduate
opportunities, as well as dedicated
professional modules aimed at
specialised areas of audiology.
1st year modules
–– Scientific Basis of Healthcare Science
–– Structure and Function of Cells and Tissues
–– Physics for Clinical Measurement
–– Neurosensory Physiology and
Pathophysiology
–– Clinical Measurement and Treatment
–– Clinical Practice 1 (10 weeks Placement)
3rd year modules
–– Auditory Science
–– Adult Aural Rehabilitation 2
–– Clinical Practice 3 (25 week placement)
–– Research Project
–– Specialist option module in Audiology
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time
Location:
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: B61A
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Five GCSEs at grade C or above,
including Maths, English and
Science plus one of the following:
–– Normally 280 UCAS Points
from at least two A Levels with
a Science subject at grade B or
above, or equivalent
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ points, with a minimum of
6 higher level points in a
Science subject
You must complete an occupational
health check, declaration form
and enhanced CRB disclosure
application form, (if you are overseas
you will also need to submit a
criminal records certificate from your
home country), before starting the
course, which need to be cleared in
accordance with DMU’s admission
policy. Contact us for up-to-date
information.
Interview required:
No
International students:
Applications from international
students are welcomed and
encouraged. However, if English is
not your first language, we require an
English language level of IELTS 6.5
or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Other Healthcare Science pathways
(p188–191), Biomedical Science
(p184)
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7700
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/hls
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
LIFE SCIENCES
About the course
–– Graduates working in the NHS can
expect to earn over £21,000 per
year (NHS Pay Rates 2011)
BSc (Hons)
187
Healthcare Science
(Cardiovascular, Respiratory and Sleep Sciences) BSc (Hons)
LIFE SCIENCES
Key information
188
Duration:
Three years full-time
Location:
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: B190
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Five GCSEs at grade C or above,
including Maths, English and
Science plus one of the following:
–– Normally 280 UCAS Points
from at least two A Levels with
a Science subject at grade B or
above or equivalent
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ points, with a minimum of
6 higher level points in a
Science subject
You must complete an occupational
health check, declaration form
and enhanced CRB disclosure
application form, (if you are overseas
you will also need to submit a
criminal records certificate from your
home country), before starting the
course, which need to be cleared in
accordance with DMU’s admission
policy. Contact us for up-to-date
information.
Interview required:
No
International students:
Applications from international
students are welcomed and
encouraged. However, if English is
not your first language, we require an
English language level of IELTS 6.5
or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Other Healthcare Science pathways
(p187–191), Biomedical Science
(p184)
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7700
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/hls
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
About the course
–– Graduates working in the NHS can
expect to earn over £21,000 per
annum (NHS Pay Rates 2011)
–– As an ‘applied’ course, you will
develop skills directly relevant to
practice after graduation
–– Practical work placements enable
direct application of theory to
practice
This course is a new pre-registration
route for becoming a Cardiovascular
Science OR a Respiratory and Sleep
Science practitioner.
Cardiovascular science is the study of
the heart and blood vessels and how
they function within the body. The
course is designed to develop you as
a clinician to test for problems with the
heart and vascular systems in patients
with problems such as congenital
heart defects, heart attacks, blood
clots and other conditions affecting
the heart and vascular system.
Respiratory and Sleep Sciences is the
study of the lungs and airways and
blood gases and how they influence
breathing and how disease states can
produce disturbances in breathing and
sleep patterns.
Both involve working with Physicians
and Surgeons monitoring patients
before and after treatments, hence
you will work with patients and clinical
colleagues undertaking routine
and research procedures using
sophisticated equipment. This course
is a broad subject, with opportunities
to specialise in areas of diagnostics,
paediatrics and research.
Learning and teaching
Teaching includes lectures, seminars,
tutorial discussions, practical
A ‘Professional Practice’ module and clinical
placements happens each year ensuring you
have the underpinning knowledge to accompany
the skills and attitudes required as a Healthcare
Science Practitioner.
2nd year modules
–– Professional Healthcare Science Practice 2
–– Scientific Basis of Cardiovascular Physiology
OR Scientific Basis of Respiratory and Sleep
Science
–– Scientific Measurement
–– Clinical Practice 2 (15 weeks Placement)
–– Research Methods and Ethics
workshops and inter-professional
learning with students from other
healthcare professions. The teaching
team have a diverse background, are
actively involved with the professional
body and liaise with many institutions
and companies. This allows for
innovative teaching and awareness of
the latest trends. Assessment includes
essays, the production of posters and
use of other media to present work,
along with examinations.
Work experience/placements/
industry links
With strong links with Cardiovascular,
Respiratory and Sleep Science
departments across the UK we will
support you to meet your potential,
with the aim of developing high-quality
clinicians.
We work closely with clinicians to
support your training and welfare.
Many of our students have found
employment with their placement
providers upon graduation.
Facilities
Practical work will be undertaken
at local hospital departments which
house the sophisticated equipment
for assessing the brain and nervous
system.
Graduate careers
Career opportunities are varied and
posts can be found within the NHS
but also in the private sector, and
many of our graduates have gone on
to postgraduate study in associated
professions.
We also offer a range of postgraduate
opportunities, as well as dedicated
professional modules for Healthcare
Scientists.
1st year modules
–– Professional Healthcare Science Practice 1
–– Scientific Basis of Healthcare Science
–– Structure and Function of Cells and Tissues
–– Physics for Clinical Measurement
–– Cardiovascular and Respiratory and Sleep
Physiology
–– Clinical Measurement and Treatment
–– Clinical Practice 1 (10 weeks Placement)
3rd year modules
–– Professional Healthcare Science Practice 3
–– Applied Cardiovascular Practice
OR Applied Respiratory and Sleep Science
Practice
–– Clinical Practice 3 (25 weeks Placement)
–– Research Project
–– Specialist option module in Cardiovascular
Science
Healthcare Science (Life Sciences)
Assessment includes essays, the
production of posters and use of other
media to present work, along with
examinations.
–– As an ‘applied’ course, you will
develop skills directly relevant to
practice after graduation
Work experience/placements/
industry links
With strong links with Life Science
departments across the UK we will
support you to meet your potential
with the aim of developing high-quality
clinicians.
–– Practical work placements enable
direct application of theory to
practice
–– Established reputation of
academic excellence, strong links
with industry, practitioner-based
academic staff and direct input from
practising Biomedical Scientists
enhance your learning experience
This course is a new pre-registration
route for practising as a new NHS
healthcare practitioner specialising in
Life Sciences.
NHS Life Science practitioners help
to prevent, diagnose, monitor and
treat diseases and conditions by
performing a range of procedures
such as; blood tests, full blood
count or blood transfusions (blood
sciences), cervical cancer screening
or looking at colon cancer samples
(histopathology and cytology), genetic
screening for disease (genetics), look
for bacterial infections perhaps in
chemotherapy patients (microbiology
and immunology).
Learning and teaching
Teaching includes lectures, seminars,
tutorial discussions, practical
workshops and inter-professional
learning with students from other
healthcare professions. The teaching
team have a diverse background and
have various interests in life sciences;
they are actively involved with the
professional body and liaise with many
institutions and companies. This allows
for innovative teaching and awareness
of the latest trends in the area.
A ‘Professional Practice’ module and clinical
placements happen each year ensuring you
have the underpinning knowledge to accompany
the skills and attitudes required as a Healthcare
Science Practitioner.
2nd year modules
Core modules:
–– Professional Healthcare Science Practice 2
–– Clinical Practice 2 (15 weeks Placement)
Plus course specific modules.
We work closely with clinicians to
support your training and welfare.
Many of our students have found
employment with their placement
providers upon graduation.
Facilities
Recent investment of £8 million in to
our first-class teaching and learning
facilities, develop your practical
experience and enhance your
employability upon graduation.
The Life Sciences practical work
will be undertaken at local hospital
departments which house the
sophisticated equipment for assessing
the brain and nervous system.
Graduate careers
Career opportunities are varied and
posts can be found within the NHS
but also in the private sector. Many of
our graduates have progressed on to
postgraduate studies in associated
professions.
We also offer a range of postgraduate
opportunities, as well as dedicated
professional modules for Healthcare
Scientists.
1st year modules
Core modules:
–– Professional Healthcare Science Practice 1
–– Structure and Function of Cells and Tissues
–– Clinical Practice 1 (10 weeks Placement)
Plus course specific modules.
3rd year modules
Core modules:
–– Professional Healthcare Science Practice 2
–– Clinical Practice 3 (25 weeks Placement)
–– Research Project
Plus course specific modules.
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time
Location:
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: BC19
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Five GCSEs at grade C or above,
including Maths, English and
Science
–– Normally 280 UCAS Points
from at least two A Levels with
a Science subject at grade B or
above or equivalent
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ points, with a minimum of
6 higher level points in a
Science subject
You must complete an occupational
health check, declaration form
and enhanced CRB disclosure
application form, (if you are overseas
you will also need to submit a
criminal records certificate from your
home country), before starting the
course, which need to be cleared in
accordance with DMU’s admission
policy. Contact us for up-to-date
information.
Interview required:
No
International students:
Applications from international
students are welcomed and
encouraged. However, if English is
not your first language, we require an
English language level of IELTS 6.5
or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Other Healthcare Science pathways
(p187–191), Medical Science (p192)
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7700
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/hls
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
LIFE SCIENCES
About the course
–– Graduates working in the NHS can
expect to earn over £21,000 per
annum (NHS Pay Rates 2011)
BSc (Hons)
189
Healthcare Science (Medical Physics)
LIFE SCIENCES
Key information
190
Duration:
Three years full-time
Location:
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: F350
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Five GCSEs at grade C or above,
including Maths, English and
Science plus one of the following:
–– Normally 280 UCAS Points
from at least two A Levels with
a Science subject at grade B or
above or equivalent
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ points, with a minimum of
6 higher level points in a
Science subject
You must complete an occupational
health check, declaration form
and enhanced CRB disclosure
application form, (if you are overseas
you will also need to submit a
criminal records certificate from your
home country), before starting the
course, which need to be cleared in
accordance with DMU’s admission
policy. Contact us for up-to-date
information.
Interview required:
No
International students:
Applications from international
students are welcomed and
encouraged. However, if English is
not your first language, we require an
English language level of IELTS 6.5
or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Other Healthcare Science pathways
(p187–191), Biomedical Science
(p184)
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7700
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/hls
About the course
–– Graduates working in the NHS can
expect to earn over £21,000 per
annum (NHS Pay Rates 2011)
–– As an ‘applied’ course, you will
develop skills directly relevant to
practice after graduation
–– Practical work placements enable
direct application of theory to
practice
–– Teaching is based on experience
and formulated by current research
This course is a new pre-registration
route for practising as an NHS
healthcare practitioner specialising in
medical physics.
Medical physics is the application of
medical imaging, radiotherapy quality
control and radiation protection in
healthcare; including using techniques
such as; X-ray, nuclear medicines,
gamma cameras and ultrasound
scanning to diagnose and treat a wide
range of diseases and conditions.
Medical physics is a broad subject and
there are opportunities to specialise in
areas of diagnostics, paediatrics and
research.
Learning and teaching
Teaching includes lectures, seminars,
tutorial discussions, practical
workshops and inter-professional
learning with students from other
healthcare professions. The teaching
team have a diverse background
and have various interests in Medical
Physics; they are actively involved with
the professional body and liaise with
many institutions and companies.
This allows for innovative teaching
and awareness of the latest trends in
the area.
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
Work experience/placements/
industry links
With strong links with Medical Physics
departments across the UK we will
support you to meet your potential,
with the aim of developing high-quality
clinicians.
We work closely with clinicians to
support your training and welfare
and many of our students have found
employment with their placement
providers upon graduation.
Facilities
The Medical Physics practical
work will be undertaken at local
hospital departments which house
sophisticated equipment required
for radiotherapy treatment planning,
nuclear medicine and diagnostic
imaging using computerised
tomography, magnetic resonance and
other techniques alongside quality
control and radiation protection.
Graduate careers
Career opportunities are varied and
posts can be found within the NHS
but also in the private sector. Many of
our graduates have progressed on to
postgraduate studies in associated
professions.
We also offer a range of postgraduate
opportunities, as well as dedicated
professional modules for Healthcare
Scientists.
Assessment includes essays, the
production of posters and use of other
media to present work, along with
examinations.
A ‘Professional Practice’ module and clinical
placements happens each year ensuring you
have the underpinning knowledge to accompany
the skills and attitudes required as a Healthcare
Science Practitioner.
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
BSc (Hons)
2nd year modules
Core modules:
–– Professional Healthcare Science Practice 2
–– Clinical Practice 2 (15 weeks Placement)
Plus course specific modules.
1st year modules
Core modules:
–– Professional Healthcare Science Practice 1
–– Structure and Function of Cells and Tissues
–– Clinical Practice 1 (10 weeks Placement)
Plus course-specific modules.
3rd year modules
Core modules:
–– Professional Healthcare Science Practice 2
–– Clinical Practice 3 (25 weeks Placement)
–– Research Project
Plus course specific modules.
Healthcare Science (Neurophysiology)
This is a new pre-registration route for
practising as a NHS healthcare scientist
specialising in Neurophysiology.
Neurophysiology is the study of the
peripheral and central nervous systems,
and how the brain and nerves function
within the body. The course will develop
you as a clinician to test for problems
with the brain and nervous systems,
such as epilepsy and other conditions.
You will develop your understanding
on how the system works in health
and disease; involving investigating
the theories behind nerve conduction
and brain functioning. Neurophysiology
involves working with Physicians and
Surgeons monitoring patients before
and after treatments. You will work
with patients and clinical colleagues
undertaking routine and research
procedures using sophisticated
recording equipment to detect usual
brain or nerve activity, and unusual
activity invoked by various stimuli such
as light or electrical stimulation.
Learning and teaching
Teaching includes lectures, seminars,
tutorial discussions, practical workshops
and inter-professional learning with
students from other healthcare
professions. The teaching team have
a diverse background and interests
in Neurophysiology; they are actively
involved with the professional body and
with many institutions and companies.
A ‘Professional Practice’ module and clinical
placements happens each year ensuring you
have the underpinning knowledge to accompany
the skills and attitudes required as a Healthcare
Science Practitioner.
2nd year modules
–– Professional Healthcare Science Practice 2
–– Neurophysiology Science 1
–– Neurophysiological Assessment
–– Neurophysiology Management and
Rehabilitation 1
–– Applied Physiological Measurement and
Instrumentation
–– Clinical Practice 2 (15 weeks Placement)
–– Research Methods and Ethics
This allows for innovative teaching
and awareness of the latest trends in
Neurophysiology.
Assessment includes essays, the
production of posters and use of other
media to present work, along with
examinations.
Work experience/placements/
industry links
With strong links with Neurophysiology
departments across the UK we will
support you to meet your potential,
with the aim of developing high-quality
clinicians.
We work closely with clinicians to
support your training and welfare
and many of our students have found
employment with their placement
providers upon graduation.
Facilities
Recent investment of £8 million in to
our first-class teaching and learning
facilities, develop your practical
experience and enhance your
employability upon graduation.
The Neurophysiology practical work
will be undertaken at local hospital
departments which house the
sophisticated equipment for assessing
the brain and nervous system.
Graduate careers
Career opportunities are varied and
posts can be found within the NHS
but also in the private sector. Many
graduates have progressed on to
postgraduate studies in associated
professions.
We offer a range of postgraduate
opportunities, as well as dedicated
professional modules for Healthcare
Scientists.
1st year modules
–– Professional Healthcare Science Practice 1
–– Scientific Basis of Healthcare Science
–– Structure and Function of Cells and Tissues
–– Physics for Clinical Measurement
–– Neurophysiology and Pathophysiology
–– Clinical Measurement and Treatment
–– Clinical Practice 1 (10 weeks Placement)
3rd year modules
–– Professional Healthcare Science Practice 3
–– Neurophysiology Science 2
–– Neurophysiology Management and
Rehabilitation 2
–– Clinical Practice 3 (25 weeks Placement)
–– Research Project
–– Specialist option module in Neurophysiology
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time
Location:
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: B140
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Five GCSEs at grade C or above,
including Maths, English and
Science plus one of the following:
–– Normally 280 UCAS Points
from at least two A Levels with
a Science subject at grade B or
above or equivalent
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ points, with a minimum of
6 higher level points in a
Science subject.
You must complete an occupational
health check, declaration form
and enhanced CRB disclosure
application form, (if you are overseas
you will also need to submit a
criminal records certificate from your
home country), before starting the
course, which need to be cleared in
accordance with DMU’s admission
policy. Contact us for up-to-date
information.
Interview required:
No
International students:
Applications from international
students are welcomed and
encouraged. However, if English is
not your first language, we require an
English language level of IELTS 6.5
or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Other Healthcare Science pathways
(p187–191), Biomedical Science
(p184)
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7700
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/hls
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
LIFE SCIENCES
About the course
–– Graduates working in the NHS can
expect to earn over £21,000 per
annum (NHS Pay Rates 2011)
–– As an ‘applied’ course, you will
develop skills directly relevant to
practice
–– Practical work placements enable
direct application of theory to
practice
BSc (Hons)
191
Medical Science
LIFE SCIENCES
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time,
four years sandwich (optional)
Location:
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: B902
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Five GCSEs at grade C or above,
including Maths, English and
Chemistry and Biology or double
Science plus one of the following:
–– Normally 260 UCAS Points
from at least two A Levels with
Chemistry at grade C or above
and another science subject
(preferably Biology) or equivalent
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ points, with a minimum of
6 higher level points in Chemistry
Interview required:
No
International students:
Applications from international
students are welcomed and
encouraged. However, if English is
not your first language, we require an
English language level of IELTS 6.5
or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Biomedical Science (p184),
Pharmaceutical and Cosmetic
Science (p193),
Healthcare Science (p187–191)
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7700
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/hls
Suitable for applicants from:
192
UK
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
BMedSci (Hons)
About the course
–– Combines laboratory and clinical
approaches to investigating the
human body
–– First-class scientific laboratories
enhance your practical experience
and specialist skills
–– Optional sandwich placements
applies theory to practice in an
industry setting and enhances
employability opportunities upon
graduation
–– A research-led course reflecting the
expertise of our academic staff
Medical Science is ideal if you are
interested in a career in the medical
or healthcare professions. It integrates
basic biomedical subjects with
medical disciplines including genetics,
immunology, physiology, toxicology
and pathology. Using laboratory and
clinical approaches, it takes you
from ‘bench to bedside’ providing an
understanding of the human body in
health and disease.
Medical Science is based on the
research expertise of our academic
staff. It has a strong research focus
to providing a thorough knowledge of
desktop research, medical research
methods and statistics, and evidencebased medicine. In the final year
project you will pursue your own
research interests working with staff,
or out on project placements, for
example in local hospital laboratories.
Learning and teaching
A personal tutor, along with other
academic staff will provide support
to you. This is a practical degree and
provides instruction in laboratory
sciences and human clinical skills such
as cardiorespiratory physiology and
body morphometry.
Lectures, seminars, tutorials and
face-to-face contact time will make
up approximately 17 hours of study
per week. You will be expected to
do approximately 13 hours of selfdirected study in addition for the
completion of assignments and for
research projects.
1st year modules
–– Structure and Function of
Cells and Tissues
–– Microbiology
–– Biochemistry and Cell Biology
–– Molecular Chemistry
–– Professional Skills
Work experience/placements/
industry links
You have the opportunity for a third
year work placement, based in a work
environment of your choice. This
can be within a hospital laboratory,
pharmaceutical industry or other
industrial organisation. Our WorkBased Learning Unit provides support,
help and guidance to help you arrange
a work placement.
Facilities
Recent investment of £8 million in to
our first-class study facilities, develop
your practical experience and enhance
your employability upon graduation.
First-class scientific laboratories
enable you to enhance your practical
experience and specialist skills with
industry standard equipment that
replicate clinical settings.
We excel in ‘Technology Enhanced
Learning’ and our Programme Leader
was awarded Learning Technologist
of the year, by the Association of
Learning Technology (ALT). We
continuously develop our range of high
quality e-learning resources; including
video, animations and podcasts.
Once such example is the SCOOTER
Project – a nationally funded research
project releasing quality materials
on the subject of sickle cell and
thalassaemia.
Graduate careers
Graduate opportunities exist in
medical research, medical writing,
education, commerce and sales, and
many more. This is an appropriate
entry qualification for graduates who
wish to apply for further study in
graduate entry medicine, pharmacy,
dentistry or NHS medical care
practitioner training.
Opportunities also exist for further
study, for example on one of our
postgraduate courses.
“After the course I will have
many opportunities in getting
jobs in the healthcare sector”
Garikai Wellington Makaka.
Medical Science graduate.
2nd year modules 3rd year modules
–– Molecular Genetics and
Genomics
–– Immunobiology
–– Medical Toxicology
–– Organ Systems Physiology
–– Evidence-Based Medicine
–– Planning and Management of
Research Projects
–– Research Project
–– Quality Management
–– Clinical Investigation
–– Clinical Genetics and
Genomics
–– Advanced Pathophysiology
–– Pharmaceutics and
Therapeutics
Pharmaceutical and Cosmetic Science
–– Graduates work for internationally
recognised companies including
Unilever, GlaxoSmithKline,
AstraZeneca plus many smaller
companies
–– First-class scientific laboratories
replicate industry settings and
enhance your practical skills
–– Sandwich placements enable
students to apply theoretical
knowledge to industry working
alongside experienced practitioners
–– One of the few courses worldwide
that include the ‘cosmetic’ element
This course covers the fundamentals
of designing and manufacturing
pharmaceutical and cosmetic products,
facilitating progression to a rewarding
career in the pharmaceutical or
cosmetic industry.
It has many unique characteristics,
including that it is the only course
in the UK to specialise in both the
science of pharmaceutical and
cosmetic products. This is one of the
first pharmaceutical science degrees
developed by a pharmacy team, giving
a balance between the chemistry
and engineering components
of pharmaceutical design and
manufacture.
In the first year, you will study
modules providing a sound scientific
background and introduces you
to the formulation of products,
through a comprehensive course in
compounding, and process technology.
The second year provides an emphasis
on integrated work in analytical
chemistry, product development,
applied pharmacology, applied
microbiology, process technology and
quality issues.
The third year applies skills in an
optional industrial placement to the
development and manufacture of
products in the formulation laboratory,
1st year modules
–– Compounding
–– Formulation Chemistry
–– Pharmaceutical Processes
and Technologies
–– Basic Microbiology
–– Professional and Quantitative
Science Skills
–– Cell Biology and Biochemistry
manufacturing department or related
business area of a pharmaceutical or
cosmetics company.
The final year involves deeper study
of pharmaceutical and cosmetic
product design, quality, manufacturing
processes, materials science and
advanced systems for drug delivery.
Learning and teaching
You will normally attend around 17
hours of timetabled taught sessions
(lectures, tutorials etc) each week, and
are expected to undertake at least 17
further hours of independent study to
complete project work/research as
required.
Work experience/placements/
industry links
We encourage you to take an optional
industrial placement year as the
experience that placements provide
is highly sought after by employers.
Our Work-Based Learning Unit
is dedicated to placing you with a
suitable company.
In some instances students return
to where they worked on placement
upon successful completion of the
course.
Facilities
Recent investment of £8 million in to
our first-class study facilities, develop
your practical experience and enhance
your employability upon graduation.
The Leicester School of Pharmacy
enjoys excellent laboratory provision,
including industry-standard analytical
equipment.
Graduate careers
Recent graduates are now working as
Pharmaceutical Scientists, Research
and Development Officers, Quality
Control Managers, Senior Analysts,
Regulatory Assistants, Development
Chemists and Laboratory Supervisors,
in globally recognised companies such
as; Boots, Rucom, Lexon UK, Pepsico,
Paraexel, Holland and Barratts.
You can also progress onto one of our
postgraduate courses.
2nd year modules Final year modules
–– Product Formulation
–– Chemical Analysis, Quality and
Stability
–– Process Technology 2
–– Applied Microbiology
–– Product Development
–– Applied Pharmacology
Optional industrial placement
–– Development and
Manufacture of
Pharmaceutical Products
–– Quality Assurance and Quality
by Design Principles
–– Project
–– Materials Science
–– Cosmetic Science
–– Elective modules
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time,
four years sandwich (optional)
Location:
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: B204
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Five GCSEs at grade C or above,
including Maths and English
Language plus one of the
following:
–– Normally 280 UCAS Points
including A Level Chemistry at
Grade B, with one other science
subject or equivalent
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ points, with a minimum of
6 higher level points in Chemistry
LIFE SCIENCES
About the course
–– Unique within the UK as very few
courses deliver the breadth and
detail of content
BSc (Hons)
Interview required:
No
International students:
Applications from international
students are welcomed and
encouraged. However, if English is
not your first language, we require an
English language level of IELTS 6.5
or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Biomedical Science (p184),
Medical Science (p192),
Forensic Science (p185)
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7700
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/hls
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
193
Pharmacy MPharm
LIFE SCIENCES
Key information
194
Duration:
Four years full-time
Location:
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: B230
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Five GCSEs at grade C or above,
including Maths and English
Language plus one of the
following:
–– Normally 320 UCAS Points at
ABB from A levels including
Chemistry and at least one of
Biology, Maths and Physics at
grade B or above or equivalent
(excluding General Studies)
–– International Baccalaureate:
30+ points, with a minimum of
6 higher level points in Chemistry
and another Science (Biology,
Physics or Maths)
You must complete an occupational
health check, declaration form
and enhanced CRB disclosure
application form, (if you are overseas
you will also need to submit a
criminal records certificate from your
home country), before starting the
course, which need to be cleared in
accordance with DMU’s admission
policy. Contact us for up-to-date
information.
You will be expected to comply with
the UHL uniform policy for your
placements.
Interview required:
In some circumstances
International students:
Applications from international
students are encouraged and
welcomed. If English is not your first
language, we require an English
language level of IELTS 7.0 or
equivalent.
Please contact us for information on
equivalent international qualifications.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Pharmaceutical and Cosmetic
Science (p193), Biomedical Science
(p184), Medical Science (p192),
Forensic Science (p185)
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7700
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/hls
with Honours
About the course
–– 100 per cent of our Pharmacy
graduates, seeking to enter
employment or further study, are
successful within six months of
completing their course, entering
into ‘graduate level’ employment
(DLHE 2009/10)
–– Professionally accredited by the
General Pharmaceutical Council
–– Study in state-of-the-art, purposebuilt facilities that replicate real- life
settings
–– Practical work placements enable
you to apply theoretical knowledge
to industry, and gain direct work
experience alongside experienced
practitioners
Pharmacists are experts in all aspects
of medicines and drugs; as such they
play a vital role in providing quality
healthcare to patients. The patient,
and the way in which a pharmacist
can serve the needs of patients, is
a central focus of this course; and
at the same time we recognise
that pharmacy is a science-based
profession and that a strong scientific
basis will enable you to make informed
decisions in practice. Inter-professional
education will encourage you to meet
and work with students from other
health and social care disciplines and
to learn more about how to work in a
multi-professional team.
You must comply with the Code of
Conduct for Pharmacy Students.
Successful completion of the degree
is one step in becoming a pharmacist;
you must also successfully complete
pre-registration training and pass the
national exam, set by the General
Pharmaceutical Council, to be able
to register as a pharmacist. The
General Pharmaceutical Council will
not offer prospective registration
advice. Applicants can appeal
1st year modules*
3rd year modules*
Each week you will have approximately
16 hours of taught sessions, but this
will vary considerably throughout the
year. Self-directed study of at least 16
hours per week is expected.
Work experience/placements
You will attend placements in both
community and hospital environments,
allowing you to apply theoretical
knowledge to practical situations,
under the supervision and guidance of
professional practitioners.
Facilities
The course adopts an integrated,
patient-centred approach to teaching
Pharmacy in purpose-built facilities,
including Pharmacy Practice Suites, a
Sterile Products Suite and customised
laboratories for Analytical Chemistry,
Organic Chemistry, Pharmacology and
Microbiology.
Graduate careers
Many of our graduates progress on
to rewarding and stimulating careers
in community and hospital pharmacy,
and in leading companies within the
pharmaceutical industry, such as;
Boots, Lloyds, Co-op, Superdrug and
NHS.
We offer a range of postgraduate
courses that are designed to enhance
your skills and knowledge in a chosen
area.
–– Professional and Scientific Skills
–– Principles of Physiology and Pharmacology
–– CNS, Endocrinology and Immunity
–– Medicine Development and Manufacture
–– Law, Ethics and Practice
4th year modules*
–– Professional and Scientific Skills
–– Pharmacology from Patient to Population
–– Inflammation, Cancer and Infection
–– Drug Discovery and Delivery
–– Skills for Practice
Suitable for applicants from:
EU
Learning and teaching
Teaching methods include lectures,
tutorials, laboratory and clinical work,
problem solving workshops and
student presentations.
2nd year modules*
–– Professional and Scientific Skills
–– Fundamental Cell Biology and Physiology
–– Pharmaceutical Chemistry
–– Fundamentals of Medicine Design
–– Foundation Skills in Pharmacy Practice
UK
against a registration refusal. Any
appeal must be made to the General
Pharmaceutical Council’s Appeals
Committee. Our MPharm graduates
are given full support in finding a preregistration work placement.
World
–– Professional and Scientific Skills
–– Project
–– Evidence Based Medicine
–– Public Health and Patient Safety
–– Elective module
* Proposed program structure for 2012-16
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
Accredited by:
Psychology
BSc (Hons)
Also available as Joint and with programmes
Learning and teaching
We offer lectures, seminars, tutorials,
laboratory work and experimental
workshops, involving both directed
and self-directed study. Assessment
combines essays and exams with
more innovative methods such as
presentations and critical reviews.
Typical contact time for any one
week is approximately 12–14 hours,
and includes seminars, lectures and
workshops. Additionally you are
expected to engage in 24–26 hours
of self-directed study, including library
research, group work and report/essay
writing.
The course is managed by
enthusiastic, well-qualified and
experienced staff with established
research profiles across psychological
perspectives.
Work experience/placements/
industry links
Professionally accredited providing
recognition of your professional
status and reflects your aspiration
to represent the highest possible
standards.
A variety of volunteer schemes
are operated through De Montfort
Students’ Union, giving you the chance
to work with different organisations.
Facilities
The department has two dedicated
computer laboratories used for both
teaching and self-directed learning,
along with the facilities to produce
high quality research in modern,
well-equipped surroundings. There
are six individual research cubicles
specifically designed for flexibility
and comfort when conducting your
research. In addition, there are a
number of interview rooms for use in
non-experimental research, as well
as a fully equipped observation suite
complete with a two-way mirror and
recording equipment.
Graduate careers
Psychology is well respected in a
range of other sectors and can open
up a variety of career opportunities
in police services, teaching, social
work, human resources, healthcare,
research and advertising. A range of
postgraduate courses are available.
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time, six years parttime
Location:
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: C800
(Part-time entry: apply direct
to DMU)
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Five GCSEs at grade C or above,
including Maths and English plus
one of the following:
–– Normally 300 UCAS Points with
at least 200 from two A Levels,
including a grade B or above in a
specified subject
–– International Baccalaureate:
30+ points
Interview required:
No
International students:
Applications from international
students are welcomed and
encouraged. However, if English is
not your first language, we require an
English language level of IELTS 6.5
or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Psychology with Criminology (p197),
Psychology with Health Studies
(p199), Psychology with Education
Studies (p198), Psychology (Joint
Honours) (p196)
“I found it really inspiring to be
taught by individuals who are
experts in their field”.
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7700
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/hls
Meesha Smith,
Psychology graduate.
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
1st year modules
–– Introductory Research
Methods for Psychologists
–– Core Areas of Psychology
–– Theories and Historical
Perspectives in Psychology
–– Psychology in Context
–– Empirical Psychology
2nd year modules EU
World
3rd year modules
–– Further Research Methods for –– Psychology Project
Psychologists
–– Conceptual Issues and Critical
–– Abnormal Psychology
Debates in Psychology
–– Biological Psychology
–– Four optional modules (15
–– Cognitive Psychology
credits)
–– Developmental Psychology
–– Personality and Intelligence
–– Social Psychology
LIFE SCIENCES
About the course
–– Professionally accredited by the
British Psychological Society,
successful completion of this
course enables eligibility for the
Graduate Basis for Chartered
Membership; the first step towards
becoming a Chartered Psychologist
–– Enhance your range of scientific
knowledge, transferable and
analytical skills across a broad
range of optional modules
–– Our Psychology student volunteer
scheme is being developed and will
provide exciting opportunities to
become actively involved in cuttingedge research projects and work
with organisations
–– Recent investment of £8 million
in to our first-class study facilities
develops your practical experience
This course focuses across key areas
in psychology with an opportunity
to achieve a deeper understanding
in specialised areas. The first and
second years focus upon providing
a foundation in what the British
Psychological Society recognises
as the core areas of psychology.
Additional focus is given to exploring
psychology as an applied subject,
where the impact of psychology in our
everyday lives is made more explicit.
You will also be given an introduction
to the current research methods being
used, and have scope to explore this
in a practical context. The final year
involves an individual Research Project
and Conceptual Issues and Critical
Debates in Psychology. In addition
we offer a wide choice of optional
modules to suit your interests and
aspirations.
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
195
Psychology
BSc (Hons) (Joint Honours)
LIFE SCIENCES
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time,
six years part-time (part-time option
not available for Human Resource
Management, Law and Marketing)
Location:
De Montfort University
UCAS course code:
Psychology and:
Education Studies Human Resource
Management Law Marketing CX83
CN86
CM81
CN85
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Five GCSEs at grade C or above,
including Maths and English
Language plus one of the
following:
–– Normally 280 UCAS Points
from at least two A Levels (with
at least 180 from two A Levels
for Psychology and Education),
including a B or above in a
specified subject
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ points
Interview required:
For Human Resource Management,
Law and Marketing may be required.
International students:
Applications from international
students are welcomed and
encouraged. However, if English is
not your first language, we require an
English language level of IELTS 6.5
or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
196
To find out more:
Health and Life Sciences (for Joints
with Education Studies)
T: +44 (0)116 257 7700
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/hls
Business and Law (for Joints
with Law, Marketing and Human
Resource Management)
T: +44 (0)116 257 7458
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/bal
About the course
–– Flexible study options allow
you to study 50 per cent of two
subjects, providing insight into two
multidisciplinary specialist areas
and broadening the range of career
options available to you upon
graduation
–– Our established reputation of
academic expertise and research
profiles enhances your learning
experience, improves transferable
and analytical skills, and continues
professional development
–– Our Psychology student volunteer
scheme is being developed and will
provide exciting opportunities to
become actively involved in cuttingedge research projects and work
with organisations
This course suits those interested in
different aspects of the human mind
and behaviour but who are interested
in another subject too. The first and
second years focus on a range of
different perspectives in psychology
to provide a broad understanding of
the discipline. The final year offers
an opportunity to do a library-based
investigation exploring an interesting
psychological question of your choice
and in addition, we offer a wide range
of optional modules to suit individual
interests and aspirations.
You can progress onto a broad range
of postgraduate courses, following
successful completion of your
undergraduate study, to achieve the
British Psychological Society eligibility
for Graduate Membership of the
Society with the Graduate Basis for
Chartered Membership.
Learning and teaching
We offer lectures, seminars, tutorials,
laboratory work and experimental
workshops, involving both directed
and self-directed study. Assessment
combines essays and exams with
more innovative methods such as
presentations and critical reviews.
1st year modules
–– Introductory Research
Methods for Psychologists
–– Core Areas in Psychology
–– Additional joint modules
EU
The course is managed by
enthusiastic, well-qualified and
experienced staff with established
research profiles across psychological
perspectives.
Work experience/placements/
industry links
A variety of volunteer schemes
are operated through De Montfort
Students’ Union, giving you the chance
to work with different organisations.
Facilities
The psychology department has two
dedicated computer laboratories that
are used for both teaching as well
as self-directed learning, along with
the facilities to produce high quality
research in modern, well-equipped
surroundings. There are six individual
research cubicles specifically designed
for flexibility and comfort when
conducting your research. In addition
to this, there are a number of interview
rooms for use in non-experimental
research, as well as a fully equipped
observation suite complete with a twoway mirror and recording equipment.
Graduate careers
A psychology degree is well respected
in a range of sectors and opens up
a variety of career opportunities in
teaching, educational psychology,
special needs co-ordination, plus
others such as human resources,
advertising, marketing or public
relations.
We also offer a range of
postgraduate courses including
Psychological Well-being MSc and
Education Practice MA.
2nd year modules –– Abnormal Psychology
–– Developmental Psychology
–– Personality and Intelligence
–– Social Psychology
–– Additional joint modules
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
Typical contact time for any one
week is approximately 12–14 hours,
and includes seminars, lectures and
workshops. Additionally you are
expected to engage in 24–26 hours
of self-directed study, which could
include library research, group work
and report/essay writing.
World
3rd year modules
–– Library-based Project
–– Two Psychology option
modules
–– Additional joint modules
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
Accredited by:
Psychology with Criminology
–– Professionally accredited by the
British Psychological Society,
successful completion of this
course enables eligibility for the
Graduate Basis for Chartered
Membership; the first step towards
becoming a Chartered Psychologist
–– One of the largest practice-based
criminologist teams in the country,
our courses benefit from direct
input from national agencies
–– Enhance your range of scientific
knowledge, transferable and
analytical skills across a broad
range of optional modules
–– Our Psychology student volunteer
scheme is being developed and will
provide exciting opportunities to
become actively involved in cuttingedge research projects and work
with organisations
This course focuses across key areas
in psychology with an opportunity to
achieve a deeper understanding in
specialised areas. It is complemented
by a range of criminology modules
providing a theoretical background for
exploring crime and criminal behaviour.
In the first and second years, the focus
is upon providing a good foundation
across all aspects of psychology and
understanding of criminology. In the
final year project there is a focus
upon research methods and you will
have the opportunity to consider the
application of psychology in wider
contexts.
Learning and teaching
We offer lectures, seminars, tutorials,
laboratory work and experimental
workshops, involving both directed
and self-directed study. Assessment
combines essays and exams with
more innovative methods such as
presentations and critical reviews.
1st year modules
–– Introductory Research
Methods for Psychologists
–– Core Areas of Psychology
–– Theories and Historical
Perspectives in Psychology
–– Criminological Perspectives
Typical contact time for any one
week is approximately 12–14 hours,
and includes seminars, lectures and
workshops. Additionally you are
expected to engage in 24–26 hours
of self-directed study, which could
include library research, group work
and report/essay writing.
Work experience/placements/
industry links
Professionally accredited providing
recognition of your professional
status and reflects your aspiration
to represent the highest possible
standards.
There are no formal work placements
as part of the course but we offer a
variety of volunteer schemes operated
through De Montfort Students’ Union,
giving you the chance to work with
different organisations.
Facilities
We have two dedicated computer
labs for both teaching and selfdirected learning, along with the
facilities to produce high quality
research in modern, well-equipped
surroundings. There are six individual
research cubicles designed to allow
you flexibility and comfort when
conducting your own research. In
addition to this, there are a number
of interview rooms, as well as a fully
equipped observation suite complete
with a two-way mirror and recording
equipment.
Graduate careers
Psychology is well respected in a
range of other sectors and can open
up a variety of career opportunities.
Careers in police services, teaching,
social work, human resources,
healthcare, research and advertising
are typical of areas where such a
degree is useful.
We also offer a range of
postgraduate courses including
Health Psychology MSc, Psychological
Well-being MSc, and Criminology and
Criminal Justice MA.
2nd year modules –– Further Research Methods for
Psychologists
–– Biological Psychology
–– Cognitive Psychology
–– Developmental Psychology
–– Personality and Intelligence
–– Social Psychology
–– Youth, Crime, Society and
Social Control
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time,
six years part-time
Location:
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: C8L3
(Part-time entry: apply direct
to DMU)
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Five GCSEs at grade C or above,
including Maths and English plus
one of the following:
–– Normally 300 UCAS Points with
at least 200 from two A Levels,
including a grade B or above in a
specified subject
–– International Baccalaureate:
30+ points
LIFE SCIENCES
About the course
–– Focus on key areas of Psychology
and human behaviour, with the
opportunity to achieve a deeper
understanding of the criminal justice
system
BSc (Hons)
Interview required:
No
International students:
Applications from international
students are welcomed and
encouraged. However, if English is
not your first language, we require an
English language level of IELTS 6.5
or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Psychology (p195), Psychology with
Health Studies (p199), Criminology
and Criminal Justice with Psychology
(p140), Psychology with Education
Studies (p198)
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7700
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/hls
Suitable for applicants from:
3rd year modules
–– Psychology Project
–– Conceptual Issues and Critical
Debates in Psychology
–– Criminological and Forensic
Psychology
–– Community Justice Elective
–– One optional module
UK
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
197
Accredited by:
Psychology with Education Studies
LIFE SCIENCES
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time,
six years part-time
Location:
De Montfort University
UCAS course code:
C8X3 (Part-time entry: apply direct
to DMU)
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Five GCSEs at grade C or above,
including Maths and English plus
one of the following:
–– Normally 300 UCAS Points with
at least 200 from two A Levels,
including a grade B or above in a
specified subject
–– International Baccalaureate:
30+ points
Interview required:
No
International students:
Applications from international
students are welcomed and
encouraged. However, if English is
not your first language, we require an
English language level of IELTS 6.5
or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Psychology (p196), Psychology with
Criminology (p197), Psychology with
Health Studies (p199), Education
Studies (p142), Education Studies
with Psychology (p145), Education
and Psychology (p143)
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7700
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/hls
Suitable for applicants from:
198
UK
EU
About the course
–– Professionally accredited by the
British Psychological Society
successful completion of this
course enables eligibility for the
Graduate Basis for Chartered
Membership; the first step towards
becoming a Chartered Psychologist
–– Strong links with many education
providers allow the opportunity to
explore matters in practical “realworld” contexts
–– Flexible study options allow you
to combine two specialist areas
of study and tailor your learning
relevant to your individual career
aspirations
–– Our Psychology student volunteer
scheme is being developed and will
provide exciting opportunities to
become actively involved in cuttingedge research projects and work
with organisations
This course focuses across key areas
in psychology with an opportunity
to achieve a deeper understanding
in more specialised areas. It is
complemented by a range of modules
focusing on education, exploring
the history and contemporary issues
surrounding the area. In the first
and second years, the focus is upon
providing a good foundation across
all aspects of psychology plus an
understanding of relevant issues
related to education practice.
There is a particular focus upon
research methods in the final
year project, and you will have the
opportunity to consider the application
of psychology in wider contexts.
Learning and teaching
We offer lectures, seminars, tutorials,
laboratory work and experimental
workshops, involving both directed
and self-directed study. Assessment
combines essays and exams with
more innovative methods such as
presentations and critical reviews.
Typical contact time for any one
week is approximately 12–14 hours,
and includes seminars, lectures and
workshops. Additionally you are
expected to engage in 24–26 hours
of self-directed study,
BSc (Hons)
which could include library research,
group work and report/essay writing.
Work experience/placements/
industry links
Professionally accredited providing
recognition of your professional
status and reflects your aspiration
to represent the highest possible
standards.
As many of the professional
positions open to psychologists
require additional qualifications
beyond undergraduate study there
are no formal opportunities for work
experience placements. However
a variety of volunteer schemes
are operated through De Montfort
Students’ Union, giving you the chance
to work with different organisations.
Facilities
Recent investment of £8 million in to
our first-class study facilities, develop
your practical experience and enhance
your employability upon graduation.
The department has two dedicated
computer laboratories that are
used for both teaching as well as
self-directed learning, along with
the facilities to produce high quality
research in modern, well-equipped
surroundings. There are six individual
research cubicles specifically designed
for flexibility and comfort when
conducting your research. In addition
to this, there are a number of interview
rooms for use in non-experimental
research, as well as a fully equipped
observation suite complete with a twoway mirror and recording equipment.
Graduate careers
Psychology is well-respected in a
range of sectors and opens up a
variety of career opportunities in
teaching, educational psychology,
special needs co-ordination, plus
others such as human resources,
advertising, marketing or public
relations.
We also offer a range of postgraduate
courses including Health Psychology
MSc, Psychological Well-being MSc
and Education Practice MA.
World
1st year modules
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
–– Introductory Research
Methods for Psychologists
–– Core Areas of Psychology
–– Theories and Historical
Perspectives in Psychology
–– Historical and Contemporary
Issues in Education
2nd year modules –– Further Research Methods for
Psychologists
–– Biological Psychology
–– Cognitive Psychology
–– Developmental Psychology
–– Personality and Intelligence
–– Social Psychology
–– Education and Society
3rd year modules
–– Psychology Project
–– Conceptual Issues and Critical
Debates in Psychology
–– Psychology and Education
–– Two optional modules
Accredited by:
Psychology with Health Studies
–– Professionally accredited by the
British Psychological Society,
successful completion of this
course enables eligibility for the
Graduate Basis for Chartered
Membership; the first step towards
becoming a Chartered Psychologist
–– Health Studies graduates are
earning an average salary of
£29,666 within six months of
competing their course (DLHE
2009/10)
–– Our Psychology student volunteer
scheme is being developed and will
provide exciting opportunities to
become actively involved in cuttingedge research projects and work
with organisations
This course focuses across key areas
in psychology with opportunities to
achieve a deeper understanding
in more specialised areas. It is
complemented by a range of modules
that explore health issues from a social
science perspective. In the first and
second years, the focus is on providing
a foundation across all aspects of
psychology alongside grounding
in social science perspectives with
regard to understanding health issues.
There is a particular focus upon
research methods in the final
year project, and you will have the
opportunity to consider the application
of psychology in wider contexts.
Learning and teaching
We offer lectures, seminars, tutorials,
laboratory work and experimental
workshops, involving both directed
and self-directed study. Assessment
combines essays and exams with
more innovative methods such as
presentations and critical reviews.
Typical contact time for any one
week is approximately 12–14 hours,
and includes seminars, lectures and
workshops. Additionally you are
expected to engage in 24–26 hours
of self-directed study, which could
include library research, group work
and report/essay writing.
Work experience/placements/
industry links
Professionally accredited providing
recognition of your professional
status and reflects your aspiration
to represent the highest possible
standards.
There are no formal work placements
on the course but there are a variety
of volunteer schemes operated
through De Montfort Students’ Union,
giving you the chance to work with
different organisations.
Facilities
The department has two dedicated
computer laboratories that are
used for both teaching as well as
self-directed learning, along with
the facilities to produce high quality
research in modern, well-equipped
surroundings. There are six individual
research cubicles specifically designed
for flexibility and comfort when
conducting your research. In addition
to this, there are a number of interview
rooms for use in non-experimental
research, as well as a fully equipped
observation suite complete with a twoway mirror and recording equipment.
Graduate careers
Psychology is well-respected in
many sectors and opens up a variety
of career opportunities in health
promotion/education, community
development, teaching, educational
psychology, special needs coordination, plus others such as human
resources, advertising, marketing or
public relations.
We also offer a range of postgraduate
courses including Health Psychology
MSc, Psychological Well-being MSc
and Applied Health Studies MSc.
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time,
six years part-time
Location:
De Montfort University
UCAS course code:
C8B9 (Part-time entry: apply direct
to DMU)
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Five GCSEs at grade C or above,
including Maths and English plus
one of the following:
–– Normally 300 UCAS Points with
at least 200 from two A Levels,
including a grade B or above in a
specified subject
–– International Baccalaureate:
30+ points
LIFE SCIENCES
About the course
–– Focus on key areas of Psychology
and human behaviour, with the
opportunity to achieve a deeper
understanding in health-related
specialist areas, from a social
science perspective
BSc (Hons)
Interview required:
No
International students:
Applications from international
students are welcomed and
encouraged. However, if English is
not your first language, we require an
English language level of IELTS 6.5
or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/Funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit dmu.
ac.uk/funding2013 for the latest
details.
You may also be interested in:
Psychology (p195), Psychology with
Criminology (p197), Psychology with
Education Studies (p145), Health
Studies (p148)
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7700
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/hls
Suitable for applicants from:
1st year modules
–– Introductory Research
Methods for Psychologists
–– Core Areas of Psychology
–– Theories and Historical
Perspectives in Psychology
–– Sociological Context of Health
–– Management and Economics
of Healthcare
2nd year modules 3rd year modules
–– Further Research Methods for –– Psychology Project
Psychologists
–– Conceptual Issues and Critical
–– Biological Psychology
Debates in Psychology
–– Cognitive Psychology
–– Optional modules in
–– Developmental Psychology
Psychology and Health
–– Personality and Intelligence
Studies.
–– Social Psychology
–– Social Aspects of Health
UK
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
199
Music
Benefit from industrial partnerships including the Confetti Institute
of Creative Technologies in Nottingham, a unique educational
establishment and custom-designed facility which houses a
progressive learning institute alongside commercial recording studios.
Discover high quality research which directly informs teaching to
ensure all of our courses are at the cutting edge of new developments,
with our focus on innovative ways of exploiting new media technologies
including 3D, haptic devices, tracking, and fused media, as well as
multimodal systems, interactive auditory interfaces, internet based
e-commerce systems, and interactive computer technologies.
Leading edge facilities provide you with some of the best facilities
available in the country, such as our industry standard and fully
equipped performance and teaching spaces, recording studios, music
and radio production suites, acoustically-treated workshops, isolated
booths and multi-user audio laboratories; which will equip you with all
the skills needed to give your career a flying start.
Work toward professional accreditation to enhance your career
with the opportunity to work toward professional accreditation as a
Chartered Engineer (CEng) while you study.
Take a year in industry as part of your studies and increase your
employment prospects. Many of our degree courses provide you with
the opportunity to complete an optional twelve month work placement.
Be taught by expert staff who are all active musicians and
researchers, regularly publishing and presenting their world-leading
work in concerts at both a national and international level.
Engage with regular guest speakers, which include distinguished
composers, producers and other practitioners from the UK and abroad.
Join our lively musical community with frequent concerts, events
and student exchanges.
What to do next:
Come to an open day to talk to the team.
Apply from September 2012, to find out how
go to page 220.
videos
dmu.ac.uk/music2013
Audio and Recording Technology BSc (Hons)
202
Creative Sound Technology FdSc
203
Music Technology FdSc
204
Music Technology BSc (Hons)
205
Music, Technology and Innovation BA (Hons)
206
Music, Technology and Performance BA (Hons)
207
MUSIC
For instructions of how to use this
code to watch our music video on your
smart phone, see p29
201
In partnership with:
Audio and Recording Technology
MUSIC
Key information
About the course
This industry-focused course is ideal
if you have a passion for music and
audio production and want to develop
a highly attractive portfolio of technical
and creative skills that will help you
pursue a successful career in the
music and other allied industries.
Duration:
Three years full-time,
four years with placement
Location:
Queens Building, De Montfort
University
UCAS course code: J930
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Normally 260 UCAS Points
from at least two A Levels or
equivalent, plus five GCSEs
at grade C or above, including
Maths and English
–– Typical A Level offers: at least
one B and one C with additional
qualifications contributing
towards the points score such as
a third A Level or AS Levels
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points
Interview required:
No
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Please visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
Please contact Confetti Institute of
Creative Technologies for further
information.
You may also be interested in:
Music Technology, Radio Production
& Technology
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7456
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/technology
Twitter: @DMUTECH
Suitable for applicants from:
202
UK
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
The course covers the science and
technology of audio and recording
systems and how these systems
can be used effectively in recording,
mixing, mastering and sound design.
The course is delivered in conjunction
with a commercial recording studio,
the Confetti Institute of Creative
Technologies in Nottingham,
allowing you to gain valuable
practical experience in an industrial
environment working in a real studio
with professional recording specialists
and musicians.
You will develop technical and
practical knowledge in a wide range
of areas related to audio production.
This will give you an attractive portfolio
of skills and the ability to pursue
careers in areas such as studio
recording, audio production and post
production, sound system installation,
management and sound for film
and TV.
While the course is predominately
targeted at students with an interest
in the sound engineering aspects
of the music industry, if you have
more artistic aspirations you are still
encouraged to apply.
Learning and teaching
You will develop skills in audio mixing
and mastering, learn the principles of
electronics and acoustics, study the
measurement and design of recording
and audio production environments
and produce sound for digital media
such as radio, video, multimedia and
online mediums.
The course modules are taught using
a variety of methods. These include
lectures, tutorials, seminars and work
based exercises to disseminate
knowledge, information and
demonstrate practical processes and
1st year modules
–– Recording Technology I
–– Sequencing Technology
–– Multimedia Animation
Production
–– Audio Technology I
BSc (Hons)
techniques, and project-based learning
to develop research, presentation and
communication skills.
Assessment is also varied, and
includes exams, practical projects and
assignments.
You will normally attend around
12–16 hours of timetabled taught
sessions each week, and are expected
to undertake at least 14–16 further
hours of directed independent study
and assignments as required.
Work experience/placements/
industry links
Students have taken part in work
experience placements at a number
of local, national and international
companies over the past three years,
including Dean Street Studio and our
own Creative Technology Studios.
Facilities
Our multi-million pound Creative
Technology Studios feature a host
of industry standard video, audio and
radio production suites and two fully
equipped recording studios featuring
analogue and digital recording
systems and surround sound
monitoring.
Facilities at the Confetti Institute
of Creative Technologies include
state-of-the- art recording, mixing
and mastering suites and recording
studios.
Graduate careers
Recent graduates are now pursuing
careers as freelance audio engineers,
music producers, studio engineers
and technical operators and work
for companies including The Sound
Company Ltd and the Ideal World
Home Shopping Channel.
Technology graduates have an
average salary of £21,852 just six
months after graduating (DLHE
2008/09).
2nd year modules –– Recording Technology II
–– Audio Synthesis Technology
–– Audio Technology II
–– Interactive Media
3rd year modules
–– Technology Project
–– Studio Technology
–– Mastering and PostProduction
Im partnership with:
About the course
This well-designed two-year
foundation degree, covers a wide
range of themes and topics in the
exciting and developing area of sound
technology and provides a useful basis
for progression to degree-level study.
This foundation degree at Leicester
College is offered in association with
De Montfort University, and aims to
provide you with the skills needed to
gain employment within the music
business, recording and multimedia
industries as well as the significant live
performance support sector.
The course combines creativity
and technology in the process of
recording and composing music, while
developing a professional work ethic
and developing multi-skilled individuals
who are well prepared for the demands
of employment in the modern music
and allied industries.
You will have the opportunity to
develop your knowledge and expertise
in the techniques and technologies
associated with the recording,
composition and manipulation of sound
and music.
Foundation Degree (FdSc)
Facilities
The course is delivered at Leicester
College, where you will benefit from
access to professional recording
studios featuring state-of-the-art
outboard gear, dedicated Apple Mac
suites, and industry standard software
and high-end hardware including
Logica Studio 8, SSL, Universal Audio,
Lexicon and Pro Tools HD.
Graduate careers
The foundation degree at Leicester
College is offered in association with
De Montfort University. On successful
completion of the course, you may
apply for entry onto the third year of
DMU’s Single Honours BSc Degree
in Music Technology (subject to
interview).
If you wish to progress to employment
you will find wide and varied
opportunities within the music, media
and allied industries. Suitable career
paths would be in areas such as
music production, sound engineering,
broadcast and theatre production,
programming, composition for
multimedia and video/film, and within
technical posts in education.
Learning and teaching
The course is modular and is assessed
continuously through a range of
methods. These can include written
assignments, small group projects,
practical investigations, presentations
and reports, individual composition or
recording projects.
Key information
Duration:
Two years full-time
Location:
Leicester College, Leicester
UCAS course code: J933
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Normally 120 UCAS Points from
at least one A level or equivalent
with five GCSE’s at grade C or
above including English and
Maths
–– International Baccalaureate:
24 Points
MUSIC
Creative Sound Technology
Interview required:
No
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Please contact Leicester College for
forthcoming open days.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
Please contact Leicester College for
further information..
You may also be interested in:
Music Technology, Audio and
Recording Technology
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 224 2240
E:[email protected]
W:leicestercollege.ac.uk
Work experience/placements/
industry links
Leicester College is one of the largest
in the UK with more than 26,900
learners studying with us on a wide
range of courses, from many different
backgrounds and with different
ambitions and aspirations.
1st year modules
–– Live Performance Technology (Theatre)
–– Essential Business Skills
–– Creative Music Applications I (Sound Creation
and Manipulation)
–– Creative Music Applications I (Programming)
–– Introduction to Audio Recording
–– Principles of Audio (Acoustics)
–– Principles of Audio (Audio Electronics)
2nd year modules
–– Live Performance Technology
(Live Music Engineering)
–– Live Performance and Technology
(Hard/software)
–– Freelance Business
–– Creative Music Applications II (Multimedia)
–– Creative Music Applications II (Advanced
Programming)
–– Studio Production
–– Research
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
203
In partnership with:
Music Technology
MUSIC
Key information
About the course
This two year course, delivered at
the Confetti Institute of Creative
Technologies in Nottingham, gives you
the opportunity to study in a unique,
creative environment, and learn how to
mix and master professionally.
Duration:
Two years full-time
Location:
Confetti Institute of Creative
Technologies in Nottingham
UCAS course code: J931
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Normally 120 UCAS tariff points
from at least one A level or
equivalent with five GCSEs at
grade C or above including Maths
and English
–– International Baccalaureate:
24+ Points
Interview required:
No
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Please visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
Please contact Confetti Institute of
Creative Technologies for further
information.
You may also be interested in:
Audio and Recording Technology,
Radio Production and Technology
To find out more:
Confetti Institute of Creative
Technologies
T: +44 (0)115 952 2075
E:[email protected]
W:confetti-ict.com
Suitable for applicants from:
204
UK
EU
Foundation Degree (FdSc)
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
Taught by tutors who have all had
successful careers in the music
industry, working with some of the
biggest names in the business, this
foundation degree combines the best
of academia and work-based learning.
With a ‘hands-on’ approach, you’ll be
taught how to record, produce and
mix to industry standards, using tools
and software, including Pro-Tools and
Logic Pro. You’ll learn in Confetti’s
very own Neve-equipped commercial
recording studio, and gain a real
insight into what it’s like to work in the
music industry.
With opportunities such as trips to
Musikmesse in Frankfurt, the world’s
leading music industry trade fair, and
the chance to meet leading players in
the music business during Confetti’s
‘Industry Week’, this course will set
you on the road to careers in music
production, sound recording, and many
more.
The FdSc in Music Technology is a
two year course, with an option to
top-up to a BSc (Hons) Degree in
Audio Recording Technology after a
further year study at DMU.
Learning and teaching
The course is a mixture of theory
and practice involving complex and
demanding practical projects and
assignments. In addition to attending
lectures and seminars, there will be
ample scope for independent learning
involving remix and studio session time
and involvement in running Confetti’s
flagship studio and record label,
Electric Mayhem.
Non-UK entry and admissions
criteria
If English is not your first language,
an IELTS score of 6.0 or equivalent
when you start the course is essential.
English language tuition is available
at DMU both before and during the
course if required.
Work experience and placements
Confetti Institute of Creative
Technologies is a unique educational
establishment; a custom designed
facility, in Nottingham, which houses
a progressive learning institute
alongside commercial recording
studios and pre and post production
film and television companies. The
balance of a modern, influential,
learning environment, inspirational
staff and creative, vocational courses
has allowed thousands of Confetti
students to start their career in the
creative industries, as well as develop
invaluable life skills, gain confidence
and think positively about their future.
Facilities
Facilities at the Confetti Institute
of Creative Technologies include
state-of-the-art recording, mixing
and mastering suites and recording
studios.
Graduate careers
Career opportunities exist in the
creative industries, which is one of
the fastest growing sectors of the
UK economy. Graduates can apply
their expertise in areas such as
music production, sound recording,
live sound, specialised retail, and
soundtrack production for TV, games,
film, web and multimedia. A large
number of students successfully
progress to relevant employment, self
employment or to further study. Upon
achieving sufficient credit you can also
progress to BSc degree level study.
You will normally attend around
12–16 hours of timetabled taught
sessions each week, and are expected
to undertake at least 14–16 further
hours of directed independent study
and assignments as required.
1st year modules
–– Music Industry I
–– Studio Practice I
–– Creative Music Technology I
–– Music Technology Theory I
2nd year modules
–– Music Industry II
–– Studio Practice II
–– Creative Music Technology II
–– Music Technology Theory II
Accredited by:
Music Technology
This course adds creativity to a
thorough understanding of the science
and technology which underpins
the music and audio industries. The
technological foundation of the course
will enable graduates to continue to be
successful as the creative industries
evolve.
In addition, there is an emphasis on
the application of knowledge and
on professional practice, leading to
practical and marketable skills for a
variety of music and audio related
careers.
You will look at the complete music
and audio production process from
creation to delivery. There will be
the opportunity to create music
and manipulate sound alongside
established composers. You will
record, mix and master in our suite
of comprehensively equipped studios
as well as learning in depth about the
important underlying electronic and
computing technologies. With optional
modules in the final year you can
further develop your specific interests
and tailor your degree to your intended
career path.
Learning and teaching
Teaching involves a mixture of lectures,
studio sessions, practical classes and
laboratory work. Emphasis is placed
upon gaining practical experience
and applying it in a professional
context. Areas of study include
sound engineering, composition and
performance, audio technology, music
programming and computing, digital
media and acoustics.
You are assessed through methods
including practical assignments,
exams, technical reports, essays and
presentations.
Work experience/placements/
industry links
Students have taken part in work
experience placements at a vast
number of local, national and
international companies including
the BBC.
Facilities
Our multi-million pound Creative
Technology Studios boast an
overwhelming range of industry
standard equipment. You will benefit
from a suite of recording studios
and control rooms equipped with the
latest digital and analogue equipment,
Mac and PC-based systems running
industry standard software for
recording, creation and manipulation
of sound, purpose-built audio test
laboratories, HD video editing facilities,
a broadcast standard radio station,
and an extensive range of portable
equipment and microphones.
Graduate careers
Graduates have the key skills to
pursue a variety of careers within the
creative and media industries. Typical
areas of employment include studio
engineering, radio and television
production, music for film and video,
post-production, computer game
sound design, technical sales and
support, audiovisual installation,
multimedia and web design.
Technology graduates have an
average salary of £21,852 just six
months after graduation (DLHE
2008/09).
You will normally attend around
12–16 hours of timetabled taught
sessions each week, and are expected
to undertake at least 14–16 further
hours of directed independent study
and assignments as required.
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time,
four years with placement
Location:
Queens Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: JW9H
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Normally 260 UCAS Points
from at least two A Levels or
equivalent, plus five GCSEs
at grade C or above, including
Maths and English
–– Typical A Level offers: at least
one B and one C with additional
qualifications contributing
towards the points score such as
a third A level or AS Levels
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ points
Interview required:
No
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.0 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Please visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Audio and Recording Technology,
Radio Production and Technology
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7456
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/technology
Twitter: @DMUTECH
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
1st year modules
2nd year modules –– Creating with Technology
–– Multimedia Animation
Production
–– Audio Technology I
–– Introduction to Audio
–– Production
–– Composing with Technology
–– Computer Music Software
Systems
–– Audio Technology II
–– Audio Production
MUSIC
About the course
Music and sound make a significant
contribution to the British economy
through the creative industries. These
require people who combine creativity
with technical proficiency.
BSc (Hons)
3rd year modules
–– Studio Engineering
–– Technology Project
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
205
Music, Technology and Innovation
MUSIC
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time,
six years part-time
Location:
Clephan Building,
PACE Building, Queens Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: J932
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Normally 260 UCAS Points from
at least two A Levels including
A Level Music or Music
Technology at grade B or above
–– National Diploma DMM including
Distinction in unit 1: Contextual
Studies
–– Five GCSEs grades A*-C
including English Language or
Literature at grade C or above.
We also accept the BTEC
First Diploma plus two GCSEs
including English at grade C
or above
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points
Interview required:
No
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Music, Technology and Performance,
Performing Arts
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7555
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/adhug
Suitable for applicants from:
206
UK
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
BA (Hons)
About the course
This highly distinctive course focuses
on composition and production using
the extraordinary musical possibilities
offered by new technologies. Our
course is ideal for forward-thinking and
imaginative individuals whose passion
is to create exceptional music and
forge a unique voice within the arts and
creative industries.
Recent visitors include Merzbow, Mira
Calix, Tim Exile, DJ Sniff, Scanner,
Pauline Oliveros, Brian Duffy, GRM,
Leafcutter John, Chris Carter
(Throbbing Gristle), Keith Rowe and
Evan Parker. We also have several
research collaborations and exchanges
with universities and institutions
internationally and you can choose to
study at some of these.
You will explore an extensive range of
approaches to creating and performing,
such as multitrack recording and
production, sound synthesis theory and
practice, music and sound for moving
image, site-specific and installation
work, computer coding for the creative
artist, and advanced surround sound
and diffusion. You will study digital
and post-digital history and aesthetics
to inspire your creative vision and link
your music meaningfully to the world.
Based on your goals, you will choose
specific compositional, technical and
theoretical topics to research more
deeply, particularly as you enter our
highly flexible third year of study.
Facilities
DMU is nationally recognised as a
Centre for Excellence in Teaching and
Learning in Performance Arts and
offers state-of-the-art, fully digitally
equipped performance and teaching
spaces, including a multi-million
pound Performance Arts Centre for
Excellence (PACE) building. You have
access to superb recording studios
within the DMU’s new CTS (Creative
Technology Studios) facility, and
excellent multi-user laboratories and
rehearsal spaces, all of which are
available outside class times via our
online booking system. There is also an
extensive equipment loans facility for
work that you wish to do outside the
university.
Visit www.mti.dmu.ac.uk/jukebox to
experience the high-quality work that
our students are producing.
Learning and teaching
Our internationally recognised staff
provide wide-ranging musical and
technological expertise. Teaching is
carried out through lectures, seminars,
practical workshops and rehearsals,
and you will have extensive individual
contact. Assessment is primarily
through musical, practical and written
coursework. You are expected to
research and develop your own
projects as well as to attend concerts
and performances with an engaged
and critical ear.
Professional links and
development
A wide range of guest speakers –
distinguished composers, producers
and other practitioners from the UK
and abroad share insights from their
professional experience.
1st year modules
–– Foundations of Music
–– Techniques of Digital Audio
–– Digital Cultures
–– Creating with Technology
Graduate careers
The creative industries are a huge
economic growth area, and digital
music is central to contemporary
media. Opportunities for graduates
skilled in composition and sound
production therefore continue to
expand. Recent graduates of MTI
are now freelance composers, sound
designers, performing and recording
artists and session musicians,
recording engineers, producers, and
audio technicians. They also work in
music management, theatre, radio
content and production, television,
music retail, music and internet
publishing, software development, and
music education at all levels. DMU
graduates also have a very strong track
record in further study at Master’s and
Doctoral levels.
2nd year modules –– Composing with Technology
–– Audio Production
–– Ideas in Music and Sonic Arts
–– Creative Coding for Music
–– Sound and Image
–– Electronic Musical Instrument
Building
–– Sound in Space
3rd year modules
–– MTI Dissertation/Final Project
–– Advanced Creative Projects
–– Music, Media and Community
Arts
–– Composing with Dance
–– Installation Art
–– Music Industry Management
–– Media Industry Management
–– Performance, Interaction and
Digital Technologies
–– Studio Engineering
Music, Technology and Performance
You will explore improvisation
and devising, human-computer
interaction, the role of the human
body in performance, site-specific
and installation work, appropriated
technology, digital and post-digital
aesthetics, and the relationship
between the recording and performing
musician.
Visit www.mti.dmu.ac.uk/jukebox to
experience the high-quality work that
our students are producing.
Learning and teaching
Our internationally recognised staff
provide wide-ranging musical and
technological expertise. Teaching is
carried out through lectures, seminars,
practical workshops and rehearsals,
and you will have extensive individual
contact. Assessment is primarily
through musical, practical and written
coursework. Self-motivation is a key
ingredient and outside set teaching
times you are expected to research and
develop your own projects as well as to
attend concerts and performances with
an engaged and critical ear.
Professional links and
development
A wide range of guest speakers –
distinguished composers, producers
and other practitioners from the UK
and abroad – share insights from their
professional experience. Recent visitors
include Merzbow, Mira Calix, Tim Exile,
DJ Sniff, Scanner, Pauline Oliveros,
Brian Duffy, GRM, Leafcutter John,
Chris Carter (Throbbing Gristle), Keith
Rowe and Evan Parker.
1st year modules
–– Foundations of Music
–– Techniques of Digital Audio
–– Digital Cultures
–– Creating with Technology
We also have several research
collaborations and exchanges
with universities and institutions
internationally and you can choose
to study at some of these.
Facilities
DMU is nationally recognised as a
Centre for Excellence in Teaching and
Learning in Performance Arts and
offers state-of-the-art, fully digitally
equipped performance and teaching
spaces, including a multi-million
pound Performance Arts Centre for
Excellence (PACE) building. You
have access to superb recording and
Foley studios within DMU’s new CTS
(Creative Technology Studios) facility,
and excellent multi-user laboratories
and rehearsal spaces, all of which are
available outside class times via our
online booking system. There is also an
extensive equipment loans facility for
work that you wish to do outside the
university.
Graduate careers
The degree will equip you with
excellent musical skills, but will
also open up a range of career
options in and around the music and
entertainment business. You will
gain skills that will prepare you for
the growing number of employment
opportunities in contemporary culture
related industries. You will be fully
equipped to participate in the musical
landscape as an innovative practitioner
and an informed commentator.
Employers look favourably at musical
performers (confidence, organisation,
team work, dedication) and this course
enhances these traditional attributes
with strong transferable skills in the
area of digital technologies.
2nd year modules –– Performing with Technology
–– Composing with Technology
–– Ideas in Music and Sonic Arts
–– Creative Coding for Music
–– Electronic Musical Instrument
Building
–– Sound in Space
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time,
six years part-time
Location:
Clephan Building,
PACE Building, Queens Building,
De Montfort University
MUSIC
About the course
What is the performing musician in
the 21st Century? This unique degree
explores this question by focusing on
contemporary performance skills with
emerging technologies. It is aimed
at musicians with experience as
performers and in music technology
who are interested in how technology
can enable innovative ways of
performing, of interacting with other
musicians and artists, and how it can
give rise to new forms of musical
expression.
BA (Hons)
UCAS course code: JW93
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Normally 260 UCAS Points from
at least two A Levels including
A Level Music or Music
Technology at grade B or above
–– National Diploma DMM including
Distinction in unit 1: Contextual
Studies
–– Five GCSEs grades A*-C
including English Language or
Literature at grade C or above.
We also accept the BTEC
First Diploma plus two GCSEs
including English at grade C
or above
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points.
Interview required:
No
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Please visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Music, Technology and Innovation,
Performing Arts
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7555
E:[email protected]
W:dmu.ac.uk/adhug
3rd year modules
–– MTP Dissertation/Final
Performance Project
–– Advanced Creative Projects
–– Installation Art
–– Music, Media and Community
Arts
–– Music Industry Management
–– Media Industry Management
–– Performance, Interaction and
Digital Technologies
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
207
Performance Arts, and Arts
and Festivals Management
Study one of our nationally recognised courses
as part of the UK’s only higher education Centre
for Excellence in Teaching and Learning for the
Performing Arts of Dance, Drama and Music
Technology.
Perform in our outstanding and state-of-the-art
rehearsal spaces located within the purpose
built Performance Arts Centre for Excellence
(PACE) building.
Taught by award-winning staff with international
reputations for performance, research and innovative
teaching.
Organise and run prestigious events, including
Cultural Exchanges; a nationally recognise festival
with previous guests including Trevor Nelson, Honor
Blackman and Germaine Greer.
Benefit from our strong links with Leicester Comedy
Festival, De Montfort Hall and Curve Theatre, as well
as other national and international organisations.
Showcase your work at major events such as the
University Dance Festival and Exit Souls.
What to do next:
Come to an open day to talk to the team.
Apply from September 2012, to find out how
go to page 220.
videos
dmu.ac.uk/ytsoa
Arts and Festivals Management BA (Hons)
210
Arts and Festivals Management BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
211
Dance BA (Hons)
212
Dance BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
213
Drama Studies BA (Hons)
214
Drama Studies BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
216
Performing Arts BA (Hons)
217
PERFORMANCE ARTS, AND ARTS AND FESTIVALS MANAGEMENT
For instructions of how to use this
code to watch our Performance Arts,
and Arts and Festivals Management
video on your smart phone, see p29
209
Arts and Festivals Management
BA (Hons)
Also available as Joint Honours
PERFORMANCE ARTS, AND ARTS AND FESTIVALS MANAGEMENT
Key information
210
Duration:
Three years full-time,
six years part-time
Location:
Clephan Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: N820
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Normally 260 UCAS Points from
at least two A Levels including at
least one grade B or equivalent
–– National Diploma DMM
–– Five GCSEs grades A* - C
including English Language or
Literature at grade C or above.
We also accept the BTEC
First Diploma plus two GCSEs
including English at grade C or
above
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points
Interview required:
Yes
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
About the course
This course is contemporary,
visionary and designed for you to find
employment in the quickly expanding
and dynamic market of festival and
arts management. With our strong
links to organisations such as the
Leicester Comedy Festival,
De Montfort Hall and Phoenix Square
cinema you will develop practical skills
in project management, including the
programming, planning and delivery of
Cultural Exchanges; our own nationally
recognised festival.
You will graduate fully equipped for
the delivery and management of
events of any scale and complexity
and be ready to work within the arts
and festivals sector.
Learning and teaching
Our course is taught by staff with
recognised expertise in their field,
particularly in the area of festivals
via our European Festivals Research
Project. We also have expertise in
heritage, marketing, arts programming
and production, and the music and
media industries, all complemented by
lectures given by leading practitioners
and arts managers from the sector.
Modules are delivered through
lectures, seminars and workshops.
Certain modules employ group work
and also include workshop time in
order to give you the opportunity
to deliver events and gain valuable
practical experience.
Work experience/placements
You will have the opportunity to apply
management theory to a variety of
practical settings through substantial
industry placements in the second
and third years. These range from
The Joseph Papp Theatre, New York
to Glastonbury Festival. In addition,
there are a variety of group projects
including managing and promoting a
venue as part of the Leicester Comedy
Festival in the first year and delivering
our Cultural Exchanges festival in the
final year. There is also a research
trip to Amsterdam in the second year
as part of the Changing Agendas in
Cultural Policy and Politics module.
Facilities
We have a dedicated resources room
with access to phone, computers
and printers from where the various
practical projects can be planned and
delivered.
Graduate careers
Over 500 students have graduated
to key positions across a wide range
of industries including the West
Yorkshire Playhouse, MTV, Ballet
Rambert, Wembley Arena, the BBC,
St Paul’s Cathedral Events and
Glastonbury Festival. Other graduates
work freelance or have set up their
own events management companies.
You may also be interested in:
Art and Festivals Management (Joint
Honours), Performing Arts
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7555
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/adhug
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
NB. All modules are subject to staff
availability, student numbers and available
resources
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
1st year modules
2nd year modules –– Running and Promoting a
Venue
–– Creative Arts Manager
–– Perspectives in the Arts
–– Cultural Leadership
–– Creative Management,
Finance and Law
–– Research Methods:
Dissertation and Placement
–– Art, Community and
Audiences
–– Changing Agendas in Cultural
Policy and Politics
3rd year modules
Core modules:
–– Dissertation
–– Advanced Placement
Optional modules:
–– Festivals Management
–– Media Industry Management
–– Music Industry Management
–– Visual Culture and Heritage
Practice
Arts and Festivals Management
BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
Also available as Single Honours
You will graduate fully equipped to
deliver and manage your own artistic
projects and ready to work within the
arts and festivals sector.
Learning and teaching
Our course is taught by staff with
recognised expertise in their field,
particularly in the area of festivals
via our European Festivals Research
Project. We also have expertise in
heritage, marketing, arts programming
and production, and the music and
media industries, all complemented by
lectures given by leading practitioners
and arts managers from the sector.
Modules are delivered through
lectures, seminars and workshops.
Certain modules employ group work
and also include workshop time in
order to give you the opportunity
to deliver events and gain valuable
practical experience. In particular you
are encouraged to engage with the
degree through your own art form
practice, whether drama or dance.
Work placements/industry links
You will have the opportunity to apply
management theory to a variety of
practical settings by choosing an
industry placement in the second
year, ranging from The Joseph Papp
Theatre, New York to Motionhouse
Dance. In addition a range of group
projects include managing and
promoting a venue as part of the
Leicester Comedy Festival in the
first year and delivering our Cultural
Exchanges festival in the third year.
Facilities
As well as all the facilities you would
expect we have a dedicated resources
room with access to phone, computers
and printers from where the various
practical projects can be planned and
delivered.
Graduate careers
Over 500 students have graduated
to key positions across a wide range
of industries including the West
Yorkshire Playhouse, MTV, Ballet
Rambert, Wembley Arena, the BBC,
St Paul’s Cathedral Events and
Glastonbury Festival. Other graduates
work freelance or have set up their
own dance or theatre companies.
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time,
six years part-time
Location:
Clephan Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code:
Arts and Festivals Management and:
WW59
Dance Drama Studies WW94
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Normally 260 UCAS Points from
at least two A Levels including at
least one grade B or equivalent
–– National Diploma DMM
–– Five GCSEs grades A* - C
including English Language or
Literature at grade C or above.
We also accept the BTEC
First Diploma plus two GCSEs
including English at grade C or
above
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points
Please be aware that some Joint
Honours combinations may have
specific entry requirements, visit
our website for more information.
Interview required:
Yes – for Arts and Festivals
Management and Dance only
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Arts and Festivals Management
(Single Honours), Performing Arts
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7555
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/adhug
Suitable for applicants from:
1st year modules
–– Running and Promoting
a Venue
–– Creative Arts Manager
2nd year modules –– Creative Management,
Finance and Law
–– Research Methods:
Dissertation or Placement
–– Engaging Audiences
3rd year modules
Selected from:
–– Dissertation
–– Festivals Management
–– Media Industry Management
–– Music Industry Management
–– Visual Culture and Heritage
Practice
UK
EU
World
NB. All modules are subject to staff
availability, student numbers and available
resources
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
PERFORMANCE ARTS, AND ARTS AND FESTIVALS MANAGEMENT
About the course
This course is contemporary,
visionary and designed for you
to find employment in the quickly
expanding and dynamic market of
festival and arts management. With
our strong links to organisations
such as Leicester Comedy Festival,
De Montfort Hall and Curve theatre
you will develop practical skills in
project management, including the
programming, planning and delivery
of Cultural Exchanges; our own
nationally recognised festival.
211
Dance
BA (Hons)
Also available as Joint Honours
PERFORMANCE ARTS, AND ARTS AND FESTIVALS MANAGEMENT
Key information
212
About the course
Dance at DMU is nationally recognised
as part of the UK’s only Centre for
Excellence in Performance Arts,
awarded for teaching and learning.
Duration:
Three years full-time,
six years part-time
Location:
Clephan Building, PACE Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: W500
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Normally 260 UCAS Points from
at least two A Levels including at
least one grade B or equivalent
–– National Diploma DMM including
Distinction in unit 4: Historical
Context of Performance
–– Five GCSEs grades A* - C
including English Language or
Literature at grade C or above.
We also accept the BTEC
First Diploma plus two GCSEs
including English at grade C or
above
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points
Interview required:
Yes
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Dance (Joint Honours),
Drama Studies, Performing Arts
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7555
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/adhug
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
The course helps you develop as
an informed, skilled and creative
dance practitioner. It prepares you
to understand the dance profession
and play an active role in its
development. You have opportunities
to choreograph, perform, develop
dance leadership skills, manage dance
events and understand how dance
operates today – all in superb facilities
on a vibrant city centre campus.
You are able to study a range of
contemporary dance techniques,
improvisation, performance,
choreography (for performance
and for screen), dance in education
and community, contemporary
dance history, applied anatomy and
physiology, and dance promotion.
Learning and teaching
You will be taught by staff who are
recognised for the exceptional quality
of their teaching, most recently
acknowledged through a multimillion
pound award for teaching and learning
excellence. Staff have international
reputations for performance, research
and innovative teaching, including
individual University Teacher Fellow
and National Teaching Fellow awards.
World-renowned choreographer
and former student, Akram Khan,
has acknowledged the ‘inspirational
teaching’ he experienced at DMU.
Studio-based teaching includes dance
technique, improvisation, performance,
choreography and practical
investigation into your practice.
Classroom-based teaching includes
lectures, workshops and small group
discussions in which you engage with
critical perspectives to locate your
own practice in relation to current
theory, research and professional
developments.
You then develop your ideas through
independent reading, viewing (of
live and recorded dance works) and
studio practice. You will be helped
to develop your ability to think
and write analytically, critically and
reflectively. You are assessed through
coursework that includes performance,
presentation and written assignments.
Work placements/industry links
Our staff are all practising artists
and theorists so you can be assured
of keeping up to date with current
research and trends in dance. We
enjoy close links with artists and
professional organisations who
contribute to teaching and have
offered student internships and work
experience opportunities. In your final
year you have practical opportunities
to work with professional, educational
or community organisations to develop
skills in dance teaching, leading and
promotion.
Facilities
Dance is taught in a suite of superb,
purpose-built, fully equipped dance
studios and rehearsal spaces. Studios
are flexible and used for teaching and
for performance. The library provision
for Dance is one of the most extensive
in the country, fully stocked with dance
books, journals and videos/DVDs.
Graduate careers
Successful graduates are creative,
entrepreneurial practitioners
equipped to work in a range of
dance-related careers. Graduates
work as performers, choreographers,
managers, producers and educators.
Alumni include dancers, heads
of school and college dance
departments, university lecturers,
community dance practitioners, a
former Director of Dance at Arts
Council England and award-winning
choreographers, including Akram
Khan.
1st year modules
2nd year modules –– Dance Practice
–– Understanding Dance
–– Rethinking Choreography
–– Improving Performance
–– Exploring the Dance
Profession
–– Dance Practice
–– Image, Movement,
Performance
–– Understanding Dance
–– Dance Artists in Education
and Community
–– Understanding Balance and
Co-ordination
–– Promoting Dance
3rd year modules
–– Dance Research Project
–– Dance Practice
–– Dance as History
–– Teaching and Leading Dance
–– Choreography
–– University Dance Company
–– University Dance Projects
–– Dance as Popular Practice
–– Improvisation for Performance
–– Performance, Interaction and
Digital Technologies
About the course
Dance at DMU is nationally recognised
as part of the UK’s only Higher
Education Centre for Excellence
in Performance Arts, awarded for
teaching and learning.
The course helps you develop as
an informed, skilled and creative
dance practitioner. It prepares you to
understand the dance profession and
play an active role in its development.
You have opportunities to
choreograph, perform, develop dance
leadership skills, manage dance events
and understand how dance operates
today – all in superb facilities on a
vibrant city centre campus.
You are able to study a range of
contemporary dance techniques,
improvisation, performance,
choreography, dance in education
and community, contemporary dance
history, and dance promotion.
Learning and teaching
You will be taught by staff who are
recognised for the exceptional quality
of their teaching, most recently
acknowledged through a multimillion
pound award for teaching and learning
excellence. Staff have international
reputations for performance, research
and innovative teaching, including
individual University Teacher Fellow
and National Teaching Fellow awards.
World renowned choreographer
and former student, Akram Khan,
has acknowledged the ‘inspirational
teaching’ he experienced at DMU.
Studio-based teaching includes dance
technique, improvisation, performance,
choreography and practical
investigation into your practice.
Classroom-based teaching includes
lectures, workshops and small group
discussions in which you engage with
critical perspectives to locate your
own practice in relation to current
theory, research and professional
developments.
1st year modules
–– Dance Practice
–– Understanding Dance
BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
You then develop your ideas through
independent reading, viewing (of
live and recorded dance works) and
studio practice. You will be helped
to develop your ability to think
and write analytically, critically and
reflectively. You are assessed through
coursework that includes performance,
presentation and written assignments.
Work placements/industry links
Our staff are all practising artists
and theorists so you can be assured
of keeping up to date with current
research and trends in dance. We
enjoy close links with artists and
professional organisations that
contribute to teaching and have
offered student internships and work
experience opportunities. In your final
year you have practical opportunities
to work with professional, educational
or community organisations to develop
skills in dance teaching, leading and
promotion.
Facilities
Dance is taught in a suite of superb,
purpose-built, fully equipped dance
studios and rehearsal spaces. Studios
are flexible and used for teaching and
for performance. The library provision
for Dance is one of the most extensive
in the country, fully stocked with dance
books, journals and videos/DVDs.
Graduate careers
Successful graduates are creative,
entrepreneurial practitioners equipped
to work in a range of dance-related
careers and respond effectively to the
needs of the profession. Graduates
work as performers, choreographers,
managers, producers and educators.
Alumni include dancers, heads of
school and college dance departments,
university lecturers, community dance
practitioners, a former Director of
Dance at Arts Council England and
award winning choreographers,
including Akram Khan.
2nd year modules –– Dance Practice
–– Choreography
–– Understanding Dance
–– Dance Artists in Education
and Community
–– Promoting Dance
3rd year modules
–– Dance Research Project
–– Dance Practice
–– Dance as History
–– Teaching and Leading Dance
–– Choreography
–– University Dance Company
–– University Dance Projects
–– Dance as Popular Practice
–– Improvisation for Performance
–– Performance, Interaction and
Digital Technologies
Also available as Single Honours
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time,
six years part-time
Location:
Clephan Building, PACE Building,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code:
Dance and:
Arts and Festivals
Management WW59
WX53
Education Studies Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Normally 260 UCAS Points from
at least two A Levels including at
least one grade B or equivalent
–– National Diploma DMM including
Distinction in unit 4: Historical
Context of Performance
–– Five GCSEs grades A* - C
including English Language or
Literature at grade C or above.
We also accept the BTEC
First Diploma plus two GCSEs
including English at grade C or
above
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points.
Please be aware that some Joint
Honours combinations may have
specific entry requirements, visit
our website for more information.
Interview required:
Yes
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Dance (Single Honours),
Drama Studies, Performing Arts
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7555
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/adhug
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
PERFORMANCE ARTS, AND ARTS AND FESTIVALS MANAGEMENT
Dance
213
Drama Studies
BA (Hons)
Also available as Joint Honours
PERFORMANCE ARTS, AND ARTS AND FESTIVALS MANAGEMENT
Key information
214
Duration:
Three years full-time,
six years part-time
Location:
Clephan Building,
PACE Building, Campus Centre,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: W400
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Normally 260 UCAS Points from
at least two A Levels including at
least one grade B or equivalent
–– National Diploma DMM including
Distinction in unit 4: Historical
Context of Performance
–– Five GCSEs grades A* - C
including English Language or
Literature at grade C or above.
We also accept the BTEC
First Diploma plus two GCSEs
including English at grade C or
above
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points
Interview required:
Yes
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Drama Studies (Joint Honours),
Performing Arts
About the course
Drama at De Montfort University
is nationally recognised as part of
the UK’s only Centre for Excellence
in Performance Arts, awarded for
teaching and learning. The subject is
consistently ranked highly for overall
satisfaction in the National Student
Survey.
The course combines critical and
creative approaches to drama with
practical work taking place in a superb
suite of studios and rehearsal rooms.
There are regular visits to local and
London theatres and an annual field
trip (most recently to New York, Paris
and Berlin). De Montfort University is
a key creative and educational partner
with Leicester’s new £68 million Curve
theatre.
Learning and teaching
We offer a broad approach to drama
where contemporary performance is
explored alongside conventional and
historical practice. Drama is studied
in theoretical and practical contexts
in order to ensure the development
of academic and performance-based
skills. The course is delivered through
workshops, lectures, seminars and
self-directed study. Work is assessed
in a wide range of ways including
performances, essays, logbooks
and presentations. There is also the
opportunity to work with professional
practitioners such as actors, directors,
playwrights, performance artists and
touring companies. Theatre visits,
field trips, and connections with local
theatres and companies all enhance
the curriculum and the student
experience.
Facilities
We offer excellent facilities to support
your studies. The Performing Arts
Centre for Excellence (PACE) includes
four spacious studios and rehearsal
spaces designed specifically for
performance-based learning activities.
Three more studios are located in
the Campus Centre. You are able to
book rehearsal space and a range
of equipment (including digital video
cameras, sound recording and editing
suites) to support your creative
responses to the curriculum.
Graduate careers
Graduates possess excellent research,
communication and reflective skills
alongside collaborative skills and
a solid knowledge of IT. They are
able to deal confidently with public
performance and have the ability
to devise, organise and manage
projects and to evaluate outcomes.
These qualities mean that career
opportunities exist in diverse areas of
employment.
Recent graduates work in theatre
companies and in various aspects
of media production. Other popular
destinations are community arts,
media-based companies, and primary,
secondary and further education, as
well as postgraduate study.
Our lively teaching staff have broad
interests in performance and theory,
and have recognised expertise in
practice and research.
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7555
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/adhug
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
1st year modules
–– Acting, Scripting, Directing
–– A Technical Introduction to
Drama
–– A Contextual Introduction to
Performance
–– Texts and Stages
2nd year modules 3rd year modules
–– Drama and Theory
–– Naturalism and
Anti-Naturalism
–– Shakespeare in Performance
–– Devising
–– Carnival and the
Carnivalesque
–– Contemporary Theatre in
Britain
–– Drama Research Project
–– Key Practitioners and
Dramatists
–– Writing for Performance
–– Live Art
–– Negotiated Study
–– Narrative and Performance
–– Drama Performance Project
–– Popular Theatre
–– Independent Performance
Practice
Drama Studies
BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
Also available as Single Honours
PERFORMANCE ARTS, AND ARTS AND FESTIVALS MANAGEMENT
Key information
216
Duration:
Three years full-time,
six years part-time
Location:
Clephan Building,
PACE Building, Campus Centre,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code:
Drama Studies and:
Arts and Festivals
WW94
Management Creative Writing WW84
Education Studies WXK3
QWJ4
English PWH4
Media Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Normally 260 UCAS Points from
at least two A Levels including at
least one grade B or equivalent
–– National Diploma DMM
–– Five GCSEs grades A* - C
including English Language or
Literature at grade C or above.
We also accept the BTEC
First Diploma plus two GCSEs
including English at grade C or
above
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points
Please be aware that some Joint
Honours combinations may have
specific entry requirements, visit
our website for more information.
Interview required:
No
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Drama Studies (Single Honours),
Performing Arts
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7555
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/adhug
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
About the course
Drama at De Montfort University
is nationally recognised as part of
the UK’s only Centre for Excellence
in Performance Arts, awarded for
teaching and learning. The subject is
consistently ranked highly for overall
satisfaction in the National Student
Survey.
The course combines critical and
creative approaches to drama with
practical work taking place in a superb
suite of studios and rehearsal rooms.
There are regular visits to local and
London theatres and an annual field
trip (most recently to New York, Paris
and Berlin). De Montfort University is
a key creative and educational partner
with Leicester’s new £68 million Curve
theatre.
Learning and teaching
We offer a broad approach to drama
where contemporary performance is
explored alongside conventional and
historical practice. Drama is studied
in theoretical and practical contexts
in order to ensure the development
of academic and performance-based
skills. The course is delivered through
workshops, lectures, seminars and
self-directed study. Work is assessed
in a wide range of ways including
performances, essays, logbooks
and presentations. There is also the
opportunity to work with professional
practitioners such as actors, directors,
playwrights, performance artists and
touring companies. Theatre visits,
field trips, and connections with local
theatres and companies all enhance
the curriculum and the student
experience. Our lively teaching staff
have broad interests in performance
and theory, and have recognised
expertise in practice and research.
Joint honours combinations allow
you to pursue complementary paths
of study in two disciplines. You are
able to develop common threads and
enhance specific skills through shared
learning.
Drama and Education Studies, for
example, highlights the processes
of learning and development in
performance. Creative Writing shares
drama’s interest in the creative uses
of language. A Drama Studies and
English combination emphasises the
interest of both disciplines in written
texts. Drama Studies and Arts and
Festivals Management combines a
study of creative performance with the
theory and practice of managing arts
industries, whilst Drama Studies and
Media and Communication reflects the
importance of media in contemporary
performance.
Facilities
We offer excellent facilities to support
your studies. The Performing Arts
Centre for Excellence (PACE) includes
four spacious studios and rehearsal
spaces designed specifically for
performance-based learning activities.
Three more studios are located in
the Campus Centre. You are able to
book rehearsal space and a range
of equipment (including digital video
cameras, sound recording and editing
suites) to support your creative
responses to the curriculum.
Graduate careers
Graduates possess excellent research,
communication and reflective skills
alongside collaborative skills and
a solid knowledge of IT. They are
able to deal confidently with public
performance and have the ability
to devise, organise and manage
projects and to evaluate outcomes.
These qualities mean that career
opportunities exist in diverse areas of
employment.
Recent graduates work in theatre
companies and in various aspects
of media production. Other popular
destinations are community arts,
media-based companies, and primary,
secondary and further education, as
well as postgraduate study.
1st year modules
2nd year modules 3rd year modules
–– Acting, Scripting, Directing
–– A Technical Introduction to
Drama
–– Drama and Theory
–– Naturalism and
Anti-Naturalism
–– Shakespeare in Performance
–– Devising
–– Carnival and the
Carnivalesque
–– Contemporary Theatre in
Britain
–– Drama Research Project
–– Key Practitioners and
Dramatists
–– Writing for Performance
–– Live Art
–– Negotiated Study
–– Narrative and Performance
–– Popular Theatre
–– Independent Performance
Practice
Performing Arts
Staff members are practitioners,
nationally and internationally
recognised for creative and scholarly
work within the performing arts. The
course has a practical emphasis,
underpinned with rigorous theory that
informs studio practice. Theoretical
modules involve lectures and seminars,
in which you are actively involved in
discussion and debate. You take an
interdisciplinary core, and can select
from option modules in the second and
third years, allowing for specialisation.
In addition to timetabled contact
time, you carry out independent
study time rehearsing, researching,
meeting with collaborators, completing
assignments, and preparing for the
next week’s classes. Assessment
is through coursework, including
performances, class contribution,
devising, presentations, essays,
reflective writing, blogs and portfolios.
There are no exams. You have regular
tutorials with your personal tutor, who
assists with pastoral care. In addition,
academic staff provide weekly tutorial
time, in order to ask questions, discuss
assignments and gain feedback.
1st year modules
Work placements/industry links
At DMU you have many opportunities
to work with visiting professional
practitioners. Visiting artists and
practitioners have included imitating
the dog; Théâtre de Complicité;
and Citizen 598. You will have the
opportunity to see a wide range of live
performances at local and London
theatres. In addition to this there are
placement opportunities in and around
Leicester, the contexts ranging from
educational and community to arts
management. Our excellent links with
the local performing arts industry mean
you have the opportunity to undertake
internships with various companies,
and to audition for, or work behind the
scenes for, performance work at the
internationally renowned Curve theatre.
Facilities
DMU offers some of the finest
facilities in the sector to support your
study. The Performing Arts Centre for
Excellence (PACE) Building has two
spacious dance studios and two large,
fully equipped performance spaces.
There are three additional studios in
the Campus Centre. You are able to
book rehearsal space and equipment,
including digital video cameras, sound
recording equipment and edit suites.
Graduate careers
The degree is designed with
employability at its heart, and
extensive research has been carried
out into employment opportunities
for performing arts graduates. The
interdisciplinary nature of this course
enables graduates to work in a number
of fields, such as performance, creating
work, project management, teaching,
research, and community arts. The
degree gives you real-life experience
of working as a creative practitioner
and manager, which is attractive to
potential employers, and invaluable for
graduates who want to create their
own work upon leaving DMU.
2nd year modules –– Principles of Performance and –– Principles of Performance and
Digital Arts 1
Digital Arts 2
–– Devising in Performance and –– Perspectives in Performance
Digital Arts
and Digital Arts
–– Arts Management in Context –– Collaborative Performance
Project 1
–– Negotiated Study 1
–– Dance Artists in Education
and Community
–– Promoting Dance
–– Devising
–– Performing with Technology
3rd year modules
–– Research Project
–– Collaborative Performance
Project 2
–– Improvisation and
Performance
–– University Dance Projects
–– Performance, Interaction and
Digital Technologies
–– Teaching and Leading Dance
–– Live Art
–– Music, Media and Community
Arts
–– Music Industry Management
–– Media Industry Management
Key information
Duration:
Three years full-time,
six years part-time
Location:
Clephan Building,
PACE Building, Campus Centre,
De Montfort University
UCAS course code: WW45
Entry and admissions criteria:
–– Normally 260 UCAS Points from
at least two A Levels including at
least one grade B or equivalent
–– National Diploma DMM including
Distinction in unit 4: Historical
Context of Performance
–– Five GCSEs grades A* - C
including English Language or
Literature at grade C or above.
We also accept the BTEC
First Diploma plus two GCSEs
including English at grade C or
above
–– International Baccalaureate:
28+ Points
Interview required:
Yes
International students:
If English is not your first language,
we require an English language level
of IELTS 6.5 or equivalent.
Open Days:
Yes – visit dmu.ac.uk/opendays for
forthcoming open days and campus
tour dates.
Tuition fees/funding support:
TBC for 2013/14 at time of print.
See p22 for details or visit
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest details.
You may also be interested in:
Arts and Festivals Management,
Dance, Drama Studies
To find out more:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7555
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/adhug
Suitable for applicants from:
UK
EU
World
Please note that this information is correct at
the time of print and is subject to review each
year so may vary.
PERFORMANCE ARTS, AND ARTS AND FESTIVALS MANAGEMENT
About the course
This degree immerses you in cuttingedge, contemporary, interdisciplinary
practice. Drawing from dance, theatre,
music technology and digital video,
it is concerned with the interplay
between live and digital arts. The
course incorporates arts management,
through which you learn how to
manage yourself, or others, within
the performing arts industry. These
skills are put into practice alongside
performance and creation, making
graduates attractive to potential
employers, and self-sufficient as
creative practitioners.
BA (Hons)
217
Joint honours combinations
A joint honours degree allows you to study a combination
of two different subjects. You study 50 per cent of one
subject and 50 per cent of another so your workload will
be the same as a single honours course. A joint honours
degree gives you choice and flexibility and is excellent
preparation for future employment.
Faculty admissions teams
Art, Design and Humanities (ADH)
T: +44 (0)116 250 6199
E: [email protected]
Business and Law (BAL)
T: +44 (0)116 257 7458
E: [email protected]
Choice and flexibility
The tables below show which combinations are available,
together with the UCAS codes and the appropriate
faculty. To contact the admissions team responsible for
a particular combination, please refer to the contact
details opposite:
Subject combination
Course code Faculty
Accounting
Subject combination
Course code Faculty
Drama Studies
Business Management
NN14
BAL
Arts and Festivals Management
WW94ADH
Law
MN14
BAL
Creative Writing
WW84ADH
Marketing
NN45
BAL
Education Studies
WXK3ADH
Arts and Festivals Management
Dance
WW59
ADH
Drama Studies
WW94
ADH
Business Management
English
QWJ4ADH
Media
PWH4ADH
Economics
Business Management
NL21BAL
Law
ML21BAL
Accounting
NN14
Economics
NL21
BAL
BAL
Education Studies
Finance
NN31
BAL
Dance
WX53ADH
Human Resource
Management
NN61
BAL
Drama Studies
WXK3ADH
Law
MN11
BAL
Media
NP13
BAL
Creative Writing
Drama Studies
WW84ADH
English
WQ83ADH
English Language
QW38ADH
Film Studies
WP83ADH
Journalism
WP85ADH
Dance
218
Health and Life Sciences (HLS)
T: +44 (0)116 257 7700
E: [email protected]
A
rts and Festivals
Management
WW59ADH
Education Studies
WX53ADH
English
QX33ADH
English Language
QX3HADH
History VX13ADH
Psychology CX83HLS
English
Creative Writing
WQ83ADH
Drama Studies
QWJ4ADH
Education Studies
QX33ADH
English Language
Q390ADH
Film Studies
WQ63ADH
History
QV31ADH
Journalism
PQ53ADH
Media
PQ33ADH
dmu.ac.uk/ug2013
Course code Faculty
English Language
Subject combination
Course code Faculty
Law
Creative Writing
QW38ADH
Education Studies
English
Accounting
MN14BAL
QX3HADH
Business Management
MN11BAL
Q390ADH
Economics
ML21BAL
Journalism
QP35ADH
Human Resource Management
M1N6BAL
Media
QP33ADH
Film Studies
Creative Writing
WP83ADH
English
WQ63ADH
Journalism
PP35ADH
Media
P390ADH
Finance
Business Management
NN31BAL
Marketing
M1N5BAL
Psychology
CM81BAL
Marketing
Accounting
NN45BAL
Human Resource Management
NN65BAL
Law
M1N5BAL
Media
NP53BAL
Psychology
CN85BAL
Media
History
Education Studies
VX13ADH
Business Management
NP13BAL
English
QV31ADH
Drama Studies
PWH4ADH
International Relations
LVF1ADH
English
PQ33ADH
Journalism
PV51ADH
English Language
QP33ADH
LV21ADH
Film Studies
P390ADH
Journalism
PPH5ADH
Marketing
NP53BAL
Politics
Human Resource Management
Business Management
NN61BAL
Marketing
NN65BAL
Politics
Psychology
CN86BAL
History
LV21ADH
Law
M1N6BAL
International Relations
L245BAL
Journalism
LPF5ADH
Sociology
LL23BAL
International Relations
History
LVF1ADH
Journalism
LP25ADH
Politics
L245BAL
Journalism
Creative Writing
WP85ADH
English
PQ53ADH
English Language
QP35ADH
Film Studies
PP35ADH
History
PV51ADH
International Relations
LP25ADH
Media
PPH5ADH
Politics
LPF5ADH
JOINT HONOURS COMBINATIONS
Subject combination
Psychology
Education Studies
CX83HLS
Human Resource Management CN86BAL
Law
CM81BAL
Marketing
CN85BAL
Sociology
Politics
LL23BAL
219
How to apply
220
UK/EU students
Partner Colleges
Apply online at ucas.com for full-time courses or direct
to DMU or your chosen partner college for part-time
courses. You can apply for September 2013 entry from
September 2012.
Some of our partner colleges have their own campus
codes, see dmu.ac.uk/colleges for more details.
For your UCAS form:
For entry in 2012 the UCAS charge was £11 for one
choice or £22 for more than one choice. This may
change for entry in 2013, visit ucas.com for the latest
information. We do not charge a fee for direct part-time
applications.
UCAS institution code – DEM
Institution code – D26
DMU campus – Y
How much does it cost to apply?
dmu.ac.uk/ug2013
How many UCAS Points do I have?
Criminal Records Bureau (CRB) disclosure
You may need a declaration form and CRB disclosure clearance for
work placements on some courses such as Nursing or Social Work.
The CRB provides details of your criminal record, including spent and
unspent convictions, cautions and reprimands held on the Police National
Computer and information held by local police. If a CRB disclosure is
required you won’t be able to start your course until you have it. Your
admissions office will send you details if your application is successful
and a CRB disclosure is required. For more information visit
disclosure.gov.uk or call 0870 90 908 22.
HOW TO APPLY
The UCAS Tariff Points system helps universities compare applicants’
qualifications. You can work out your UCAS Points at ucas.com or see
p223–225. DMU degrees usually ask for between 260 and 320 points,
depending on the course. See individual course pages for details.
UCAS Extra
If you have used your five original choices but do not yet have an offer,
you don’t have to wait until Clearing to make a further application. You
can use UCAS Extra, which gives you an extra choice, usually from March
to June – find out more at ucas.com
International students
Please see our dedicated international pages 238 to 247 for details.
Admissions advice and guidance
You can contact our team of student advisers for help with things like
writing your personal statement, just email [email protected]
with your query and they will be able to assist you.
For course specific advice, contact your faculty admissions team
(see course pages for details).
For more detail about our admissions and entry criteria,
visit dmu.ac.uk/apply
221
dmu.ac.uk/ug2013
The UCAS Tariff
points system is
used by colleges and
universities to make
offers to applicants
and enables different
types of qualifications
to be compared.
Each qualification is awarded a certain number
of Tariff points depending on the level and grade
achieved. At DMU we make offers using the UCAS
Tariff points system, however some courses will ask
for specific requirements and this may include asking
for a particular grade in a certain subject. The details
of specific entry requirements can be found on each
course page in this prospectus.
The qualifications that are normally included in our
UCAS Tariff point offers are as follows:
–– AAT NVQ Level 3 in Accounting
–– Advanced Diploma
–– Art and Design Foundation
–– BTEC Nationals (NQF)
–– BTEC Nationals (QCF)
–– Cambridge Pre-U
–– E DI Level 3 Certificate in Accounting, Certificate in
Accounting (IAS)
–– Extended Project (stand alone)
–– GCE (AS, AS Double Award, A level and A level
Double Award
–– Ifs School of Finance (Certificate and Diploma in
Financial Studies)
–– International Baccalaureate (IB) Diploma
–– International Baccalaureate (IB) Certificate
–– Irish Leaving Certificate (Higher and Ordinary levels)
–– OCR Nationals (National Certificate, National
Diploma and National Extended Diploma)
–– Principal Learning Wales
–– Progression Diploma
–– Scottish Qualifications
–– Welsh Baccalaureate Advanced Diploma (Core)
UCAS TARIFF POINTS TABLE
UCAS Tariff points
The following tables show the number of UCAS
Tariff points awarded depending on qualification,
level and grade.
Please note that while we welcome a broad range of
qualifications, there are some that will not normally be
included within any UCAS Tariff Points offers made
by DMU. For details of these qualifications please visit
dmu.ac.uk/entrycriteria
For more information on the UCAS Tariff points system
and for the full list of Tariff tables visit ucas.com
223
UCAS TARIFF POINTS TABLE
GCE and VCE (A Levels)
GCE and AVCE
Double Award
GCE A level and
AVCE
GCE AS Double Award
GCE AS and AS VCE
Grade
Tariff Points
Grade
Tariff Points
Grade
Tariff Points
Grade
Tariff Points
A*A*
A*A
AA
AB
BB
BC
CC
CD
DD
DE
EE
280
260
240
220
200
180
160
140
120
100
80
A*
A
B
C
D
E
140
120
100
80
60
40
AA
AB
BB
BC
CC
CD
DD
DE
EE
120
110
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
A
B
C
D
E
60
50
40
30
20
BTEC Nationals (NQF)
Diploma
Grade
Certificate
Tariff Points
DDD
DDM
DMM
MMM
MMP
MPP
PPP
Grade
360
320
280
240
200
160
120
DD
DM
MM
MP
PP
Award
Tariff Points
Grade
240
200
160
120
80
Tariff Points
D
M
P
120
80
40
BTEC Qualifications (QCF) (Suite of qualifications known as Nationals)
Extended Diploma
Grade
224
D*D*D*
D*D*D
D*DD
DDD
DDM
DMM
MMM
MMP
MPP
PPP
Tariff Points
420
400
380
360
320
280
240
200
160
120
Diploma
Grade
D*D*
D*D
DD
DM
MM
MP
PP
Tariff Points
280
260
240
200
160
120
80
Subsidiary Diploma
Grade
D*
D
M
P
Tariff Points
140
120
80
40
Certificate
Grade
D*
D
M
P
Tariff Points
70
60
40
20
dmu.ac.uk/ug2013
Grade
Tariff Points
Advanced Higher
A
130
B
110
C
90
D
72
Ungraded Higher
PASS
Extended Project (stand alone)
Principal Learning Wales
Grade
Tariff Points
Grade
Tariff Points
A*
A
B
C
D
E
70
60
50
40
30
20
A*
A
B
C
D
E
210
180
150
120
90
60
45
Progression Diploma
Higher
A
80
B
65
C
50
D
36
NPA PC Passport
PASS
45
Core Skills
HIGHER
20
Scottish Interdisciplinary Project
A
65
B
55
C
45
Grade
Tariff Points
A*
A
B
C
D
E
350
300
250
200
150
100
Welsh Baccalaureate Advanced
Diploma (Core)
Grade
Tariff Points
PASS
120
These points are awarded only when
a candidate achieves the Welsh
Baccalaureate Advanced Diploma
UCAS TARIFF POINTS TABLE
Scottish Qualifications
Advanced Diploma = Progression
Diploma Plus Additional and Specialist
Learning (ASL). Please see the
appropriate qualification to calculate
the ASL score
Scottish National Certificates
C
125
B
100
A
75
For more information on the
UCAS Tariff Points and for the
full list of tables visit ucas.com
225
Study support
At DMU our support
continues well beyond
the classroom with
a range of libraries,
learning zones,
study areas and
meeting rooms.
Find the information
you need, conduct
research or simply find
a quiet place to study
– you’ll find all the
resources and expert
support you need
in our libraries and
learning zones.
There are two libraries and a further two separate
learning zones on campus which all students can
use. These offer a wide choice of study environments
providing facilities for silent, quiet and group study.
Kimberlin is our main library. During term time it is open
24 hours a day from Sunday 10am through to Friday
10pm and Saturdays 9am–8pm, so you can study when
it suits you.
226
The @ccess anywhere facility means you can use the
library online 24 hours a day, no matter where you are.
DMU Library and Learning Services give access to
more than 500,000 publications and a huge range of
DVDs and other media.
The library also provides a range of study environments
to suit your needs, whether working on your own or
as part of a group, and the Library Café can provide
refreshments when you take a break.
B
Learning zones
Our two learning zones and The Greenhouse provide
space for group or individual work and study. Around
1,600 study places and 550 computer workstations are
available, with power supplies for laptops. Plus, there
are bookable syndicate rooms with plasma screens,
laptops and DVD facilities so whether you want to meet
with your work group, practise a presentation or simply
work in privacy the choice is yours.
STUDY SUPPORT
dmu.ac.uk/ug2013
Dedicated law library
The Hugh Aston Building, opened in 2010, is home to
DMU’s dedicated law library, one of only a few in the UK.
Support
Experienced staff are on hand to support you with
skilled librarians in your subject area to help you find
the information you need. You can also use our
Just Ask service to get help and advice via email
or the telephone.
A
As well as supporting you with specific areas of your
course, our specialist library staff can provide advice
and guidance on a range of common skills, including:
–– Approaches to academic writing
–– Literature searching and reference management
–– Strategies for managing research
–– Mathematical skills for non-maths students.
For more information, visit library.dmu.ac.uk
Faculty support
From enrolment right through to exam preparation and
dissertation support, each faculty provides support for
its students. Visit your faculty’s Student Advice Centre
to hand in and collect coursework, print and bind work,
borrow equipment, get advice on IT software and
e-learning resources and much more.
ALearning Zone
B Kimberlin Library
227
Student support
We have dedicated staff to support you before,
during and after your studies. From finding
accommodation and settling in, to study
support during your course, and advice and
guidance to embark on your career or start
your own business, we support you throughout
your journey.
Welcome week
We are here to help you settle in. In your first week we
arrange a variety of events and entertainment, giving
you the chance to make friends and find out about
housing, healthcare, money and welfare, library services
and much more.
During your studies
Our Student Services Centre is open 9am–5pm
Monday to Friday. From careers and housing to money
advice and disability support, our friendly experts are
here to offer you advice and support. Whether you
need to book a long appointment, or use our Ask Here
drop-in service, just pop in and one of our friendly staff
will be able to help you. Email advice is also available
for distance learners and we also run one-to-one and
group-based advice sessions.
Health and wellbeing
We want to make sure you’re healthy and happy at
DMU. We have a leisure centre with a gym, net courts
and loads of classes to get involved in. If you’re feeling
under pressure, need someone to talk to, or just want
to try and fulfil your potential, just come and talk to
our counselling team for confidential support. You
can also visit the chaplaincy, for non-denominational
religious support. There is also a new doctors’ surgery
on campus providing a full NHS service to students and
the local community.
Career support
228
Graduating from university and preparing for the
working world can sometimes seem a daunting
prospect but at DMU you’re not alone. We provide you
with the support, advice and guidance you need before,
during, and after your studies to help you get your
perfect job and kick-start your career.
From advice on where to search for vacancies,
CV writing and interview preparation to careers fairs,
internships and postgraduate study we offer a whole
package of advice.
Our dedicated careers advisers are here to help you
through the entire job searching process, from deciding
which career path to follow, finding vacancies, getting
your CV right and preparing for an interview.
Take part in one-to-one or group advice sessions or
use our e-guidance and benefit from support tailored to
your individual needs.
Online resources
Student and Academic Services provide a whole host
of information online to help you start your career,
including a range of handbooks covering everything
from job hunting strategy and researching employers to
the successful steps to securing your perfect job.
DMU Works
Internships
Search our online vacancy service for the perfect
job. Hundreds of employers advertise their graduate
vacancies with us, targeting our graduates for the
sought after skills they develop during their studies.
You will also find plenty of part-time vacancies
advertised to help you earn a bit of extra money while
you study. Work experience has never been more
important and DMU Works has many volunteering,
placement and internship roles on offer too.
Why not opt for a graduate internship? You’ll gain
valuable experience, get paid and maybe even secure
permanent work at the end of it! As one of the leading
internship providers in the East Midlands we match
more than 100 graduates with suitable employers
each year. Simply register online with your CV and we’ll
arrange interviews with employers offering internships.
And don’t forget to take advantage of our CV and
interview preparation services to give you the best
chance of securing an internship.
Career fairs
Starting your own business
Each year we host a variety of industry based careers
fairs, giving you the chance to meet potential employers,
find out about graduate schemes and get advice and
guidance, including the chance to get CV advice from a
member of the careers team and a business champion.
We also hold the Creative Industries Careers Fair, and
the Job Fair for those looking for work experience.
All of our events aim to give you the chance to meet
potential employers and improve your prospects.
If you are thinking of working for yourself we can
provide you with advice and guidance to help you get
your business off the ground. DMU’s Innovation Centre
is dedicated to new businesses and offers supported
workspace while Campus Enterprise Opportunities
provide support and access to a range of funding
and prizes for small businesses. Each year more than
100 entrepreneurial graduates take advantage of our
Campus Enterprise Opportunities to start their own
business. So, whatever you plan to do we can help you
turn your idea into reality and make your business a
success.
Frontrunners
With more and more employers putting an emphasis on
work experience when assessing applications for their
graduate schemes, the importance of having enhanced
knowledge and skills is vital. To help you build your
work experience we have an on-campus placement
programme called Frontrunners. This scheme offers you
the opportunity to undertake paid, part-time, placements
in university departments and faculties in order to put
your existing skills into practice and develop experience.
STUDENT SUPPORT
dmu.ac.uk/ug2013
For more information,
visit dmu.ac.uk/studentservices
or call +44 (0)116 257 7595
229
ACCOMMODATION
We know that finding
the right place to live at
university, where you
will feel comfortable
and secure, is vital.
That’s why we
aim to provide
university sourced
accommodation
for all new UK and
international students
who request it.
Bede Hall (hall of residence)
dmu.ac.uk/ug2013
Accommodation
Facilities
All our halls are self-catered, fully furnished with
shared kitchen and laundry facilities, internet access
(additional charges may apply), on-site staff, secure
post and bike parking/storage. Some halls also offer
en-suite bathrooms, on-site security, Sky TV and deluxe
bedroom options.
Price range
Prices for halls currently range from £95–£164 a week
(prices are correct as of 2012 and could be subject to a
slight rise in 2013 in line with cost of living rises).
International students
Each year we guarantee rooms for all new international
students in some of our most popular halls of residence.
All are located close to campus and, as an international
student, you will receive a duvet, pillow and sheets
as part of your welcome pack. Find out more about
accommodation for international students at
dmu.ac.uk/internationalhousing
ACCOMMODATION
We have a range of
university sourced
rooms available
in modern halls of
residence, all on
or within walking
distance of our
campus. Some are
owned by DMU, while
others are managed
by private providers.
Online booking
Accommodation can be booked online, making it easy
for you to choose your preferred hall of residence.
Once you have made DMU your Firm choice we will
invite you to book your room and provide you with
the necessary details. Meanwhile, to find out more
about online booking and to view full details of all our
accommodation visit dmu.ac.uk/accommodation
Privately rented accommodation
A
There is also a whole range of privately rented
accommodation on offer from traditional terraced
houses to converted industrial buildings and modern
style hall accommodation.
Prices generally range from around £55–£160 per
week although this may not include other services
which are charged separately (internet, gas, water,
electricity, TV licence etc) and you must always
check what is and isn’t included with your rent. More
information can be found at dmu.ac.uk/privaterented
Sulets is a letting agency jointly owned by the students’
unions of DMU and Leicester University. Sulets provide
a fee free service for DMU students. They have easy to
understand contracts, and you can sign up for property
alerts. Visit su-lets.com to find out more.
B
ANew Wharf (hall of residence)
B Bede Hall (hall of residence)
For more information, visit dmu.ac.uk/accommodation
or call +44 (0)116 257 7169.
231
ACCOMMODATION
Key
232
DMU Campus Buildings
DMU Halls of Residence
1. Bede Hall
Contract: 38 weeks + 1 day
Shared kitchen/bathroom
2. Filbert Village
Contract: 43 weeks + 1 day
En-suite, shared kitchen
3. Grosvenor House
Contract: 42 weeks
En-suite, shared kitchen
Situated on the edge of the campus
near the River Soar, Bede Hall
consists of 228 rooms. Each flat
is made up of 8 or 10 single study
bedrooms with shared bathrooms,
kitchens and laundry rooms.
Bedrooms have their own individual
wash basins and outside there is a
grassed area with benches.
Filbert Village offers two, four, five
or six bedroom flats with standard
en-suite and deluxe en-suite
facilities with a total of 212 rooms.
The communal common room area
contains a widescreen TV, games
consoles, pool tables, table tennis
tables and vending machines.
The hall is 10 minutes’ walk from
campus and is close to a wide
range of amenities. There are also
a limited range of bookable parking
spaces available on-site.
Grosvenor House is situated on
the edge of campus and offers
270 rooms. There are a range of
en-suite living options; standard
and deluxe rooms to studios and
one bed flats. Standard rooms
have their own private telephones,
while deluxe rooms offer double
beds and an easy chair. Grosvenor
House also offers fully fitted
communal rooms with vending
machines.
4. Kingfisher Court
Contract: 42 weeks + 1 day
En-suite, shared kitchen
5. Liberty Park
Contract: 42 weeks
En-suite, shared kitchen
6. New Wharf Hall
Contract: 38 weeks + 1 day
Shared kitchen/bathrooms
Based on campus, Kingfisher Court
offers 113 rooms in flats of four
and five bedrooms with en-suite.
All flats have shared kitchens with
sofas and each room is fitted with
a telephone point.
Situated on the River Soar just
next to the campus, Liberty Park
offers 526 rooms. It comprises flats
made up of four or five en-suite
bedrooms, with both standard ensuite and deluxe rooms available.
A common room offers Sky TV and
vending machines and an outdoor
area is also available for students.
Based on the edge of campus,
overlooking the castle gardens,
New Wharf offers 215 rooms. Each
flat is made up of four, seven or 10
rooms with shared bathroom and
kitchen facilities. Bedrooms have
their own individual wash basins
and laundry facilities are also
available on-site.
ACCOMMODATION
dmu.ac.uk/ug2013
B
A
7. Newarke Point
Contract: 43 weeks + 1 day
En-suite, shared kitchen
8. Victoria Hall
Contract: 42 weeks
En-suite, shared kitchen
With en-suite rooms for 648
students, Newarke Point is based
on campus and close to a range
of amenities. Flats of four and
five bedrooms are available, with
standard and deluxe rooms as well
as standard and deluxe studios.
A widescreen TV and vending
machines are on offer in the
common room area.
Situated on the edge of campus
with 378 en-suite rooms available
in a range of standard, semi-deluxe
and deluxe, Victoria Hall is made
up of three to six bedroom flats.
Communal areas offer widescreen
TV with free satellite channels,
telephones and cooking facilities.
Deluxe and semi-deluxe rooms
offer double beds and there are
optional telephone and internet
facilities in bedrooms.
AFilbert Village (hall of residence)
B Newarke Point (hall of residence)
C Liberty Park (hall of residence)
C
9. Waterway Gardens
Contract: 38 weeks + 1 day,
plus a range of longer contract
lengths to match Nursing and
Midwifery course lengths
Shared kitchen/bathroom
Situated within easy walking
distance of campus, Waterway
Gardens offers 15 modern six
bedroom houses based in easy
walking distance of the campus.
Bedrooms include a vanity unit and
there are shared bathroom and
cooking facilities within each house.
For more information, visit
dmu.ac.uk/accommodation
or call +44 (0)116 257 7169
233
dmu.ac.uk/ug2013
At DMU more than a quarter of our undergraduate
student population is over 21, meaning you’ll be
surrounded by like-minded people and will find it easy to
meet others with the same interests and life experience.
There are many reasons why people choose to return to
education. Some of the main factors include:
–– Starting a new career
–– Career progression
–– Enhancing self-confidence
–– Developing new skills
Did you know?
Mature students often outperform their younger
counterparts. This may be due to the additional
experience mature students gain in life before
starting their degrees. At DMU we value that life and
professional experience and so, if you do not have
formal qualifications, you may still be able to study for
a degree.
MATURE STUDENTS
Mature students
Access to Higher Education
qualifications
If you’re thinking of
coming to university
as a mature student
(if you are returning
to study after a
break from formal
education), you may
be surprised just how
many other people
choose to study a
little later in life.
Access to Higher Education certificates and diplomas
are designed for mature students who do not have the
formal qualifications, such as A Levels, usually required
to study at university. More than 20,000 students in
the UK apply to university with Access qualifications
each year, and at DMU we accept them on many of
our courses. Check our course pages for specific
entry requirements.
Applying to DMU
The application process for mature students is the
same as for sixth form students (see p220).
Flexible study options
We realise you may have other commitments, such
as work and family, and full-time study may not be the
best choice. At DMU many of our courses have parttime options, allowing you to fit study around your
other commitments.
Funding your studies
We are committed to ensuring talented students have
the opportunity to study and we have a range
of scholarships and bursaries to help you finance your
studies. You also don’t have to pay any fees upfront
– you repay the tuition fee loan after graduation and
when you are earning above £21,000.
See page 22–23 for more information.
235
Disability support
Clephan Building
DISABILITY SUPPORT
dmu.ac.uk/ug2013
At DMU we are committed to supporting students
with disabilities. We aim to provide a campus that is
accessible to all and we are ranked eighth nationally
in a survey into accessibility for disabled students by
Trailblazers; a nationwide organisation, made up of
young disabled and non-disabled campaigners.
Our Disability Advice and Support service is here to
help before and during your studies and works with
students with a wide range of physical and sensory
disabilities, medical conditions and Specific Learning
Differences (SpLD).
There is a wide range of support available and we are
keen to make sure you have the appropriate support
you are entitled to. This may include:
–– Human support, such as a note taker for teaching
sessions
–– Digital voice recorder
–– Specialist study strategist tutor to help improve and
plan the structure of essays
–– IT software
Faculty disability contact
Each of our four faculties has its own disability
co-ordinator who will help you get the support you
need while helping other staff to support you.
Disabled Students’
Allowances (DSA)
The government provides funding for students with
disabilities to pay for extra costs you might incur,
including specialist equipment and human support.
Exam arrangements
We can make individual arrangements for your exams
if you are unable to sit them under standard conditions.
This could include:
–– Extra time
–– A reader
–– A scribe
–– A computer
Assistive technologies
Our libraries and learning zones provide access to a
range of software and assistive technologies including
TextHelp Read and Write and Inspiration.
For more information visit dmu.ac.uk/das
237
English language courses
238
Improve your English language skills
before and during your studies with our
range of courses designed specifically
for our international students.
Our Centre for English Language is dedicated to
providing English language courses. It is accredited by
the British Council and is a member of English UK, a
national association for accredited English language
centres. This means you can expect very high standards
from our centre and be sure you’ll receive the very best
teaching.
Our highly experienced tutors have travelled the world
teaching the English language and even train other
English language teachers. They follow best practice
teaching methods to ensure their students achieve
good results.
IELTS score
The IELTS test is the most popular English language
qualification and the one we use to show the level of
language required for each course. However we do also
recognise other English qualifications.
See dmu.ac.uk/cell for further details.
Pre-sessional course
We offer a five week course over the summer, which
you can take before you start your degree at DMU.
The course starts in mid-August and will raise your
IELTS score by 0.5. You can also receive free ongoing
English language support for two hours a week
throughout your course.
Intensive General English
Course (IGEC)
This 16 week intensive course will raise your level of
English from IELTS 3.0 to 4.0, boost your confidence
and prepare you for English academic study. Improve
your reading, writing, listening and speaking skills,
develop the skills needed to study, including reading
and writing simple essays and gain an insight into
British life and culture.
English Language Preparation
Programme (ELPP)
This 20 week programme aims to give you the skills
you will need to study successfully at university. It is split
into four courses, each lasting five weeks and improving
your IELTS score by 0.5. It covers reading, writing,
listening, oral skills, grammar, vocabulary, social English
and pronunciation, as well as seminar skills, including
short presentations, and project writing. Your existing
IELTS score determines where you join the course but
you must achieve 50 per cent or higher in the final test
at the end of each course to progress to the next one. If
you fail a course you will be allowed one opportunity to
re-take failed components.
dmu.ac.uk/international
239
Centre for English Language Learning
Standard Route
Course
Entry IELTS*
Exit IELTS*
Start date
End date
Duration
Cost
Intensive General English Course - £199 per week
IGEC Autumn
3.0
3.5
15 Oct 12
14 Dec 12
9 weeks
£1791**
IGEC Spring
3.5
4.0
7 Jan 13
15 Feb 13
6 weeks
£1393
ELPP A
4.0
4.5
18 Feb 13
22 Mar 13
5 weeks
£995
ELPP B
4.5
5.0
22 Apr 13
24 May 13
5 weeks
£995
ELPP C
5.0
5.5
29 May 13
28 Jun 13
5 weeks
£995
ELPP D
5.5
6.0
1 Jul 13
2 Aug 13
5 weeks
£995
13 Aug 13
13 Sep 13
5 weeks
£320***
Pre-Sessional English Language Course
Pre Sess
6.0
6.5
Route 2
For Art and Design or Technology students who require 6.0 and are already at level 5.0 or 5.5
(please note – all MPhil or PhD students must follow Standard route to 6.5)
Course
Entry IELTS*
Exit IELTS*
Start date
End date
Duration
Cost
ELPP C2
Entry 5.0
Exit 5.5
1 Jul 13
2 Aug 13
5 weeks
£995
Pre 2
Entry 5.5
Exit 6.0
13 Aug 13
13 Sep 13
5 weeks
£320***
*IELTS equivalent
** Total cost of course – cost per week £199 (last date of entry for autumn term is 26 November 2012)
*** Pre-sessional cost for students not continuing at DMU is £995
ENGLISH LANGUAGE COURSES
English Language Preparation Programme - £199 per week
How to apply
Our aim is to make the application process as smooth
as possible for our international students.
At DMU we have a dedicated International Admissions
Office who will process your application and verify your
qualifications and documents.
There are two ways to apply to DMU, either apply
directly yourself or use an education agent to help you
through the process.
Applying with an education agent
We work closely with our global network of education
agents, who have the most up-to-date information about
DMU and can help you with everything from choosing
the right course, to completing your application, liaising
with our admissions team and submitting your visa on
your behalf.
To find your nearest education agent visit
dmu.ac.uk/educationagents
dmu.ac.uk/international
Applying directly to DMU
Step 3: Processing your application
If you decide to apply to DMU yourself you need to
follow these steps:
We will either:
–– Make an unconditional offer
(you meet the entry criteria and your place will be
reserved until you accept or decline our offer)
–– Make a conditional offer
(we will reserve your place but you still have to meet
some of the entry criteria)
–– Offer an alternative course
(if you do not qualify for the course you applied for)
–– Ask you for more information
(if there is insufficient or incomplete information in
your application, it is important you get this to us as
soon as possible)
–– Reject your application
(if you do not qualify for any of our courses. We
will always offer an alternative if we can, but
unfortunately, there are instances where nothing is
appropriate).
–– If you are only applying to DMU, download and
complete our application form at dmu.ac.uk/intapp
–– If you are applying to more than one UK university
apply at ucas.com (see p220 for details)
Step 2: More information
Once you have completed your application, you will
need to supply:
–– Two references, preferably one recent academic
and one work related (two academic references are
acceptable if you do not have any work experience)
–– Copies of your qualification certificates and/or
transcripts, typically everything from the age of 15
or 16
–– Evidence of your English language ability, such as a
copy of your IELTS, TOEFL or Cambridge certificate
–– A copy of your passport.
Email this to [email protected] or post it to:
International Admissions Office
Portland Building
De Montfort University
The Gateway
Leicester LE1 9BH, UK
We require all this information to process your
application. Please do not send original documents.
We aim to process applications within two weeks.
Where possible we will send an email or text message
to acknowledge your application. At certain times of
year we may send confirmation letters by courier for
speed and security. If you do not hear from us within
four weeks of submitting your application, please
contact us.
Step 4: After you have been made
an offer
We will send you our International Student Guide which
explains what to do next, including the forms to fill in,
booking your accommodation, making a pre-payment
(overseas applicants only) and more.
Vetting and barring scheme
Some of our courses involve regular access to children
and/or vulnerable adults. For these, you are legally
required to register with the Vetting and Barring
Scheme. Registration costs £64 and covers the cost
of a Criminal Records Bureau (CRB) check. You will
be issued with an ISA Registration Number, which you
keep for the rest of your career. We will give further
instructions on registering during the admissions
process. For more guidance please contact us.
Questions?
If you need help or advice at any stage, we are very
happy to help.
Please contact the International Admissions Office:
T: +44 (0)116 257 7713 E: [email protected]
HOW TO APPLY
Step 1: Complete your application form
241
Visa advice
242
People from certain countries, known as visa nationals,
need entry clearance to enter the UK. The entry
clearance certificate, or visa, is placed in your passport
and tells UK immigration officers:
Applying for a student visa
–– The purpose of your travel
–– How long you can stay in the UK
–– The latest date you can enter the UK
You should apply for your visa well before your course
starts, and follow all the advice and guidance offered
here.
Usually, you may enter and leave the UK as many times
as you like during the validity of your visa. If you arrive
without a visa you are likely to be refused entry.
Who needs a visa?
If you are not a British citizen, or a citizen of one of the
European Economic Area (EEA) countries, you need a
visa to study in the UK.
To check if you need a visa, visit ukvisas.gov.uk
The UK government operates a points based
immigration system for all overseas (non-EU) students.
If you are applying for a DMU course, you must apply
as a Tier 4 (general) student. You will need to score 40
points to be awarded a student visa.
In particular, you will need to show that you:
–– Can pay for one year’s tuition fees and living costs in
the UK (10 points)
–– Hold an unconditional offer of a place on a course at
an institution holding a sponsor license (30 points)
–– Have a proven track record in studying
–– Hold a valid passport
dmu.ac.uk/international
The conditions you must meet
to be a student in the UK
243
As a guide, you should provide the following
information to support your visa application:
The letter should show:
–– Your name
–– The name and contact details of the official
financial sponsor
–– The date of the letter
–– The length of the sponsorship
–– The amount of money the sponsor is giving or
a statement that they will cover all of your fees
and living costs
All your documents will be very carefully examined.
Please make sure you take the original papers to your
visa interview and that they are clear and complete. You
will also be expected to talk knowledgeably about your
course and demonstrate your motivation for studying it.
For more detailed information please visit
ukcisa.org.uk. You can also visit
ukba.homeoffice.gov.uk/visas-immigration/studying
for official UK government advice.
For more information visit dmu.ac.uk/international
VISA ADVICE
–– Your Confirmation of Acceptance of Studies
(CAS) number from DMU. Once you are holding an
unconditional offer and we have received your tuition
fee deposit we will email you with your CAS number,
and provide you with all the information you will need
relating to your course, qualifications and English
language, for your visa application
–– Original copies of the academic qualifications we
used to make an admissions decision. This includes
evidence of both your academic ability and your
English language test score (if appropriate). These
documents must be those that we have written on
your CAS statement
–– Bank or building society statements to show that you
can pay for your stay and your course of studies in
the UK. The account can be in your name, or in your
parents’ or legal guardian’s name. There must be cash
funds in the bank covering a 28 day period ending
no more than one month before the date of your visa
application. Not having the correct evidence of money
is a common reason for visa refusals, if you have any
queries please contact the International Admissions
Office, or visit dmu.ac.uk/international
–– Evidence of government or employer sponsorship (if
you are due to be sponsored). A letter of confirmation
from your financial sponsor on the organisation’s
official letter-headed paper or stationery
International scholarships and fees
244
We are committed to supporting international
students studying in the UK and are pleased
to offer a range of scholarships and other
funding support.
Vice-Chancellor’s International
Scholarship 2012
Although we are yet to finalise our scholarships for
2013, in 2012 the Vice-Chancellor of De Montfort
University (DMU) was delighted to offer £1,000
scholarships to overseas students for courses starting
in September 2012.
The scholarships will be paid towards the full tuition fees
(deducted at the beginning of the first, or only, year of
study) of overseas-status students from any country in
the world wishing to study an undergraduate degree
(BA/BSc/LLB) in any subject.
For the most up-to-date information on international
scholarships and fees, visit dmu.ac.uk/international.
Tuition fees
The tuition fees you pay will depend on the course that
you are studying. At the time of giong to print we are still
considering our tuition fees for 2013. However, in 2012;
for an undergraduate international (non-EU) student,
the course fees were £10,250 per academic year for
a classroom based course, and £10,750 per academic
year for a laboratory based course. For more detailed
information please see the page for the course you wish
to study in this prospectus or contact the International
Admissions Office.
You must achieve grades in your current studies
equivalent to the following examples
Country of qualification For Bachelors entry
UK 320 UCAS tariff points
India75%+ average at
Standard XII
China80%+ in Senior
Secondary School
Certificate,
supplemented by
A Levels or a
Foundation course, or
equivalence of other
qualifications
Taiwan70%+ in Junior College
Diploma
Hong KongPlease contact the
International Admissions
Office
Ghana and Nigeria Pass in SSC with
minimum 5 passes at
grades 1–6 and pass
recognised. 60%+
overall in Foundation or
GPA 3.5+
National Diploma
ThailandPlease contact the
International Admissions
Office
(Please note these are examples only. Qualifications equivalent
to the UK benchmarks will be individually assessed by our
International Admissions Office and their decision is final).
dmu.ac.uk/international
Fee discounts available
245
In addition to the scholarships, we are giving full-time
international students the opportunity of a further
discount of up to £1000 from your tuition fees, in the
form of two £500 discounts.
Once you have your offer tuition fee pre-payment discount
All overseas status applicants must make a fee
pre-payment of £3,000, which will support your visa
application. See p242 for more information. We
recommend you make your tuition fee pre-payment as
soon as you have an unconditional offer and you are
sure you wish to study at DMU. Therefore, if you pay
your tuition fee pre-payment before 31 May 2012,
you will be rewarded with a £500 discount on your
full tuition fees.
How to pay your fees
We accept payment by cheque and bank draft, bank
transfer and in person, and we now have online
payment by credit card for a fast and secure transaction
at dmu.ac.uk/payment
You will need to pay your fees in full at enrolment. In
exceptional circumstances you may be able to pay by
instalments.
Sponsored students
If your fees are being paid by a sponsor, such as an
employer or government department, you must have a
letter confirming they will pay your fees. The sponsor
will be invoiced and expected to pay the whole amount
within 30 days.
When you enrol early fee payment discount
If you pay the rest your course fees within the first four
weeks of the start of your programme and if you are an
overseas student enrolling with the university for the
first time, then you could be entitled to a further £500
discount.
You may wish to pay more than £3,000: some students
choose to pay the full amount of the first year’s tuition
fees to support their visa application – if you pay your
full fees before 31 May, you will receive a total discount
of £1,000 (£500 for early deposit payment and £500
for paying your full fees before enrolment).
For more information, contact the International
Admissions Office for details.
Money and welfare advice
Get information, advice and guidance on money
matters. We offer advice on debt and money
management, budgeting or guidance on alternative
payment plans.
T: +44 (0)116 257 7595
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/moneyandwelfare
For more information on fees visit
dmu.ac.uk/international
De Montfort University (DMU) reserves the right to revise,
review or withdraw any of the scholarships, bursaries and other
funding listed at any time without prior notice.
INTERNATIONAL SCHOLARSHIPS AND FEES
Please contact the Finance Income Team on:
+44 (0)116 257 7346 or email [email protected]
for more information.
dmu.ac.uk/international
Arriving at DMU
From the airport
to the first day of
your course, we
provide ongoing
specialist support,
advice and
guidance to make
sure your arrival at
DMU is as simple
and enjoyable as
possible.
International Welcome Week
247
To help you adjust to life in a new city and meet other
international students we host International Welcome
Week, which includes; social activities, trips to places of
interest, tours of Leicester and practical help with things
like opening bank accounts.
It doesn’t stop with Welcome Week
Throughout the year, we arrange trips to attractions
and cultural places in the UK. These have included
Cambridge, York, Warwick Castle and Manchester
United’s Old Trafford stadium. We also arrange social
events, visiting the many festivals in Leicester such as
Diwali and the Chinese New Year. We will send you a
New Student Guide when we offer you a place, with
lots more information.
International Café
The Students’ Union organises International Café, a
weekly activity where you can meet both UK and other
international students.
For more information visit
dmu.ac.uk/internationalsupport
Airport pick ups
Student Services Centre
(Gateway House)
Open Monday to Friday 9am–5pm. The Student
Services Centre on campus gives you a safe place to
store your bags, email your family and friends to let
them know you’ve arrived, and the opportunity to ask
our friendly staff any questions. See p228 for more
information.
Accommodation
If you have booked accommodation in halls of
residence and let us know in advance of your arrival
date, we will have your key and room ready for you.
In your room you will find a welcome pack with free
bedding (duvet, pillow and sheets), snacks, toiletries
and local information to help you find your way
around Leicester and the campus. See p230 for
more information.
ARRIVING AT DMU
If you are arriving at Heathrow, we have free
coaches on key arrival dates to pick you up and
bring you straight to the DMU campus.
Visit dmu.ac.uk/heathrow
dmu.ac.uk/ug2013
Leicester is at the heart of the
UK with excellent transport links.
It is just off the M1 and close to the
main A1, allowing easy access to
the north and south. The M69 and
M6 are also close by and offer access
to Birmingham, Wales and the
South West.
East Midlands International Airport is less than half an
hour away, and Gatwick, Heathrow, Birmingham, Luton
and Stansted airports are all within easy reach.
High-speed trains connect Leicester to London St
Pancras, national rail networks, and the Eurostar.
Bus and coach services provide great value and reliable
connections in and around Leicester, and across the
UK. Park and ride services are available too.
For up-to-the-minute public transport information
please call Traveline on 0870 608 2608.
To Leicester by car
If you are using Sat-Nav the postcode reference
is LE2 7DP. We also suggest you use the AA or
RAC website to plan a route before setting off
and check local radio (BBC Leicester 104.9FM)
for traffic conditions.
HOW TO FIND US
How to find us
Parking
As campus parking is very limited, you may find it easier
to use public car parks at York Road (although it can
get very busy) or the Holiday Inn, both of which are
multi-storey car parks just a few minutes walk from
campus. Disabled badge holders should contact us to
reserve a campus parking place.
To Leicester by train or bus
Leicester is approximately one hour 15 minutes by train
from London (St Pancras), one hour 30 minutes from
Leeds and 30 minutes from Nottingham.
The city campus is a 20 minute walk through the city
centre from both the bus and train stations.
Cycling around Leicester
Cyclists are well catered for with a well-marked network
of cycle routes across the city. The BikePark in Town
Hall Square means you can leave your bike safely and
even take a shower and change a tyre!
For more information on how to find us visit
dmu.ac.uk/maps
249
HOW TO FIND US
Campus map
Campus Key
1
Bede Hall (hall of residence)
2
Bede Island
3Campus Centre Building incorporating
Students’ Union
4
Chantry Building
5
Clephan Building, Art, Design and Humanities
6
De Montfort Surgery
7Edith Murphy House, Health and Life Sciences
8
Eric Wood Building
9
Estates Development Building
10 Estates Services Building including Security
Office
11
Filbert Village (hall of residence)
12
Fletcher Building, Art, Design and Humanities
13
Forensic Science Facility
14Gateway House, Technology and Students
Services Centre
15
Grosevenor House (hall of residence)
16
Hawthorn Building, Health and Life Sciences
17
Hugh Aston Building, Business and Law
18
Innovation Centre
19
IOCT (Institute of Creative Technologies)
20 John Sandford Sports Centre
250
21John Whitehead Building
(Academic Registry, Graduate School
Office, Finance and Cashier)
22 Kimberlin Library
23 Kingfisher Court (hall of residence)
24 Liberty Park (hall of residence)
25Main Building (Leicestershire Chamber
of Commerce and the Centre for English
Language Learning)
26 New Wharf (hall of residence)
27 Newarke Point (hall of residence)
28PACE Building (Performance Arts Centre
for Excellence), Art, Design and Humanities
29Portland Building, Art, Design and Humanities
30 Queens Building, Technology
31 Science Block
32Staff and visitor car park (advance
booking only)
33 The Green House
34Trinity House
35 Victoria Hall (hall of residence)
36 Waterway Gardens (hall of residence)
M
The Magazine Gateway
L
Leisure Centre (due to open July 2012)
HOW TO FIND US
dmu.ac.uk/ug2013
251
Course index A – Z
Accounting and Business Management
BA (Hons)
62
Computer Games Programming
BSc (Hons)
101
Accounting and Economics BA (Hons)
63
Computer Science BSc (Hons)
102
Accounting and Finance BA (Hons)
64
Computer Security BSc (Hons)
103
Advertising and Marketing
Communications BA (Hons)
65
Computing for Business BSc (Hons)
104
Animation Design BA (Hons)
32
Architecture BA (Hons)
33
Art and Design
(Foundation Studies) BTEC Diploma
34
Artificial Intelligence with Robotics
BSc (Hons)
98
Arts and Festivals Management
BA (Hons)
210
Arts and Festivals Management
BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
211
Audio Recording Technology BSc (Hons)
Biomedical Science BSc (Hons)
Contour Fashion BA (Hons)
35
Creative Sound Technology
Foundation Degree (FdSc)
203
Creative Writing
BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
166
Criminology and Criminal Justice
BA (Hons)
139
Criminology and Criminal Justice
with Psychology BA (Hons)
140
Dance BA (Hons)
212
202
Dance BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
213
184
Dental Technology
Foundation Degree (FdSc)
141
Design Crafts BA (Hons)
36
Business BA (Hons) (part-time)
66
Business and Management BA (Hons)
67
Business and Management MBus68
252
Computing HND105
Design Products MDes37
Business and Marketing BA (Hons)
69
Digital Marketing and Social Media
BA (Hons)
Business Informatics (HP) BSc (Hons)
99
Drama Studies BA (Hons)
214
Drama Studies BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
216
74
Business Information Systems
BSc (Hons)
100
Business Law LLB (Hons)
176
Business Management
BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
70
Education Studies BA (Hons)
142
Business Management and Economics
BA (Hons)
71
Education Studies
BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
143
Business Management and Enterprise
BA (Hons)
72
Education Studies with Languages
BA (Hons)
144
Business Studies
(Economics/Strategy/Finance) BSc (Hons)
73
Education Studies with Psychology
BA (Hons)
145
Electronic Engineering BEng (Hons)
128
Engineering Year Zero
129
English BA (Hons)
167
English BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
168
English Language
BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
169
Children, Families and Community Health
Foundation Degree (FdA) (Incorporating
the UCPD in Children, Families and
Community Health)
138
Community Media Management
Foundation Degree (FdSc)
112
Economics and Finance BSc (Hons)
75
Economics and Politics BA (Hons)
76
Environmental Engineering and
Sustainability BEng (Hons)
130
Environmental Sustainability and
Management BSc (Hons)
Healthcare Science (Cardiovascular,
Respiratory and Sleep Sciences)
BSc (Hons) 188
131
Healthcare Science (Life Sciences)
BSc (Hons) 189
Healthcare Science (Medical Physics)
BSc (Hons) 190
Healthcare Science (Neurophysiology)
BSc (Hons) 191
European Union Nursing Adaptation
Programme (EUNA)146
Fashion Buying with Design BA (Hons)/
Fashion Buying with Marketing BA (Hons)
38
Fashion Design BA (Hons)
40
Fashion Fabrics and Accessories
BA (Hons)
Hearing Aid Audiology
Foundation Degree (FdSc)
149
41
History BA (Hons)
171
172
Film Studies BA (Hons)
113
History BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
Film Studies BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
114
Housing, Communities and Regeneration
Foundation Degree
80
Housing Studies
BSc (Hons) (Part-time)
81
Finance BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
78
Finance BSc (Hons)
77
Fine Art BA (Hons)
43
Footwear Design BA (Hons)
45
Footwear Foundation Degree (FdA)
44
Forensic Computing BSc (Hons)
107
Forensic Science BSc (Hons)
185
Foundation in Professional Practice
BSc (Hons)
147
Foundation Year in Computing 106
Human Communication – Speech and
Language Therapy
BSc (Hons)
150
Human Resource Management
BA (Hons) (Single/Joint Honours)
82
Information and Communication
Technology BSc (Hons)
108
Interior Design BA (Hons)
51
Interior Design Foundation Degree (FdA)
53
Interior Design MDes52
Furniture Design BA (Hons)
46
Game Art Design BA (Hons)
47
International Business and Globalisation
BA (Hons)
83
Games Technology
Foundation Degree (FdSc)
115
International Marketing and Business
BA (Hons)
84
Graphic Design and e-Media
Foundation Degree (FdA)
International Relations BA (Hons)
86
50
Graphic Design and Illustration
BA (Hons)
International Relations
BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
87
49
Journalism BA (Hons)
116
Graphic Design BA (Hons)
48
Journalism BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
117
132
Law and Criminal Justice LLB (Hons)
180
Health Studies BA (Hons)
148
Law BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
177
Healthcare Science
Foundation Degree (FdSc)
186
Law, Human Rights and Social Justice LLB (Hons)
181
Healthcare Science (Audiology)
BSc (Hons) Law LLB (Hons)
179
187
Learning Beyond Registration151
Green Energy Technology BSc (Hons)
COURSE INDEX A – Z
dmu.ac.uk/ug2013
253
COURSE INDEX A – Z
Marketing BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
88
Marketing Management BA (Hons)
89
Mechanical Engineering BEng (Hons)
134
Mechatronics BEng (Hons)
135
Media and Communication BA (Hons)
119
Media BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
120
Media Production BSc (Hons)
121
Media Technology BSc (Hons)
122
Medical Science BMedSci (Hons)
192
Midwifery
(Pre-Registration Midwifery) BSc (Hons)
152
Midwifery
(Pre-Registration Midwifery -18 months)
BSc (Hons)
153
Multimedia Computing BSc (Hons)
123
Music Technology BSc (Hons)
205
Music Technology
Foundation Degree (FdSc)
204
Music, Technology and Innovation
BA (Hons)
206
Music, Technology and Performance
BA (Hons)
207
Nursing with Registration BSc (Hons)
154
Nursing with Registration
(Decelerated) BSc (Hons)
Policing Studies, Criminology and
Criminal Justice Foundation Degree (FdA)
54
158
Politics and Government BA (Hons)
92
Politics BA (Hons)
90
Politics BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
91
Preparation for Social Work 159
Product and Furniture Design
BA (Hons)
56
Product Design BA (Hons)
57
Product Design BSc (Hons)
58
Psychology BSc (Hons)
195
Psychology BSc (Hons) (Joint Honours)
196
Psychology with Criminology BSc (Hons)
197
Psychology with Education Studies 198
BSc (Hons)
Psychology with Health Studies
BSc (Hons)
Public Administration and Management
BA (Hons)
Radio Production and Technology
BSc (Hons)
Retail Management BA (Hons)
199
93
124
94
Social Work BA (Hons)
160
Sociology
BA (Hons) (Single and Joint Honours)
161
Software Engineering BSc (Hons)
109
155
Sustainable Communities
Foundation Degree
95
Nursing with Registration
(Dual Registration) BSc (Hons)
156
Overseas Nursing Programme (Level 5)
157
Textile Design
BA (Hons) (pathways in Constructed,
Mixed Media, Printed Textiles)
59
Performing Arts BA (Hons)
217
Pharmaceutical and Cosmetic Science 193
BSc (Hons)
254
Photography and Video
Foundation Degree (FdA)
Pharmacy MPharm with Honours
Photography and Video BA (Hons)
194
55
TV and Film Production
Foundation Degree (FdSc)
125
Work with Communities and
Young People Foundation Degree (FdA)
162
Youth and Community Development
BA (Hons)
163
dmu.ac.uk/ug2013
Art, Design and Architecture
Business and Management BA (Hons)
67
Animation Design BA (Hons)32
Business and Management MBus
68
Architecture BA (Hons)
33
Business and Marketing BA (Hons)
69
Art and Design
(Foundation Studies) BTEC Diploma
34
Business Management
BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
70
Contour Fashion BA (Hons)
35
Design Crafts BA (Hons)
36
Business Management and Economics
BA (Hons)
71
Design Products MDes
37
Fashion Buying with Design BA (Hons) /
Fashion Buying with Marketing BA (Hons)
Business Management and Enterprise
BA (Hons)
72
38
Fashion Design BA (Hons)
40
Business Studies
(Economics/Strategy/Finance) BSc (Hons)
73
Fashion Fabrics and Accessories
BA (Hons)
41
Digital Marketing and Social Media
BA (Hons)
74
Fine Art BA (Hons)
43
Economics and Finance BSc (Hons)
75
Footwear Foundation Degree (FdA)
44
Economics and Politics BA (Hons)
76
Finance BSc (Hons)
77
Finance BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
78
80
Footwear Design BA (Hons)
45
Furniture Design BA (Hons)
46
Game Art Design BA (Hons)
47
Housing, Communities and Regeneration
Foundation Degree
Graphic Design BA (Hons)
48
Housing Studies BSc (Hons) 81
Graphic Design and Illustration BA (Hons)
49
Graphic Design and e-Media
Foundation Degree (FdA)
Human Resource Management
BA (Hons) (Single/Joint Honours)
82
50
Interior Design BA (Hons)
51
International Business and Globalisation
BA (Hons)
83
Interior Design MDes
52
International Marketing and Business
BA (Hons)
84
Interior Design Foundation Degree (FdA)
53
International Relations BA (Hons)
86
Photography and Video
Foundation Degree (FdA)
54
International Relations
BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
87
Photography and Video BA (Hons)
55
Marketing BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
88
Product and Furniture Design BA (Hons)
56
Marketing Management BA (Hons)
89
Product Design BA (Hons)
57
Politics BA (Hons)
90
Product Design BSc (Hons)
58
Politics BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
91
Politics and Government BA (Hons)
92
Public Administration and Management
BA (Hons)
93
Business and Management
Retail Management BA (Hons)
94
Accounting and Business Management
BA (Hons) 62
Sustainable Communities
Foundation Degree
95
Accounting and Economics BA (Hons)
63
Accounting and Finance BA (Hons)
64
Textile Design
BA (Hons) (pathways in Constructed,
Mixed Media, Printed Textiles)
59
Advertising and Marketing
Communications BA (Hons)
65
Business BA (Hons) (part-time)
66
COURSE INDEX CLUSTERS
Course index clustered by subject
255
COURSE INDEX CLUSTERED BY SUBJECT
Computer Sciences
Engineering
Artificial Intelligence with Robotics
BSc (Hons)
Electronic Engineering BEng (Hons)
128
98
Engineering Year Zero
129
Business Informatics (HP) BSc (Hons)
99
Environmental Engineering and
Sustainability BEng (Hons)
130
Business Information Systems BSc (Hons) 100
131
Computer Games Programming
BSc (Hons)
101
Green Energy Technology BSc (Hons)
132
Computer Science BSc (Hons)
102
Mechanical Engineering BEng (Hons)
134
Computer Security BSc (Hons)
103
Mechatronics BEng (Hons)
135
Computing for Business BSc (Hons)
104
Health, Society and Community
Computing HND
105
Foundation Year in Computing
106
Forensic Computing BSc (Hons)
107
Children, Families and Community Health
Foundation Degree (FdA) (Incorporating
the UCPD in Children, Families and
Community Health)
138
Information and Communication
Technology BSc (Hons)
108
Criminology and Criminal Justice
BA (Hons)
139
Software Engineering BSc (Hons)
109
Criminology and Criminal Justice
with Psychology BA (Hons)
140
Creative Technologies and Media
256
Environmental Sustainability and
Management BSc (Hons)
Dental Technology
Foundation Degree (FdSc)
141
Education Studies BA (Hons)
142
Education Studies
BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
143
Education Studies with Languages
BA (Hons)
144
Education Studies with Psychology
BA (Hons)
145
146
Community Media Management
Foundation Degree (FdSc)
112
Film Studies BA (Hons)
113
Film Studies BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
114
Games Technology
Foundation Degree (FdSc)
115
Journalism BA (Hons)
116
European Union Nursing Adaptation
Programme (EUNA)
Journalism BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
117
Media and Communication BA (Hons)
119
Foundation in Professional Practice
BSc (Hons)
147
Media BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
120
Health Studies BA (Hons)
148
Media Production BSc (Hons)
121
Hearing Aid Audiology
Foundation Degree (FdSc)
149
Media Technology BSc (Hons)
122
Human Communication – Speech and
Language Therapy BSc (Hons)
150
Multimedia Computing BSc (Hons)
123
Learning Beyond Registration
151
Radio Production and Technology
BSc (Hons)
124
Midwifery
(Pre-Registration Midwifery) BSc (Hons)
152
TV and Film Production
Foundation Degree (FdSc)
125
Midwifery
(Pre-Registration Midwifery -18 months)
BSc (Hons)
153
Nursing with Registration
BSc (Hons)
154
Nursing with Registration
(Decelerated) BSc (Hons)
155
Healthcare Science (Life Sciences)
BSc (Hons) 189
Nursing with Registration
(Dual Registration) BSc (Hons)
156
Healthcare Science (Medical Physics)
BSc (Hons) 190
Overseas Nursing Programme (Level 5)
157
Policing Studies, Criminology and
Criminal Justice Foundation Degree (FdA)
Healthcare Science (Neurophysiology)
BSc (Hons) 191
158
Medical Science BMedSci (Hons)
192
Preparation for Social Work 159
Social Work BA (Hons)
160
Pharmaceutical and Cosmetic Science
BSc (Hons)
193
Sociology
BA (Hons) (Single and Joint Honours)
Pharmacy MPharm with Honours
194
161
Work with Communities and
Young People Foundation Degree (FdA)
162
Youth and Community Development
BA (Hons)
163
Humanities
Creative Writing BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
166
English BA (Hons)
167
English BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
168
English Language
BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
169
History BA (Hons)
171
History BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
172
Law
Business Law LLB (Hons)
176
Law BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
177
Law LLB (Hons)
179
Law and Criminal Justice LLB (Hons)
180
Law, Human Rights and Social Justice
LLB (Hons)
181
Life Sciences
Biomedical Science BSc (Hons)
184
Forensic Science BSc (Hons)
185
Healthcare Science
Foundation Degree (FdSc)
186
Healthcare Science (Audiology)
BSc (Hons) 187
Healthcare Science (Cardiovascular,
Respiratory and Sleep Sciences)
BSc (Hons) 188
Psychology BSc (Hons)
195
Psychology BSc (Hons) (Joint Honours)
196
Psychology with Criminology
BSc (Hons)
197
Psychology with Education Studies
BSc (Hons)
198
Psychology with Health Studies
BSc (Hons)
199
Music
Audio Recording Technology
BSc (Hons)
202
Creative Sound Technology
Foundation Degree (FdSc)
203
Music Technology
Foundation Degree (FdSc)
204
Music Technology BSc (Hons)
205
Music, Technology and Innovation
BA (Hons)
206
Music, Technology and Performance
BA (Hons)
207
COURSE INDEX CLUSTERS
dmu.ac.uk/ug2013
Performance Arts, and Arts
and Festivals Management
Arts and Festivals Management
BA (Hons)
210
Arts and Festivals Management
BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
211
Dance BA (Hons)
212
Dance BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
213
Drama Studies BA (Hons)
214
Drama Studies
BA (Hons) (Joint Honours)
216
Performing Arts BA (Hons)
217
257
Small print
Conditions of entry
i) All students will be required as a
condition of enrolment to abide by,
and to submit to the procedures
of, De Montfort University’s
regulations, as amended from
time-to-time. A copy of the current
regulations is available, on request,
from the university (Academic
Support Office). These regulations
include the university’s policy on
payment of fees and debts owed
to the university, discipline and
examination regulations and other
rules and policies which all students
must be aware of. Please refer to
the DMU website for the latest
information on General Regulations
affecting all students and Academic
Regulations for undergraduates
dmu.ac.uk/registry.
ii) The university will use all
reasonable endeavours to deliver
courses in accordance with
the descriptions set out in this
prospectus. The university has to
manage its resources in a way
which is efficient and cost-effective
in the context of the provision of
a diverse range of courses to a
large number of students. The
university therefore reserves the
right to make variations to the
contents or methods of delivery of
the courses, to discontinue courses
and to merge or combine courses.
If the university discontinues any
course, it will use its reasonable
endeavours to provide a suitable
alternative course.
DMU is proud to be a
Fairtrade University
Choose products with
the FAIRTRADE Mark
fairtrade.org.uk
Alternative formats
Where possible DMU publications or specific
sections can be supplied in alternative media.
258
For further information on how we can help,
please call 08459 45 46 47
(+44 (0)116 257 7513 from non-UK countries),
or email [email protected]
iii) The university welcomes
comments on its courses from
students’ parents and sponsors.
However, the university’s contracts
with its students do not confer
benefits on third parties for the
purposes of the Contracts (Rights
of Third Parties) Act 1999.
Right of revision
De Montfort University reserves the
right to revise, review or withdraw
any of the content within this
prospectus at any time without prior
notice, including (but not limited to)
courses, fees, funding and events.
The latest information can be found
at dmu.ac.uk/courses.
Please note
At the time of going to print 2013
fees and funding are still to be
confirmed. Please check
dmu.ac.uk/funding2013 for the
latest information.
Printed by Sterling
sterling.co.uk
an ISO14001 certified printer
using vegetable based inks.
FSC
stamp to
be placed
here by
printer
Cover printed on:
Amadeus Silk 50%
FSC certified. 50% Recycled fibre.
Text pages printed on:
Amadeus Offset 50%
FSC certified. 50% Recycled fibre.
Please recycle after use.
Design by NEWENGLISH DESIGN newenglish.co.uk February 2012
Come and see DMU
for yourself at one of our
open
days
A fantastic opportunity to visit our campus, meet students
and tutors and see first hand the facilities we have to offer.
Saturday 7 july 2012 | 9am–3pm
Saturday 29 september 2012 | 9am–3pm
Saturday 20 october 2012 | 9am–3pm
Book now visit
dmu.ac.uk/opendays
De Montfort University
The Gateway
Leicester
LE1 9BH
UK
T: +44 (0)116 257 7513
E: [email protected]
W: dmu.ac.uk/ug2013
© De Montfort University. March 2012.
Like us on Facebook
facebook.com/dmuleicester
Follow us on Twitter
twitter.com/dmuleicester
Watch us on YouTube
youtube.com/DeMontfortUniversity

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project